Read The big short with its analysis


See Full Analysis here



Scene 1 -  The Birth of Mortgage-Backed Securities
1 OPEN ON: INT. SOLOMON BROTHERS - 1979 - DAY 1

A bunch of FAT BOND TRADERS eat deli sandwiches and smoke
cigarettes on the Solomon Brothers Bond Trading floor. It’s
not exactly Michael Douglas in Wall Street.

The voice that walks us through this is smart, too the point
and slick. We’ll meet him later.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
In the late seventies banking was
not a job you went into to make
large sums of money. It was a good
stable profession like selling
insurance or accounting. And if
banking was boring then the bond
department at a bank was downright
comatose. We all know about bonds,
give em to your nephew when he
turns 16 and then we he’s thirty he
makes a hundred dollars. Yawn.
Bonds were for losers. That is,
until Lewis Ranieri came on the
scene at Solomon Brothers...

MUSIC: Some great 70’s ballad like KISS YOU ALL OVER by EXILE

We see an even schlubbier version of the other Bond Traders
emerge. His suit is rumpled, he has a mustard stain on his
shirt from a soft pretzel he’s eating and he is easily
seventy pounds over weight. This is LEWIS RENIERI. And though
his world is obscure, he is the shit.

Our NARRATOR the MODERN TRADER passes through the scene for a
second, dressed in modern clothes...

Lewis greets his Bond Department with obscenities barked
through his patchy beard and glasses.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
You see Lewis didn’t know it yet,
but he had already changed banking
forever. He had just one simple
idea...


2 INT. SOLOMON BROTHERS - CONFERENCE ROOM - 1979 - DAY 2

Lewis and HIS TEAM are doing a presentation to a bunch of
STATE PENSION FUND MANAGERS with an old fashioned OVER HEAD
PROJECTOR.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 3.


LEWIS RANIERI
...The mortgage backed security. Or
the private label M.B.S.

FUND MANAGER
What is that?

BOND TRADER
I hope you don’t say that when you
look at your wife’s pussy!

They all HOWL except the fund manager who looks shocked but
then finally laughs to fit in.

LEWIS RANIERI
Here’s how it works. You’ve got
your average person’s mortgage.
Fixed rate, 30 years...

We see A HOUSE on the over head projector.

LEWIS RANIERI (CONT’D)
Boring, safe, small pay off...
Right? But when you have thousands
of them all bundled together...

We see an illustration of many homes. The next illustration
shows them all “bundled” together with a bow.

LEWIS RANIERI (CONT’D)
Suddenly the yield goes up and the
risk is still low cause it’s a
mortgage and who the hell doesn’t
pay their mortgage?

BOND TRADER
Dickheads and junkies.

LEWIS RANIERI
And because the risk is hedged
these bonds allow for people with
not so perfect credit to get homes.
So you’re making money and you’re
doing a good thing.

BOND TRADER #2
Lewie is a fucking genius.

FUND MANAGER
Uhm, what exactly is the credit
rating on this bond? All my pension
fund cares about is triple A rated
risk.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 4.


LEWIS RANIERI
Risk? What risk? The only risk is
that you get paid back too soon!
Plus each of these mortgages is
guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
This bond gentlemen, is AAA rated.

FUND MANAGER
This is exactly what the Michigan
State pension fund has been looking
for. I’ll buy 20 million...

BOND TRADER #2
Come on live a little!

FUND MANAGER
Twenty five million.

LEWIS RANIERI
Let’s break out the paper work!

MUSIC: Something like BOOGIE OOGIE OOGIE by A TASTE OF HONEY
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In 1979, the dull atmosphere of the Solomon Brothers bond trading floor is transformed when Lewis Ranieri introduces the innovative concept of mortgage-backed securities. With a mix of crude humor and intelligence, he captivates skeptical pension fund managers, demonstrating how bundling mortgages can enhance yield while reducing risk. His engaging presentation leads to a significant commitment from the fund managers, marking a pivotal moment in the banking industry.
Strengths
  • Strong voiceover that sets up the irony
  • Effective use of the overhead projector to explain MBS
  • Crude humor that establishes the tone
  • Clear introduction of Lewis as a memorable character
Weaknesses
  • Lack of dramatic tension or conflict
  • Lewis's character lacks depth
  • The sale is too easy, reducing stakes
  • No hook to pull the audience into the next scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene effectively sets up the world and the key financial concept with a distinctive comedic voice, but it lacks dramatic tension and character depth, making it feel more like a prologue than a fully engaging opening. Adding a hint of skepticism or a character flaw would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept is strong: introducing the birth of mortgage-backed securities through a colorful, crude bond trader in a comatose 1979 bond department. The voiceover sets up the irony that this 'boring' world will explode into the 2008 crisis. The scene works because it makes a complex financial concept accessible and entertaining through the overhead projector demonstration and the crude humor. The cost is that the concept is delivered mostly through exposition (voiceover and dialogue) rather than dramatized action, but for a prologue-style scene, it's effective.

Plot: 6

The plot is functional: it establishes the setting, introduces the key innovation (MBS), and shows a sale to a pension fund. It moves from 'boring' to 'innovation' to 'sale' in a clear arc. The cost is that the scene is mostly setup with no real conflict or obstacle—the fund manager is easily convinced, and the only tension is a crude joke. For a prologue, this is acceptable, but it could be stronger if there were a hint of the risk or skepticism that will later define the story.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its tone—mixing crude comedy with financial education—and in its choice to start with the 'boring' side of Wall Street rather than the glamour. The voiceover is smart and self-aware, and the overhead projector demonstration is a fresh way to explain a complex concept. The cost is that the 'fat, crude bond trader' archetype is familiar, and the scene doesn't yet subvert expectations beyond the surface.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Lewis Ranieri is introduced with vivid physical detail (mustard stain, overweight, rumpled suit) and a crude, confident voice. The bond traders are interchangeable but serve the comedic tone. The fund manager is a straight man. The characters are functional for a prologue, but Lewis lacks depth—we see his bravado but not his intelligence or vision. The scene tells us he's a genius but doesn't show it beyond the pitch.

Character Changes: 4

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Lewis is introduced as a confident, crude genius and remains that way. The fund manager goes from skeptical to convinced, but that's a minor shift. For a prologue, this is acceptable, but the scene doesn't create any pressure, contradiction, or revelation for Lewis. The genre (drama/thriller) could benefit from a hint of the obsession or blindness that will define the characters later.

Internal Goal: 4

Lewis's internal goal is not explicitly defined. He seems driven by a desire to innovate and make money, but we don't see a deeper need—like proving himself, or a belief in the system. The scene is more about external action (selling the MBS) than internal motivation. For a prologue, this is acceptable, but it's a missed opportunity to plant a thematic seed.

External Goal: 7

Lewis's external goal is clear: to sell the mortgage-backed security to the pension fund managers. He achieves it, securing a $25 million commitment. The scene is structured around this goal, and the pitch is effective. The cost is that the goal is too easily achieved—there's no real obstacle or tension, so the victory feels unearned.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene has a clear intellectual conflict: Lewis Ranieri is pitching a new, risky financial product to skeptical pension fund managers. The Fund Manager's question about credit rating ('All my pension fund cares about is triple A rated risk.') creates a moment of tension, and Lewis's dismissal ('Risk? What risk?') is a direct challenge. However, the conflict is resolved too easily and quickly. The Fund Manager capitulates after just one line of reassurance, and the scene's main thrust is exposition and tone-setting rather than sustained dramatic friction. The crude jokes from the Bond Traders undercut any real sense of opposition, making the scene feel more like a comedy sketch than a high-stakes negotiation.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is weak and one-dimensional. The Fund Manager is the only voice of caution, but he is easily swayed and even joins in the crude humor. The Bond Traders are not opponents; they are sycophants who cheerlead Lewis. The scene lacks a character who actively works against Lewis's goal. The 'opposition' is more of a passive, easily-overcome hurdle than a force that creates dramatic tension. The line 'I hope you don’t say that when you look at your wife’s pussy!' is meant to be funny, but it also serves to immediately disarm the Fund Manager, eliminating any potential for real conflict.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are present but not felt. We are told that Lewis 'had already changed banking forever,' but the scene itself doesn't dramatize what is at risk. The immediate stakes are a $25 million sale, which is significant but not presented as life-changing. The larger, historical stakes are mentioned in the voiceover but are not dramatized in the scene. The scene doesn't show what Lewis stands to lose if the Fund Manager says no, or what the Fund Manager risks by saying yes. The line 'Let’s break out the paper work!' signals a win, but the cost of losing is never established.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the origin of the mortgage-backed security, which is the central mechanism of the entire plot. It also introduces Lewis Ranieri as the catalyst. However, the forward movement is mostly informational—we learn about the MBS and see a sale, but there's no immediate question or hook that pulls us into the next scene. The voiceover's mention of 'changed banking forever' is a promise, but the scene doesn't create a dramatic question.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable. The voiceover sets up Lewis as a genius who will change banking, so his success is a foregone conclusion. The Fund Manager's capitulation is also predictable. The only moment of surprise is the crude joke from the Bond Trader, which is unexpected in a professional setting. The scene follows a classic 'pitch' structure: introduce the problem, present the solution, overcome the objection, close the deal. There are no real twists or turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

There is a subtle philosophical conflict between the idea that MBS are 'doing a good thing' (helping people with imperfect credit get homes) and the underlying risk that will later explode. Lewis's line 'you're making money and you're doing a good thing' is ironic given the crisis. However, the conflict is not dramatized—it's only in the subtext. The scene doesn't yet engage with the moral questions that will become central.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 3

The scene has very little emotional impact. The characters are broadly drawn caricatures (fat, crude, slobby) and the dialogue is mostly expository or comedic. There is no emotional arc for Lewis or the Fund Manager. We don't feel Lewis's desperation or excitement, nor the Fund Manager's fear or greed. The scene is intellectually interesting but emotionally flat. The voiceover is detached and ironic, which further distances the audience from any emotional connection. The line 'Lewie is a fucking genius' is a statement, not a feeling.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has a distinct, crude, and energetic voice. The lines like 'Dickheads and junkies' and 'I hope you don’t say that when you look at your wife’s pussy!' are memorable and establish the tone of the bond trading floor. The voiceover is smart and efficient. However, the dialogue is mostly expository. Lewis's explanation of the MBS is clear but not particularly dramatic. The Fund Manager's lines are generic and lack personality. The dialogue serves the plot but doesn't reveal much about the characters beyond their surface-level crudeness.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging on an intellectual and comedic level. The crude humor, the colorful characters, and the clear explanation of a complex financial concept keep the reader interested. The voiceover is slick and propulsive. However, the lack of conflict and emotional depth means the engagement is surface-level. We are entertained, but not deeply invested. The scene is a fun, informative prologue, but it doesn't create a strong desire to see what happens next to these specific characters.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves quickly from the establishing shot of the trading floor, to the introduction of Lewis, to the pitch, to the sale. The voiceover helps to keep the pace moving and the exposition light. The scene doesn't linger on any one moment, which is appropriate for a prologue. The quick back-and-forth between Lewis and the Fund Manager keeps the energy high. The scene feels like a well-edited montage, which is fitting for the tone.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is mostly clean and professional. The scene headings are clear, the character names are in caps, and the dialogue is properly formatted. There are a few minor issues: the voiceover is labeled as 'MODERN TRADER (V.O.)' which is clear, but the transition to the second scene is a bit abrupt. The use of 'MUSIC:' cues is a stylistic choice that is fine. The description is vivid and easy to visualize. The page numbers are a bit inconsistent (the second page is labeled '3' and '4'), but this is a minor issue.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear, classic structure: setup (the boring bond world), inciting incident (Lewis's arrival), rising action (the pitch), climax (the sale), and resolution (the paperwork). The voiceover provides a clear narrative frame. The structure is functional and serves the scene's purpose as a prologue. However, the structure is a bit too neat and predictable. The scene doesn't have any structural surprises or subversions. It's a well-executed, but conventional, opening scene.


Critique
  • The opening voiceover effectively sets the tone and context for the scene, providing a clear contrast between the mundane banking environment of the late 1970s and the impending disruption brought by Lewis Ranieri. However, the voiceover could benefit from a more engaging hook to draw the audience in immediately, perhaps by starting with a striking statistic or anecdote about the financial landscape at that time.
  • The characterization of Lewis Ranieri is vivid and memorable, but the scene could delve deeper into his motivations and personality. While his crude humor and disheveled appearance are established, adding a moment that showcases his passion for innovation or a personal stake in the mortgage-backed securities could create a stronger emotional connection with the audience.
  • The dialogue among the bond traders is humorous and captures the camaraderie of the team, but it risks overshadowing the significance of the presentation. Balancing the comedic elements with the gravity of the financial concepts being introduced would enhance the scene's impact. For instance, after a joke, a brief moment of silence or a serious reaction from the fund managers could emphasize the importance of what is being discussed.
  • The transition from the casual atmosphere of the trading floor to the formal presentation could be smoother. Consider using visual cues or sound design to signify the shift in tone, such as dimming the lights or changing the music to something more serious as the presentation begins.
  • The use of visuals in the presentation is a strong choice, but they could be described in more detail to enhance the audience's understanding. For example, elaborating on the illustrations shown on the overhead projector would help viewers grasp the concept of mortgage-backed securities more clearly, especially for those unfamiliar with financial jargon.
Suggestions
  • Revise the opening voiceover to include a compelling hook that captures the audience's attention right away.
  • Add a moment that reveals Lewis Ranieri's personal motivations or passion for his work to create a deeper emotional connection.
  • Balance the humor in the dialogue with moments of seriousness to highlight the significance of the financial concepts being discussed.
  • Create a more distinct transition between the casual trading floor and the formal presentation to enhance the scene's tone.
  • Provide more detailed descriptions of the visuals used in the presentation to aid audience comprehension of mortgage-backed securities.



Scene 2 -  The Reckless Rise
3 INT. STRIP CLUB - 1979 - NIGHT 3

The Bond Traders are partying at a strip club throwing
dollars everywhere and boozing. It disgusting and fun as hell
and none of these guys will live past 60.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
Lewis and his band of foul mouthed
bond traders took a sleepy
department and made it the most
profitable on Wall Street. Pretty
soon stocks and savings were almost
inconsequential to the big banks.
They were doing 50, 100, 200
billion in mortgage bonds and
dozens of other securities a year.


4 EXT. SKYLINE OF MANHATTAN - DUSK 4

TIME LAPSE: New impressive BANKING BUILDINGS SPRING UP and
dot the Manhattan skyline. Chase, B of A, Morgan Stanley,
Lehman Brothers etc.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
And America barely noticed as it’s
number one industry became boring
old banking. Then one day...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 5.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.) (CONT'D)
almost thirty years later... in
2008... It all came crashing down.

SMASH CUT TO BLACK

1010 WINS ANCR (V.O.)
Wall Street has suffered one of
it’s worst days in history as
Lehman Brothers has declared
bankruptcy.


5 1) TRACKING SHOT PAST HOUSING DEVELOPMENT LAWNS WITH 5
FORECLOSED AND FOR SALE SIGNS ON ALL THEM (STOCK FOOTAGE).


6 2) AND THEN A LONG LINE OF APPLICANTS AT A MCDONALD’S JOB 6
FAIR. (STOCK FOOTAGE)


7 3) IMAGES OF THE DOW DROPPING. (STOCK FOOTAGE) 7

1010 WINS ANCR (V.O.)
This follows the demise of Bear
Stearns and a plummeting Dow Jones,
down four thousand since January.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
In the end Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage
Backed Security mutated into a
monstrosity that collapsed the
whole world economy. And none of
the experts or leaders or talking
heads had a clue it was coming. I’m
guessing most of you still don’t
really know what happened. Yeah,
you got a sound bite you repeat so
you don’t sound dumb but come on...

WE FADE TO BLACK.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
But there were some who saw it
coming... While the whole world was
having a big ol’ party, a few
outsiders and weirdos saw what no
one else could. Not me, I’m not a
weirdo. I’m pretty cool. We’ll meet
later. These outsiders saw the
giant lie at the heart of the
economy. And they saw it by doing
something the rest of the suckers
never thought to do: they looked.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 6.


TITLE: THE BIG SHORT
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a 1979 strip club, bond traders indulge in a hedonistic lifestyle, oblivious to the financial upheaval brewing beneath the surface. A modern trader's voiceover reflects on how Lewis Ranieri transformed the banking industry, shifting focus to mortgage bonds, while a time-lapse reveals the evolving Manhattan skyline. The narrative foreshadows the 2008 financial crisis, culminating in a stark black screen announcing Lehman Brothers' bankruptcy. Stock footage illustrates the crisis's aftermath, highlighting the disconnect between the traders' revelry and the impending disaster, as the voiceover critiques the ignorance of experts and hints at outsiders who foresaw the collapse.
Strengths
  • Strong voiceover that establishes tone and thesis
  • Effective montage contrasting 1979 party with 2008 crash
  • Direct address to audience creates engagement
  • Clear setup of the 'outsiders' theme
Weaknesses
  • Lack of character development
  • Voiceover could feel preachy if not balanced with visual storytelling

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to set up the film's thesis and tone, and it does so effectively with a strong voiceover and striking montage. The main limitation is the lack of character development, but that's appropriate for a montage; the scene could be lifted by making the narrator's voice more personally invested.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using a modern trader's voiceover to bridge the 1979 party scene to the 2008 crash is effective and thematically strong. It sets up the film's central irony: the party that becomes a catastrophe. The voiceover's direct address to the audience ('I'm guessing most of you still don't really know what happened') is engaging and establishes the film's educational yet sardonic tone. The concept is working well; it's clear, provocative, and sets up the 'outsiders who looked' premise.

Plot: 6

This scene is a montage/transition, not a plot-driven scene. It moves the plot from the historical setup (Ranieri's success) to the crash and the introduction of the 'outsiders' who will become the protagonists. The plot function is clear: it establishes the stakes and the mystery (who saw it coming?). It's functional but not deeply plotted; it's more of a thematic bridge.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its use of a modern, irreverent narrator who breaks the fourth wall and directly challenges the audience's understanding. The juxtaposition of the hedonistic 1979 party with the stark 2008 crash is a fresh way to frame the financial crisis. The line 'they looked' is a simple, powerful thesis that sets up the film's unique angle.


Character Development

Characters: 5

The only character present is the Modern Trader (V.O.), who is more of a narrator than a fully realized character. The bond traders are depicted as a collective, hedonistic group. The scene doesn't develop characters; it establishes a voice and a world. This is appropriate for a montage, but it means the character dimension is light.

Character Changes: 4

There is no character change in this scene; it's a montage that doesn't focus on individual arcs. The Modern Trader's perspective is consistent, and the bond traders are static. This is acceptable for the scene's function, but it means the dimension is weak by design.

Internal Goal: 4

The Modern Trader's internal goal is to explain the crash and to position himself as a cool, knowledgeable guide. This is present but not deeply explored. The scene doesn't delve into the narrator's internal conflict or desires beyond the surface level.

External Goal: 5

The external goal of the scene is to set up the story's premise and introduce the key themes. This is achieved through the voiceover and montage. There's no character-driven external goal, but the scene's purpose is clear.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

The scene is a montage/voiceover sequence that summarizes the rise and fall of the mortgage-backed security market. There is no active conflict between characters; the only tension is the dramatic irony of the 2008 crash, which is narrated rather than dramatized. The voiceover states 'It all came crashing down' and shows stock footage, but no character is in opposition to another, and no decision or action is at stake in the present moment.

Opposition: 2

There is no opposing force in this scene. The voiceover describes a system that 'mutated into a monstrosity,' but no character or institution pushes back against the partying traders or the rising banking industry. The only opposition is abstract—the eventual crash—which is narrated, not shown as a force acting against the characters.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are global and historical—the collapse of the world economy—but they are stated, not felt. The voiceover says 'collapsed the whole world economy,' and stock footage shows foreclosures and job lines, but there is no character whose personal fate is tied to these stakes. The audience is told the stakes are huge, but not shown why they should care on a human level.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the historical context and the impending crisis, and by introducing the central question: who saw it coming? It sets up the narrative structure for the rest of the film. The forward momentum is strong, though it's more thematic than plot-driven.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is a historical recap, so the outcome (the 2008 crash) is known to most audiences. The unpredictability comes from the voiceover's framing—'a few outsiders and weirdos saw what no one else could'—which sets up a mystery about who these outsiders are. However, the montage itself is fairly linear and predictable, moving from party to crash to setup.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene introduces a philosophical conflict between the ignorance of the 'experts and leaders' and the insight of the 'outsiders and weirdos.' The narrator's critique of the audience's superficial understanding ('you got a sound bite you repeat') sets up a central theme about the difference between looking and seeing. This is a strong philosophical foundation.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 3

The scene aims for a mix of disgust (the partying traders), awe (the skyline), and dread (the crash), but the emotional impact is muted because it's all narrated. The voiceover's tone is cynical and knowing, but the images are stock footage, so the audience is told to feel something rather than being made to feel it. The line 'It disgusting and fun as hell and none of these guys will live past 60' is vivid but doesn't land emotionally because it's a description, not a dramatized moment.

Dialogue: 5

The dialogue is almost entirely voiceover, which is functional but not distinctive. The Modern Trader's voice has a casual, cynical tone ('I’m pretty cool. We’ll meet later.') that fits the film's style, but the 1010 WINS anchor is generic news-speak. The voiceover does its job of conveying information and setting tone, but it lacks the sharp, characterful dialogue that could make the scene memorable.

Engagement: 5

The scene is engaging in its rapid-fire montage and the promise of a mystery ('a few outsiders and weirdos saw what no one else could'), but the engagement is intellectual rather than emotional. The stock footage and voiceover keep the audience at a distance, and the lack of a character to latch onto makes it hard to stay invested. The scene does its job of setting up the film's thesis, but it doesn't hook the audience with a compelling question or character.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is brisk and effective for a montage—it moves from the strip club to the skyline to the crash to the setup in a matter of pages. The voiceover keeps the momentum going, and the 'SMASH CUT TO BLACK' is a strong beat. However, the pacing is uniform; there's no variation in rhythm, so the scene can feel like a rapid-fire info dump rather than a crafted sequence with peaks and valleys.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, and the use of 'TIME LAPSE' and 'STOCK FOOTAGE' is appropriate. The voiceover is properly formatted with (V.O.) and (CONT'D). There are minor typos ('it’s' instead of 'its' in 'it’s number one industry'), but overall the script is readable.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear three-part structure: the party and rise (1979), the crash (2008), and the setup for the story (the outsiders). This is functional and serves the film's thesis. However, the transition from the crash to the setup is abrupt—the voiceover shifts from describing the crash to introducing the 'outsiders' without a clear visual or narrative bridge.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the hedonistic lifestyle of the bond traders, contrasting sharply with the serious implications of their actions. However, the tone may come off as overly celebratory, which could undermine the gravity of the financial crisis that follows. Balancing the fun with a hint of foreboding could enhance the emotional impact.
  • The voiceover from the Modern Trader provides a strong narrative thread, but it risks becoming too expository. While it sets the context well, it could benefit from more subtlety. Instead of directly stating the consequences of the traders' actions, consider showing the impact through visuals or character reactions.
  • The transition from the strip club to the Manhattan skyline is visually striking, but the time-lapse could feel abrupt. A smoother transition that connects the party atmosphere to the rising skyline might help maintain narrative flow. Perhaps include a brief moment where the traders' laughter fades into the sounds of construction or city life.
  • The use of stock footage to illustrate the aftermath of the financial crisis is effective, but it could be more integrated with the narrative. Instead of a sudden cut to black, consider a gradual fade that allows the audience to absorb the implications of the traders' actions before revealing the consequences.
  • The final lines of the Modern Trader's voiceover are engaging and set up the next part of the story well. However, the self-referential humor ('Not me, I’m not a weirdo. I’m pretty cool.') may detract from the seriousness of the preceding events. While humor can be effective, it should not undermine the gravity of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of reflection among the traders that hints at their awareness of the risks they are taking. This could create a more complex portrayal of their characters and foreshadow the impending crisis.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enhance the atmosphere of the strip club. Describing the sounds, smells, and sights in more vivid detail could immerse the audience in the scene and emphasize the excess of the traders' lifestyle.
  • Explore the emotional reactions of the traders as they celebrate. Including brief interactions or dialogues that reveal their motivations or insecurities could add depth to their characters and make the audience more invested in their fates.
  • Consider using a more gradual build-up to the transition from the party to the skyline. Perhaps show the traders leaving the club, still in high spirits, before cutting to the skyline, which could serve as a metaphor for their rising fortunes and the impending downfall.
  • Revise the voiceover to maintain a balance between humor and seriousness. While the Modern Trader's commentary can be witty, ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene and the themes of the story.



Scene 3 -  The Game and the Eye
8 EXT. MIDDLE SCHOOL FOOTBALL FIELD - DAY 8

GRAPHIC: 1985

A MIDDLE SCHOOL football game is in progress. MICHAEL BURRY
age 11 catches a ball and starts running. He’s pretty good.

His parents and coaches cheer him on. Cute 8th GRADE
CHEERLEADERS wave their pom poms.

PARENTS/COACH
Thatta way Michael! Go! Go!

He is TACKLED by a few players and as Michael gets up we hear
an OPPOSING PLAYER scream.

OPPOSING PLAYER
Ewwww! Look!

CU of a GLASS EYE on the field. Michael covers his eye with
his hand.

OPPOSING PLAYERS
Gross! His eye fell out! He’s a
freak! etc.

Michael picks the eye up and walks back to the side lines
still covering his one eye. Another player runs into replace
him.

PA ANCR (V.O.)
Replacing Michael Burry at tight
end, number 88, Scott Proffer!

A CUTE CHEERLEADER looks at Michael with her nose scrunched
up and then looks away. His MOM and DAD meet him.

MOM
It’s okay Michael. Let’s just wash
it off and put it back in.

DAD
You were playing so well son. I
heard the coach compliment you.

11 YR OLD MICHAEL BURRY
Can we just go home?

He walks away.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 7.


9 INT. INDOOR POOL - DAY 9

We see from under the water ADULT MICHAEL BURRY swimming
laps. His strokes are clean and strong.

Michael Burry gets out of the pool. He towels off and walks
immediately to the lockers.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
I’ve always been more comfortable
alone. I believe it’s because of my
glass eye. I lost the eye from a
childhood illness. It separates me
from people. Most social
interactions are awkward. For me,
for the person. Even when I try to
compliment someone it comes out
wrong... The compliment, not the
eye.
(quarter beat)
That wasn’t a joke. I’m just being
clear.

GRAPHIC: MICHAEL BURRY

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
The other night there was a party
with some old college associates.
Genres: ["Drama","Biography"]

Summary During a middle school football game in 1985, 11-year-old Michael Burry showcases his skills until he is tackled, causing his glass eye to fall out. This incident leads to ridicule from opposing players and embarrassment for Michael, despite the support from his parents and coaches. Feeling isolated, he ultimately asks to go home. The scene transitions to adult Michael swimming laps, reflecting on how his childhood experiences and his glass eye affected his social interactions.
Strengths
  • Memorable visual of the glass eye on the field
  • Dry, self-aware voiceover that fits the film's tone
  • Efficient character establishment
  • Strong contrast between child's silence and adult's verbosity
Weaknesses
  • Internal goal is told rather than shown
  • Scene lacks dramatic tension
  • Parents are a bit one-note

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to establish Burry's character and his outsider status, and it does that effectively with a memorable visual and a dry, self-aware voiceover. What limits it is that the internal goal is told rather than shown, and the scene lacks a bit of dramatic tension—it's a solid setup but not a standout.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a character-establishing flashback that uses a childhood humiliation (the glass eye falling out during a football game) to explain adult Burry's social isolation. It works because it's specific, visual, and emotionally resonant—the image of the eye on the field is unforgettable. The voiceover adds a layer of self-aware, dry humor ('That wasn't a joke. I'm just being clear.') that fits the film's tone. What costs it slightly is that the concept is fairly familiar (trauma explains adult behavior), but the execution is fresh enough to feel earned.

Plot: 5

This scene is a character beat, not a plot mover. It establishes Burry's backstory and his 'glass eye' as a metaphor for his outsider perspective, which will later drive his contrarian investing. It doesn't advance the external plot (the financial crisis), but it's a necessary setup. The plot function is functional—it's a classic 'origin' beat that pays off later. It's not weak, but it's not doing heavy lifting.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its specific details: the glass eye falling out on the field, the cheerleader's nose scrunch, the PA announcer's matter-of-fact replacement call. The voiceover's self-aware humor ('That wasn't a joke. I'm just being clear.') is a fresh way to handle exposition. It's not groundbreaking, but it's distinctive and memorable.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene efficiently establishes Burry as a sensitive, intelligent kid who is humiliated and withdraws. The parents are supportive but slightly oblivious (Dad's 'You were playing so well' misses the emotional point). The adult Burry's voiceover reveals his self-awareness and dry wit. The characters are clear and serve the scene's purpose.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows a moment of change: Burry goes from playing well and being cheered to being humiliated and asking to go home. It's a regression into isolation, which is the character's defining trait. The adult voiceover confirms this is a formative moment. It's not a growth arc, but it's a meaningful 'origin of flaw' beat. It works, though it's a bit static—we see the wound, not a transformation.

Internal Goal: 6

The scene establishes Burry's internal goal: to be comfortable alone, to avoid social awkwardness. The voiceover makes this explicit. It's a clear internal drive, but it's stated rather than dramatized. The football scene shows the origin, but the adult section tells us the goal rather than showing it in action.

External Goal: 4

The scene has no external goal for the child (he just wants to go home) and the adult's external goal is not yet established. This is fine for a character-establishing scene, but it means the scene is low on external drive. It's not a weakness given the scene's purpose, but it's not a strength.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has clear external conflict: Michael is tackled, his glass eye falls out, and he is ridiculed by opposing players ('Gross! His eye fell out! He's a freak!'). The internal conflict is implied through his request to go home and the voiceover about feeling separate. However, the conflict is brief and resolved quickly—Michael simply walks away, and the scene moves to the pool. The emotional stakes are present but not deepened; the parents' attempts to comfort feel flat and don't create a push-pull.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the opposing players and the social rejection (cheerleader's reaction). It's present but one-dimensional—the players are just cruel, and the cheerleader's look is a single beat. There's no sustained opposition; Michael's parents are supportive, so the only force against him is the crowd's reaction, which is brief. The voiceover later explains his alienation, but the scene doesn't show a strong opposing force that he has to struggle against.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are emotional: Michael's sense of belonging and self-image. The scene shows him being humiliated and wanting to leave, which implies he's losing something (his comfort, his place in the game). However, the stakes aren't clearly articulated—what does he risk if he stays? What does he gain by leaving? The voiceover later explains his lifelong alienation, but within the scene, the stakes feel low because the incident is isolated and he quickly retreats.

Story Forward: 5

The scene doesn't advance the external plot, but it does move the character story forward by establishing Burry's core wound and his coping mechanism (isolation). It's a setup scene, so its forward momentum is internal. It's functional for its purpose.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is fairly predictable: a kid gets hurt, is embarrassed, and wants to go home. The glass eye falling out is a specific detail, but the reaction is expected. The voiceover at the end adds a slight twist with the self-aware humor ('That wasn't a joke'), but the overall arc is familiar. There's no surprise in the parents' response or the coach's reaction.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene touches on a philosophical idea: the outsider vs. the group, the cost of being different. The glass eye is a metaphor for Burry's unique perspective. But the conflict is not dramatized—it's stated in voiceover. The scene doesn't engage with a real philosophical debate; it's more of a character trait.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene aims for emotional impact—Michael's humiliation and isolation. The glass eye falling out is a powerful image, and the voiceover adds a layer of adult reflection. However, the emotional impact is muted because the scene is short and the reactions are quick. The parents' comfort feels generic, and Michael's 'Can we just go home?' is understated. The voiceover's self-aware humor ('That wasn't a joke') undercuts the emotion slightly, but it also adds a unique voice.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional but not distinctive. The parents' lines are generic ('It's okay Michael. Let's just wash it off and put it back in.'), and the opposing players' taunts are clichéd ('Gross! His eye fell out! He's a freak!'). The voiceover is the most interesting dialogue, with its self-aware humor and clear voice. The scene could benefit from more specific, characterful lines.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging enough—the glass eye incident is memorable, and the voiceover adds a unique perspective. However, the scene is short and the emotional arc is quick, so it doesn't fully draw the reader in. The transition to the pool is a bit abrupt, and the voiceover's explanation of his alienation feels a bit tell-y.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is brisk—the football scene is quick, and the pool scene is a brief transition. This works for a montage-like introduction, but it feels rushed. The emotional beat (the eye falling out) is over quickly, and the voiceover moves fast. The scene could benefit from a few more beats to let the emotions land.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CU' for close-up and 'V.O.' for voiceover is standard. There's a minor issue: the 'GRAPHIC: 1985' and 'GRAPHIC: MICHAEL BURRY' are used, which is fine, but the 'BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015' page number is a bit odd, but that's a draft artifact.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: incident (football), reaction (humiliation), aftermath (pool and voiceover). It's a classic 'origin' beat. However, the transition from the football field to the pool is abrupt, and the voiceover feels like it's telling us what to think rather than letting the scene speak. The structure could be tightened by connecting the two parts more explicitly.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes Michael Burry's character and his struggles with social interactions due to his glass eye. However, the transition from the football field to the pool feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the narrative.
  • The dialogue is realistic and captures the innocence of childhood, but it could benefit from more emotional depth. For instance, Michael's response to his parents could reflect more of his internal conflict rather than a simple request to go home.
  • The use of the glass eye as a symbol of Michael's isolation is strong, but the scene could delve deeper into how this experience shapes his worldview. Adding a moment of reflection or a brief flashback could enrich the audience's understanding of his character.
  • The voiceover provides insight into Michael's thoughts, but it risks feeling expository. It might be more impactful to show these feelings through actions or interactions rather than telling the audience directly.
  • The cheerleaders and parents cheering for Michael create a contrast with the ridicule he faces, which is effective. However, the opposing players' taunts could be more varied to enhance the emotional impact of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment where Michael interacts with his parents after the incident, allowing for a deeper exploration of his feelings and their support.
  • Introduce a visual or auditory cue that connects the football scene to the pool scene, such as the sound of splashing water or a lingering shot of the football field before cutting to the pool.
  • Incorporate a flashback or a brief memory that illustrates a past experience related to his glass eye, providing context for his current feelings of isolation.
  • Revise the voiceover to be more subtle, perhaps by integrating it into the action rather than having it serve as a direct commentary on his feelings.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by showing a moment of vulnerability for Michael, such as a brief hesitation before he picks up his glass eye, to emphasize the weight of the situation.



Scene 4 -  The Awakening of Concern
10 INT. WATER FRONT RESTAURANT - NIGHT 10

There is a party going on with upper class professionals
drinking white wine and Heinekens. Michael stands alone
between two groups of professionals talking.

LAWYER
We bought the house two years ago
for 650 and we just sold it for
950. We put 30 thousand into it
tops...


11 EXT. WATER FRONT RESTAURANT - NIGHT 11

FLASH to Michael starting his car, a Honda, and leaving.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
After ten minutes I left and went
home and researched state by state
mortgage fraud rates until three in
the morning.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 8.


12 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - DAY 12

Michael is seated behind his desk in a t-shirt and shorts.

MICHAEL BURRY
Did you know they’re going up?
Highest fraud rates since the
1930’s.

We reveal he is talking to a YOUNG EAGER ANALYST in his
office at the center of SCION CAPITAL, Michael Burry’s fund.
Michael’s office is at the front enclosed in glass. There are
20 ANALYSTS working at desks in the main room outside the
glass.

A big white board shows the quarterly profits from Scion:
+38%

YOUNG ANALYST
No. I didn’t know that.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m sorry if I’m going on and on.
My wife says I need to share more.

MARCH 2005

3 years 6 months until the crash

YOUNG ANALYST
That seems healthy.

MICHAEL BURRY
I like your hair. Did you cut it
yourself?

YOUNG ANALYST
What? No. I uh, paid someone.

MICHAEL BURRY
Oh.

Beat.

YOUNG ANALYST
So, do I get the job? I really
think I could help your fund.

MICHAEL BURRY
What? Oh sure. Right. Yes...um
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 9.


YOUNG ANALYST
David.
(onward)
Great! I guess I’ll find a desk. Is
there anything you want me to work
on for starters?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes...

Another long beat. Michael thinks. This beat keeps going.
Finally the Young Analyst starts to speak just as Michael
does.

MICHAEL BURRY (CONT’D) YOUNG ANALYST
Did you find it strange- You can let me know later-
I’m sorry.

MICHAEL BURRY
Did you find it odd that when the
tech bubble burst in 2001 the
housing market in San Jose, the
tech center of the world, went up?

YOUNG ANALYST
Huh. I guess. I mean, no. It’s
housing. It’s always AAA rated, low
risk.

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.... That’s the idea...
(he knows what he needs
now)
I need you to get me the top 20
selling mortgage bonds.

YOUNG ANALYST
So you want to know what the top 20
selling mortgage bonds are?

MICHAEL BURRY
No. I want to know what mortgages
are in each one.

YOUNG ANALYST
Wait, aren’t those bonds made up of
thousands and thousands of
mortgages?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.

The Analyst waits for Burry to complete the thought but he
doesn’t.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 10.


YOUNG ANALYST
Right away Dr. Burry.

Finally he leaves. Burry sits down at his desk and PUTS EAR
BUDS IN while Googling “SEC mortgage brokerage firm
violations” He gets no hits.

MUSIC: Some hard-core heavy metal like BLOOD THUNDER by
MASTADON

An Asian American ASSISTANT walks by Burry’s office window
and LOOKS AT CAMERA.

ASIAN AMERICAN ASSISTANT
I was Michael’s actual assistant
for years. I know what you’re
thinking, a hedge fund manager with
a glass eye who unwinds by
listening to thrash metal, come on.
But he really did do that.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a waterfront restaurant, Michael Burry overhears a lawyer discussing a lucrative real estate deal, igniting his worries about rising mortgage fraud rates. The following day, he engages with a young analyst, David, urging him to investigate the top-selling mortgage bonds. As Michael's anxiety about the housing market deepens, he isolates himself in his office, preparing for a thorough examination of mortgage brokerage violations, all while heavy metal music underscores his intense focus.
Strengths
  • Vivid character introduction for Burry
  • Effective use of awkward comedy in the interview
  • Clear forward momentum in the investigation
  • Memorable fourth-wall-breaking assistant
Weaknesses
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Analyst is a bit generic
  • Scene is more setup than payoff

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to establish Burry's character and set his investigation in motion, and it does that effectively with memorable character beats and a clear forward step. The main limitation is that the scene is more setup than payoff, and the philosophical conflict is underdeveloped, which keeps it from being exceptional.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a socially awkward, obsessive hedge fund manager who sees what others don't, triggered by a casual conversation at a party. The juxtaposition of the party's superficiality with Burry's obsessive research is effective. The concept is well-executed in the transition from the restaurant to the office, and the introduction of the analyst interview adds a layer of character comedy.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Burry's investigation: he overhears a profitable real estate deal, researches fraud rates, and tasks his new analyst with examining mortgage bonds. The scene sets up the central mystery (why is housing going up when it shouldn't?) and moves Burry closer to his short thesis. However, the plot is somewhat procedural—it's a research beat, not a major turning point, and the scene's energy comes more from character than plot.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its portrayal of a hedge fund manager as socially inept and obsessive, using the interview as a comedic vehicle. The fourth-wall-breaking assistant adds a meta touch that is fresh. The research montage is standard, but the character details (t-shirt, ear buds, heavy metal) are distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Burry is vividly characterized: socially awkward, obsessive, and intellectually brilliant. The interview scene is a masterclass in showing his quirks—the non-sequitur about hair, the long pauses, the obliviousness to social cues. The analyst is a functional straight man, and the assistant's aside adds a layer of self-awareness. The characters are distinct and memorable.

Character Changes: 6

Burry doesn't change in this scene, but there is movement: he moves from passive observer at the party to active researcher, and from isolated to hiring an analyst. The scene shows a shift in his external behavior (taking action) but not internal change. The genre (drama/thriller) allows for this as a setup scene, but the movement is more about plot than character.

Internal Goal: 5

Burry's internal goal is implied: he seeks truth and understanding, driven by a need to see beyond the surface. The scene hints at this through his obsessive research and his question about the tech bubble. However, the internal goal is not explicitly dramatized; it's more of a background motivation. The scene focuses on external action.

External Goal: 7

Burry's external goal is clear: he wants to understand the mortgage market and find evidence of fraud. He assigns the analyst to get the top 20 mortgage bonds and their underlying mortgages. This is a concrete, actionable goal that drives the plot. The scene effectively establishes the goal and sets the investigation in motion.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene's central conflict is internal and intellectual—Burry's growing suspicion against the market's complacency. The party scene shows him as an outsider, but the conflict is passive: he overhears a lawyer's boast and leaves. In the office, the conflict with the Young Analyst is mild and comedic (the awkward interview), not a real clash of wills. The strongest conflict beat is Burry's pointed question about San Jose housing rising after the tech bubble, which challenges the Analyst's assumption, but it's undercut by the Analyst's easy dismissal. The scene lacks a direct antagonist or a moment of genuine resistance to Burry's investigation.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is nearly absent. The Young Analyst is not an antagonist—he's eager and agreeable, even when he misunderstands Burry's request. The lawyer at the party is a symbol of the complacent market, but he doesn't actively oppose Burry; he's just talking. The scene lacks a character or force that pushes back against Burry's investigation. The only hint of opposition is the Analyst's casual dismissal of the San Jose anomaly, but it's too weak to register as resistance.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implied but not dramatized. The scene establishes that Burry is onto something—rising mortgage fraud rates, the San Jose anomaly—but the personal or financial stakes aren't made tangible. The whiteboard shows +38% quarterly profits, but there's no sense of what Burry risks by pursuing this investigation. The scene doesn't connect his research to a potential loss or gain for his fund, his reputation, or his investors. The '3 years 6 months until the crash' title card hints at the macro stakes, but the scene itself doesn't ground them in Burry's immediate world.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by initiating Burry's investigation into mortgage bonds, which is the core of his arc. The trigger (lawyer's comment) and the assignment to the analyst are clear forward steps. The scene also establishes the timeline (March 2005, 3 years 6 months until the crash), which is a narrative device that creates anticipation.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictable beats: Burry's awkward interview questions ('I like your hair. Did you cut it yourself?'), the long beat where he forgets to answer the Analyst, and the sudden shift to heavy metal music. These moments are quirky and unexpected, which fits the character. However, the overall trajectory—Burry overhears something, researches, hires an analyst, and starts investigating—is fairly predictable for a 'genius sees the flaw' narrative. The scene doesn't offer a major surprise or twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

There is a subtle philosophical conflict between Burry's questioning of the market's assumptions and the analyst's acceptance of 'housing is always AAA rated.' This is a seed of the larger theme about challenging conventional wisdom. However, the conflict is not fully developed; it's more of a passing exchange than a sustained debate.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene's emotional impact is muted. Burry's isolation at the party is conveyed visually, but we don't feel his alienation deeply. His obsession is shown through his actions (researching until 3am), but the emotional cost isn't felt. The interview with the Analyst is comedic but doesn't create an emotional connection. The scene doesn't make us care about Burry's quest on an emotional level—we're intrigued, but not moved. The '3 years 6 months until the crash' title card is a narrative device, not an emotional beat.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is a strength. Burry's lines are distinctive and reveal his character: 'I’m sorry if I’m going on and on. My wife says I need to share more.' and 'I like your hair. Did you cut it yourself?' are awkward, honest, and funny. The Analyst's responses are natural and create a comedic rhythm. The lawyer's line at the party is effective in establishing the complacent market. The dialogue is efficient and character-revealing, though it doesn't always drive the plot forward.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in its character quirkiness and the slow build of Burry's investigation. The party scene is brief but sets the tone. The office scene has a comedic rhythm that keeps the reader interested. However, the scene lacks a strong hook or a moment of high tension. The '3 years 6 months until the crash' title card is a clever device, but it doesn't create immediate engagement. The scene is more intriguing than gripping.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is generally good. The party scene is brief and efficient. The office scene has a natural rhythm, with the comedic beats (the hair question, the long pause) providing variety. However, the scene could be tightened—the interview with the Analyst goes on a bit long, and the 'long beat' might feel drawn out on the page. The transition from party to office is smooth, but the scene could benefit from a stronger sense of urgency.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character names are in caps, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'FLASH to' and 'We reveal' are standard. The title card '3 years 6 months until the crash' is a nice touch. There are minor issues: the 'BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015' page header is a draft artifact, and the 'MUSIC: Some hard-core heavy metal like BLOOD THUNDER by MASTADON' is a bit informal, but these are minor.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear three-part structure: the party (inciting incident), the research (transition), and the office (action). This is functional. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or a moment of decision. Burry's decision to investigate is implied, but not dramatized. The '3 years 6 months until the crash' title card is a structural device that works, but the scene could benefit from a stronger sense of cause-and-effect.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes Michael Burry's character as socially awkward yet brilliant, but it could benefit from more depth in his interactions with the Young Analyst. The dialogue feels somewhat stilted and could be more natural to enhance the realism of their relationship.
  • The transition from the waterfront restaurant to Burry's office is abrupt. A smoother transition could help maintain the narrative flow and provide a clearer connection between the two settings. Consider adding a brief moment that reflects Burry's thoughts or feelings as he leaves the restaurant.
  • The dialogue between Burry and the Young Analyst lacks tension or conflict, which could make it more engaging. Introducing a moment of disagreement or a challenge in their conversation could heighten the stakes and showcase Burry's intensity and the Analyst's eagerness.
  • The use of the voiceover is effective in conveying Burry's internal thoughts, but it could be more integrated into the scene. Instead of a straightforward narration, consider using it to reflect on the implications of the mortgage fraud rates he discovers, adding layers to his character's motivations.
  • The Asian American Assistant's line at the end feels somewhat disconnected from the rest of the scene. While it adds a humorous touch, it could be better integrated into the narrative. Perhaps this character could have a brief interaction with Burry earlier in the scene to establish their relationship.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the dialogue between Burry and the Young Analyst by incorporating more subtext and emotional stakes. This could involve Burry expressing frustration or urgency about the mortgage fraud rates, while the Analyst shows a mix of confusion and eagerness to prove himself.
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Burry as he leaves the restaurant, perhaps showing his internal struggle with social situations or his obsession with the mortgage market. This could deepen the audience's understanding of his character.
  • Introduce a moment of tension or disagreement in the conversation between Burry and the Young Analyst to create a more dynamic interaction. This could involve the Analyst questioning Burry's methods or expressing skepticism about the mortgage market.
  • Integrate the voiceover more seamlessly into the scene by having Burry's thoughts directly relate to the dialogue or actions happening in real-time, rather than as a separate narration.
  • Revisit the Asian American Assistant's line to ensure it feels more connected to the scene. Consider having them interact with Burry earlier, perhaps offering a brief comment that highlights his quirks or work habits.



Scene 5 -  The Awakening of Michael Burry
13 INT. SCION CAPITAL - MICHAEL BURRY’S OFFICE - NEXT DAY 13

CU of a COMPUTER SCREEN showing THOUSANDS OF COMPLICATED
LINES OF MORTGAGES from a MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITY. The lines
are almost indecipherable but we see Michael Burry is reading
them intently like it’s a page turning mystery novel.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
(his internal thought
process)
30 days late... Rate adjusts in one
year... Foreclosed... Paid on
time... rate adjusts in one year...
Investment grade mortgage bonds
full of high risk interest only
adjustable rate mortgages... Do
people really understand how an
adjustable rate mortgage works?...
Most of these are no money down
loans... 105 LTV... 540 Fico
score?... Why are the mortgage
companies giving these people
mortgages...?

Outside Burry’s office we see the Analyst he just hired David
at his desk talking to another ANALYST #2

YOUNG ANALYST
What’s he doing? He hasn’t moved
all day.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 11.


ANALYST #2
He does this every few days. He
hasn’t spoken to me since he hired
me.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
90 days late... 30 days late...
These bonds are one of the banks’
biggest revenue sources... They
need more mortgages to fill them...
That’s why it’s all adjustable rate
high risk... They’re giving
mortgages to people who can’t
afford mortgages in order to fill
these bonds, in order to earn
fees...

As he continues to read we TIME LAPSE and see the employees
start to leave at the end of day. Eventually THE MAIN
ANALYST’S OFFICE IS EMPTY and THE SUN IS COMING UP OUTSIDE.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
These mortgage bonds might fail...
No one thinks they
can fail, but all that subprime
credit risk is real, no matter how
they slice and dice it... 30 days
late, rate will
adjust next year... 60 days late...
These bonds will fail...


14 INT. MICHAEL’S OFFICE - THE NEXT AFTERNOON 14

Michael is on the phone. He clearly hasn’t slept and his
clothes are rumpled. There are water bottles everywhere.
Michael brushes his teeth over a garbage can with water.

MICHAEL BURRY
Lawrence. I found something really
interesting.

LAWRENCE FIELDS (V.O.)
Great Michael. Whenever you find
something interesting we all tend
to make money. What stock are you
valuing?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 12.


MICHAEL BURRY
No stocks. I want to short the
housing market.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense and urgent scene, Michael Burry obsessively analyzes a complex mortgage-backed security, uncovering the risks posed by high-risk adjustable-rate mortgages. As his colleagues notice his isolation and fatigue, Burry works late into the night, ultimately deciding to short the housing market based on his alarming findings. The scene captures his internal conflict and determination, setting the stage for his pivotal actions in the looming financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Clear plot advancement
  • Strong character establishment for Burry
  • Effective use of time-lapse to show obsession
  • Memorable visual of brushing teeth over garbage can
Weaknesses
  • Internal monologue can feel like a data dump
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Character change is minimal

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene effectively advances the plot and establishes Burry's obsessive character, but it relies on a familiar 'genius at work' trope and could deepen the internal and philosophical dimensions to feel more distinctive.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a lone analyst obsessively reading mortgage data to uncover a systemic flaw is strong and genre-appropriate. The scene dramatizes Burry's discovery process through his internal monologue, making abstract financial analysis visceral. The visual of him brushing his teeth over a garbage can after an all-nighter is a memorable, character-defining image. The concept is working well; it's the execution of the internal monologue that could be tightened.

Plot: 7

The plot advances clearly: Burry moves from analysis to a decision to short the housing market, setting up the central conflict. The scene's structure—obsessive research, time-lapse, then the phone call—is effective. The beat where Lawrence assumes it's a stock ('What stock are you valuing?') creates a nice contrast and raises the stakes. The plot is functional and serves the story well.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in its subject matter—financial analysis as a dramatic action—but the execution is somewhat familiar: the obsessive genius, the all-nighter, the internal monologue. The visual of brushing teeth over a garbage can is a fresh, quirky detail. The scene doesn't break new ground but is competent for the genre.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Burry is clearly established as obsessive, brilliant, and socially disconnected. The analysts' dialogue ('He hasn't moved all day') reinforces his isolation. Lawrence's voice is distinct—confident, slightly patronizing. The characters are well-drawn for the scene's needs.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows Burry moving from analysis to action, which is a form of character movement (from observer to actor). However, it's a fairly linear progression—he's already established as obsessive, and this scene confirms it. There's no new pressure or complication that forces a change; it's more of a confirmation of his nature.

Internal Goal: 6

Burry's internal goal is implicit: he wants to prove he's right, to find the truth in the numbers. The internal monologue conveys his drive, but it's more about the external discovery than a deep internal need. The scene doesn't explicitly connect his obsession to a personal stake, though the earlier childhood scene (scene 3) hints at it.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is crystal clear: Burry wants to short the housing market. The phone call to Lawrence makes this explicit and sets the plot in motion. The goal is concrete, high-stakes, and genre-appropriate.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene's conflict is internal and intellectual—Burry against the data, and against the market's complacency. The V.O. builds a case, but there's no external pushback until the final phone call, where Lawrence's dismissive 'What stock are you valuing?' provides a mild obstacle. The analysts' gossip adds a hint of isolation but no real friction. The scene lacks a tangible opposing force or a moment of active resistance, making the conflict feel one-sided and cerebral.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is almost entirely absent. The analysts' whispers ('He hasn't moved all day') suggest concern but not opposition. Lawrence's line is a gentle deflection, not a real obstacle. The scene needs a stronger opposing force—someone who represents the market's belief that housing is safe, or a practical barrier to Burry's plan (e.g., 'You can't short housing, it's impossible').

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implicit: Burry is risking his reputation and his fund by shorting housing, but the scene doesn't make them visceral. The V.O. mentions 'These bonds will fail,' but the personal cost to Burry isn't shown. The final line 'I want to short the housing market' is a big commitment, but the scene doesn't establish what he stands to lose if he's wrong.

Story Forward: 8

The scene is a clear turning point: Burry's realization leads to his first concrete action (shorting the housing market), which is the engine of the entire plot. The time-lapse and the phone call both push the narrative forward. The scene does its job efficiently.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: Burry reads data, concludes the market is flawed, and decides to short it. The V.O. is a logical progression. The only slight surprise is the final line, but it's telegraphed. The scene doesn't offer a twist or a new piece of information that changes the audience's understanding.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

There's a hint of philosophical conflict—Burry's belief that the market is wrong versus the prevailing wisdom—but it's not fully developed. Lawrence's line 'Whenever you find something interesting we all tend to make money' suggests a clash between Burry's value-driven analysis and the profit-driven culture, but the scene doesn't push this tension far.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene is intellectually engaging but emotionally flat. Burry's obsession is conveyed through V.O. and physical details (brushing teeth over a garbage can), but we don't feel the weight of his isolation or the thrill of his discovery. The analysts' gossip adds a hint of loneliness, but it's not developed. The final phone call is a logical conclusion, not an emotional climax.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional but minimal. The analysts' exchange is natural and adds character, but it's brief. Lawrence's line is a typical 'mentor' response, not distinctive. The V.O. is the real 'dialogue' of the scene, and it's clear but not particularly memorable. The final line is strong but could be sharper.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in a cerebral way—the mystery of what Burry is seeing in the data keeps us reading. The time-lapse and the physical details (brushing teeth over a garbage can) are vivid. However, the lack of external conflict and emotional stakes makes it less gripping than it could be. The final line is a hook, but the journey to it is a bit flat.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but slow. The V.O. is methodical, matching Burry's process, but it risks becoming monotonous. The time-lapse is a good visual shorthand, but the scene could be tightened. The phone call provides a change of pace, but it's brief. The scene feels like a single note sustained for too long.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and the V.O. is properly labeled. The use of CU and time-lapse is standard. There are minor issues: the scene number '13' and '14' are present, but the transition between them is a bit abrupt. The parenthetical '(his internal thought process)' is a bit clunky but acceptable.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: discovery (V.O. over data), isolation (analysts' gossip), time passing (time-lapse), and decision (phone call). It's a classic 'realization' beat. However, the transition from discovery to decision feels abrupt—the phone call comes after a time-lapse, but we don't see Burry's process of deciding to act. The structure could be strengthened by showing a moment of commitment.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Michael Burry's obsessive nature and his deep dive into the complexities of mortgage-backed securities. The use of voiceover allows the audience to access his internal thought process, which is crucial for understanding his character's motivations and the gravity of the situation he is uncovering.
  • However, the scene could benefit from more visual variety. The current focus on the computer screen and Burry's voiceover creates a somewhat static feel. Incorporating more dynamic visuals, such as close-ups of Burry's facial expressions or reactions to the data, could enhance the emotional engagement and tension.
  • The dialogue, particularly in the voiceover, is informative but could be more concise. Some lines feel repetitive, such as the emphasis on the adjustable-rate mortgages and the risks associated with them. Streamlining this dialogue could maintain the audience's attention while still conveying the necessary information.
  • The transition from the end of the workday to the next morning is effective in showing the passage of time and Burry's dedication. However, it might be more impactful to include a brief moment of interaction between Burry and his analyst, David, to highlight the growing concern among the team about Burry's isolation and obsession.
  • The scene ends with a strong hook as Burry reveals his intention to short the housing market, but it could be enhanced by adding a moment of reflection or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of this decision. This would help to underscore the significance of his findings and set the stage for the ensuing conflict.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more dynamic visuals, such as close-ups of Burry's expressions or reactions, to enhance emotional engagement.
  • Streamline the voiceover dialogue to avoid repetition and maintain audience attention while still conveying critical information.
  • Consider adding a brief interaction between Burry and David to highlight the growing concern about Burry's isolation and obsession.
  • Add a moment of reflection or a visual cue at the end of the scene to emphasize the weight of Burry's decision to short the housing market.
  • Explore the use of sound design, such as the heavy metal music that Burry listens to, to create a more immersive atmosphere that reflects his character.



Scene 6 -  Clash of Perspectives
15 INT. METRO CAPITAL - LAWRENCE FIELDS’S OFFICE - SAME TIME 15

LAWRENCE FIELDS’S office is the opposite of Michael’s. It’s
lavish with Manhattan views as is he.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Haha! Really? But the housing
market is rock solid. Greenspan
just said bubbles are regional,
defaults are rare.

FIELDS motions to his assistant through the open door.

LAWRENCE FIELDS (CONT’D)
Tell them I’ll be there in a
minute...

MICHAEL BURRY
Greenspan’s wrong.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
I don’t think you mean to do it but
sometimes you sound very dismissive
and superior Michael. Alan
Greenspan is the greatest Fed
Chairman in history.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s a fact. Greenspan’s wrong.
He’s too focused on being right to
realize he’s wrong. I don’t know
how else you want me to say it.

Burry spits out his coffee gargle into the garbage.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Look, Metro Capital backed you four
years ago when you were a doctor
with a dinky web page and some
inheritance money. And we’ve all
done very well. Why don’t you just
stick with stocks?

MICHAEL BURRY
I look for value whereever it can
be found. And the fact is: mortgage
backed securities are filled with
extremely risky subprime adjustable
rate loans.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 13.

MICHAEL BURRY (CONT'D)
Once the majority of adjustable
rates kick in 07’ they will begin
to fail and when they fail above
15% the whole bond is worthless.

The scene freezes.

MODERN TRADER (V.O.)
Mortgage backed securities,
subprime loans, tranches... Pretty
confusing right? Does it make you
feel bored? Or stupid? Well, it’s
supposed to. Wall Street loves to
use confusing terms to make you
think only they can do what they
do. Or even better, for you to
leave them the fuck alone. So
here’s Scarlett Johansson under a
water falls to explain...
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In Lawrence Fields's opulent office, he confidently discusses the housing market, referencing Alan Greenspan's optimistic views. Michael Burry confronts Fields, arguing that the market is saturated with risky subprime adjustable-rate loans that will fail in 2007, rendering mortgage-backed securities worthless. Despite Fields's dismissive attitude and encouragement for Burry to focus on stocks, Burry remains steadfast in his belief that the housing market is on the brink of collapse. The scene culminates in a tense standoff, ending with a freeze frame and a voiceover introducing complex financial terms, highlighting the confusion surrounding Wall Street's practices.
Strengths
  • Clear external goal and conflict
  • Vivid character contrast
  • Effective use of freeze-frame and voiceover to explain jargon
Weaknesses
  • Static confrontation with no new complication
  • Minimal character movement
  • Philosophical conflict not deeply explored

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to establish Burry's contrarian thesis and set up the explanatory voiceover, which it does competently. The main limitation is the static nature of the confrontation—it lacks a new complication or character shift that would elevate it. Adding a personal stake or a small decision point would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a contrarian investor challenges the market's consensus, embodied by a powerful skeptic. The freeze-frame and voiceover that break the fourth wall to explain financial jargon is a clever, genre-aware device that keeps the audience engaged. The concept is working well.

Plot: 6

The plot advances: Burry's pitch to Fields is a key step in his journey to short the housing market. The scene establishes the conflict and sets up the need for the explanatory voiceover. However, the plot movement is somewhat static—it's a conversation that reiterates Burry's thesis without a new complication or decision point.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of the freeze-frame and voiceover to demystify financial jargon, a fresh approach for a finance drama. The contrast between Burry's bluntness and Fields's polished skepticism is well-drawn. The scene doesn't rely on clichés, though the 'lone genius vs. establishment' trope is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Burry is characterized as blunt, socially awkward, and intellectually confident—his lines like 'It's a fact. Greenspan's wrong' and the coffee gargle spit are vivid. Fields is the polished, establishment figure who values reputation over evidence. The dynamic is clear and effective.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Burry remains steadfast in his belief, and Fields remains skeptical. The scene doesn't reveal new facets of either character or create a shift in their relationship. It's a static confrontation that reinforces known traits.

Internal Goal: 5

Burry's internal goal is to be validated in his conviction, but it's not deeply explored. The scene focuses on the external argument rather than his internal need. Fields's internal goal is to maintain the status quo, but it's also not deeply examined.

External Goal: 7

Burry's external goal is clear: to convince Fields to support his short on the housing market. Fields's external goal is to dismiss Burry's idea and keep him focused on stocks. The scene effectively dramatizes this clash of goals.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear intellectual conflict: Burry asserts Greenspan is wrong and the housing market is risky, while Fields defends the status quo. However, the conflict is mostly one-sided—Burry states his case, Fields dismisses it, and there's no real pushback or escalation. Fields' counterargument is weak ('stick with stocks'), and Burry's response is a lecture rather than a struggle. The conflict lacks a tangible turning point or a moment where Burry's conviction is tested.

Opposition: 5

Fields serves as the opposition, but he's a straw man—he represents the conventional wisdom without any real depth. His arguments are generic ('housing market is rock solid', 'Greenspan is the greatest'), and he doesn't actively try to undermine Burry's position beyond suggesting he stick to stocks. The opposition lacks a personal or professional stake that would make his resistance meaningful.

High Stakes: 5

The scene implies stakes—Burry's conviction could be wrong, and Fields warns him to stick with stocks—but they're not made concrete. We don't feel what Burry risks by being right or wrong. The dialogue mentions 'the whole bond is worthless' but doesn't tie that to Burry's personal or professional consequences. The stakes are intellectual, not visceral.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming Burry's resolve and setting up the need for the explanatory voiceover. However, it doesn't introduce a new obstacle or decision; it's a reiteration of his thesis. The story advances more through the voiceover's promise of explanation than through the scene's events.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is predictable: Burry states his thesis, Fields dismisses it, and the scene ends with a freeze-frame and a voiceover. There's no surprise or twist. The audience already knows from the setup that Burry is right, so the scene doesn't offer any unexpected turn. The only mild surprise is the coffee gargle spit, which is a character beat but not a plot twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the value of individual analysis versus institutional authority. Burry's 'Greenspan's wrong' challenges the establishment's wisdom, while Fields represents the trust in authority. However, the conflict is not deeply explored; it's more of a surface-level disagreement.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. Burry's conviction is intellectual, not emotional—we don't feel his passion or his isolation. Fields' dismissal is mild, not threatening. The coffee gargle spit is a quirky beat but doesn't land emotionally. The freeze-frame and voiceover break the emotional connection, turning the scene into an explainer.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional but not distinctive. Burry's lines are direct and factual ('Greenspan’s wrong', 'It’s a fact'), which fits his character, but they lack subtext or wit. Fields' lines are generic ('housing market is rock solid', 'stick with stocks'). The coffee gargle spit is a nice character beat, but the dialogue overall doesn't crackle or reveal deeper character.

Engagement: 5

The scene is engaging on an intellectual level—the audience wants to know if Burry will convince Fields—but it lacks emotional or visual engagement. The freeze-frame and voiceover break the immersion, turning the scene into a lecture. The setting (lavish office) is described but not used to create tension or contrast.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but not dynamic. The scene moves from Fields' dismissal to Burry's explanation to the freeze-frame, with no acceleration or variation. The coffee gargle spit is a brief beat of character, but the scene doesn't build tension. The freeze-frame and voiceover slow the momentum, turning the scene into a pause.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are concise. The use of 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' is correct. The freeze-frame and voiceover are clearly indicated. No formatting issues that would confuse a reader.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Fields' confidence), conflict (Burry's challenge), and a turn (the freeze-frame and voiceover). However, the turn feels abrupt and disconnected from the scene's internal logic. The voiceover is a structural device that breaks the fourth wall, but it doesn't feel earned—it's a sudden shift from drama to explanation.


Critique
  • The scene effectively contrasts the lavish environment of Lawrence Fields with Michael Burry's more austere demeanor, highlighting the differences in their perspectives on the housing market. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to deepen the conflict between the characters. Currently, it feels somewhat one-dimensional, with Burry's conviction and Fields' skepticism laid out too plainly.
  • Michael's character is established as intelligent and determined, but the scene could further explore his emotional state. Adding a moment of vulnerability or frustration could make him more relatable and complex. For instance, showing a brief flash of doubt or a personal stake in the outcome could enhance audience empathy.
  • The dialogue is informative but risks feeling expository. While it's important to convey the stakes of the mortgage-backed securities, the scene could incorporate more dramatic tension. Instead of just stating facts, the characters could engage in a more heated debate, allowing their personalities to clash more vividly.
  • The voiceover from the Modern Trader serves as a helpful narrative device to explain complex financial concepts, but it interrupts the flow of the scene. Consider integrating these explanations more organically into the dialogue or using visual aids within the scene to maintain immersion.
  • The freeze-frame moment feels abrupt and could be better integrated. Instead of a sudden halt, consider a smoother transition that leads into the voiceover, perhaps by having Burry's statement resonate in the air before the freeze, emphasizing the weight of his words.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by adding a personal element to Burry's argument. Perhaps he could reference a past experience that informs his current perspective on the housing market.
  • Introduce more conflict in the dialogue. Allow Fields to challenge Burry's assertions with specific examples or anecdotes that illustrate his confidence in the market, creating a more dynamic exchange.
  • Consider using visual metaphors or props in the scene to represent the complexities of mortgage-backed securities, allowing the audience to grasp the concepts without relying solely on dialogue or voiceover.
  • Rework the transition to the voiceover to feel more seamless. Instead of a freeze-frame, perhaps have Burry's last line echo as the scene fades into the explanation, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Add a moment of silence or a pause after Burry's declaration about shorting the housing market, allowing the weight of his statement to settle before transitioning to the voiceover, enhancing its impact.



Scene 7 -  The Urgency of Risk
16 EXT. SMALL WATERFALL - DAY 16

SCARLETT JOHANSSON in a white T shirt and cut off jeans let’s
the waterfall run over her while explaining mortgage backed
securities.

SCARLETT JOHANSSON
Basically Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage
bonds were amazingly profitable for
the big banks. They made billions
and billions off of their 2% fee on
each of these bonds they sold. But
then they started running out of
mortgages to put in them. After
all, there’s only so many homes and
so many people with good enough
jobs to buy them. So the banks
starting doing something different.
Instead of creating mortgage bonds
that were guaranteed by the US
government, they started creating
their own private mortgage bonds.
No government, no pesky standards
like good credit or minimum income.
And then the big banks were able to
fill the bonds with riskier and
riskier mortgages and keep the
profit machine churning. By the
way, the risky mortgages are called
“subprime.” Anytime you hear
subprime, think shit.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 13A.

SCARLETT JOHANSSON (CONT'D)
Michael Burry found out these
mortgage bonds that we supposedly
65% AAA were actually mostly full
of shit, so now he’s going to
“short” the bonds, which means to
“bet against.” Got it? Good.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 14.


17 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - CONTINUOUS 17

Back to the scene.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s only a matter of time before
someone else sees this investment.
We have to act now.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And how do you know the bonds are
built on subprime crap? Aren’t they
filled with hundreds of pages of
mortgages?

MICHAEL BURRY
I read them.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
You read them? No one reads them.
Only the lawyers who put them
together read them.

MICHAEL BURRY
I don’t think they even know what
they made. The whole housing market
is propped up on these bad loans.
It’s a time bomb. And I want to
short it.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Through what instrument Michael?
There are no insurance contracts or
options for mortgage bonds. The
bonds are too stable. No one would
buy them.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m going to get a bank to make me
one. Then I’m going to buy a ton of
them.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In this scene, Scarlett Johansson casually explains the complexities of mortgage-backed securities under a small waterfall, highlighting how banks profited and shifted to riskier private mortgage bonds. The scene transitions to Michael Burry in his office, where he expresses urgency about shorting these bonds, recognizing the risks of subprime mortgages. Despite skepticism from Lawrence Fields regarding the practicality of Burry's plan, Burry remains determined to act quickly, culminating in his declaration to get a bank to create a shorting instrument for the mortgage bonds.
Strengths
  • Vivid, cinematic conceit for delivering dense exposition
  • Clears the audience up to the key idea (subprime = toxic) quickly
  • Moves plot from discovery to commitment (Burry decides to act)
  • Distinctive voice for Burry (economical, urgent)
Weaknesses
  • Exposition leans on bluntness rather than specific imagery
  • Waterfall conceit explains rather than dramatizes the stakes
  • Lacks an immediate tangible obstacle or cost in the scene
  • Some awkward/grammatical lines that distract

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

This scene’s primary job is to translate technical discovery into a clear plan of action and to teach the audience the basics of mortgage-backed risk; it accomplishes both with a memorable visual conceit and a decisive Burry beat. The main limiter is reliance on blunt exposition and missed opportunities for immediate, tangible conflict or emotional stakes — tightening the conceit and concretizing the obstacles would lift the scene.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene uses a high-contrast conceit — a celebrity (SCARLETT JOHANSSON) standing under a waterfall to deliver crunchy, vulgar exposition about mortgage-backed securities, then cuts to a terse, intimate office exchange where Burry decides to act. The waterfall moment makes the exposition cinematic and memorable (“Anytime you hear subprime, think shit.”) and the Burry/Fields beat converts that exposition into a concrete plan (“I’m going to get a bank to make me one.”). What costs the concept is that the waterfall beat is purely expository theatre: the conceit draws attention to itself but doesn't dramatize the stakes or connect emotionally to Burry’s obsession — it explains rather than embodies the moral/psychic weight of the information.

Plot: 6

The scene performs the necessary plot function: it explains what subprime is and then advances the plot by showing Burry choose to short the market and face skepticism from Fields. Key beats: Scarlett defines the mechanism and moral judgment of subprime; Burry: “It’s only a matter of time... We have to act now.”; Fields: logistical objection (“There are no insurance contracts...”). The cost is that the scene is largely explanatory rather than conflict-rich — Fields voices common objections but there’s no escalating obstacle or negotiation that makes Burry’s decision feel costly in the moment.

Originality: 6

The celebrity-under-water explainer is a playful, slightly offbeat conceit that differentiates the film’s expository style from standard voiceover. It’s a fresh visual shorthand that keeps a dense subject lively. What costs originality is the execution: the line 'think shit' is blunt rather than clever, and the cut to a conventional office argument feels familiar. The scene leans on known devices (celebrity voiceover, elided montage → office beat) rather than inventing a wholly new way to dramatize financial abstraction.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Michael Burry is sharply drawn here: obsessive, precise, and single-minded — 'I read them.' Lawrence Fields functions as the skeptical foil, pragmatic, cautious, asking the logistical question that grounds the fantasy. Scarlett’s role is less a character than an explanatory voice with swagger. The scene gives each their expected voices, but the exchange is a bit on-the-nose: Burry’s rigidity could be shown rather than stated (we hear 'I read them' instead of seeing him demonstrate that habit in action). Fields is written as convenient disbelief rather than a character with stakes, which flattens the interpersonal tension.

Character Changes: 6

This scene provides modest functional movement: Burry shifts from research mode to commit to action — that’s a clear scene-level change (intention formed). Fields’ stance remains skeptical, but his questions force Burry to clarify tactics. The change is appropriate for genre — turning discovery into a plan — but it’s small and mostly cognitive. There’s no emotional revelation or a status reversal. The scene exposes Burry’s stubbornness and willingness to act alone, which seeds later conflict, but it could be stronger if the scene showed consequences or risk that marks a behavioral or relational shift.

Internal Goal: 5

Internally, Burry’s apparent goal is to resolve anxiety about systemic fraud by taking corrective action — to move from knowing to doing. The script gestures at this ('It’s only a matter of time... We have to act now.'), but the scene doesn't dramatize why acting alleviates his internal state — no visible relief, obsession, or emotional beat that shows internal payoff. As a result the audience understands his intellectual imperative but not his emotional imperative.

External Goal: 7

Externally the scene is clear: Burry’s goal is to create the ability to short mortgage bonds by having a bank write him credit default swaps. The line 'I’m going to get a bank to make me one' states the goal plainly and the subsequent dialogue about whether such instruments exist clarifies the obstacle. This is a strong external engine because it seeds future plot mechanics. What costs it slightly is that the obstacle (absence of instruments) is presented as verbal fact rather than a viscerally blocking force — Fields doesn’t dismiss him with a specific, tough logistical barrier like 'the trading desk will laugh you out of the bank.'


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear central conflict: Burry wants to short the housing market, but Lawrence Fields is skeptical and challenges him. The conflict is intellectual and financial, not physical, which fits the genre. However, the conflict is somewhat one-sided—Burry is confident and has already done the research, so Fields' objections feel like a formality rather than a real threat. The line 'I read them' is a strong beat, but the scene doesn't escalate the tension; Fields' pushback is mild and Burry's responses are assured, so the conflict lacks a sense of genuine risk or doubt.

Opposition: 5

Lawrence Fields serves as the opposition, but his resistance is weak. He asks questions ('And how do you know the bonds are built on subprime crap?') and expresses doubt ('No one reads them'), but he doesn't actively try to stop Burry or present a compelling alternative. The opposition is more of a sounding board than a true obstacle. The scene would benefit from Fields having a stronger agenda—perhaps he's worried about the fund's reputation or has a personal stake in the housing market.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied—Burry is betting against the housing market, which could be catastrophic if he's wrong—but they're not made personal or immediate. The scene mentions 'a time bomb' and 'act now,' but the audience doesn't feel the weight of what's at risk. The stakes are financial and systemic, but not emotional. Burry's personal investment (his fund, his reputation) is not highlighted, and the potential consequences of failure are vague.

Story Forward: 7

This scene is an engine scene: it turns Michael Burry’s discovery into action. The waterfall explainer supplies the audience with the necessary facts (subprime = toxic), and the following office exchange moves plotably: Burry decides to short and articulates how — 'I’m going to get a bank to make me one. Then I’m going to buy a ton of them.' That is the scene’s primary achievement. What costs the forward motion slightly is the lack of an immediate external setback; Fields’ skepticism is verbal but not a real blocking move, so the path from idea to implementation feels too clean.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: Burry is confident, Fields is skeptical, and Burry's plan to create a new instrument is a logical next step. The audience knows from the setup that Burry will short the market, so there's little surprise. The only mildly unexpected beat is Burry's line 'I read them,' which subverts Fields' assumption, but it's a small moment. The scene doesn't offer a twist or a new piece of information that changes the audience's understanding.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene gestures at the larger moral question — banks selling risk for profit, truth vs. denial — via Scarlett's blunt moralizing ('think shit') and Fields’ institutional denial. That seeds the film’s theme but the conflict is largely stated rather than interrogated: no character questions whether profiting from exposing a market collapse is morally ambiguous, and Fields' lines are pragmatic rather than philosophical. The scene introduces the theme but doesn't push the value tension deeper.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. Burry's conviction is intellectual, not emotional, and Fields' skepticism is mild. The audience doesn't feel the tension of the gamble or the isolation of Burry's position. The scene is mostly exposition, and the characters' emotions are not dramatized. The only hint of emotion is Burry's urgency ('We have to act now'), but it's not backed by a visible emotional state.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and serves the exposition, but it's not particularly distinctive. Burry's lines are direct and confident, but they lack the quirky, obsessive voice that makes him memorable. Fields' lines are generic skepticism. The best line is 'I read them,' which is sharp and reveals character. However, the dialogue is mostly on-the-nose, explaining the financial concepts rather than revealing character or conflict.

Engagement: 5

The scene is moderately engaging. The Scarlett Johansson interlude is a creative way to explain the financial concepts, but it breaks the momentum of the Burry storyline. The Burry-Fields exchange is intellectually interesting but lacks emotional pull. The audience is likely to be curious about the outcome, but the scene doesn't create a strong desire to keep reading. The pacing is steady but not gripping.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but not dynamic. The Scarlett Johansson interlude is a long monologue that slows the scene, though it's visually interesting. The Burry-Fields exchange is quick and to the point, but it lacks variation. The scene doesn't have a clear acceleration or a moment of heightened tension. The cut from Scarlett to Burry is abrupt but functional.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is professional and follows standard screenplay conventions. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly formatted, and the 'CONTINUOUS' and 'CUT TO' transitions are used correctly. There are minor issues, such as the typo 'let’s' instead of 'lets' and the inconsistent use of '65% AAA' (should be '65% AAA-rated'), but these are minor and don't affect readability.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: exposition (Scarlett) followed by a dialogue scene (Burry and Fields) that advances the plot. The interlude is a creative device, but it feels disconnected from the main action. The scene ends with Burry's plan to create a new instrument, which is a logical next step. The structure is functional but not innovative.


Critique
  • The use of Scarlett Johansson as a narrator in a casual setting is an interesting choice, but it risks pulling the audience out of the narrative. The juxtaposition of a waterfall and a serious financial topic may come off as too whimsical or distracting, undermining the gravity of the subject matter.
  • The dialogue is informative but feels overly expository. While it's important to convey complex financial concepts, the delivery can come off as a lecture rather than a natural conversation. This could alienate viewers who may not be familiar with the terms being discussed.
  • The transition between Scarlett's explanation and Michael Burry's office feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene, allowing the audience to digest the information presented before shifting back to the characters.
  • Michael Burry's character is portrayed as intelligent and assertive, but his dialogue could benefit from more emotional depth. Instead of just stating facts, he could express his frustration or urgency about the situation, making his motivations clearer and more relatable.
  • Lawrence Fields's skepticism is a good counterpoint to Burry's confidence, but his character could be fleshed out more. Adding a line or two that reveals his own motivations or fears about the market could create a more dynamic interaction.
Suggestions
  • Consider using a different visual metaphor or setting for Scarlett's explanation that aligns more closely with the serious nature of the financial crisis. Perhaps a more subdued environment would better reflect the stakes involved.
  • Revise the dialogue to incorporate more natural speech patterns and emotional undertones. Instead of a straightforward explanation, consider having Scarlett use analogies or personal anecdotes that make the information more relatable.
  • Enhance the transition between Scarlett's narration and the office scene by incorporating a visual or auditory cue that links the two settings, such as a sound effect of the waterfall fading into the background noise of the office.
  • Add emotional stakes to Michael Burry's dialogue. Instead of simply stating facts, have him express his concerns about the implications of the subprime market on everyday people, which would make his character more compelling.
  • Develop Lawrence Fields's character further by including a line that hints at his own vulnerabilities or doubts about the market, which would create a more engaging dynamic between him and Burry.



Scene 8 -  Betting Against the Bull
18 EXT. GOLDMAN SACHS - MANHATTAN - DAY 18

We push in on Goldman Sachs. We see FINANCIAL NEWS on a
monitor outside playing Jim Cramer’s Mad Money show.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 15.


JIM CRAMER
Folks, this market ain't dropping!
It’s like the running of the bulls
in Pamplona. Either get out of the
way or invest, invest, invest!

THE FEMALE SALES REP (V.O.)
So, Dr. Burry, tell us about this
trade.


19 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - GOLDMAN SACHS - DAY 19

A SALES REP (LUCY THALIA), an INDIAN NUMBERS GUY (DEEB
WINSTON) all from Goldman Sachs sit across from Michael
Burry. Michael looks very Men’s Warehouse in a blue blazer
and slacks compared to the Goldman group who looks very GQ in
Prada suits.

MICHAEL BURRY
I want to buy swaps on mortgage
bonds. A credit default swap that
pays off if the underlying bond
fails.

SALES REP
You want to bet against the housing
market?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes.

DEEB WINSTON
Why? These bonds only fail if
millions of Americans don’t pay
their mortgages. That’s never
happened in history. If you’ll
excuse me Dr. Burry, it seems like
a foolish investment.

MICHAEL BURRY
Based on prevailing sentiment of
the market, the big banks and
popular culture, yes, it’s a
foolish investment. But everyone’s
wrong.

There’s a beat and then everyone laughs except Michael Burry
who wasn’t kidding.

SALES REP
This is Wall Street, Dr. Burry. If
you offer us free money, we are
going to take it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 16.


MICHAEL BURRY
My one concern is that when the
bonds fail I want to be certain of
payment in case of solvency issues
with your bank.

They are shocked.

SALES REP
I’m sorry. Are you for real? You
want to be against the housing
market the most reliable sector of
the American economy and you’re
worried we won’t pay you?

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes. That’s correct.

The Goldman people whisper amongst themselves for a beat.

DEEB WINSTON
We could work out a pay as we go
structure that would pay out if the
bond’s value falls. But it would
also apply to your payments if the
value of the mortgage bond goes up.
You’d have to pay us monthly
premiums.

SALES REP
Is that acceptable Dr. Burry?

Mike starts pulling thick DOCUMENTS out of his backpack. He
slides them across the table.

MICHAEL BURRY
Yes it is. Here are prospectuses on
6 mortgage-backed securities I want
to short.

They scan them. They're diligent, they make us wait.

DEEB WINSTON
These should be fine.

SALES REP
We are prepared to sell you five
million in credit default swaps on
these mortgage bonds.

MICHAEL BURRY
Can we do 100 million?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 17.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense conference room at Goldman Sachs, Michael Burry challenges the prevailing bullish sentiment by proposing to buy $100 million in credit default swaps on mortgage bonds, betting against the housing market. Despite initial skepticism from the Goldman team, including Lucy Thalia and Deeb Winston, Burry insists that the market is misjudging the stability of housing and expresses concern about the bank's solvency when the bonds fail. After a heated discussion, the Goldman team agrees to a pay-as-you-go structure for the swaps, setting the stage for Burry's unconventional investment strategy.
Strengths
  • Clear external goal and achievement
  • Strong escalation from 5 to 100 million
  • Effective contrast between Burry and the bankers
  • Philosophical conflict is present and relevant
Weaknesses
  • Goldman reps are somewhat one-dimensional
  • Internal goal is not deeply explored
  • Scene is functional but not particularly memorable

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to establish Burry's trade and his conviction, and it does so effectively with clear stakes and a strong escalation. The main limitation is the somewhat one-dimensional portrayal of the Goldman reps, which prevents the scene from reaching a higher level of tension or nuance.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a lone investor betting against the housing market, with the banks' arrogance and self-interest on display, is strong and central to the film's premise. The scene effectively dramatizes the absurdity of the trade: Burry's request is met with laughter, and the bankers' willingness to take 'free money' highlights their hubris. The concept is well-executed, though it relies on a familiar 'underdog vs. system' dynamic.

Plot: 7

The plot advances Burry's short-selling scheme: he secures a $100 million credit default swap, a key step in his plan. The scene's structure is clear: request, pushback, negotiation, and escalation. The beat where Burry asks for 100 million after being offered 5 million is a strong escalation that raises the stakes. The plot is functional and moves the narrative forward, though it's a straightforward transaction scene without major twists.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in its specific financial details and the reversal of the usual power dynamic (the client is the one worried about the bank's solvency). However, the overall 'lone genius vs. complacent establishment' trope is familiar. The scene doesn't break new ground, but it's executed with enough specificity to feel fresh within the genre.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Michael Burry is characterized effectively: his bluntness, his lack of social grace, and his conviction are all on display. The Goldman reps are somewhat one-dimensional—they serve as the arrogant establishment—but they are functional. The contrast between Burry's 'Men's Warehouse' look and their 'GQ' look is a nice visual shorthand. The characters are clear, though the bankers could use a bit more depth.

Character Changes: 6

There is no significant character change in this scene; Burry remains consistent in his conviction. However, the scene does create movement through pressure: Burry faces skepticism and even laughter, but he doesn't waver. The scene's function is to reinforce his resolve, not to change him. This is appropriate for the genre and the point in the story.

Internal Goal: 6

Burry's internal goal is to prove he's right against the prevailing wisdom, but it's not deeply explored here. The scene focuses on the external transaction. The internal goal is present but not foregrounded; it's implied by his persistence. For a scene that's primarily about a deal, this is acceptable.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is clear: to buy credit default swaps on mortgage bonds. The scene shows him achieving this goal, escalating from 5 million to 100 million. The goal is specific, measurable, and achieved, which is strong for a plot-driven scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has clear, escalating conflict: Burry's request to short the housing market is met with skepticism and ridicule from the Goldman team. The conflict is intellectual and financial, with Burry's calm certainty against the team's conventional wisdom. The beat where Burry asks about solvency issues is a strong escalation, shocking the Goldman reps and deepening the conflict.

Opposition: 6

The Goldman team functions as opposition, but they are somewhat generic—the Sales Rep and Deeb Winston voice skepticism but lack distinct personalities or conflicting agendas. Their laughter at Burry's seriousness is a good beat, but they quickly capitulate to the deal, reducing the sense of a real fight. The opposition is functional but not deeply characterized.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear: Burry is risking $100 million on a contrarian bet, and the scene establishes the potential for huge gain or loss. The solvency concern adds a layer of risk—Burry is worried about being paid if the bank fails, which foreshadows the systemic risk. The stakes are financial and intellectual, but the personal stakes for Burry (his reputation, his fund) are not deeply explored here.

Story Forward: 8

The scene clearly moves the story forward: Burry's bet is established, and the scale is set at $100 million, which will have major consequences. The scene also introduces the 'pay-as-you-go' structure, a key plot point. The forward momentum is strong, with each beat building on the last.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictable beats—Burry's solvency question is surprising, and the jump from $5 million to $100 million is a bold escalation. However, the overall arc is predictable: Burry pitches, they push back, they agree. The outcome is never in doubt, which is fine for a historical drama, but the scene could use more unexpected turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene has a clear philosophical conflict: Burry's belief that the market is wrong versus the bankers' faith in the housing market's infallibility. This is dramatized through the dialogue, especially when Burry says 'everyone's wrong' and when he questions the bank's solvency. The conflict is present and meaningful, though it's not deeply explored beyond the surface.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene is emotionally cool—Burry's calm certainty and the Goldman team's professional skepticism don't generate much emotional heat. The laughter beat is a moment of tension, but it's quickly resolved. The emotional impact is limited, which is appropriate for a financial drama, but the scene could benefit from a moment of vulnerability or triumph for Burry.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and functional, with Burry's deadpan lines ('But everyone’s wrong.') and the Goldman team's dismissive retorts. The exchange about solvency is a highlight, showing Burry's unique perspective. The dialogue is efficient, but some lines feel a bit on-the-nose, like 'This is Wall Street, Dr. Burry. If you offer us free money, we are going to take it.'

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to the intellectual tension and the novelty of Burry's request. The solvency question is a standout beat that hooks the reader. The scene moves quickly and the negotiation is interesting, but the lack of emotional depth or visual variety might reduce engagement for some readers.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene starts with the Cramer voiceover, moves into the pitch, and escalates to the $100 million request. The beats are well-timed, with the solvency question providing a mid-scene spike. The ending leaves a hook for the next scene.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character names are in caps, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of V.O. for the female sales rep is correct. There are no formatting errors that distract from the read.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Cramer's bullishness), confrontation (Burry's pitch and the team's skepticism), and resolution (the deal is struck). The escalation from $5 million to $100 million is a strong structural beat. The scene is self-contained and advances the plot.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the contrast between Michael Burry's unconventional approach and the traditional mindset of the Goldman Sachs team. This dynamic creates tension and highlights Burry's outsider status, which is crucial for character development.
  • The dialogue is sharp and captures the skepticism of the Goldman team while showcasing Burry's determination. However, some lines could be tightened for clarity and impact. For example, the exchange about the reliability of the housing market could be more succinct to maintain pacing.
  • The use of humor, particularly in the Goldman team's laughter, serves to emphasize their disbelief in Burry's strategy. However, it might be beneficial to deepen the emotional stakes by showing Burry's reaction to their laughter, which could enhance the audience's empathy for him.
  • The visual contrast between Burry's attire and that of the Goldman team is a strong choice, reinforcing the theme of outsider versus insider. However, consider adding more visual cues to emphasize Burry's discomfort or determination, such as close-ups of his expressions or body language.
  • The scene's pacing is generally good, but the transition from the initial skepticism to the agreement on the swaps could be more fluid. The dialogue feels a bit rushed at times, which may detract from the gravity of Burry's proposal.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Burry reacts to the laughter from the Goldman team, perhaps a subtle expression of frustration or determination, to deepen the emotional connection with the audience.
  • Tighten the dialogue by removing any redundant phrases, particularly in the exchanges about the reliability of the housing market, to keep the pacing brisk and engaging.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements, such as close-ups or reaction shots, to emphasize Burry's emotional state and the tension in the room.
  • Enhance the transition between skepticism and agreement by adding a brief moment of contemplation from the Goldman team before they accept Burry's proposal, which could heighten the stakes and tension.
  • Consider using a voiceover or internal monologue from Burry to provide insight into his thoughts during the meeting, which could help the audience understand his motivations and the risks he perceives.



Scene 9 -  The Bet Against the Tide
20 EXT. GOLDMAN SACHS HALLWAY - MOMENTS LATER 20

Michael Burry leaves the conference room. AS HE CLOSES THE
DOOR HE HEARS THE SALES REPS AND THE NUMBERS GUY LAUGHING AND
CLAPPING. He hesitates, is he hurt? But then pushes on.

MUSIC: Popular Hip Hop track like GOLD DIGGER by KANYE WEST

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
Is there any way to buy 200
million?


21 INT. DEUTSCHE BANK - THE NEXT DAY 21

Michael is now across from SALES REPS from Deutsche Bank.

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
I, uh, I don’t see why not. But are
you sure?

DEUTSCHE SALES REP #2
(waves off his colleague)
Absolutely. Absolutely we can do
that.

MICHAEL BURRY
That would be great. Here are the
bonds I would like to bet against.

He pushes another bundle of papers across the table.


22 QUICK CUTS: OF BUNDLES OF HAND PICKED MICHAEL BURRY MORTGAGE
22
BONDS BEING PUSHED ACROSS TABLES AND SIGNED AT BANK OF
AMERICA, BEAR STEARNS, MORGAN STANLEY, CREDIT SUISSE ETC.


23 INT. FAST FOOD RESTAURANT - DAY 23

The MUSIC CUTS OUT and we see Michael Burry through the front
window eating alone at a chain restaurant. His phone buzzes.
He answers. It’s a photo of his WIFE, and his 6 year old son
Nicholas. Under it, it reads “We miss you!”


24 INT. MANHATTAN NIGHT CLUB - NIGHT 24

THE HIP HOP SONG KICKS BACK IN AS SOURCE. AN UPSCALE CLUB IS
PACKED WITH BANKERS dancing and drinking.

We focus in on the DEUTSCHE SALES REP AND COWORKERS WHO SOLD
BURRY THE SWAPS. They are clearly CELEBRATING HARD.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 18.


TRADER
Hey Randall, what’s with the Dom?
Bonuses aren’t for three months.

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
We just sold 200 million today in
credit swaps for mortgage bonds!
Some fund manager from California!
Fucking crazy right? It’s a whole
new way to make money!

TRADER
I didn’t know there were swaps on
mortgages!

DEUTSCHE SALES REP
There are now! We made one for him.
He must have gone off his zoloft!

More Dom is poured. A male and female sales rep make out. The
Trader steps over to another table and taps a guy on the
shoulder.

TRADER
Hey Jared! Did you hear about the
deal Randall did with some fund
manager?

For the first time we see the Modern Trader, JARED VENNETT,
32. He’s smart, a bit slick with a slight Jheri curl and
wears a sharp suit. HE’S OUR NARRATOR.

JARED VENNETT
Randall’s a foot soldier. It must
be a shit deal.

GRAPHIC: JARED VENNETT

TRADER
No, it’s for real.

Jared LOOKS AT CAMERA.

JARED VENNETT
I told you I’d come in later.

TRADER
Apparently this guy wanted 200 mill
in credit default swaps on mortgage
bonds! Randall made the sale. Can
you believe it?!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 19.


JARED VENNETT
Someone shorted 200 mill worth of
mortgage bonds?

TRADER
That was just with Deutsche. Word
is he hit half the town!

JARED VENNETT
How much total?
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary Michael Burry, feeling conflicted after a meeting at Goldman Sachs, pushes for a $200 million bet against mortgage bonds with Deutsche Bank. As he navigates the skepticism of sales reps, quick cuts show his mortgage bonds being signed. Alone in a fast food restaurant, he receives a heartfelt message from his family. The scene shifts to a Manhattan nightclub where Deutsche Bank reps celebrate their unexpected success, contrasting Burry's isolation with their revelry, setting the stage for future developments in the unfolding financial drama.
Strengths
  • Sharp ironic contrast between Burry's isolation and the bankers' celebration
  • Efficient escalation of the bet through quick cuts
  • Strong introduction of Jared Vennett with a memorable line
  • Effective use of music to bridge scenes
Weaknesses
  • Lack of obstacle or tension in the deal-making
  • Burry's character is not deepened
  • The fast-food family moment feels unearned
  • The philosophical conflict is underdeveloped

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to escalate Burry's bet and introduce Jared Vennett, which it does efficiently, but it lacks dramatic friction and character depth. The irony of the bankers celebrating their own doom is effective, but the scene would be stronger with a moment of obstacle or internal conflict for Burry.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: it dramatizes the absurdity of the financial system by showing Burry's massive short being celebrated as a party trick by the very bankers who sell it. The irony is sharp and the scene's core idea—that the system doesn't understand what it's doing—is clearly conveyed. The beat of Burry hearing the sales reps laugh as he leaves is a powerful visual metaphor for his isolation. The concept is working well; it's the execution of some beats that could be tightened.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Burry's short from $100M to $200M and shows the deal spreading across multiple banks, which is essential. The quick cuts of signed bonds efficiently convey scale. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or complication—it's mostly a montage of success. The Deutsche Bank negotiation is too easy; there's no pushback or obstacle, which reduces tension. The scene would benefit from a moment where the deal almost fails or where Burry's confidence is tested.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in its tonal blend: it juxtaposes Burry's lonely, almost pathetic victory with the bankers' hedonistic celebration. The use of a hip-hop track as both score and source is a fresh way to bridge these worlds. The idea of the narrator (Jared) being introduced in the middle of a party, hearing about the deal secondhand, is a clever way to bring him into the story. The scene doesn't reinvent the wheel, but it executes a familiar financial-montage with a distinctive ironic voice.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Burry is consistent: isolated, determined, and socially awkward. The beat of him hesitating at the door after hearing laughter is a nice character moment. The Deutsche sales reps are one-dimensional—they exist only to say yes. Jared Vennett is introduced with a sharp line ('Randall’s a foot soldier. It must be a shit deal.') that establishes his intelligence and cynicism. However, the scene doesn't deepen Burry's character; it just reinforces what we already know. The fast-food moment with his family photo is a brief human touch but feels unearned because we don't see him react to it.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Burry goes from one deal to the next, but his internal state doesn't shift—he's the same determined outsider. The scene's function is more about plot escalation than character development. The only potential movement is the moment he hesitates at the door, but it's not followed through. In a genre that relies on momentum, this is acceptable, but it's a missed opportunity to show the cost of his obsession.

Internal Goal: 5

Burry's internal goal—to prove he's right and to be validated—is present but not actively dramatized. The scene shows him pursuing his external goal (shorting the market) but doesn't give us a window into his internal need. The fast-food moment hints at a desire for connection, but it's not developed. The scene could benefit from a line or action that reveals what this bet means to him personally.

External Goal: 7

Burry's external goal is clear: to buy $200 million in credit default swaps. The scene shows him achieving this goal across multiple banks, which is satisfying in a procedural way. The goal is specific and measurable, and the quick cuts effectively show its accomplishment. However, the goal is achieved too easily—there's no real obstacle, which reduces tension. The scene would be stronger if the goal were harder to achieve.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has a clear protagonist (Burry) pursuing a goal (shorting mortgage bonds) and an antagonist force (the sales reps who mock him and the system that celebrates his bet as a joke). The conflict is present but understated: Burry's internal conflict (hearing the laughter, hesitating) is the strongest beat, but the external conflict with the sales reps is minimal—they agree to the deal without real pushback. The nightclub scene shows the sales reps celebrating, which is a form of opposition (they don't believe in the bet), but it's not dramatized as a direct confrontation. The conflict is more thematic (Burry vs. the system) than scene-level.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is mostly implicit: the sales reps' laughter and celebration are the only direct opposition, but they are not in the same room as Burry. The Deutsche sales reps are compliant, not resistant. The nightclub scene shows the sales reps celebrating the deal as a joke ('He must have gone off his zoloft!'), which is opposition in the sense of mocking Burry's intelligence, but it's not a direct obstacle to his goal. The scene lacks a clear antagonist who actively tries to stop Burry or challenge his thesis.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are clear: Burry is betting $200 million (and more) against the housing market, and the scene shows the scale of his commitment. The fast food restaurant beat with the photo of his wife and son adds personal stakes—he's sacrificing time with family. The nightclub celebration shows the bankers' stakes (they're making money off his bet), but the scene doesn't explicitly state what Burry stands to lose if he's wrong (his fund, his reputation, his investors' money). The stakes are present but not fully dramatized in this scene.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by escalating Burry's bet and introducing Jared Vennett, a key character for the rest of the film. The quick cuts show the deal spreading, which raises the stakes. The scene also establishes the theme of the system's blindness. However, the forward motion is mostly quantitative (more money, more banks) rather than qualitative—there's no new revelation or shift in Burry's understanding. The scene is a bridge, but it could do more to change the trajectory.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable in structure: Burry gets the deal, the bankers celebrate, and we meet Jared Vennett. The unpredictability comes from the irony—the bankers celebrating a deal that will eventually ruin them—but that's a known outcome for the audience. The scene doesn't offer a surprise twist or a turn that defies expectations. The introduction of Jared Vennett is a new element, but it's not unpredictable; it's a setup for the narrator.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the bankers' celebration of a deal they don't understand versus Burry's lonely conviction. The irony is present but not fully explored. The scene could deepen this by having a banker voice the system's logic ('It's a whole new way to make money!') and contrasting it with Burry's silent certainty. The conflict is more implied than dramatized.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has a strong emotional beat in the fast food restaurant: Burry alone, receiving a photo of his wife and son with 'We miss you!' This is a poignant moment that humanizes him. The nightclub celebration is emotionally ironic—the bankers' joy contrasts with the audience's knowledge of the impending crisis. However, the emotional impact is somewhat diluted by the montage's speed and the lack of a sustained emotional arc. Burry's hurt at the Goldman laughter is a good beat but is quickly moved past.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and serves the scene's purpose. The Deutsche Bank exchange is efficient: 'I, uh, I don’t see why not. But are you sure?' and 'Absolutely. Absolutely we can do that.' The nightclub dialogue is more colorful: 'We just sold 200 million today in credit swaps for mortgage bonds! Some fund manager from California! Fucking crazy right?' and 'He must have gone off his zoloft!' This is characterful and fits the tone. However, the dialogue is mostly expository—it tells us what happened rather than revealing character or conflict. Jared Vennett's lines are intriguing but brief.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging due to its fast pace, the montage of deals, and the introduction of Jared Vennett. The irony of the bankers celebrating a deal that will lead to their downfall is compelling. However, the scene is somewhat episodic—it jumps from location to location without a strong through-line. The emotional beat in the fast food restaurant is a highlight, but it's brief. The scene's engagement could be higher if the conflict were more direct or the stakes more personal.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective for a montage scene. The quick cuts of deals being signed, the fast food beat, and the nightclub celebration create a sense of momentum. The music cues (hip hop track) help maintain energy. The scene doesn't linger too long on any one beat, which suits the montage style. However, the fast food beat feels slightly rushed—it could benefit from a moment of stillness to let the emotion land.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character names are in caps, and action lines are concise. The use of 'QUICK CUTS' and 'GRAPHIC: JARED VENNETT' is standard. The only minor issue is the use of 'MUSIC: Popular Hip Hop track like GOLD DIGGER by KANYE WEST'—this is a suggestion, not a definitive choice, which is fine for a spec script. Overall, the formatting is strong.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: Burry leaves Goldman, gets a deal at Deutsche, montage of more deals, a quiet beat, and a nightclub celebration that introduces Jared Vennett. This is a classic 'escalation' structure. However, the scene feels like a series of beats rather than a cohesive unit. The transition from the fast food beat to the nightclub is abrupt, and the introduction of Jared Vennett feels like a separate scene. The structure could be tightened by connecting these beats more explicitly.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the contrast between Michael Burry's serious demeanor and the celebratory atmosphere of the bankers, highlighting the disconnect between Burry's understanding of the impending crisis and the carefree attitude of the financial world. However, the transition from Burry's serious business dealings to the party atmosphere at the nightclub could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The use of music, particularly the hip hop track, adds energy to the scene but may also detract from the gravity of Burry's situation. While it emphasizes the celebratory mood of the bankers, it risks undermining the tension surrounding Burry's actions and the looming financial disaster.
  • The dialogue among the Deutsche Bank sales reps is lively and captures the excitement of the deal, but it could benefit from more specificity regarding the implications of the credit default swaps. This would help the audience understand why this moment is significant beyond just the excitement of a big sale.
  • Jared Vennett's introduction as a narrator is intriguing, but it feels somewhat abrupt. A more gradual reveal of his character could enhance the audience's connection to him and provide context for his perspective on the events unfolding.
  • The emotional tone shifts rapidly from Burry's isolation to the exuberance of the bankers, which could confuse the audience. A clearer delineation of these emotional beats would help maintain engagement and clarity in the storytelling.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Burry as he leaves the Goldman Sachs conference room, allowing the audience to feel his internal conflict before transitioning to the Deutsche Bank scene. This could enhance the emotional weight of his character.
  • To improve the transition to the nightclub scene, consider using a visual motif or a sound bridge that connects Burry's serious actions to the celebratory atmosphere, reinforcing the contrast without feeling disjointed.
  • Incorporate a line or two in the Deutsche Bank scene that explicitly states the risks or implications of the credit default swaps Burry is pursuing. This would provide clarity for the audience and deepen the stakes of the transaction.
  • When introducing Jared Vennett, consider providing a brief visual cue or context that hints at his role in the story before he speaks. This could help the audience understand his significance and build anticipation for his character.
  • Maintain a consistent emotional tone throughout the scene by balancing the celebratory elements with reminders of the serious consequences of the financial decisions being made. This could be achieved through Burry's reactions or through contrasting visuals.



Scene 10 -  Risky Bets
25 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S FUND OFFICE - DAY 25

Michael Burry is on the phone with Lawrence Fields.

MICHAEL BURRY
1.3 billion.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
What?! That’s pretty much all of
Scion’s liquidity! Michael this is
highly distressing.


26 INT. ACADEMY GALLERIA - FLORENCE 26

Lawrence Fields is in Florence with the David behind him. He
steps away to continue the conversation.

MICHAEL BURRY
It’s not all of our liquidity
Lawrence. I’m not certain you
understand this trade. This is a
certainty.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Michael, I consider myself a mentor
to you. But our company is not
comfortable with this investment.
Am I being clear?

MICHAEL BURRY
I have full autonomy when it comes
to investment strategy. You can
read our agreement-

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Don’t throw our inception agreement
in my face Michael. There was an
underlying understanding that you
wouldn’t act like a goddamn crazy
man!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 20.


MICHAEL BURRY
This isn’t crazy. It’s all very
logical.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
So now we pay out premiums on these
swaps against the housing market
until the mortgages fail? In other
words we lose millions until
something that’s never happened
before happens?

MICHAEL BURRY
That’s correct.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And you have no doubts. You’re not
nervous at all?

MICHAEL BURRY
I have no doubts. But yes, I’m
nervous. It’s a very large position
for me to take.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
And will you please tell me what
the difference between doubt and
nervousness is?

Half beat.

MICHAEL BURRY
That is a very good question. And
I’m sorry but I’ll have to get back
to you on that. Have a nice
vacation Lawrence.

He hangs up. His computer and phone are dinging.

QUICK CUTS OF EMAILS FROM MICHAEL BURRY’S INVESTORS:

1. “Have you lost your mind? I’m seriously worried about
you.”

2. “What the hell is a credit default swap???”

3. “I am not comfortable trying to guess what the peak of a
70 year housing spike is!”

4. “So you’re telling me that rather than receiving profits
on stocks I will now be paying premiums on these credit
default swaps you bought? How is this in anyway good news?”

And finally we push in on one last ominous email:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 21.


“A LOT OF PEOPLE IN NEW YORK ARE TALKING ABOUT WITHDRAWING
THEIR MONEY FROM YOUR FUND.”

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense phone call, Michael Burry discusses his bold $1.3 billion investment in credit default swaps against the housing market with mentor Lawrence Fields, who expresses deep concern over the unprecedented risk. Despite acknowledging his own nervousness, Michael remains resolute in his strategy, leading to a confrontation between the two. The scene culminates with Michael hanging up and receiving a flurry of alarming emails from anxious investors, highlighting the growing doubts surrounding his decisions.
Strengths
  • Clear escalation of stakes
  • Strong central conflict between mentor and protégé
  • Efficient use of emails to dramatize external pressure
  • Memorable philosophical question
Weaknesses
  • Static staging (two phone calls and a montage)
  • Lawrence is somewhat one-dimensional
  • Internal doubt is stated but not dramatized

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to escalate the stakes of Burry's bet and introduce the investor revolt, which it does efficiently and with a strong central conflict. The one thing limiting the overall score is the slightly static execution and the missed opportunity to dramatize Burry's internal doubt more fully, which would add depth.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—Burry's massive bet against the housing market and the immediate pushback from his mentor—is clear and dramatically potent. The phone call establishes the stakes (1.3 billion, all of Scion's liquidity) and the conflict (Lawrence's fear vs. Burry's certainty). The quick-cut emails effectively dramatize the external pressure from investors, making the concept tangible. What costs it slightly is the lack of a visual or sensory anchor for Burry's world; the scene is mostly dialogue and text, which is fine but could be more cinematic.

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly: Burry commits to the largest position, faces direct opposition from his mentor, and the scene ends with the threat of investor withdrawals, raising the stakes for the next act. The beat of Lawrence asking the difference between doubt and nervousness is a strong plot turn—it exposes Burry's internal conflict and leaves a question hanging. The emails are an efficient plot device to escalate external pressure. The only cost is that the scene is a bit static—two phone calls and a montage—but it serves the plot's need to raise the stakes.

Originality: 6

The scene is competent but not particularly original in its execution. The 'mentor warns protagonist' beat and the 'investors panic via emails' montage are familiar. However, the specific financial jargon and the philosophical question about doubt vs. nervousness give it a fresh angle. The scene's originality lies in the subject matter—the mechanics of credit default swaps—rather than the dramatic structure.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Burry is consistent with his established character: logical, blunt, and socially awkward ('Have a nice vacation Lawrence' after a tense call). Lawrence is a solid foil—the pragmatic mentor who is both concerned and frustrated. The scene deepens Burry by revealing his nervousness, which humanizes him. The emails, while not characters, effectively convey the investors' voices. The main cost is that Lawrence is a bit one-note (the worried mentor), and the scene doesn't give him much dimension beyond that.

Character Changes: 6

There is no major character change, but there is meaningful movement: Burry admits nervousness, which is a crack in his usual certainty. Lawrence's frustration escalates, and the scene ends with Burry facing a new external threat (investor withdrawals). This is a 'pressure' beat rather than a growth beat, which is appropriate for this genre. The scene could push Burry's internal conflict further—the 'doubt vs. nervousness' question is raised but not answered, which is a missed opportunity to show a moment of self-reflection.

Internal Goal: 6

Burry's internal goal is to prove he's right, to validate his logical reading of the market. The scene shows this through his insistence on the trade's logic and his refusal to back down. However, the internal goal is not deeply explored—we don't see what drives him beyond the logic. The 'doubt vs. nervousness' question hints at a deeper need (to be certain, to avoid being wrong), but it's left hanging.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is clear: to execute the 1.3 billion short and maintain his autonomy. The scene dramatizes this goal through the phone call with Lawrence, where Burry asserts his contractual right. The external goal is also challenged by the investors' emails, which threaten to derail it. The goal is concrete and high-stakes, which is exactly what this genre needs.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's central conflict is clear and escalating: Burry's massive 1.3 billion bet against the housing market directly clashes with Lawrence Fields' fiduciary caution and personal mentorship. The phone call is a classic confrontation—Fields invokes their agreement and calls Burry 'a goddamn crazy man,' while Burry counters with logic and autonomy. The conflict is heightened by the quick-cut emails that show the external pressure mounting from investors, creating a multi-front battle. What costs a bit is that the conflict is mostly verbal and intellectual; the physical setting (Florence vs. office) is a nice touch but doesn't add visceral tension.

Opposition: 7

Lawrence Fields serves as a strong oppositional force: he's not a straw man but a reasonable mentor who is genuinely distressed by Burry's move. His arguments are logical ('we lose millions until something that's never happened before happens?') and he leverages their relationship ('I consider myself a mentor to you'). The opposition is also externalized through the investor emails, which represent a chorus of doubt. What could be stronger is giving Fields a more active counter-strategy—he only protests, he doesn't threaten to pull funds or take action, which would raise the stakes.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are explicitly and dramatically high: 1.3 billion dollars, essentially all of Scion's liquidity, and the potential for massive losses if the housing market doesn't crash. The emails escalate the stakes by showing investor panic and the threat of withdrawals, which could destroy the fund. The scene also hints at personal stakes for Burry—his reputation, his relationship with his mentor, and his own nervousness. What's slightly undercut is the emotional stakes for the audience; we know the housing market will crash (from the film's framing), so the tension is more about how Burry will survive the interim than whether he's right.

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a major story-forward beat: it confirms Burry's commitment, introduces the mentor's opposition, and sets up the investor revolt that will drive the next several scenes. The final email about withdrawals is a clear turning point that will force Burry to act. The scene efficiently moves the plot from 'Burry wants to short' to 'Burry is in deep and facing consequences.'

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is fairly predictable in its beats: Burry reveals the huge bet, Fields objects, Burry defends, and then the emails show the fallout. The one genuinely surprising moment is Burry's admission that he's nervous but has no doubts, and his deflection of Fields' question about the difference. That's a character beat that feels fresh. The emails are somewhat expected, though the final one about withdrawals adds a new escalation. The scene doesn't offer a major twist, but it doesn't need one—it's a pressure-building scene.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict: the rational individual vs. the herd mentality, and the ethics of betting against the economy. Lawrence represents conventional wisdom ('something that's never happened before'), while Burry represents a contrarian, data-driven worldview. The 'doubt vs. nervousness' question touches on the nature of certainty and risk. This is a strong thematic undercurrent, though it's not fully developed—the scene could push the philosophical stakes further by having Burry articulate why he's right beyond just 'it's logical.'


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional potential—Burry's isolation, his nervousness, the pressure from investors—but it doesn't fully land. The phone call is intellectual and combative, but we don't feel Burry's internal turmoil beyond his admission of nervousness. The emails are a list of complaints, but they don't have a cumulative emotional punch. The scene could be more moving if we saw Burry's vulnerability more clearly, perhaps in a moment of silence after hanging up, or if the emails were more personal and less generic.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and functional, with a clear argumentative structure. Fields' lines are strong: 'Don't throw our inception agreement in my face Michael. There was an underlying understanding that you wouldn't act like a goddamn crazy man!' is a great line that reveals their relationship. Burry's responses are logical and slightly detached, which fits his character. The exchange about doubt vs. nervousness is a highlight—it's a philosophical question that Burry deflects, which is both funny and revealing. What could be improved is making the dialogue less on-the-nose; some lines are a bit expository, like 'This is a certainty.'

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because it's a high-stakes confrontation with a ticking clock. The phone call is tense, and the quick-cut emails add a sense of mounting pressure. The audience is invested in Burry's fate, especially knowing the historical context. What might cause a dip in engagement is the static nature of the scene—it's mostly two people talking, and the emails are a list. The visual of Florence is a nice change of pace, but the scene could be more dynamic.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The phone call moves quickly, with each exchange escalating the tension. The quick-cut emails provide a rapid-fire montage that accelerates the sense of crisis. The scene ends on a strong note with the ominous email about withdrawals, which propels the story forward. The only slight issue is that the scene is a bit one-note—it's all pressure, with no variation in rhythm. A brief moment of calm or reflection could make the pressure more effective.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly formatted, and the quick-cut emails are presented in a readable way. The use of 'QUICK CUTS' and 'CUT TO:' is standard. The only minor issue is that the email text is in all caps for the final one, which might be a stylistic choice but could be seen as inconsistent. Overall, it's easy to read and follow.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear three-part structure: the phone call (confrontation), the emails (external pressure), and the final ominous email (cliffhanger). This is a classic 'pressure cooker' structure that works well. The transition from the phone call to the emails is smooth, and the final email provides a strong hook. What could be improved is the lack of a clear turning point within the scene—Burry doesn't change or make a decision; he's just confirmed in his position. A small shift, like a moment of doubt or a decision to ignore the emails, would add structural interest.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Michael Burry and Lawrence Fields, showcasing their differing perspectives on the investment strategy. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the emotional stakes. For instance, Lawrence's concern could be deepened by hinting at his own fears about the market, rather than just focusing on Burry's actions.
  • The setting transitions from Burry's office to Lawrence's location in Florence, which is visually interesting but could be better integrated into the dialogue. The contrast between Burry's intense focus and Fields's more relaxed environment could be emphasized to highlight their differing approaches to risk and investment.
  • The use of quick cuts to emails from investors is a strong narrative device that effectively conveys the mounting pressure Burry faces. However, the emails could be more varied in tone to reflect different personalities and levels of concern among the investors, which would add depth to the stakes.
  • Burry's response to Fields's question about the difference between doubt and nervousness feels somewhat contrived. This moment could be more impactful if it revealed something deeper about Burry's character, perhaps reflecting his struggle with the weight of his decisions or his isolation in the face of skepticism.
  • The scene ends on a strong note with the ominous email about potential withdrawals, but it could benefit from a more gradual build-up to this climax. Adding a moment of hesitation or reflection from Burry before he receives the emails could heighten the tension and make the stakes feel more personal.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more subtext in the dialogue to reveal the characters' underlying fears and motivations, particularly Lawrence's concerns about the market and Burry's isolation in his conviction.
  • Enhance the visual contrast between Burry's intense environment and Fields's relaxed setting to emphasize their differing approaches to risk and investment.
  • Vary the tone of the investor emails to reflect different personalities and levels of concern, adding depth to the stakes and showcasing the impact of Burry's decisions on his investors.
  • Rework Burry's response about doubt and nervousness to reveal more about his character, perhaps by showing a moment of vulnerability or introspection that highlights the weight of his decisions.
  • Build up to the ominous email about potential withdrawals with a moment of hesitation or reflection from Burry, increasing the tension and making the stakes feel more personal.



Scene 11 -  Disruption in Therapy
27 EXT. SUNNY ROOFTOP - DAY 27

CU of a cell phone on the ground. We hear a voice.

VOICE (V.O.)
Paul? Are you there Paul? Paul!

We FLASH out.


28 INT. GROUP THERAPY SESSION - MANHATTAN - DAY 28

A group of 7 PROFESSIONALS in suits sits in a circle with A
THERAPIST leading the group session.

Businessman
... I’m a nice guy all day long.
Ask anyone. I’m a pleasure to work
with. But the second my son screws
up I’m yelling at him just like my
Dad did to me-

MARK BAUM, 40, moppish hair, rumpled suit, will always say
what he thinks, busts into the room.

MARK BAUM
I’m so sorry I’m late! No cabs!

He sits down and starts right away.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
So, yeah. I met with this retail
banker yesterday and I’m supposed
to be getting him to invest in our
fund but instead I start grilling
him about over draught penalties
and how his bank lets a customer
write ten, twelve checks before
they tell em they’re overdrawn. And
this creep is making billions off
of screwing over people this way-

THERAPIST
Mark-
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 22.


MARK BAUM
And I’m getting madder and madder
and I ask this guy how he sleeps at
night knowing he’s ripping off
working people and he just leaves.
He doesn’t say a word. He just
walks away from the lunch. So am I
fucked up or is he?

Beat as the room catches up.

THERAPIST
Mark, we’ve talked about this
numerous times. You can’t come in
late and hijack the entire session.

MARK BAUM
I didn’t hijack the session.
(to another businessman)
Did I hijack the session.

BUSINESSMAN #2
Yes.

MARK BAUM
What’d you do?

BUSINESSMAN #2
I’m in commodities.

MARK BAUM
Of course you are.

THERAPIST
Mark, I know you suffered a
terrible loss... Maybe we can talk
about that...?

MARK BAUM
I don’t talk about that. Hold on!

Mark’s phone is buzzing.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
Oh shit. I have to take this. So
sorry.

He answers and walks out.

MARK BAUM (CONT’D)
(onto phone)
I don’t care Porter. The guy’s
whole business is built on ripping
people off. How long can that last?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 23.


He leaves. The group is left stunned.

GRAPHIC: MARK BAUM
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a Manhattan group therapy session, Mark Baum arrives late and derails the discussion with a passionate rant about unethical banking practices, ignoring the therapist's attempts to redirect him to his personal issues. His outburst interrupts a businessman sharing his parenting struggles, leading to tension among the group. Ultimately, Mark abruptly leaves after answering a phone call, leaving the other participants stunned and the session unresolved.
Strengths
  • Vivid character introduction
  • Sharp, revealing dialogue
  • Effective use of setting (group therapy)
  • Establishes central theme of moral outrage
Weaknesses
  • Lacks a clear external goal
  • Doesn't advance the main plot
  • Character movement is minimal

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to introduce Mark Baum and establish his worldview, and it does this effectively with sharp dialogue and a memorable setting. The main limitation is that it doesn't advance the plot or show much character movement, but for a character introduction, it's strong and sets up the film's themes well.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept — introducing Mark Baum through a group therapy session where he hijacks the conversation to rant about banking ethics — is a strong, character-revealing setup. It immediately establishes his obsessive, confrontational nature and his moral outrage at the financial system. The cold open with the cell phone and 'Paul?' voice adds a layer of mystery and personal stakes that pays off later. The concept is working well; it's a memorable way to introduce a key character.

Plot: 6

The plot function here is character introduction and thematic setup. It doesn't advance the main financial plot directly, but it establishes Mark's worldview and his willingness to disrupt social norms. The scene's plot is functional — it introduces a major player and sets up his arc. The 'Paul?' cold open hints at a personal subplot that will be explored later, which is a good plot seed. However, the scene is more about character than plot, which is appropriate for this point in the script.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its choice of setting (group therapy) for a Wall Street character introduction. It subverts the expected 'office' or 'trading floor' introduction. Mark's rant about the retail banker's overdraft penalties is a fresh, specific way to show his moral compass. The cold open with the cell phone is a nice touch of mystery. The scene feels fresh and not like a typical financial drama introduction.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark Baum is vividly drawn. His dialogue is sharp, confrontational, and reveals his worldview. The scene shows his inability to conform, his moral outrage, and his personal pain (the 'terrible loss' the therapist references). The other characters, like the Therapist and Businessman #2, serve as foils. The scene is a strong character showcase. The 'Paul?' cold open adds a layer of personal mystery that makes him more than just a ranting trader.

Character Changes: 6

The scene doesn't show Mark changing; it shows him in a state of active refusal to change. He hijacks the session, deflects the therapist's attempt to discuss his loss, and leaves. This is a 'flaw exposure' and 'active refusal to change' beat, which is appropriate for a character introduction. It establishes his stasis — he is stuck in his anger and obsession. The scene is functional in this regard, but it doesn't show any new pressure or revelation that might crack his shell.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to avoid confronting his personal pain (the 'terrible loss') by focusing on external injustices. He uses his moral outrage as a shield. The scene shows this dynamic clearly — he deflects the therapist's attempt to go deeper. The internal goal is present and functional, but it's not deeply explored. The scene is more about external behavior than internal struggle.

External Goal: 5

Mark's external goal in this scene is unclear. He's in a therapy session, but he doesn't seem to have a goal other than to vent. He's not trying to achieve anything specific. This is a character-introduction scene, so the lack of a clear external goal is acceptable, but it does make the scene feel a bit aimless. The phone call at the end hints at an external goal (related to his work), but it's not defined.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has strong interpersonal conflict: Mark bursts in, hijacks the session, and directly challenges the therapist's authority ('You can’t come in late and hijack the entire session' / 'I didn’t hijack the session'). The conflict is clear and active, with the therapist trying to redirect and Mark resisting. The conflict is also internal—Mark's refusal to discuss his loss ('I don’t talk about that') creates a deeper, unresolved tension. What costs a bit is that the conflict is one-sided; the therapist and group are mostly reactive, and the scene ends with Mark leaving, so the conflict doesn't escalate to a peak.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is present but underdeveloped. The therapist tries to redirect Mark ('Mark, we’ve talked about this numerous times'), and Businessman #2 gives a terse 'Yes' when asked if Mark hijacked the session. However, the opposition is passive—no one actively challenges Mark's rant or forces him to confront his behavior. The therapist's attempt to bring up his loss is quickly deflected. The opposition lacks a clear goal or strategy, making the scene feel like Mark is talking at the group rather than engaging in a real struggle.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are present but not fully articulated. Mark's rant about the banker and his refusal to discuss his loss hint at deeper personal stakes (his brother's death, his moral outrage), but the scene doesn't make clear what Mark stands to lose or gain in this moment. The therapist's mention of 'a terrible loss' is vague, and Mark's exit to take a call undercuts any immediate consequence. The scene sets up character but doesn't raise the stakes for Mark's emotional journey or the group's dynamic.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by introducing Mark Baum, a central character. It establishes his personality, his moral outrage, and his tendency to disrupt. It also plants the 'Paul' mystery, which is a personal thread. However, it doesn't advance the main financial plot directly. The scene is a character beat, which is fine, but it's not a major plot mover. It's functional for its purpose.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictability: Mark's abrupt entrance, his rant about the banker, and his sudden exit to take a call are all slightly unexpected. The cold open with the phone call and 'Paul?' adds a mysterious hook. However, the overall beat structure is predictable—Mark arrives late, disrupts, is challenged, deflects, and leaves. The unpredictability is more in the details (the specific rant, the 'Of course you are' line) than in the scene's shape.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene sets up a clear philosophical conflict: Mark's belief that the financial system is built on ripping off working people versus the therapist's (and society's) expectation that he should focus on his personal issues. Mark's rant about the banker is a direct articulation of this conflict. The scene establishes his worldview as a central theme of the film. This is a strong element of the scene.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional potential but doesn't fully land it. Mark's anger and deflection are clear, and the therapist's mention of 'a terrible loss' hints at deeper pain, but the audience doesn't feel the weight of that loss. The cold open with 'Paul?' suggests a personal tragedy, but it's not connected to Mark in this scene. The emotional impact is more intellectual (we understand Mark is troubled) than visceral (we don't feel his pain).

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, characterful, and serves the scene's purpose. Mark's rant is vivid and specific ('ten, twelve checks before they tell em they’re overdrawn'), and his retorts are witty ('Of course you are'). The therapist's lines are functional but a bit on-the-nose. The dialogue effectively establishes Mark's voice—blunt, angry, and darkly funny—and the group's reactions feel natural. The 'Did I hijack the session' / 'Yes' / 'What’d you do?' / 'I’m in commodities' exchange is a highlight, showing Mark's dismissive wit.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to Mark's forceful personality and the dark humor. The cold open with the phone call creates intrigue, and Mark's rant is compelling. The scene moves quickly and ends with a hook (the phone call, the graphic). However, the engagement dips slightly in the middle when the therapist and group are passive, and the scene's emotional core is not fully explored, which could leave some readers wanting more depth.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene starts with a quick cold open, moves into Mark's entrance and rant, and ends with his abrupt exit. The dialogue is snappy, and the scene doesn't overstay its welcome. The only slight issue is that the middle section, where the therapist and group react, feels a bit static, but it's brief. The pacing serves the scene's comedic and dramatic tones well.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character names are in caps, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'V.O.' and 'CONT'D' is correct. The only minor issue is the page numbers in the header ('BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 22.') which are a bit distracting, but that's a draft artifact. The formatting is functional and doesn't hinder readability.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: cold open, entrance, disruption, challenge, deflection, exit. It effectively introduces Mark's character and his central conflict (avoiding his loss). The cold open with the phone call is a nice hook, but it's not fully integrated into the scene's main action. The scene ends with a graphic that introduces Mark, which is a standard device. The structure is functional but could be more cohesive if the cold open connected more directly to the therapy session.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark Baum's intense personality and his moral outrage against unethical banking practices, which aligns well with the overall theme of the screenplay. However, the abrupt transition from the previous scene to the therapy session feels jarring. The audience may benefit from a smoother segue that connects the emotional weight of the previous scene with the therapy context.
  • Mark's entrance and immediate shift to his rant about the banker is engaging, but it risks overshadowing the other characters in the therapy group. This could lead to a lack of depth for the supporting characters, making them feel more like props than participants in the scene. It would be beneficial to give at least one or two of them a moment to react or contribute to the discussion, enhancing the group dynamic.
  • The therapist's attempts to redirect Mark's focus are commendable, but they could be more assertive. This would highlight the tension between Mark's impulsive behavior and the structured environment of the therapy session. Additionally, the therapist's dialogue could be more nuanced to reflect their frustration and professionalism in dealing with Mark's outbursts.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it could benefit from more subtext. For instance, Mark's anger could be contrasted with a moment of vulnerability that hints at his personal struggles, making him a more complex character. This would deepen the audience's understanding of his motivations and emotional state.
  • The scene ends abruptly with Mark leaving the session, which is impactful but could be enhanced by a stronger emotional beat. Perhaps a lingering shot on the stunned group could emphasize the effect of Mark's outburst, leaving the audience with a sense of the chaos he brings into the room.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or a reaction shot from the other group members after Mark's outburst to emphasize the impact of his words and actions.
  • Introduce a line or two from the therapist that acknowledges Mark's pain or loss, which could provide a deeper emotional layer to the scene and create a more compelling conflict.
  • Incorporate a moment where another group member challenges Mark's perspective, which could create a more dynamic interaction and showcase the differing views within the group.
  • Explore the possibility of Mark briefly acknowledging his personal loss before diving into his critique of the banker, which would add depth to his character and provide context for his anger.
  • Consider revising the ending to include a moment of silence or a poignant line from the therapist or another group member that encapsulates the tension in the room after Mark leaves.



Scene 12 -  A Walk Through Doubt
29 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS - LATER 29

We see GIANT BILLBOARDS: for Movado watches, Mercedes SUVs,
Designer jeans (with a topless woman with her back to us).
We’re on the streets of Manhattan and Mark’s walking while
talking on his phone.

MUSIC: Pop song like HIPS DON’T LIE by SHAKIRA plays on
monitors in the window of an electronics store.

January 2006

2 years 7 months until the collapse

MARK BAUM
I don’t want that kind of
business... I’m sorry. Money’s not
money... That’s bad money. Other
than Goldman what company lasts
ripping people off like that?

JARED VENNETT(V.O.)
Mark Baum had built a career on
never assuming anyone or any
company was legit without proving
it. When he was a kid he excelled
at studying the Talmud in Yeshiva.
That was great. But one day the
Rabbi told his Mom why-


A30 INT. YASHIVA SCHOOL - DAY A30

10 YEAR OLD Mark Baum and his 8 YEAR OLD BROTHER PAUL run
around with kids in the hallway of a Yashiva while his MOM,
35, talks to the RABBI, 52.

RABBI
Paul is a fine boy. But his brother
Mark... He is the best student of
the Torah and the Talmud...

MOM
Then what’s the problem Rabbi?

RABBI
It’s the reason.. He says he
studies so hard because...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 23A.

RABBI (CONT'D)
he is looking for inconsistencies
in the word of God.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 24.


Beat.

MOM
So has he found any?

BACK TO MANHATTAN STREET

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Later Baum started his own fund on
Wall Street. He had an amazing nose
for bullshit and wasn’t afraid to
let everyone know when and where
the bull had gone number 2. But
then a tragedy happened to Mark
that turned his world view dark and
ready to believe the whole system
was a lie.

MARK BAUM
(sees he’s got another
call)
I gotta go, it’s Cynthia. I’ll be
in the office in twenty minutes.

INTERCUT:


30 INT. APARTMENT LIBRARY - PARK AVENUE - NEW YORK - DAY 30

Mark’s wife, CYNTHIA (35). Their TWIN DAUGHTERS (10) are on
the floor on matching laptops while their SON (7) runs
around.

CYNTHIA
Your therapist called me. You did
it again.

MARK
There were no cabs. What was I
supposed to do? At least I went.

CYNTHIA
I worry about you Mark. You run
around like you’ve got to right
every wrong in the world.
Everyone’s a creep or a crook.

MARK BAUM
Fine. I’m a rude guy. And I’m
pissed off. But it’s a shit storm
out here sweetie.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 24A.

MARK BAUM (CONT'D)
You have no idea the crap people
are pulling and the average person
just walks around like they’re in a
goddamn Enya video.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 25.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In the bustling streets of Manhattan, Mark Baum grapples with his disdain for unethical business practices during a phone call. A flashback to his childhood at a Yeshiva reveals his critical nature, as a Rabbi praises his intellect but worries about his skepticism. Back in the present, Mark's wife, Cynthia, expresses concern over his obsessive worldview, leading to a tense exchange where Mark defends his negative outlook. The scene highlights the strain in their relationship as Mark remains steadfast in his beliefs, set against the vibrant yet chaotic backdrop of the city.
Strengths
  • Sharp, characterful dialogue
  • Effective flashback that roots Baum's worldview
  • Strong voiceover that ties past to present
  • Domestic scene adds human dimension
Weaknesses
  • Doesn't advance the plot
  • Voiceover promises a tragedy that isn't shown yet
  • External goal is absent

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to deepen our understanding of Mark Baum's worldview and set up his character arc, and it does that effectively with sharp dialogue and a memorable flashback. The main limitation is that it doesn't advance the plot, but for a character-driven drama, that's a minor issue; lifting it would require adding a subtle plot thread or a moment of vulnerability.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: it uses a flashback to a Yeshiva to establish Mark Baum's core trait—a relentless search for inconsistencies—which directly feeds his later role as a skeptic of the financial system. The juxtaposition of the modern Manhattan street (billboards, pop music) with the childhood memory is effective. The voiceover ties the past to the present, and the phone call with Cynthia adds a domestic layer that humanizes him. What costs a bit is that the concept is somewhat familiar (the 'troubled genius' origin story), and the scene doesn't yet show the 'tragedy' that the voiceover promises, so the concept feels slightly incomplete.

Plot: 6

The scene is a character-building beat rather than a plot-advancing one. It establishes Baum's worldview and hints at a past tragedy, but it doesn't move the main financial plot forward. The phone call with Cynthia is a domestic interlude that adds texture but doesn't change the trajectory. The voiceover's promise of a 'tragedy' is a setup for later, so the scene functions as a bridge. It's competent but not essential to the plot's forward motion.

Originality: 6

The scene is well-crafted but not particularly original in its structure: a voiceover-narrated flashback to childhood that explains a character's adult worldview is a common device. The specific content—Talmudic study as a metaphor for financial skepticism—is fresh and clever, but the execution is familiar. The scene doesn't break new ground, but it does its job effectively.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark Baum is vividly drawn: his dialogue is sharp, cynical, and full of personality ('It's a shit storm out here sweetie'). The flashback establishes his intellectual restlessness and the Rabbi's observation gives him a defining trait. Cynthia is a grounding presence, offering a counterpoint to his intensity. The voiceover adds depth by framing his worldview. The characters feel alive and distinct.

Character Changes: 6

The scene doesn't show a change in Mark; it reinforces his established traits. However, it does add a layer of pressure: Cynthia's worry and the voiceover's hint of a past tragedy suggest that his worldview is a response to pain, not just personality. This is a form of 'flaw exposure' and 'pressure' that deepens our understanding, even if he doesn't change within the scene. For a drama, this is acceptable—it's a setup for future change.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is clear: he wants to expose the 'bullshit' in the world, as shown by his phone call and the voiceover. The flashback reveals the origin of this drive—a need to find inconsistencies, even in God's word. This gives his internal goal a deep, personal root. The scene effectively communicates that his cynicism is a mission, not just a mood.

External Goal: 4

The scene has no clear external goal for Mark. He is walking, talking on the phone, and then at home with his wife. The only hint of an external goal is his line 'I'll be in the office in twenty minutes,' but that's not a goal, just a schedule. For a drama, this is acceptable in a character-building scene, but it does mean the scene lacks forward drive.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has internal conflict (Mark's worldview vs. his wife's concern) and a hint of external conflict (his phone call about 'bad money'), but the conflict is muted. The phone call with Jared is one-sided and doesn't create friction. The flashback introduces a philosophical conflict (seeking inconsistencies in God's word) but it's not dramatized—it's told via voiceover. The scene's central tension—Mark's obsessive righteousness vs. Cynthia's worry—is present but underdeveloped; Cynthia's lines are gentle, and Mark's responses are defensive but not combative. The conflict doesn't escalate or change.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is weak. Cynthia is the only opposing force, but she's not an antagonist—she's a worried wife. The phone call with Jared is not oppositional; it's just Mark venting. The flashback's Rabbi is a mild authority figure, but he's not opposing Mark; he's just observing. There's no active force pushing back against Mark's worldview in this scene, which makes the conflict feel one-sided.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are implied but not concrete. We know Mark is obsessive, but we don't feel what's at risk. Cynthia's worry suggests a personal cost, but it's vague. The flashback hints at a 'tragedy' that will darken his worldview, but it's not shown. The scene doesn't establish what Mark stands to lose—his marriage? His sanity? His family? The stakes are emotional but not dramatized.

Story Forward: 5

The scene does not advance the external plot; it deepens our understanding of Mark Baum. The voiceover explicitly sets up a future tragedy, which is a forward-looking promise, but within the scene itself, the story is static. The phone call with Cynthia is a character moment, not a plot beat. For a thriller, this is a pause, but it's a purposeful pause that builds character investment.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: we expect Mark to be cynical, we expect Cynthia to worry, and the flashback is a standard origin story. The only mildly surprising beat is the Rabbi's line about 'inconsistencies in the word of God' and the mom's deadpan 'So has he found any?'—that's a nice twist. But overall, the scene follows a familiar pattern.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene sets up a clear philosophical conflict: Mark's belief that the world is corrupt and full of 'bad money' versus Cynthia's plea for him to see the good and not 'run around like you've got to right every wrong.' The flashback adds a theological layer—his search for inconsistencies in God's word mirrors his search for inconsistencies in the financial system. This is a rich philosophical foundation.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has emotional potential—Mark's isolation, Cynthia's worry, the childhood flashback—but it doesn't land. The voiceover keeps us at a distance, telling us about Mark's pain rather than showing it. The flashback is brief and doesn't evoke much feeling. The phone call with Cynthia is the most emotional beat, but it's undercut by Mark's dismissive 'Fine. I'm a rude guy.' The scene doesn't make us feel for Mark or Cynthia.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has some sharp lines—'Money's not money... That's bad money' and 'You have no idea the crap people are pulling and the average person just walks around like they're in a goddamn Enya video.' The flashback dialogue is effective, especially the mom's 'So has he found any?' But some lines feel on-the-nose, like Cynthia's 'I worry about you Mark. You run around like you've got to right every wrong in the world.' The dialogue serves the scene but doesn't elevate it.

Engagement: 5

The scene is moderately engaging. The flashback is interesting, and Mark's rant about 'bad money' is compelling, but the scene lacks a strong hook. The voiceover is informative but distancing. The scene doesn't create a strong desire to know what happens next—it's more of a character study that feels a bit static.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is okay. The scene moves from the street to the flashback to the apartment, which provides some variety. But the voiceover slows things down, and the flashback feels brief. The scene doesn't have a strong rhythm—it's a series of beats that don't build momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. There are a few minor issues: 'YASHIVA' is misspelled (should be 'Yeshiva'), and the scene numbers are inconsistent (A30, 30). But overall, it's clean.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: present (street) -> flashback (Yeshiva) -> present (apartment). It's a standard 'character background' structure. The voiceover provides exposition, but it's a bit heavy-handed. The scene doesn't have a clear turning point or a strong ending—it just fades out with Mark's 'Enya video' line.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes Mark Baum's intense personality with the contrasting calmness of his family life, highlighting the internal conflict he faces. However, the transition between the bustling Manhattan streets and the intimate family setting could be smoother to enhance the emotional impact.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared Vennett provides valuable context about Mark's character and his past, but it risks overshadowing the dialogue. The balance between voiceover and on-screen dialogue should be carefully managed to maintain engagement without losing the audience's connection to the characters.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects Mark's frustration with the financial system, but it could benefit from more subtext. While Mark's anger is clear, exploring his vulnerabilities or fears could add depth to his character and make him more relatable.
  • The flashback to Mark's childhood in the Yeshiva is a strong narrative choice, but it feels slightly disconnected from the present-day scene. Integrating more visual or thematic elements that link the two timelines could enhance the cohesion of the scene.
  • Cynthia's character is introduced as a concerned spouse, but her dialogue could be more impactful. Providing her with a stronger emotional response or a specific example of Mark's behavior could deepen the audience's understanding of their relationship dynamics.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a visual motif that connects the bustling streets of Manhattan with the domestic setting, such as a recurring image or sound that transitions between the two environments.
  • Refine the voiceover to ensure it complements rather than competes with the dialogue. Perhaps use it to punctuate key moments rather than narrate them, allowing the audience to draw connections themselves.
  • Incorporate moments of vulnerability in Mark's dialogue to balance his anger with a sense of personal stakes, making him a more rounded character.
  • Enhance the transition between the flashback and the present by using a visual cue, such as a similar action or expression from adult Mark that mirrors his childhood behavior, reinforcing the theme of his ongoing struggle.
  • Give Cynthia a more defined role in the conversation by having her share a specific incident that illustrates her concerns about Mark's behavior, making her worries feel more grounded and relatable.



Scene 13 -  Fractured Reflections
31 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS - CONTINUOUS 31

MUSIC: Dreamy new-age song like ENYA’S ONLY TIME

We see SLO MO people walking down the street. Some laughing.
Some stressed about work. Some eating hot dogs.

MARK BAUM
They’re all getting screwed...
Credit cards, pay day lenders, car
financing, fees, fees, and more
fees. And what do they care about?
The ball game or which actress went
into rehab?

MUSIC: OUT

CYNTHIA
I think you should try medication.

MARK
Nooo. We agreed. If it interfered
with work.

CYNTHIA
You hate Wall Street. Maybe it's
time to quit.

Mark is now trying to hail a cab.

MARK
I love my job.

CYNTHIA
You hate your job.

MARK
I love my job!

CYNTHIA
You're miserable!
(gets quieter)
Mark. I feel sad about what
happened every day. I know you
must feel the same... But you never
show it.


32 QUICK FLASH TO THE CELL PHONE ON THE GROUND. 32

MARK (V.O.)
Paul? Are you there Paul? Paul!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 25A.


WE PULL UP AND SEE A MAN IN A SUIT WALK TOWARDS THE EDGE OF
THE BUILDING... AND STEP OFF.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 26.


WE CUT BACK TO MARK just as the man falls fully out of frame.


33 INT. APARTMENT LIBRARY - PARK AVENUE 33

There is silence for a beat before Cynthia speaks.

CYNTHIA
I know how close you were to your
brother... I keep hoping you’ll
talk about it. But you never do.
And now you’re so distrustful of
everything and everyone. You didn’t
used to be this way...


34 EXT. MANHATTAN STREETS 34

Mark is quiet. He’s still unconsciously holding his arm up
for a cab.

MARK
Please don’t. I really can’t do
this now Cynthia.

A cab stops.

CYNTHIA
We should talk. Can you just think
about the idea of making a change?

MARK
I’ll think about anything. I’ll
think about shaving my head and
joining a monastery but I can tell
you the answer is no.

CYNTHIA
Consider it. Please. I’m not
talking about joining a monastery.
We could just get off the treadmill
and move to Vermont and open a B&B.
It could be that easy.

MARK
Fine, I’ll consider it. But
honestly, I’m okay Cynthia. I
really am.
(sees a guy try and take
his cab)
No! That’s my cab!! Back off
asshole!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 27.


He grabs the guy and yanks him out of the cab.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In the bustling streets of Manhattan, Mark Baum grapples with his disdain for the financial system and his own emotional turmoil. Despite Cynthia's concern for his well-being and her suggestions for a simpler life, Mark defensively insists he loves his job. A flashback hints at his troubled past, while their conversation reveals a deep emotional struggle. As Mark's frustration boils over, he confronts another man for a cab, symbolizing his internal conflict and desperation.
Strengths
  • Effective use of flashback to ground Mark's worldview in personal trauma
  • Strong visual contrast between slow-motion street life and Mark's bitter monologue
  • The cab confrontation at the end is a vivid, character-revealing beat
Weaknesses
  • Dialogue is often on-the-nose, especially Cynthia's lines
  • Scene lacks forward momentum, feeling like a pause in the thriller's plot
  • Cynthia is underwritten, serving more as a plot device than a fully realized character

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to humanize Mark Baum and deepen his motivation, and it does that effectively through the flashback and the marital tension. However, the dialogue is often on-the-nose, and the scene lacks forward momentum, which slightly undercuts its impact in a thriller context. Lifting the subtext and adding a subtle plot-forwarding beat would raise the overall score.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a character-driven interlude that uses a public street conversation to expose Mark Baum's internal conflict—his rage at the financial system versus his personal grief. The dreamy new-age music and slow-motion crowd create a stark contrast with Mark's bitter monologue, effectively dramatizing his alienation. The flashback to his brother's suicide is a powerful conceptual choice, grounding his worldview in personal trauma. What costs it slightly is the on-the-nose dialogue ('You hate Wall Street. Maybe it's time to quit.') that spells out the conflict rather than letting the imagery and subtext carry it.

Plot: 5

This scene is a character beat rather than a plot-advancing scene. It does not move the external plot forward—no new information about the housing market or the short is revealed. Its plot function is to deepen Mark's motivation, which is valid but not essential to the thriller's forward momentum. The scene's placement after the group therapy scene (11) and before the Morgan Stanley meeting (14) suggests it's meant to humanize Mark, but it could be trimmed without losing the plot's thread.

Originality: 6

The scene is not highly original in its structure—the 'angry man confronted by his wife about his emotional walls' is a familiar trope. However, the specific context (a Wall Street trader who sees the world as 'getting screwed' by fees) and the flashback to a brother's suicide give it a fresh angle. The use of slow-motion street life as a visual metaphor for Mark's alienation is a nice touch, though not groundbreaking.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark Baum is vividly characterized: his monologue about people 'getting screwed' by fees, his defensive 'I love my job!' when challenged, and his physical aggression toward the cab thief all paint a portrait of a man whose rage is both righteous and self-destructive. Cynthia is less distinct—she functions as the voice of reason and emotional vulnerability, but her dialogue is somewhat generic ('You're miserable!'). The flashback to the brother's suicide adds depth to Mark, but the brother is only a symbol, not a fully realized presence.

Character Changes: 6

The scene does not show Mark changing—he remains defiant, refusing Cynthia's suggestion to quit and dismissing her emotional plea. This is appropriate for the genre (a drama about a man who will eventually be forced to confront his worldview), and the scene's function is to establish his resistance. However, there is a subtle movement: the flashback and Cynthia's words visibly affect him (he goes quiet, still holding his arm up for a cab), suggesting a crack in his armor. The scene ends with him exploding at the cab thief, which is a regression to his defensive rage, but it's a regression that reveals his fragility.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to avoid confronting his grief and to maintain his worldview that the world is corrupt—a worldview that protects him from his brother's suicide. Cynthia's push for him to 'make a change' directly challenges this goal, creating tension. The scene dramatizes his internal goal through his defensive 'I love my job!' and his refusal to engage with Cynthia's emotional plea. However, the goal is somewhat on-the-nose; it's stated rather than shown through subtext.

External Goal: 4

The scene has a minor external goal: Mark is trying to hail a cab, which is a mundane action that serves as a backdrop to the conversation. The external goal is not significant to the plot, and the scene does not advance any external objective. This is acceptable for a character-driven scene, but it means the external goal dimension is not a strength here.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is internal and interpersonal, driven by Cynthia's push for Mark to confront his grief and consider change, against Mark's defensive denial. The conflict escalates from a casual suggestion ('I think you should try medication') to a direct emotional challenge ('You're miserable!'), culminating in Mark's physical outburst over a cab. The conflict is effective because it's layered—Cynthia's concern is genuine, but Mark's resistance is rooted in deep-seated pain, making the argument feel real and consequential.

Opposition: 6

Cynthia serves as the primary opposition, but her arguments are largely reasonable and compassionate, which makes her a sympathetic antagonist. The opposition is strong in that it directly challenges Mark's worldview and emotional state, but it lacks a sharp edge—Cynthia never pushes back on Mark's specific defenses (e.g., 'I love my job') with counter-evidence, so the opposition feels more like a gentle nudge than a forceful confrontation.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are emotional and relational—Mark's marriage and his mental health are on the line. Cynthia's ultimatum ('We could just get off the treadmill and move to Vermont') raises the stakes by offering a concrete alternative, but the scene doesn't fully explore the consequences of Mark's refusal. The stakes are clear but not yet fully realized; the audience senses that Mark's denial is unsustainable, but the scene doesn't show what he stands to lose beyond his wife's frustration.

Story Forward: 4

The scene does not advance the external plot—no new information about the housing market, the short, or the investigation is revealed. Its forward movement is internal: it deepens our understanding of Mark's motivation and emotional state, which will pay off later when he decides to short the market. However, in a thriller, this pause in momentum can feel like a lull, especially so early in the script (scene 13 of 60).

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable arc: Cynthia suggests change, Mark deflects, they argue, and Mark ends with a physical outburst. The flashback to Paul's suicide is a surprising and effective beat, but the overall structure is familiar. The cab confrontation at the end is a nice twist on Mark's emotional state, but it doesn't subvert expectations in a way that feels fresh.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict between Mark's cynical worldview—that everyone is 'getting screwed' by the system—and Cynthia's suggestion that he can opt out ('get off the treadmill'). This is a genuine philosophical tension: is it better to fight a corrupt system or to leave it? Mark's refusal to consider leaving, despite his misery, suggests he believes engagement is necessary, even if it's painful. The flashback to his brother's suicide adds a layer: perhaps Mark's cynicism is a defense against the pain of loss, and Cynthia's push for change threatens that defense.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene is emotionally potent, particularly in the flashback to Paul's suicide and Cynthia's quiet plea ('I know you must feel the same... But you never show it'). The contrast between Mark's public bravado and his private pain is moving, and the final image of him yanking a man out of a cab is a powerful visual metaphor for his inability to let go of control. The scene successfully evokes empathy for both characters.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp and characterful, with Mark's defensive repetitions ('I love my job!') and Cynthia's gentle but persistent probing. The exchange feels natural and lived-in, with each line revealing character. The dialogue effectively balances wit ('I'll think about shaving my head and joining a monastery') with emotional weight, and the final outburst ('No! That's my cab!! Back off asshole!') is a perfect capstone to Mark's escalating frustration.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its emotional stakes and the strong chemistry between Mark and Cynthia. The slow-motion street opening and the flashback add visual interest, but the middle section (the library scene) is more static and dialogue-heavy, which could lose some readers. The final cab confrontation re-engages the audience with a burst of action.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is generally effective, with the slow-motion opening establishing a contemplative mood before the dialogue quickens. The flashback is a sharp, impactful interruption, and the final cab scene provides a burst of energy. However, the library scene feels slightly slower, and the transition back to the street could be smoother.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of 'MUSIC: IN/OUT' and 'QUICK FLASH' is standard and effective. The scene numbers and page breaks are consistent. No formatting issues that detract from readability.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: opening monologue, argument, flashback, resolution. The flashback is well-placed, providing emotional context for Mark's behavior. The final cab confrontation serves as a strong visual and emotional climax. The structure is sound, though the library scene feels like a slight detour from the street setting.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark's internal conflict and frustration with the financial system, but it could benefit from more visual storytelling to enhance the emotional weight. The contrast between the dreamy music and Mark's harsh critique of society creates an interesting juxtaposition, yet the visuals of people walking in slow motion could be more impactful if they included specific interactions or expressions that reflect the themes of exploitation and distraction.
  • Cynthia's dialogue serves as a grounding force in the scene, but her character could be developed further. While she expresses concern for Mark, her suggestions feel somewhat generic. Adding more personal stakes or specific examples of how Mark's behavior affects their relationship could deepen the emotional resonance of their conversation.
  • The abrupt transition to the flashback of the man stepping off the building is jarring and could be better integrated into the flow of the scene. It feels disconnected from the preceding dialogue and could benefit from a smoother lead-in or a more explicit connection to Mark's emotional state. This moment is powerful, but it risks losing its impact due to the lack of buildup.
  • Mark's insistence that he loves his job, despite clear evidence to the contrary, is a compelling character trait. However, this could be emphasized further through his body language and facial expressions. Showing more of his internal struggle visually would enhance the audience's understanding of his denial and the tension in his relationship with Cynthia.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it could be tightened in places. For instance, some of Mark's lines could be more succinct to maintain the scene's pacing and keep the audience engaged. Additionally, the repetition of 'I love my job' could be varied to reflect his growing frustration.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more visual elements that reflect the themes of the scene, such as close-ups of people's faces to show their emotions or reactions to Mark's commentary, enhancing the contrast between his perspective and the reality around him.
  • Develop Cynthia's character further by providing specific examples of how Mark's behavior impacts their relationship. This could involve her recalling a specific incident or expressing a deeper emotional connection to their shared history.
  • Consider reworking the transition to the flashback of the man stepping off the building. Perhaps use a visual cue or a line of dialogue that foreshadows this moment, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Enhance Mark's internal conflict through visual storytelling. Use his body language and facial expressions to convey his denial and frustration more effectively, allowing the audience to connect with his emotional state.
  • Tighten the dialogue to improve pacing and engagement. Focus on making Mark's lines more impactful by reducing repetition and ensuring each line serves to advance the character's emotional journey.



Scene 14 -  A Curious Call
35 EXT. MORGAN STANLEY BUILDING - LATER 35

Everyone walking in and out of the Morgan Stanley building is
on their Blackberries. Mark gets out of his cab while
finishing a conversation with his cab driver.

MARK
And remember, get out of that
mutual fund you’re in. They’re
going to rape you with fees!

He walks into the building and passes a Morgan Stanley higher
up KATHY TAO.

KATHY TAO
Hello Mark Baum!

MARK
Hey Kathy. You busted me. I had an
afternoon personal thing.

KATHY TAO
I’m not your baby sitter. If
FrontPoint makes Morgan Stanley
money I’m happy!

MARK
Hey did I hear you’re expecting?

KATHY TAO
We’re expecting to be expecting!
The IVFs are cleaning us out but
we’re staying positive!


36 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - MORGAN STANLEY NEW YORK - LATER 36

Small. Provisional. A tiny SUPPORT STAFF. There are four
desks with Mark’s team working at each.

Mark enters, pushing open the door that reads “FrontPoint
Partners.”

MARK
Hey! Cynthia wants me to quit and
open a B&B in Vermont!

VINNY DANIEL, a Queens city school graduate in a Macy’s suit
turns from his desk.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 28.


VINNY DANIEL
I’d love to see Mark Baum run a
B&B. “Here’s your steel cut oatmeal
asshole!”

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Because he didn’t kiss the ring of
the people with the check books
Mark Baum had to set up his fund
under Morgan Stanley’s umbrella.
His small team reflected Mark’s
distrust of the system.

MARK
Yeah. She says this job is making
me unhappy.

VINNY DANIEL
But you’re happy when you’re
unhappy.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Vinny Daniel: Mark’s numbers guy.
Vinny lost his Father to violent
crime when he was young. Just like
Mark he didn’t talk about it.

VINNY DANIEL
(to camera)
I don’t talk about it.

An athletic Wasp, PORTER COLLINS, 31. who wears a suit jacket
and polo shirt, covers his blue tooth to chime in.

PORTER COLLINS
Cynthia doesn’t mess around. She
got me to stop eating gluten. You
want me to check the residential
real estate market in Vermont!?

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Porter Collins: former Olympic
rower who went to Brown. He had
worked with Baum at a previous firm
and couldn’t figure out why no one
listened to Baum, the guy with all
the good ideas.

MARK
There’s no way I’m moving to
Vermont. Westchester maybe, but not
Vermont...
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 29.


DANNY MOSES (31) Southern but moving fast towards New Yorker,
a self-effacing analyst type, though he's actually their
trader. HE’S FINISHING A PHONE CALL.

DANNY MOSES
... wait a minute. I think you have
the wrong FrontPoint. There’s
another FrontPoint in this same
building that is bonds.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
And Danny Moses: the optimist of
the bunch. And a hell of a trader,
which is why they tolerated the
optimism.

DANNY
Okay... No problem.

He hangs up.

DANNY (CONT’D)
That was a weird call.

PORTER
Why? Did the person actually enjoy
talking to you?

DANNY
It was this guy from Deutsche who
was talking about shorting housing
bonds. In the middle of the call I
realize he’s got the wrong
FrontPoint. He wanted the one of
the eighth floor.

VINNY
He wanted to short housing bonds?
Who bets against housing?
(due diligence)
What’s the ABX at?

PORTER
What’s the ABX?

VINNY
It tracks sub-prime mortgage bond
value.

Danny checks his computer.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 30.


DANNY
It’s down... Wow. That’s weird.
It’s down three points since last
year. I haven’t heard a peep about
that.

MARK
What was this guy’s name again?

DANNY
Jared Vennett. From Deutsche. He
sounded pretty sketchy.

One of the ASSISTANTS (the real DANNY MOSES) LOOKS UP TO
CAMERA.

ASSISTANT
This actually happened. I’m the
real Danny Moses. A wrong number
led us to one of the biggest leads
in investment history. I still work
in New York and I wasn’t that much
of an optimist.

MARK BAUM
Call him back. Tell him we want to
hear his presentation..

VINNY
You wanna take advice from a trader
we don't know -- about a market we
don't understand -- cause the idiot
dialed a wrong number?

MARK BAUM
Yeah. Why not?

DANNY
If he'd even show up, it'd be to
screw us.

MARK BAUM
Probably.

VINNY
Definitely.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Mark Baum arrives at the Morgan Stanley building and engages in light banter with his team at FrontPoint. After a strange phone call from trader Jared Vennett about shorting housing bonds piques their interest, Mark decides to pursue the lead despite his team's skepticism. The scene blends humor with intrigue as they navigate the corporate culture and potential investment opportunities.
Strengths
  • Efficient character introductions with distinct voices
  • Clever plot catalyst via wrong-number call
  • Effective blend of comedy and financial setup
  • Strong voiceover and fourth-wall breaks add texture
Weaknesses
  • Light on internal character goals
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Transition from banter to plot could be smoother

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to introduce the FrontPoint team and set up the plot's next major step, which it does effectively with strong character work and a clever plot catalyst. The main limitation is the light touch on internal and philosophical dimensions, which, while appropriate for the genre, could be deepened to add more resonance.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: it introduces the FrontPoint team and their dynamic through a wrong-number call that becomes a major plot lead. The blend of comedy (B&B banter, Vinny's 'steel cut oatmeal' line) with the serious financial setup (ABX index, shorting housing bonds) is effective and genre-appropriate. The voiceover and fourth-wall breaks add a documentary-like texture that fits the film's style.

Plot: 7

The plot advances meaningfully: the team learns about the ABX index and the possibility of shorting housing bonds, setting up the investigation that drives the narrative. The scene efficiently moves from character banter to a concrete plot point (the wrong-number call) and ends with a decision to pursue the lead. The pacing is good, though the transition from the B&B joke to the serious financial discussion could be smoother.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its use of a wrong-number call as a plot catalyst, a fresh twist on the typical 'discovery' beat. The fourth-wall breaks and voiceover commentary are distinctive, adding a meta-narrative layer that feels innovative. The character introductions are also unique, with each team member given a specific, memorable trait.


Character Development

Characters: 8

The characters are vividly drawn: Mark's irreverence and leadership, Vinny's skepticism and humor, Porter's athletic pragmatism, and Danny's optimism. The voiceover adds depth by revealing their backstories and motivations. The banter feels authentic and reveals their relationships. The scene effectively establishes the team as a unit with distinct personalities.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows character movement through the team's collective shift from casual banter to serious engagement with the housing market lead. Mark's decision to 'call him back' is a moment of initiative, but the change is more about the team's direction than individual growth. The scene is more about establishing the status quo and setting up the plot than about character transformation.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene hints at Mark's internal conflict (his unhappiness with the job, his wife's suggestion to quit) but does not deeply explore it. The internal goals of the other characters are only briefly touched upon through the voiceover. The scene is more focused on external plot development than on internal character desires.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: the team decides to pursue the lead on shorting housing bonds, setting up their investigation. The scene establishes the goal through the wrong-number call and the team's decision to follow up. The goal is concrete and forward-looking, driving the plot.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear central conflict: Mark's team is skeptical of the wrong-number call from Jared Vennett, and Vinny explicitly challenges Mark's decision to pursue it ('You wanna take advice from a trader we don't know...'). The conflict is intellectual and strategic, not personal or emotional. It works because it sets up the team's dynamic and the central question of whether to trust this lead. However, the conflict is relatively low-stakes and resolved quickly—Mark's 'Yeah. Why not?' ends the debate almost immediately, so the tension doesn't build or complicate. The scene also has a secondary conflict with Kathy Tao, but it's purely transactional and doesn't create friction.

Opposition: 5

The opposition comes from Vinny, who is skeptical of the lead, and Danny, who warns that Vennett will 'screw us.' This is functional but thin. Vinny's opposition is logical but not deeply rooted in character—he's the cautious numbers guy, but we don't feel a strong personal stake in his resistance. The opposition also collapses quickly; after Mark's 'Yeah. Why not?' and Vinny's 'Definitely,' the scene moves on. The opposition doesn't create a real obstacle that Mark has to overcome; it's more of a brief hesitation.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implied but not felt. The scene is about deciding whether to pursue a lead, and the potential payoff is 'one of the biggest leads in investment history' (as the assistant says). But within the scene itself, the stakes are abstract—we don't feel what's at risk if they're wrong, or what they stand to gain. The personal stakes (Mark's unhappiness, his wife's suggestion to quit) are mentioned but not connected to this decision. The scene doesn't make us feel the weight of the choice.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward significantly: it introduces the key plot point (the wrong-number call about shorting housing bonds) and sets the team on a new investigative path. The decision to call Vennett back is a clear forward step, and the scene ends with a sense of anticipation. The scene also establishes the team's dynamic and their collective skepticism, which will be tested as the plot unfolds.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has a few unpredictable beats: the wrong-number call itself, the assistant breaking the fourth wall, and Mark's casual 'Yeah. Why not?' response. These are effective and keep the scene from being predictable. However, the overall arc is familiar—a team gets a lead, debates it, and decides to pursue it. The unpredictability is in the details, not the structure.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict through Mark's distrust of the system and the team's skepticism of the housing market. The voiceover hints at Mark's 'distrust of the system,' but the conflict is not fully developed. The scene is more about setting up the plot than exploring deeper philosophical questions.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has emotional texture—Mark's unhappiness, the team's banter, the hint of Vinny's past trauma (via voiceover). But these emotions are surface-level and don't deepen. The scene is more about establishing character dynamics than evoking a strong emotional response. The humor is effective, but the emotional stakes are low. The voiceover about Vinny's father is a missed opportunity to add emotional weight.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, characterful, and funny. Lines like 'Here's your steel cut oatmeal asshole!' and 'You wanna take advice from a trader we don't know... cause the idiot dialed a wrong number?' are distinctive and reveal character. The banter between the team feels natural and lived-in. The voiceover interjections are well-integrated and add a documentary-style flavor. The dialogue is a clear strength of the scene.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its fast pace, witty dialogue, and the intriguing premise of the wrong-number call. The fourth-wall break by the assistant is a memorable moment that adds a layer of meta-commentary. The scene effectively introduces the team and sets up the next plot point. It's a fun, character-driven scene that keeps the reader interested.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene moves quickly from the street to the office, through the banter, to the phone call, and to the decision. The voiceover interjections help maintain momentum. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome and ends on a strong, decisive note. The only slight issue is that the conflict resolves very quickly, which could be seen as a pacing strength (efficiency) or a weakness (lack of tension).


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, character introductions are properly formatted, and the voiceover is clearly indicated. The use of parentheticals and action lines is effective. There are no formatting issues that detract from readability.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: establish the setting and characters, introduce the inciting incident (the wrong-number call), debate the decision, and resolve it. The voiceover interjections serve as a structural device to provide context and character background. The scene is well-organized and serves its purpose in the larger narrative. The only structural weakness is that the conflict is resolved too easily, which could be a missed opportunity for more dramatic tension.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the dynamic between Mark Baum and his colleagues, showcasing their personalities and relationships through witty banter. However, the dialogue can feel a bit too expository at times, especially with the voiceovers that explain character backgrounds. This can detract from the immediacy of the scene and make it feel less organic.
  • The humor in the dialogue is a strong point, particularly the interactions about Mark's potential career change to running a B&B. However, the humor sometimes overshadows the underlying tension regarding the financial crisis, which could be better integrated into the dialogue to maintain a balance between levity and seriousness.
  • The transition from the exterior of the Morgan Stanley building to the interior of the FrontPoint office is smooth, but the scene could benefit from more visual details that emphasize the contrast between the bustling financial world outside and the more intimate, chaotic environment inside the office. This would enhance the viewer's understanding of the stakes involved.
  • The introduction of the wrong number call from Deutsche Bank is a clever plot device, but it feels somewhat contrived. The characters' reactions could be more nuanced to reflect their skepticism and curiosity, rather than jumping straight to the decision to call back. This would create a more believable progression of events.
  • The scene ends on a note of intrigue with the decision to pursue the lead from the wrong number, but it could be strengthened by a more explicit emotional reaction from Mark and his team. This would help to convey the gravity of the situation and the potential implications of their decision.
Suggestions
  • Consider reducing the amount of voiceover exposition and instead show character backgrounds through actions and dialogue. This will create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Integrate the theme of the financial crisis more directly into the dialogue, perhaps by having characters express their concerns or doubts about the market while maintaining their humor.
  • Add more visual elements that contrast the exterior and interior settings, such as the hustle and bustle of the street versus the cramped, tense atmosphere of the office, to enhance the scene's impact.
  • Develop the characters' reactions to the wrong number call with more depth, allowing for a mix of skepticism and intrigue before they decide to pursue the lead.
  • End the scene with a stronger emotional beat, perhaps by showing Mark's internal conflict or excitement about the potential opportunity, to better set up the stakes for the next scene.



Scene 15 -  The Jenga Revelation
37 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - THE NEXT DAY 37

Jared Vennett, his Chinese Quantitative Analyst, TED JIANG
and a Deutsche YOUNG SALES REP stand and sit in front of the
room.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 31.


Mark, Porter, Vinny and Danny listen to the bond trader's
spiel, which is condescending and very sharp.

The Deutsche Rep hands out hard copies.

MARK BAUM
So how many people have you talked
to about this trade?

JARED
A few. And there’s definitely some
interest.


38 FAST CUTS: A HALF DOZEN PEOPLE THAT HE TALKED TO PREVIOUSLY38
SAYING “NO” “GET LOST JARED” “YOU’RE HIGH” ETC.


39 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - CONTINUOUS 39

MARK BAUM
(sarcasm)
Which is why you’re here talking to
us, a wrong number.

JARED VENNETT
Look, some people have called me in
to just laugh at me on this deal.
Is that what this is?

VINNY
That’s not what this is. That’s
just Mark. We wanna hear this.

JARED VENNETT
Okay, here we go...

On the table is a JENGA GAME of stacked wooden blocks. On the
side of the blocks is written the ratings of the tiers AAA,
AA, BBB, BB, and B.

JARED VENNETT (CONT’D)
This is a basic mortgage bond. The
original ones were simple,
thousands of AAA mortgages bundled
together and sold with a guarantee
from the US government. But the
modern day ones are private and are
made up of layers of tranches, with
the AAA highest rated getting paid
first and the lowest, B rated
getting paid last and taking on
defaults first.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 31A.

JARED VENNETT (CONT’D)
Obviously if you’re buying B levels
you can get paid more. Hey, they’re
risky, so sometimes they fail...

He throws one of the B blocks into a TRASH CAN.

JARED
But somewhere along the line these
B and BB level tranches went from
risky to dog shit. I’m talking rock
bottom Fico scores, no income
verification, adjustable rates...
Dog shit. Default rates are already
up from 1 to 4 percent. If they
rise to 8 percent, and they will, a
lot of these BBB's are going to
zero.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 32.


Jared chucks another B block and a BB in the garbage.

JARED (CONT’D)
And that, my friends, is an
opportunity.

DANNY
You're sure of the math?

Jared gestures to his CHINESE QUANT, sitting to his right.

JARED
Jiang is my quant. Look at him, he
doesn't even speak English. He won
a national math competition in
China. China. Yeah I’m sure of the
math.

Ted turns to camera.

TED JIANG
Actually I do speak English. Jared
likes to say I don’t because he
thinks it makes me seem more
authentic. And I finished second in
the national math competition. Some
people at work think Jared’s a dick
but he’s great at his job.

VINNY
So you’re offering us the chance to
short that pile of blocks? How?

JARED
With something called a credit
default swap. It’s like insurance
on the bond. And if it goes bust
you can make a 10 to 1, even 20 to
1 return. And it’s already slowly
going bust. But no one’s paying
attention cause all the banks are
busy getting paid obscene amounts
of fees selling these bonds.
Basically I'm standing in front of
a burning house and offering you
fire insurance on it.

Danny's trying to get his head around Jared’s numbers.

DANNY
How can the underlying bonds in
these pools be as bad as you say?
They wouldn't be legal.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 33.


JARED
No one knows what's in these bonds.
I've seen some that are 65% AAA
rated that are actually full of 95
percent subprime shit with Ficos
below 550.

VINNY
Get the fuck out of here!

JARED
And now get ready to really have
your mind blown. I just discovered
this treat...

TED JIANG
(to camera)
We discovered it. But that’s fine.
He’s on a roll.

JARED
...when the market deems some bond
too risky to buy, what do you think
happens to it? We just warehouse
them on our books?! No. They get
repackaged, with a whole bunch of
other shit that didn't sell, into a
CDO.

MARK
A what?

Jared takes a bunch of the BBB, BB and B rated blocks and
makes a precarious NEW tower.

JARED
A collateralized debt obligation. A
C-D-O. We put a bunch of unsold B,
BB or BBB bonds together, when the
pile gets large enough, the whole
thing's considered diversified and
the whores at the ratings agencies
rate it 92, 93% AAA. No questions
asked.

MARK
Holy hell... Say that again.

FREEZE: Mark, leaning forward completely engaged.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 33A.


JARED (V.O.)
The Collateralized debt obligation.
It’s important to understand
because it’s what allowed a housing
crisis to become a nation wide
economic disaster. So here is world
famous chef Anthony Bourdain to
explain.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 34.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a conference room, Jared Vennett presents a risky investment opportunity involving mortgage bonds to Mark Baum and his team, using a Jenga game to illustrate the bond structure and the risks of lower-rated tranches. Initially skeptical, Mark and his team become increasingly engaged as Jared reveals the deceptive nature of the bonds and introduces collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). The scene is marked by a mix of skepticism, humor, and intrigue, culminating in Mark's eager request for clarification on the investment's complexities.
Strengths
  • Vivid Jenga metaphor for financial structures
  • Sharp character banter and distinct voices
  • Effective use of fourth-wall breaks for humor and information
  • Clear advancement of the plot and team's motivation
Weaknesses
  • Primarily exposition, so character change is minimal
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Porter has no lines, making him a non-entity in the scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to explain complex financial concepts in an engaging way and move the plot forward, which it does effectively with the Jenga metaphor and sharp character banter. The main limitation is that it's primarily an exposition scene, so character change and internal goals are light, but that's appropriate for the genre. Lifting the score would require deepening Mark's personal stake or moral conflict.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is a pitch meeting where a bond trader uses a Jenga tower to explain mortgage-backed securities and CDOs. The Jenga metaphor is vivid and instantly visual, making complex finance accessible. The twist of the Chinese quant breaking the fourth wall to correct Jared's claims adds humor and subverts the 'authentic' stereotype. The concept is strong and original, blending education with entertainment.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the subplot of Mark Baum's team investigating the housing market. The scene delivers key information about CDOs and the potential for profit, moving the team from skepticism to engagement. The fast cuts of people rejecting Jared's pitch establish his outsider status and the market's complacency. The plot is functional and serves the larger narrative, though it is primarily an exposition scene.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its use of the Jenga game as a physical metaphor for financial structures, and the fourth-wall-breaking quant adds a fresh comedic layer. The 'burning house' analogy for credit default swaps is memorable. The scene avoids dry exposition by making the explanation interactive and character-driven.


Character Development

Characters: 8

The characters are sharply drawn: Jared is confident and condescending, Mark is skeptical and sharp, Vinny is pragmatic, Danny is analytical, and Ted Jiang provides comic relief with his deadpan corrections. The banter reveals their personalities and dynamics. The scene effectively uses character voices to make the exposition entertaining.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows a shift in Mark's team from skepticism to engagement, but it's a group shift rather than a deep individual change. Mark's 'Holy hell... Say that again' indicates a moment of revelation, but it's a surface-level reaction. The scene is more about information delivery than character development, which is appropriate for this genre.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't delve into internal goals; it's focused on external information and persuasion. Mark's internal goal of finding truth or exposing corruption is implied but not explored. This is acceptable for a scene that is primarily about plot advancement and exposition.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: Jared wants to convince the team to buy credit default swaps, and the team wants to understand the opportunity. The scene achieves this goal by the end, with the team engaged and Mark asking for more. The goal is concrete and drives the scene's action.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is primarily intellectual and verbal: Mark's skepticism ('Which is why you're here talking to us, a wrong number') versus Jared's pitch. The tension escalates as Jared reveals the fraud ('No one knows what's in these bonds'), and Mark's growing engagement ('Holy hell... Say that again') shows the conflict shifting from resistance to horrified fascination. The conflict is strong but not physical or emotional—it's a battle of ideas and credibility, which fits the genre.

Opposition: 6

Jared is the active force, Mark and his team are the skeptical receivers. The opposition is mostly passive—Mark's sarcasm and Vinny's 'Get the fuck out of here!' are reactions, not counter-arguments. The scene lacks a true opposing force that pushes back on Jared's claims; the team's skepticism is real but quickly dissolves. The opposition is functional but not deeply adversarial.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clearly articulated: Jared's pitch offers a 10-to-1 or 20-to-1 return, and the underlying bonds are 'dog shit' with default rates rising. The scene makes the financial stakes concrete (the Jenga tower, the trash can). However, the personal stakes for Mark and his team are not yet defined—we don't know what they risk by trusting Jared or what they gain beyond money. The stakes are high but abstract.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by giving Mark's team the knowledge and motivation to pursue the trade. It also introduces the CDO concept, which is crucial for the film's later developments. The scene ends with a freeze frame and voiceover, setting up the next explanatory segment. The forward momentum is clear, though the scene is more about information transfer than dramatic action.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable pitch structure: Jared explains the problem, reveals the opportunity, and the team reacts. The twist of the CDO ('when the market deems some bond too risky to buy... they get repackaged') is a genuine surprise, and the freeze-frame with the voiceover adds a meta-layer. However, the overall arc is familiar—the skeptical audience is won over by the end. The unpredictability is moderate, not exceptional.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on philosophical conflict through the idea that the financial system is built on lies and that the 'whores at the ratings agencies' are complicit. This aligns with Mark's worldview, but the conflict is not deeply explored. The scene is more about the mechanics of the fraud than the moral implications.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene's emotional arc is Mark's journey from sarcastic dismissal to horrified engagement ('Holy hell... Say that again'). The humor (Ted Jiang's aside, Vinny's 'Get the fuck out of here!') provides levity, but the emotional impact is intellectual rather than visceral. The scene doesn't make us feel the human cost of the fraud yet—it's a revelation, not a gut punch.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, witty, and characterful. Jared's pitch is condescending but engaging ('It's like insurance on the bond... I'm standing in front of a burning house and offering you fire insurance on it'). Ted Jiang's aside ('Actually I do speak English... Some people at work think Jared's a dick but he's great at his job') is a standout comedic beat. Mark's sarcasm ('Which is why you're here talking to us, a wrong number') and Vinny's bluntness ('Get the fuck out of here!') give each character a distinct voice. The dialogue is a strength of the scene.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging due to the combination of sharp dialogue, escalating revelations, and the visual metaphor of the Jenga tower. The fast cuts of people rejecting Jared ('Get lost Jared') add comedic energy. The freeze-frame and voiceover ('The Collateralized debt obligation...') create a cliffhanger that pulls the reader forward. The scene is a model of how to make exposition engaging.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is brisk and well-managed. The scene opens with a quick exchange, moves into the Jenga metaphor, escalates with the CDO reveal, and ends on a cliffhanger. The fast cuts and the freeze-frame break up the exposition. The only slight drag is the middle section where Jared explains the tranches, but the humor and the trash can toss keep it moving.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'FAST CUTS' and 'FREEZE' are standard screenplay devices. The only minor issue is the 'MORE' and 'CONT' markers, which are standard but can be distracting in a reading draft.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic pitch structure: setup (Mark's skepticism), escalation (Jared's explanation), twist (the CDO), and cliffhanger (freeze-frame). The structure is functional and effective, but it's not innovative. The freeze-frame and voiceover are a clever device to transition to the next scene, but they also break the fourth wall in a way that might feel gimmicky if overused.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses humor and sarcasm to convey the absurdity of the financial instruments being discussed, particularly through Mark's interactions with Jared. This adds a layer of engagement for the audience, but it could benefit from a more balanced tone that allows for moments of seriousness to underscore the gravity of the situation.
  • The use of the Jenga game as a visual metaphor for the structure of mortgage bonds is clever and provides a tangible way for the audience to understand complex financial concepts. However, the explanation could be streamlined to avoid overwhelming viewers with jargon, ensuring that the metaphor remains accessible.
  • Jared's character comes off as both confident and condescending, which can alienate the audience. While this is likely intentional to reflect the arrogance often found in finance, it may be beneficial to show a moment of vulnerability or doubt to create a more rounded character.
  • The dialogue is sharp and witty, but at times it feels overly expository, particularly when Jared explains the mechanics of the bonds. This could be improved by integrating these explanations more naturally into the conversation, allowing characters to discover information organically rather than delivering it in a lecture format.
  • The scene transitions to a voiceover from Jared that introduces Anthony Bourdain, which feels abrupt. While Bourdain's presence is a unique touch, the transition could be smoother to maintain the flow of the scene and keep the audience engaged.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark or another character expresses genuine concern about the implications of what they are discussing, which would ground the scene and provide emotional weight.
  • Simplify some of the financial jargon in Jared's explanations to make them more digestible for the audience. Use analogies or relatable examples that connect with everyday experiences.
  • Introduce a moment of doubt or conflict for Jared, perhaps through a brief flashback or a comment that reveals his awareness of the risks involved in the trade, making him a more relatable character.
  • Integrate the exposition into the dialogue more fluidly, allowing characters to ask questions and react to the information as it unfolds, rather than having one character deliver a monologue.
  • Smooth out the transition to Anthony Bourdain's voiceover by foreshadowing his involvement earlier in the scene, perhaps through a brief mention of his culinary expertise in relation to the financial concepts being discussed.



Scene 16 -  From Fish to Financial Collapse
40 INT. CHEF’S KITCHEN - DAY 40

In a high end professional kitchen ANTHONY BOURDAIN opens a
fridge with a bunch of fish in it.

ANTHONY BOURDAIN
Okay, I’m a chef on a Sunday
afternoon setting the night’s menu
at a big restaurant. I ordered my
fish on Friday which is the
mortgage bond that Michael Burry
shorted. But some of the fresh fish
doesn’t sell. I don’t know why,
maybe it just came out halibut has
the intelligence of a dolphin. So
what am I going to do, throw all
this unsold old fish, which is the
BBB level of the bond, in the
garbage and take the loss?

Bourdain chops up the old fish and pushes it into the big pot
of “SEAFOOD STEW.”

ANTHONY BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
No way. Being the crafty and
morally onerous chef that I am,
whatever crappy levels of the bond
I don’t sell I throw into a “sea
food stew.” See, it’s not old fish.
It’s a whole new thing! And no one
knows they’re eating three day old
halibut. That is a CDO.


41 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - CONTINUOUS 41

BACK TO THE SCENE

MARK
Wait, wait, so the mortgage bonds
are dog shit but the CDOs are dog
shit wrapped in garbage?

JARED
Institutions treat these CDOs like
they’re as solid as treasury bonds
and these things are going to zero.

DANNY
That can’t be right. There were 500
billion in housing bonds sold last
year alone.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 35.

DANNY (CONT'D)
The banks, the ratings agencies,
the government... They wouldn’t let
this happen.

JARED
They would and they did. My whole
department is long this stuff. The
pricks are calling me Chicken
Little and Bubble boy. But when
reality hits the idiots in my
department won’t be laughing.

He starts pulling blocks out of the CDO and MBS towers and
throwing them in the garbage.

JARED (CONT’D)
Triple B’s? Zero. Double B's? Zero.
B's? Zero.

On this last one, the table shakes... both towers collapses.

JARED (CONT’D)
Then that happens.

MARK
What's that?

JARED
That is Aermcia’s housing market.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a high-end kitchen, Anthony Bourdain creatively repurposes unsold fish into a seafood stew, drawing a parallel to the transformation of worthless mortgage bonds into seemingly valuable collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). The scene shifts to a conference room where financial analysts Mark, Jared, and Danny discuss the risks of these financial instruments. Jared illustrates the instability of CDOs by pulling blocks from a tower, leading to a dramatic collapse that symbolizes the looming crisis in the housing market. The tone blends urgency with dark humor, highlighting the mismanagement of financial products and foreshadowing disaster.
Strengths
  • Brilliant chef metaphor for CDOs
  • Clear and entertaining explanation of a complex concept
  • Strong character voices
  • Visual tower collapse dramatizes the crash
Weaknesses
  • Scene is more expository than dramatic
  • Limited character change
  • External goal is implicit

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to explain CDOs in a memorable, entertaining way, and it succeeds brilliantly with the chef metaphor and the tower collapse. The main limitation is that it's more expository than dramatic—it doesn't create significant character change or forward momentum, but it's a strong, effective scene that serves the film's tone and purpose.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's core concept—using a chef's kitchen and a seafood stew to explain CDOs—is a brilliant, memorable device that makes a complex financial instrument visceral and funny. Bourdain's monologue is witty and clear, and the visual of chopping old fish into a 'new thing' perfectly captures the essence of a CDO. The concept is working at a high level.

Plot: 7

The scene advances the plot by deepening the team's understanding of the fraud: Mark's line 'dog shit wrapped in garbage' crystallizes the revelation, and Jared's tower collapse dramatizes the inevitable crash. It moves the investigation forward, but it's more of an explanatory beat than a turning point—the plot doesn't change direction here, it solidifies the thesis.

Originality: 9

The chef metaphor is a standout original device—it's unexpected, funny, and perfectly suited to the film's irreverent tone. The scene's originality is its greatest strength, making a dry financial concept memorable and entertaining.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene gives each character a distinct voice: Bourdain is witty and cynical, Mark is sharp and blunt ('dog shit wrapped in garbage'), Danny is the skeptical everyman, and Jared is the confident insider. The characters are well-drawn, though the scene is more about the concept than deep character development.

Character Changes: 6

The scene doesn't show significant character change—it's more of a confirmation of what the team already suspects. Mark's line 'dog shit wrapped in garbage' shows his growing disgust, and Danny's disbelief shifts to a dawning realization, but the change is subtle. For a scene focused on explanation, this is acceptable, but it could be stronger.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't focus on internal goals—it's primarily expository. Mark's internal drive to expose the fraud is implied but not explored. For a scene that's about explaining a financial concept, this is acceptable, but it could be enriched by hinting at the characters' deeper motivations.

External Goal: 6

The external goal is implicit: the team wants to understand the CDO market to profit from the crash. Jared's goal is to convince them. The scene serves this goal, but it's not dramatized as a clear objective—it's more of a lecture.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has intellectual conflict—Mark challenges Jared's claims, Danny expresses disbelief, and Jared pushes back against the system. However, the conflict is mostly one-sided: Jared is the sole voice of truth, and the others are just reacting. There's no real pushback that threatens Jared's argument or creates dramatic tension. The conflict is more about revelation than struggle.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is abstract—the 'system' of banks, ratings agencies, and government. Danny voices the most direct opposition ('They wouldn't let this happen'), but it's quickly dismissed. The scene lacks a human antagonist or a concrete force that actively resists Jared's claims. The opposition is more of a passive, unresponsive entity.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear and high: the collapse of the housing market ('That is America's housing market'). The scene escalates from a financial metaphor to a direct statement of national consequence. The stakes are intellectual and systemic, which fits the genre, but they could be more personal—what does this mean for the characters in the room?

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by escalating the team's conviction: Danny's disbelief ('That can't be right') and Jared's confident prediction ('when reality hits the idiots in my department won't be laughing') push the narrative toward the inevitable crash. The tower collapse is a visual turning point that makes the abstract threat tangible.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene's unpredictability comes from the visual metaphor of the Jenga tower collapsing, which is a clever and unexpected way to illustrate the financial concept. However, the narrative arc is predictable: Jared explains, the team is skeptical, Jared proves his point. The outcome is never in doubt.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict: the idea that institutions (banks, ratings agencies, government) are complicit in a massive fraud. Danny's line 'They wouldn't let this happen' is met with Jared's 'They would and they did,' setting up a clash between faith in the system and cynical reality. This is the film's central theme, and the scene handles it well.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene is intellectually engaging but emotionally flat. The characters are mostly reacting to information rather than feeling it. The only emotional beat is Danny's disbelief, which is quickly dismissed. The scene doesn't land a moment of dread or excitement that would make the audience feel the stakes.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and functional, with a clear voice. Bourdain's monologue is vivid and memorable ('It's not old fish. It's a whole new thing!'). Mark's line 'dog shit wrapped in garbage' is punchy and effective. However, some lines feel expository, like Danny's 'There were 500 billion in housing bonds sold last year alone,' which is a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to the clever metaphor and the visual of the tower collapsing. The audience is likely curious about how the financial concept will be explained. However, the engagement is more intellectual than emotional, and the scene could lose viewers who are not already interested in finance.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The Bourdain scene is a quick, punchy setup, and the conference room scene moves at a good clip, with the tower collapse providing a clear climax. The scene doesn't drag, but it also doesn't have a moment of breath or reflection.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CONT' and 'CONT'D' is correct. There are no formatting issues that detract from readability.

Structure: 7

The structure is clear: a metaphor (Bourdain) that explains the concept, followed by a direct application (conference room) that dramatizes it. The scene has a clear beginning, middle, and end, with the tower collapse as a strong visual climax. The structure is functional but not innovative.


Critique
  • The use of Anthony Bourdain as a metaphorical figure to explain complex financial concepts is creative and engaging, but it risks alienating viewers who may not be familiar with culinary terms or the nuances of mortgage-backed securities and CDOs. The metaphor of fish and stew is clever, but it could benefit from clearer connections to the financial concepts for those less versed in the subject matter.
  • The dialogue between Mark and Jared effectively captures the skepticism and disbelief surrounding the financial instruments being discussed. However, the transition from Bourdain's kitchen to the conference room feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene and maintain audience engagement.
  • Jared's character shines through in this scene, showcasing his frustration and confidence in his analysis. However, the dialogue could be more varied in tone to reflect the gravity of the situation. While humor is present, the stakes are high, and a more serious undertone could heighten the tension and urgency of the moment.
  • The visual elements of the scene are strong, particularly the imagery of the collapsing towers representing the CDOs and mortgage-backed securities. However, the metaphor could be expanded upon to ensure that viewers fully grasp the implications of the collapse, perhaps by including a brief explanation of what the towers represent in terms of financial stability.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but it could benefit from moments of silence or pauses after key revelations to allow the weight of the information to sink in for both the characters and the audience. This would enhance the dramatic impact of the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief explanation or visual cue that connects Bourdain's culinary metaphor to the financial concepts for viewers who may not be familiar with them. This could be done through a voiceover or a quick graphic that illustrates the relationship between the fish and the bonds.
  • Smooth out the transition between Bourdain's kitchen and the conference room by incorporating a visual or auditory cue that links the two settings, such as a sound of a pot boiling that fades into the conference room ambiance.
  • Introduce more varied emotional tones in the dialogue, especially during Jared's explanations. This could involve moments of frustration, disbelief, or urgency that reflect the high stakes of the financial crisis.
  • Expand on the visual metaphor of the collapsing towers by including a brief moment where the characters react to the collapse, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the impending crisis.
  • Incorporate pauses or moments of silence after significant lines of dialogue to emphasize the gravity of the situation and give the audience time to process the information being presented.



Scene 17 -  Trusting the Unknown
42 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 42

Vinny, Danny and Porter cluster unhappily at their desk.

They watch Mark say good-bye to the Deutsche Bank team at the
door. He's lost in thought as he returns.

VINNY
He's playing us. He's dumping his
position.

MARK
What if he's right?

VINNY
You want him to be right!

MARK
Yes, I do. When a bank offers a
loan, people take it. Why? Because
they assume banks know more about
money than they do.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 36.

MARK (CONT'D)
Banks have spent decades training
us to let them handle our money and
credit. How else do they get away
with credit cards that keep you in
debt for years? Student loan rates
that you never get free of?
Financing, for many Americans, is
just a fancy term for getting
raped. Then this guy walks in my
office... tells me those same banks
got greedy... lost track of the
market ...and I can now profit off
their stupidity? Fuck yeah, I want
him to be right.

DANNY
Things can't be as bad as he says
out there.

MARK
Let's find out. That's our job.

VINNY
Why don't you hate this guy? He's
everything you taught us not to
trust.

MARK
I can't hate him. He's so
transparent in his self interest I
kind of respect him. Would I buy a
car from him? No way.
Is he right about the mortgage
market? Let's find out.
(the others moan)
Look, it's two very simple
questions. Is there a housing
bubble? And if there is, how
exposed are the banks?

Mark’s team can't resist him when he's in adventure mode.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 37.


DANNY
Yeah, okay. Fine.

PORTER
Sure.

Vinny pfiffs his concession.

MARK
And let’s move fast. If Vennett’s
right, it’s only a matter of time
before every loser with a few
million bucks in a fund jumps on
this.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In the Frontpoint office, Vinny, Danny, and Porter express skepticism about Mark's trust in banker Vennett, whom they suspect is manipulating them. Mark argues for an investigation into the housing market, believing it holds profit potential due to banks' mismanagement. Despite initial hesitations, Mark's enthusiasm convinces the team to pursue the investigation, setting the stage for a risky yet adventurous opportunity.
Strengths
  • Mark's thematic monologue is sharp and memorable
  • Clear story progression from skepticism to action
  • Strong central conflict between Mark and Vinny
  • Urgency established with the 'ticking clock' line
Weaknesses
  • Team's resistance is overcome too easily
  • Danny and Porter are underdeveloped
  • Decision to investigate feels abstract, lacking a concrete first step

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to convert the team's skepticism into a decision to investigate, and it does this effectively through Mark's charismatic, thematically rich monologue. The main limitation is that the team's resistance is overcome too easily, and the decision feels a bit abstract; adding a more concrete, personal stake would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a skeptical team being won over by a charismatic leader's conviction, framed around the abstract idea of profiting from banks' stupidity. Mark's monologue about banks training Americans to accept debt is a sharp, thematic distillation of the film's core critique. The concept is working well.

Plot: 6

The plot function is clear: the team decides to investigate the housing market, setting up the next phase of the story. The scene moves from doubt to a decision to act. However, the decision feels a bit too easy; the team's resistance is quickly overcome by Mark's speech, and the 'let's find out' beat is a bit generic.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in its framing of the financial crisis through the lens of a charismatic leader's pitch, using the metaphor of banks 'raping' consumers. The 'adventure mode' line is a fresh, character-specific way to describe Mark's appeal. The scene is not breaking new ground structurally, but its voice and perspective are distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is well-drawn: his charisma, his moral outrage, and his ability to reframe a cynical bet as a righteous crusade are all on display. Vinny serves as the skeptical counterweight, and Danny and Porter are functional but underdeveloped. The dynamic between Mark and Vinny is the scene's engine, and it works.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows a shift in the team's stance from skepticism to agreement, but it's a collective shift rather than a deep individual change. Mark's position is reaffirmed, not transformed. The movement is functional but not deeply character-driven.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to validate his worldview — that the system is corrupt and he can profit from its stupidity. This is present in his monologue, but it's more stated than dramatized. The scene tells us what he wants internally, but doesn't show a struggle or a change in that desire.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: the team decides to investigate the housing market to determine if Vennett is right. This is a concrete, actionable goal that drives the next phase of the plot. The goal is well-defined and the scene ends with a clear directive to 'move fast.'


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear internal conflict: Vinny suspects Vennett is playing them, while Mark is eager to believe him. The conflict is verbal and intellectual, not physical, but it's real. However, the conflict is resolved too quickly—Vinny's objection is overridden by Mark's speech, and the team falls in line without much pushback. The 'moan' and quick concessions (Danny: 'Yeah, okay. Fine.') feel like a formality rather than genuine resistance.

Opposition: 5

Vinny provides the main opposition, but it's mostly a single note: 'He's playing us.' Danny and Porter are passive, just going along. The opposition is not sustained or varied—it's a single objection that Mark easily overrides. The scene would benefit from a more active opponent who challenges Mark's reasoning, not just his trust in Vennett.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied—if Vennett is right, they can profit; if wrong, they lose. But the scene doesn't make the stakes visceral. Mark's speech about banks raping consumers is about the system, not about what this decision means for the team. The line 'And let's move fast. If Vennett's right, it's only a matter of time before every loser with a few million bucks in a fund jumps on this' introduces a competitive stake, but it's not personal.

Story Forward: 7

The scene clearly advances the story: the team moves from skepticism to a decision to investigate the housing market, which is the next logical step in the plot. The final line about 'every loser with a few million bucks' adds urgency and a sense of a ticking clock. The story is moving forward effectively.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is predictable in its structure: Mark makes a case, the team resists, Mark wins them over. There's no surprise in the outcome. The only mildly unpredictable element is Mark's admission that he respects Vennett's transparency, which is a character beat, not a plot twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene's philosophical conflict is its strongest element: the idea that banks have trained Americans to accept exploitation, and that profiting from their stupidity is a form of justice. Mark's monologue is a clear articulation of this worldview, and Vinny's skepticism represents the opposing view. The conflict is present and thematically rich.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has intellectual energy but little emotional resonance. Mark's speech about banks raping consumers is passionate, but it's a general rant, not a personal revelation. The team's agreement feels like a formality, not an emotional commitment. The scene doesn't make us feel the weight of the decision.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Mark's speech is a highlight—it's passionate, cynical, and has a clear point of view. The line 'Fuck yeah, I want him to be right' is a great character beat. The banter between the team feels natural, and the 'moan' is a nice touch. The dialogue is a strength of this scene.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging because of Mark's charisma and the moral outrage in his speech. However, the lack of real conflict and the predictable outcome reduce engagement. The scene is a setup for the investigation, but it doesn't create a strong desire to see what happens next.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is good. The scene moves quickly from Vinny's objection to Mark's speech to the team's agreement. The 'moan' and the quick concessions keep the scene from dragging. The final line about moving fast adds urgency. The scene is well-paced for a dialogue-driven beat.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. The scene is properly formatted with correct sluglines, character names, and dialogue. The use of 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' is correct. The action lines are concise and clear. No formatting issues.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: objection, counter-argument, agreement, call to action. But the structure is a bit too neat—the objection is raised and immediately resolved. The scene could benefit from a more complex structure, such as a false resolution or a new piece of information that complicates the decision.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mark's internal conflict and his complex feelings towards the financial system and the character of Jared Vennett. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the tension. While Mark's passion is evident, the stakes could be raised further by incorporating more emotional weight regarding the potential consequences of their actions on real people affected by the housing crisis.
  • Vinny's skepticism serves as a good counterpoint to Mark's enthusiasm, but his character could be fleshed out more. Adding a line or two that reveals Vinny's personal stakes or fears about the situation could deepen the conflict and make the audience more invested in his perspective.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit rushed, particularly in the transition from Mark's passionate speech to the team's reluctant agreement. A moment of hesitation or a brief exchange of glances among the team members could heighten the tension and emphasize the gravity of their decision to pursue this risky investigation.
  • The metaphor of banks 'raping' consumers is powerful but may come off as overly blunt or jarring. While it effectively conveys Mark's anger, it could be rephrased to maintain the intensity without alienating the audience. Finding a balance between raw emotion and articulate critique would enhance the impact of his message.
  • The scene ends on a strong note with Mark's call to action, but it could benefit from a visual element that reinforces the urgency of their mission. Perhaps a shot of the team members' expressions or a quick montage of them diving into research could visually convey their commitment and the impending urgency of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or a shared look among the team after Mark's passionate speech to emphasize the weight of their decision.
  • Flesh out Vinny's character by including a line that reveals his personal stakes or fears regarding the investigation into the housing market.
  • Rephrase Mark's metaphor about banks and consumer debt to maintain intensity while avoiding overly graphic language that might alienate the audience.
  • Incorporate a visual element at the end of the scene that shows the team diving into research or planning, reinforcing their commitment to the investigation.
  • Add more subtext to the dialogue to enhance the tension and emotional stakes, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the potential consequences of their actions.



Scene 18 -  Awkward Encounters and Harsh Realities
43 INT. HIGH END DANCE CLUB - NIGHT 43

MUSIC: A rap song with a great beat and attitude like GRILLZ
by NELLY

JAMIE SHIPLEY, 30, good looking but earnest and CHARLIE
GELLER, 31, very smart and neurotic are dancing on a dance
floor in a high end Chelsea club.

WOMEN COME TO HANDSOME Jamie but his horrible dancing soon
chases them away TO Charlie who tries to impress.

CHARLIE
Hey ladies! I’m Charlie! This is
Jamie!

The WOMEN move away.

MOMENTS LATE: Charlie and Jamie approach a table full of
ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL WOMEN.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
(yelling over the music)
Hi ladies! I’m Charlie . This is
Jamie!

JAMIE
Hi! I’m Jamie!

ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL
How can we help you?

CHARLIE
I’ll just be straight with you. No
games. The truth is, you all are
very attractive and we wanted to
get to know you!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 37A.


ATTRACTIVE MANHATTAN PROFESSIONAL
Get the fuck away from us!

CHARLIE
Okay!

Jamie starts to sit down with them.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
No! They said fuck off.

JAMIE
Oh!

Jamie jumps up and they leave.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 38.


GRAPHIC: CHARLIE GELLER AND JAMIE SHIPLEY


44 INT. LOBBY WAITING AREA - JP MORGAN - NEW YORK - DAY 44

Charlie and Jamie sit nervous under massive Richter works.

CHARLIE
JP Morgan. Can you believe it?

JAMIE
Okay, don’t make me nervous.
They’re just people.

Finally, they hear...

YOUNG MAN'S VOICE
Brownfield Fund?

They stand, straighten their suits. A BOY BANKER hurries out
from behind the reception desk.

CHARLIE
You must be Ted!

YOUNG BANKER
No, I'm Chris. I'm on Ted's desk.

CHARLIE
Oh. I’m Charlie. Charlie Geller.

JAMIE
Jamie Shipley. We’re excited to get
set up on your trading platform.

YOUNG BANKER
Cool. Here, guys, have a seat a
second.

He gestures to the chairs they just stood from. Not good.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT’D)
Ted asked me to do some meeting
prep but I couldn't find any
marketing material on you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 39-40.


CHARLIE
Oh. Sorry. We don't have any. We
recently moved here from Colorado.

YOUNG BANKER
Got it. Can we see your offering
documents?

CHARLIE
(sheepish)
Brownfield is all our own money.

YOUNG BANKER
Well, can you tell us how much you
manage?

CHARLIE
Sure. It's 30 million, but we
started four years ago with 110
thousand. So, our returns have been
pretty phenomenal.

JAMIE
We want to get an ISDA agreement
with JP Morgan so we can deal in
long term options.

YOUNG BANKER
That's cool. But you're under the
capital requirements for an ISDA.

CHARLIE
Like, by how much?

YOUNG BANKER
One billion four hundred seventy
million.

Jamie and Charlie flinch.

CHARLIE
Does it make us look bad that we
didn’t know what the capital
requirements were?

YOUNG BANKER
It’s not great.

Awkward beat.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT’D)
Have a good one guys.

He walks away.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 41.


JAMIE
B of A and Bear didn’t return our
calls and even Wachovia blew us
off. 30 million means nothing to
these banks. They keep calling us
“high net worth individuals.”

CHARLIE
Here’s the prospectuses and
brochures of all the other losers
who didn’t get past the lobby.

There are scattered brochures and folders with names like
“The Nostradamus Fund” and “The Long Short Group.” Under one
is Jared Vennett’s “Shorting the Housing Market.”

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
Look... This guy’s saying the
housing market is a massive
bubble...

Jamie LOOKS TO CAMERA

JAMIE
We didn’t really find Jared
Vennett’s housing bubble pitch in
the lobby of a bank that rejected
us.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 42.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
The truth is, a friend told Charlie
about it. And I read about it in
Grant’s Interest Rate Observer. But
this is more fun.

CHARLIE
This guy says there are 10 to 1
returns on credit default swaps on
mortgage backed securities. He says
they whole housing market will
collapse...

Freeze.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
For Jamie and Charlie , the housing
market doomsday prediction was
music to their ears.


45 OMIT 45


46 OMIT 46
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Jamie Shipley and Charlie Geller struggle to connect with women at a high-end Chelsea dance club, facing rejection due to Jamie's poor dancing and Charlie's awkwardness. After leaving the club, they attend a meeting at JP Morgan, where a young banker, Chris, informs them that their fund does not meet the necessary capital requirements for an ISDA agreement, leaving them feeling embarrassed and out of place. Their hopes are briefly reignited by a brochure about Jared Vennett's prediction of a housing market collapse, but they ultimately leave the meeting dejected and contemplating their next steps.
Strengths
  • Clear character dynamics between Jamie and Charlie
  • Effective contrast between club and bank settings
  • Efficient plot progression with the brochure discovery
Weaknesses
  • Lack of internal character depth
  • Underdeveloped philosophical conflict
  • Predictable comedic beats

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to establish Jamie and Charlie as underdogs and set up their next move, which it does competently. The main limitation is the lack of depth in character and theme, making the scene feel functional but not memorable.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The scene's concept is a comedic contrast between the high-energy, glamorous club setting and the awkward, earnest attempts of Jamie and Charlie to connect with women, followed by their deflating experience at JP Morgan. The concept works as a character-establishing beat, showing their social ineptitude and financial naivety. It's functional but not groundbreaking, serving more as a bridge to the more significant discovery of Vennett's pitch.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the narrative by moving Jamie and Charlie from a failed social outing to a failed financial meeting, culminating in the discovery of Vennett's brochure. This discovery is the key plot point, setting up their next major move. The scene is efficient but the progression feels a bit mechanical, with the club scene serving mainly as a setup for the bank scene's punchline.

Originality: 5

The scene uses familiar tropes: the awkward guys in a club, the dismissive bank reception, and the serendipitous discovery of a crucial document. While executed with some charm, it doesn't offer a fresh perspective on these situations. The humor is predictable, and the characters' reactions are standard for this type of underdog story.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Jamie and Charlie are clearly delineated: Jamie is earnest and slightly clueless, Charlie is neurotic and more self-aware. Their dialogue in the club and bank scenes reinforces these traits. The Young Banker is a flat but effective foil, representing the impersonal, gatekeeping nature of the financial world. The characters are functional but not deeply explored in this scene.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character change in this scene. Jamie and Charlie start as underdogs and end as underdogs, with their status quo reinforced. The scene functions more as a status confirmation than a change. The only shift is a slight increase in their desperation, which is implied but not dramatized. In a comedy, this could be acceptable as a comic flaw escalation, but here it's more of a static beat.

Internal Goal: 4

The internal goals of Jamie and Charlie are not explicitly explored. Their desire to fit in and be taken seriously is implied through their actions, but the scene doesn't delve into their internal motivations. The focus is on external events, leaving the internal dimension underdeveloped.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Jamie and Charlie want to secure an ISDA agreement with JP Morgan. This goal drives the scene's action and is met with a definitive obstacle. The scene effectively shows their failure to achieve this goal, which is a necessary step in their journey. The goal is well-defined and the obstacle is concrete.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has two clear conflict beats: the club rejection (women rebuff Charlie and Jamie) and the bank rejection (the Young Banker turns them down for an ISDA). Both are functional but shallow. The club conflict is played for comedy and lands, but the bank conflict is the real dramatic one—yet it's resolved too quickly and without much pushback from Charlie and Jamie. They accept the rejection almost immediately, which undercuts the tension. The scene's conflict is more about external rejection than internal struggle, and the characters don't actively fight back, so the conflict feels passive.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is present but one-dimensional. The Attractive Manhattan Professional Women are a flat obstacle—they exist only to reject. The Young Banker is a more interesting obstacle because he represents the institutional gatekeeping, but he's written as a generic 'boy banker' with no personality beyond his function. The scene doesn't give the opposition any internal logic or motivation beyond 'you're not big enough,' which makes the obstacle feel arbitrary rather than systemic.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are clear but not felt. The scene establishes that Charlie and Jamie need an ISDA to trade, and the rejection means they can't get in. But the emotional stakes—what this means for their dream, their self-worth, their future—are not dramatized. The line '30 million means nothing to these banks' is a good summary, but it's told, not shown. The scene doesn't make us feel the weight of this rejection on their personal journey.

Story Forward: 7

The scene effectively moves the story forward by establishing Jamie and Charlie's underdog status and their need for a big break. The discovery of Vennett's brochure is a clear catalyst, propelling them toward the next phase of the plot. The scene also reinforces the theme of the little guys trying to break into a closed system.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has a few unpredictable beats: the club rejection is played for comedy, and the bank rejection has a surprising specificity ('One billion four hundred seventy million'). But overall, the scene follows a predictable pattern: they try, they fail, they find the brochure. The discovery of the Vennett brochure is a nice turn, but it's telegraphed by the scene's structure. The scene doesn't offer any real surprises in character behavior or plot.

Philosophical Conflict: 3

There is a subtle philosophical conflict between the underdog ethos of Jamie and Charlie and the institutional power of JP Morgan. However, this conflict is not explicitly articulated or dramatized. The scene touches on the idea of merit versus capital, but it doesn't engage with it deeply. The conflict remains at the surface level.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has comedic moments that land, but the emotional impact is muted. The club rejection is funny but doesn't make us feel for Charlie and Jamie—they're just awkward. The bank rejection is more serious, but the characters' reactions are understated (they 'flinch' and then move on). The scene doesn't give us a moment of vulnerability or genuine disappointment that would make us care about their struggle.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has some good comedic lines ('Get the fuck away from us!' / 'Okay!'), but it's often on-the-nose and expository. The club scene is repetitive (Charlie introduces himself twice with the same line), and the bank scene is mostly Q&A. The dialogue doesn't reveal character beyond surface traits—Charlie is earnest, Jamie is nervous. The best line is 'Does it make us look bad that we didn't know what the capital requirements were?' because it's both funny and revealing.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging enough to keep reading, but it doesn't grab the reader. The club scene is mildly amusing, and the bank scene has a clear goal, but the emotional stakes are low and the characters are not yet compelling enough to make us invested. The discovery of the Vennett brochure is a good hook, but it comes at the end and feels a bit convenient. The scene could be more engaging if the characters' desire was stronger and the obstacles more personal.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is generally good. The club scene is quick and comedic, and the bank scene moves at a steady clip. The scene doesn't drag, and the transition from club to bank is smooth. The only slight issue is that the bank scene's rejection is resolved quickly, and the discovery of the brochure feels a bit rushed. But overall, the pacing serves the scene's purpose.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are correct, character names are in caps, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'GRAPHIC' and 'FREEZE' is a bit unconventional but fits the film's style. There are a few minor issues: the scene number is '43' but the summary says '18', and there's a stray 'BUFF REVISED' note. But overall, the formatting is solid.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear two-part structure: club rejection and bank rejection, followed by the discovery of the brochure. This is functional, but the two parts feel disconnected—the club scene is pure comedy, and the bank scene is pure plot. The discovery of the brochure is a turning point, but it's not set up well. The scene could be stronger if the two parts were thematically linked (e.g., both are about being rejected by the establishment) and if the discovery felt like a natural consequence of the rejection.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the awkwardness and desperation of Jamie and Charlie as they navigate the high-stakes world of finance, but it could benefit from deeper character development. The audience gets a sense of their personalities, but more backstory or internal conflict could enhance their relatability and stakes.
  • The dialogue is humorous and captures the essence of their characters, but it sometimes feels a bit forced, particularly in the club scene. The transition from the club to the JP Morgan meeting is abrupt, and the tonal shift could be smoother to maintain audience engagement.
  • The use of the club setting serves as a contrast to the serious financial discussions that follow, but it may not fully resonate with the audience. The humor in the club scene is effective, but it risks overshadowing the gravity of their financial ambitions. Balancing the comedic elements with the seriousness of their situation could create a more cohesive narrative.
  • The introduction of the Young Banker is effective in showcasing the challenges Jamie and Charlie face, but his character could be fleshed out more. Providing him with a distinct personality or quirks could make the interaction more memorable and engaging.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with the mention of Jared Vennett's pitch, which is a strong narrative device. However, the transition to the voiceover feels somewhat disjointed. A more seamless integration of the voiceover with the visual elements could enhance the storytelling.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief flashback or internal monologue for Jamie and Charlie to provide context for their motivations and aspirations. This could help the audience connect with them on a deeper level.
  • Smooth out the transition between the club scene and the JP Morgan meeting by incorporating a moment of reflection or dialogue that ties the two settings together, emphasizing the contrast between their social lives and professional ambitions.
  • Enhance the Young Banker's character by giving him a memorable line or a unique trait that sets him apart, making the interaction more engaging and relatable.
  • Balance the humor in the club scene with the seriousness of their financial goals by incorporating moments of vulnerability or self-doubt, allowing the audience to see the stakes involved in their pursuit.
  • Integrate the voiceover more fluidly with the visuals by using it to highlight key moments in the scene, reinforcing the themes of ambition and the impending financial crisis.



Scene 19 -  High Stakes and Paranoia
47 EXT. BOULDER COLORADO - GARAGE - SUMMER DAY 47

A CRAPPY GARAGE with computer paper on the wall reading “The
Brownfield Fund” It’s hot as Jamie and Charlie work on their
lap tops. Jamie pours water over his head. A CHOCOLATE LAB
sleeps on the floor.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
They had started working out of
Jamie’s garage with 110 thousand
Jamie had saved taking sailboats up
and down the east coast. Their
strategy was simple and
brilliant...

CHARLIE
People hate to think about bad
things happening so they
underestimate their likelihood.

JAMIE
Holy shit. That’s like the most
brilliant thing you’ve ever said!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 42A.


JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
And Jamie and Charlie found banks
will sell options very cheaply on
things they think will never ever
happen. When they were wrong, they
were wrong small. But when they
were right, they were right big.
Within a a few years they had
turned their 110 grand into 30
million. But then it was time to
go to NYC. And so far, it wasn’t
going well.


48 INT. JP MORGAN LOBBY - CONTINUOUS 48

JAMIE
So what if it does seem
interesting. No bank will give us
our ISDA. We’re dead in the water.

CHARLIE
I think we should call Ben.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 43.


49 EXT. RESIDENTIAL STREET - DAY 49

FREEZE: WE CUT TO BEN RICKERT, 45, and the most neurotic
person we’ve met so far, walking his dog with Jamie on A
RESIDENTIAL STREET or PARK.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Ben Rickert was a former trader in
Singapore for Chase who had quit
the whole game in disgust. He
happened to be Jamie’s neighbor
when they were in Colorado and they
met walking dogs. But Ben was dark.
He didn’t just think the whole
system would fail, he thought the
whole world was going down.


50 INT. SAM’S HOUSE - NIGHT 50

We see hands putting down jugs of water next to a dozen jugs
of water in a kitchen. It’s Jamie and Charlie.

JAMIE
Hey Ben! Do you think you have
enough water?

BEN (O.C.)
Average precipitation in this
region is down 2% a year for the
past eight years! And Congress just
cut the budget to police loose
nukes!

CHARLIE
God he’s paranoid.

Ben enters.

BEN
Not paranoid. Prepared.

FREEZE

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
Ben had real experience in a big
bank. Jamie and Charlie had never
even been in a Manhattan bank
bathroom. But Ben was done with the
banking world. He was very clear.


51 INT. JP MORGAN LOBBY - CONTINUOUS 51
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 44.


JAMIE
Look, there really could be
something here. But it’s pretty
bold, so let’s do some digging
before we call Ben. .

CHARLIE
(Still perusing the pitch). Wow.
This is pretty shocking. It’s like
it’s all hidden in plain sight...

LOBBY SECURITY GUARD
Seriously guys! I need you out of
here! Now!

CUT TO:


CU: The hilarious scowl of the MIAMI DOLPHINS LOGO.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a hot garage in Boulder, Colorado, Jamie and Charlie celebrate their financial success, having turned $110,000 into $30 million by betting against unlikely events. However, they face challenges in securing an ISDA from banks in New York City and consider reaching out to their neighbor, Ben Rickert, a former trader with a pessimistic view of the financial system. The scene shifts to Ben's home, where his paranoia about global issues contrasts with Jamie and Charlie's humor and optimism. The tension escalates as they navigate their financial predicament, culminating in their ejection from the JP Morgan lobby by security.
Strengths
  • Clear underdog setup
  • Memorable character introduction for Ben
  • Witty voiceover
  • Strong visual of the garage
Weaknesses
  • Voiceover-heavy exposition
  • Fragmented structure across locations
  • Minimal character movement
  • Philosophical conflict stated, not shown

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene effectively introduces Jamie, Charlie, and Ben with charm and sets up their underdog quest, but it relies too heavily on voiceover and fragmented locations, which dilutes the dramatic momentum. Tightening the scene around a single conflict and showing rather than telling would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of two underdog outsiders running a fund from a garage, betting against unlikely events, is fresh and engaging. The voiceover efficiently establishes their origin and strategy, and the contrast between their humble setup and the high-stakes world of finance is compelling. The scene's concept is strong, but it leans heavily on voiceover to convey information that could be dramatized.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the duo's journey from garage to NYC, establishing their need for an ISDA and introducing Ben as a potential ally. The beat of being kicked out of JP Morgan is a clear obstacle. However, the scene is fragmented across multiple locations (garage, JP Morgan, street, Ben's house) with voiceover stitching it together, which dilutes the dramatic through-line. The plot is functional but could be tighter.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the underdog financial story by grounding it in a garage with a chocolate lab and a 'Brownfield Fund' sign. The voiceover's dry wit ('They had started working out of Jamie's garage...') and the characters' naive brilliance feel original. The water jug bit is a quirky, memorable character beat. However, the 'underdog outsiders vs. the system' trope is familiar, and the scene doesn't yet subvert it in a surprising way.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Jamie and Charlie are clearly differentiated: Jamie is the pragmatic one ('No bank will give us our ISDA'), Charlie is the optimistic theorist ('People hate to think about bad things...'). Ben is introduced as a memorable neurotic with a distinct voice ('Not paranoid. Prepared.'). The characters are engaging, but the scene relies on voiceover to tell us who they are rather than showing through action.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Jamie and Charlie are introduced with their traits, and Ben is introduced with his paranoia, but no one changes or faces new pressure that alters their behavior. The scene is more of a setup, so this is acceptable, but it could be stronger if there was a hint of a shift—perhaps Jamie's frustration growing or Charlie's conviction deepening.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene hints at an internal goal for Jamie and Charlie—proving themselves in a world that dismisses them—but it's not dramatized. The voiceover tells us they are underdogs, but we don't feel their internal drive. Ben's internal goal (preparedness against doom) is clear but static.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Jamie and Charlie need an ISDA to execute their strategy, and they are failing. The scene shows them being kicked out of JP Morgan, which is a concrete obstacle. The goal is well-established, though the scene could sharpen the stakes by making the consequence of not getting the ISDA more visceral.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene's conflict is mostly internal and stated rather than dramatized. Jamie and Charlie face an external obstacle—no bank will give them an ISDA—but this is delivered as exposition ('No bank will give us our ISDA. We're dead in the water.') rather than shown through a scene of rejection. The conflict with Ben is also muted: he's paranoid, but the scene doesn't push him into active opposition. The strongest beat is the security guard's 'Seriously guys! I need you out of here! Now!' which finally gives the scene a tangible antagonist, but it arrives late and is played for comedy rather than stakes.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is almost entirely absent. The banks are a faceless, off-screen force. Ben is introduced as 'dark' and paranoid, but he doesn't actively oppose Jamie and Charlie—he just has a worldview. The only on-screen opposition is the security guard, who is a minor comedic figure. The scene tells us the characters are blocked ('No bank will give us our ISDA') but doesn't show anyone pushing back against them.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are stated but not felt. We're told they turned $110k into $30 million, and that without an ISDA they're 'dead in the water.' But the scene doesn't dramatize what's at risk—their fund, their dream, their identity. The stakes are financial and abstract. The scene's emotional stakes (their friendship, their belief in themselves) are only hinted at through the banter.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by establishing Jamie and Charlie's background, their success, and their current obstacle (no ISDA). It also introduces Ben as a potential solution. However, the forward momentum is slowed by the voiceover-heavy exposition and the multiple location cuts. The scene ends with them being kicked out, which is a clear setback, but the transition to Ben feels abrupt.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is largely predictable. We know from the voiceover that they'll eventually get an ISDA (the plot summary confirms it), and the beats—garage, rejection, Ben's paranoia, security guard—are all familiar. The one moment of surprise is Ben's 'Average precipitation in this region is down 2% a year for the past eight years!' which is funny and unexpected, but it's a one-off joke rather than a structural twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

There is a philosophical undercurrent: the idea that people underestimate bad events (Charlie's line) versus the system's assumption that they won't happen. Ben's paranoia represents a worldview that the system is doomed. However, the conflict is not dramatized—it's stated in dialogue and voiceover, not embodied in a clash between characters.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. The characters are likable, but we don't feel their frustration, fear, or hope. The comedy (Ben's paranoia, the security guard) undercuts any emotional weight. The only moment of genuine feeling is Charlie's line about people underestimating bad things, which is smart but not emotional. The scene tells us they're 'dead in the water' but doesn't make us feel it.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has some wit. Charlie's line about people underestimating bad things is a nice thematic statement. Ben's 'Not paranoid. Prepared.' is a good character beat. But much of the dialogue is expository—the voiceover does the heavy lifting, and the characters' lines often just confirm what we already know. The banter between Jamie and Charlie is light but not distinctive.

Engagement: 5

The scene is mildly engaging. The characters are likable, and the premise is interesting, but the scene lacks a strong hook. The voiceover is informative but not gripping. The comedy is light but not laugh-out-loud. The scene feels like a necessary setup rather than a compelling moment in its own right.

Pacing: 5

The pacing is uneven. The garage scene is slow and expository, the JP Morgan lobby scene is brief and functional, and the Ben scene is a comedic interlude. The transitions between locations are abrupt, and the voiceover creates a stop-and-start rhythm. The scene feels like a series of vignettes rather than a continuous flow.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is professional and clear. Scene headings are standard, character names are in caps, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'FREEZE' and 'CUT TO' is a stylistic choice that works for the film's documentary feel. The only minor issue is the inconsistent use of 'O.C.' vs 'O.S.' and the occasional awkward line break, but these are minor.

Structure: 5

The scene has a clear structure: setup (garage), complication (no ISDA), potential solution (call Ben), and a comedic coda (security guard). But the structure is loose—the beats don't build on each other. The Ben scene is a detour that doesn't advance the plot, and the security guard beat is a punchline rather than a turning point.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes the characters of Jamie and Charlie, showcasing their humble beginnings and the contrast between their garage startup and the high-stakes world of finance. However, the dialogue could benefit from more depth to further develop their personalities and motivations. Currently, it feels somewhat surface-level, lacking emotional resonance.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared Vennett is a strong narrative device, but it can also create a distance between the audience and the characters. Consider integrating more direct dialogue or interactions between Jamie and Charlie to ground the scene in their experiences and emotions, rather than relying heavily on exposition.
  • The transition between the garage and the JP Morgan lobby feels abrupt. While it serves to show the contrast between their current situation and their aspirations, a smoother transition could enhance the flow of the narrative. Perhaps a brief moment of reflection or a visual cue could bridge the two settings more effectively.
  • The humor in the scene, particularly Ben's paranoia, is a nice touch, but it could be amplified. The comedic elements could be more pronounced to balance the tension of their financial struggles, making the characters more relatable and engaging.
  • The scene ends on a somewhat abrupt note with the security guard's intervention. While this adds a sense of urgency, it might be more impactful if it were foreshadowed earlier in the scene. Building up to this moment could create a stronger climax and leave the audience wanting more.
Suggestions
  • Enhance character development by adding more personal dialogue between Jamie and Charlie that reveals their fears, aspirations, and the stakes of their venture. This will help the audience connect with them on a deeper level.
  • Consider reducing the reliance on voiceover and instead show the characters' thoughts and feelings through their actions and interactions. This can create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Create a more seamless transition between the garage and the JP Morgan lobby by incorporating a moment of reflection or a visual metaphor that symbolizes their journey from humble beginnings to the corporate world.
  • Amplify the comedic elements, especially in Ben's character, to provide levity amidst the tension. This can make the characters more relatable and the scene more enjoyable.
  • Foreshadow the security guard's intervention earlier in the scene to build tension and create a more satisfying climax. This could involve subtle hints or escalating actions that lead to their eventual ejection from the lobby.



Scene 20 -  Abandoned Aspirations
52 INT. TERMINAL - MIAMI AIRPORT - DAY 52

Porter and Danny pass a shop with the Dolphins logo on every
conceivable domestic item. They're on a mission, one they're
sure is a waste of time.

PORTER
One time Mark sent me to Indiana
for a week to check out an air
conditioner factory. He thought
they were using inferior materials.
They weren’t.

DANNY
Come on, it’s not so bad. It’s
Florida. Besides, I never get to
travel. Let’s have fun.

PORTER
Don’t be chipper in the face of me
being miserable. Please. It makes
me hate you.

DANNY
I wasn’t being chipper.

Beat as they walk.

DANNY (CONT’D)
Maybe we can get some Cuban food. I
hear it’s amazing in Miami.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 44A.


PORTER
I’m serious Danny. Knock it off.

DANNY
How is wanting to eat chipper?


53 EXT. UNFINISHED SUBDIVISION - DUSK 53

Porter and Danny get out of a rental car and consider a
FAILED DEVELOPMENT. Four model houses sit alone, closed for
business, their perfect yards surrounded by cyclone fencing.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 45.


STREET LIGHTS NOW COME ON ACROSS THE EMPTY AND HALF FINISHED
SUBDIVISION. Danny and Porter are puzzled, and intrigued.

DANNY
It’s like they just walked away...


54 INT. CONFERENCE HALL - CORPORATE HOTEL - THAT NIGHT 54

Two-hundred eager PARTICIPANTS attend a seminar called, "You
Can Be a Real Estate Millionaire!"

SEMINAR LEADER
Real estate is the only
entrepreneurial activity available
to all Americans. Why? Simple, it
doesn't require capital. That's
right. Let me say that again. You
don't need money to be a real
estate millionaire!

In the back, Porter sips a hotel takeaway cup, stunned,
appalled. Danny takes notes. An EAGER GREETER spots them.
She slips out.

GREETER
Hello gentlemen. Are you
interested in the 10 CD set? Only
2999 dollars!

PORTER
We’re good! Thank you.

Porter and Danny slip away.


55 EXT. FRONT PORCH - RANCH HOUSE - NEXT DAY 55

Danny knocks like someone knocking for the last time. No
answer. He looks in the mail slot... the house is empty.


56 EXT. FRONT PORCH - ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 56

Covered in old newspapers. Porter checks one for a date. It’s
three months old.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Porter and Danny navigate Miami Airport, reflecting on a past trip and their current mission, which Porter finds pointless while Danny remains optimistic. They explore an unfinished subdivision filled with abandoned model houses, sparking their curiosity. At a real estate seminar, the leader's outrageous claim that anyone can become a millionaire without capital leaves Porter appalled, while Danny eagerly takes notes. They decline a sales pitch for a CD set and the next day discover an empty ranch house, highlighting the theme of abandonment and contrasting their differing attitudes.
Strengths
  • Sharp character banter between Porter and Danny
  • Effective satirical juxtaposition of seminar and empty houses
  • Clear external goal driving the scene
Weaknesses
  • Lack of a turning point or character movement
  • Scene feels like a checklist of observations
  • Philosophical conflict remains implicit and abstract

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to advance the investigation with satirical observation, and it does that competently—the empty subdivision and seminar are effective images. What limits it is the lack of a turning point or character movement, making it feel like a checklist rather than a scene with consequence.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The scene's concept is a field trip into the heart of the housing bubble's absurdity—two analysts sent to verify a hunch, encountering empty subdivisions, a get-rich seminar, and abandoned homes. It works as a satirical montage of the era's delusion. What costs it is that the concept is somewhat generic for the genre (the 'investigative road trip' is familiar), and the scene doesn't yet sharpen the irony into a single, potent image or line that crystallizes the theme.

Plot: 6

The plot function is to advance the investigation: Porter and Danny are sent to verify the housing market's fragility, and they find evidence (empty houses, a predatory seminar, abandoned homes). It moves the story forward by confirming the thesis. What costs it is that the scene is a sequence of observations rather than a scene with a turning point—the characters don't make a decision or gain a new piece of information that changes their course; they just collect more evidence.

Originality: 6

The scene's originality lies in its satirical juxtaposition: the seminar's promise of wealth without capital against the reality of empty subdivisions. It's a fresh angle on the financial crisis, but the individual beats (abandoned houses, predatory seminars) are familiar from other critiques of the housing bubble. The scene doesn't yet offer a unique visual or verbal image that would make it stand out.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Porter and Danny are well-differentiated: Porter is cynical and miserable, Danny is optimistic and eager. Their banter ('Don't be chipper in the face of me being miserable.') is sharp and reveals their dynamic. The scene gives them a shared mission and a contrasting worldview, which is effective. What costs it is that they don't change or reveal anything new about themselves—they are consistent with what we've seen before.

Character Changes: 5

There is no significant character change in this scene. Porter and Danny start and end in the same emotional states—Porter miserable, Danny chipper. The scene is a series of observations that don't pressure their beliefs or relationship. For a scene in a satirical drama, this is acceptable, but it misses an opportunity to create movement through a small shift in perspective or a crack in their dynamic.

Internal Goal: 4

The scene doesn't establish a clear internal goal for either character. Porter's goal is to be miserable, Danny's is to have fun, but these are surface-level. There's no deeper want or need driving them—they are just on a mission. For a scene that is primarily observational, this is a weakness, as it prevents the audience from connecting with them on a deeper level.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Porter and Danny are on a mission to investigate the housing market, and they are executing it by visiting a subdivision, attending a seminar, and checking houses. The goal is concrete and drives the scene's actions. What costs it is that the goal is not challenged or complicated—they simply proceed through their checklist without obstacles.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene's conflict is internal and low-key: Porter's irritation with Danny's optimism. The external mission (investigating the housing market) is presented as a 'waste of time' by Porter, but there's no active opposition or obstacle. The conflict is mostly banter, not dramatic tension.

Opposition: 3

There is no active opposition. The seminar leader is a passive antagonist, but Porter and Danny simply leave. The empty houses offer no resistance. The scene lacks a force pushing back against the protagonists' goals.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are implied (the housing market collapse) but not felt in this scene. Porter and Danny are on a mission, but the personal or professional cost of failure is not articulated. The scene feels like a routine check, not a high-stakes investigation.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the housing market's fragility through physical evidence. It's a necessary step in the investigation, but it doesn't create a new complication or raise the stakes. The characters are on a mission, but the scene doesn't change their understanding or their plan—it just reinforces what they already suspected.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene follows a predictable pattern: banter, arrival at a location, a seminar, and empty houses. The 'abandoned subdivision' is a visual surprise, but the narrative beats are expected. The scene doesn't offer a twist or a new piece of information that changes the audience's understanding.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the seminar's promise of wealth without capital versus the reality of empty houses. This is a critique of the American Dream and the housing bubble's delusion. However, the conflict is not dramatized through dialogue or character—it's implied through juxtaposition. The scene doesn't have a character who embodies the opposing view, so the conflict remains abstract.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene has a dry, observational tone. Porter's misery and Danny's optimism create a mild emotional contrast, but the scene doesn't evoke a strong emotional response. The 'abandoned subdivision' and 'empty houses' are visually poignant, but the characters' reactions are muted.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and characterful. Porter's 'Don’t be chipper in the face of me being miserable' is a strong line that establishes his personality. Danny's optimism provides a counterpoint. However, the dialogue is mostly expository or banter, and it doesn't reveal new information or advance the plot.

Engagement: 5

The scene is engaging in a low-key way. The banter is amusing, and the visual of the abandoned subdivision is intriguing. However, the scene lacks a strong hook or a moment of revelation that would make the audience lean in. The pacing is steady but not urgent.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady and appropriate for the scene's purpose. The banter at the airport establishes the characters' dynamic, the subdivision provides a visual beat, the seminar offers a moment of satire, and the empty houses reinforce the theme. The scene moves efficiently from location to location without feeling rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CONT' and page numbers is standard. There are no formatting errors that would distract a reader.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (airport), development (subdivision, seminar), and payoff (empty houses). The progression from a 'waste of time' mission to visual evidence of decay is logical and effective. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or a moment of realization.


Critique
  • The dialogue between Porter and Danny effectively establishes their contrasting attitudes towards the trip, with Porter embodying cynicism and Danny representing optimism. However, the banter could be tightened to enhance the comedic effect and maintain pacing.
  • The transition from the airport to the unfinished subdivision is visually compelling, but the emotional stakes could be heightened. The scene lacks a sense of urgency or a clear objective for the characters, making it feel somewhat aimless.
  • The seminar scene introduces a critical commentary on the real estate market, but it could benefit from a stronger emotional reaction from Porter. His stunned and appalled reaction is a good start, but it could be expanded to show his internal conflict or moral outrage more vividly.
  • The introduction of the eager greeter selling the CD set adds a humorous touch, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the main narrative. It could be more integrated into the scene's overall theme of misguided optimism in the face of economic collapse.
  • The final moments of the scene, where Danny knocks on the empty ranch house, create a sense of foreboding. However, this could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details to evoke the atmosphere of abandonment and loss, making the audience feel the weight of the economic downturn.
Suggestions
  • Consider tightening the dialogue to make it snappier and more impactful, focusing on the essence of their characters' personalities.
  • Introduce a clear objective for Porter and Danny in the unfinished subdivision to give the scene more direction and purpose.
  • Expand on Porter's reaction to the seminar leader's claims to deepen the audience's understanding of his character and the absurdity of the situation.
  • Integrate the greeter's sales pitch more seamlessly into the narrative, perhaps by having her comment on the state of the housing market or the seminar's unrealistic promises.
  • Enhance the sensory details in the final moments of the scene to create a more immersive experience, allowing the audience to feel the desolation of the abandoned houses.



Scene 21 -  Home Uncertainty
57 EXT. FRONT PORCH - YET ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 57

Danny peers in a front window. This time, the door OPENS. A
sleepy MAN WITH A TATTOOED NECK rubs his eyes.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 46.


DANNY
Oh. Hello. I'm surveying mortgage
owners who are over 90 days
delinquent. I'm looking for a...
Harvey Humpsey?

TATTOOED NECK
You want my landlord's dog?

DANNY
Your landlord filled out his
mortgage using his dog’s name?

TATTOOED NECK
I guess so. Hold up, has that
asshole not been paying his
mortgage? Cause I’m paying my rent.

DANNY
He is 90 days late on his payments,
yes.

TATTOOED NECK
Seriously, am I going to have to
leave?

There's fear in his eyes, the last thing Danny expected. A
CHILD now appears between the big man's legs.

TATTOOED NECK (CONT’D)
Cause my kid just got settled in
the school.

DANNY
Um. I don’t know. You should talk
to your landlord. Sorry. Have a
good day!

The man stays at the door as Danny hurries away.


58 INT. FOYER - STILL YET ANOTHER RANCH HOUSE - DAY 58

The door opens. Danny and Porter peer in... the place is
abandoned; its few modest furnishings, covered in dust.

PORTER
Hello?! Anybody here?! Hola?! Yo?!


59 INT. LIVING ROOM AND HOME OFFICE - CONTINUOUS 59

Porter tries a light switch, dead.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 47.


A CORKBOARD above a desk still has post-its. The carpet is
covered with files, books, a box of old photos.

PORTER
The only thing they took was their
TV!

He picks up a dusty TIME MAGAZINE with Greenspan/Summers/
Rubin on the cover. "The Committee to Save the World".

DANNY (O.S.)
Come here!


60 INT. DEN AND KITCHEN - CONTINUOUS 60

White bread molds in the bag.

At the counter, Porter watches Danny shows the old mortgage
bill: the house's owner used a black marker to circle the
amount due and then wrote... SORRY!


61 EXT. BACK YARD - CONTINUOUS 61

The back yard is over grown and the pool is murky green.

PORTER
I think I saw three houses in the
whole development with cars in the
driveway.

Suddenly something swirls in the pool and they see a 10 FOOT
ALLIGATOR emerge and submerge.

DANNY
Holy... fucking... shit.


62 EXT. CUBAN RESTAURANT - DAY 62

DANNY IS VISIBLE IN THE WINDOW OF A CUBAN RESTAURANT EATING.
Porter is outside on the sidewalk on his phone.

PORTER
Hey Mark, you might want to get
down here.

CUT TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 48.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary Danny encounters a tattooed man at a ranch house who is worried about losing his home due to his landlord's mortgage issues. After advising the man to speak with his landlord, Danny and his partner Porter explore an abandoned ranch house, uncovering remnants of its former occupants and a shocking alligator in the backyard pool. The scene shifts to Danny dining at a Cuban restaurant while Porter is on a phone call, highlighting the tension and absurdity of the situation.
Strengths
  • The dog's-name detail is darkly comic and original
  • The alligator is a vivid, surreal image of decay
  • The tenant's fear humanizes the crisis
  • The 'SORRY' note is a powerful, concise symbol
Weaknesses
  • The scene is more atmospheric than plot-advancing
  • No significant character movement or new complication
  • The philosophical conflict is implied but not articulated

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to ground the financial crisis in human and physical reality, and it does that effectively with memorable details like the dog's name and the alligator. However, it lacks a decisive turn or character movement, making it feel like a well-crafted but static beat in the investigation.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—investigating the human cost of the housing crisis through abandoned homes and a tenant caught in the fallout—is strong and thematically resonant. The beat of the landlord using his dog's name for the mortgage is a darkly comic, original detail that crystallizes the fraud. The alligator in the pool is a vivid, surreal image of decay. What costs is that the scene's concept is somewhat familiar (the 'abandoned house' trope), but the specific details elevate it.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the investigation plot: Danny and Porter gather evidence of abandonment and fraud, culminating in Porter's call to Mark. The tenant encounter provides a human face to the crisis. However, the scene is largely a series of atmospheric beats without a clear turning point or new complication—the alligator is memorable but doesn't change their course. The plot moves incrementally, not decisively.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in its specific, offbeat details: the dog's name on the mortgage, the 'SORRY' note, the alligator in the pool. These are fresh and memorable. The overall structure (investigators walking through abandoned homes) is a known trope, but the execution is distinctive. The tenant's fear is a humanizing touch that avoids cliché.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Danny and Porter are well-differentiated: Danny is earnest and slightly awkward (his 'Sorry. Have a good day!' after the tenant's fear), while Porter is more cynical and observational ('The only thing they took was their TV!'). The tenant is a vivid, sympathetic character whose fear is palpable. The scene deepens our sense of Danny's empathy and Porter's detachment, but neither undergoes a significant shift.

Character Changes: 5

The scene shows Danny's empathy in action—he's visibly shaken by the tenant's fear and retreats with an apology. Porter remains consistent in his detached observation. There's no significant change or new pressure on either character; they react as we expect. The scene functions as confirmation of their existing traits rather than a moment of growth or regression.

Internal Goal: 5

Danny's internal goal—to understand the human cost of the crisis—is implicit but not strongly dramatized. His discomfort with the tenant suggests a desire to remain detached, but this isn't explored. Porter's internal goal is even less defined. The scene is more about external observation than internal conflict.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Danny and Porter are surveying delinquent mortgages to gather evidence of the housing collapse. They achieve this—they find the tenant, the abandoned house, the 'SORRY' note, and the alligator. Porter's call to Mark advances the goal by signaling that they have enough to warrant Mark's attention. The goal is simple but effectively executed.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear micro-conflict: Danny's survey vs. the tattooed man's fear and confusion. The man's question 'Seriously, am I going to have to leave?' creates a direct clash between Danny's detached research and the human cost. However, the conflict is resolved too quickly—Danny's 'I don't know' and exit deflate the tension. The later abandoned house and alligator are atmospheric but not conflict-driven.

Opposition: 5

The tattooed man is a passive opposition—he's confused and scared, not actively resisting. The real opposition is the systemic fraud (the landlord using a dog's name), but it's not personified. The abandoned house and alligator are environmental obstacles, not character opposition. The scene lacks a clear antagonist who pushes back against Danny's investigation.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implicit: the man might lose his home, his kid's school stability. But they're not dramatized—Danny's 'I don't know' undercuts them. The abandoned house and the 'SORRY' note show consequences, but the immediate human stakes are dropped. The alligator is a red herring that distracts from the real stakes.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the team's suspicions: the housing market is collapsing at the ground level. Porter's call to Mark ('you might want to get down here') signals a shift to action. However, the scene is more confirmatory than revelatory—it doesn't introduce a new strategy or raise the stakes beyond what we already know. It's a necessary beat but not a turning point.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene has several unpredictable beats: the landlord using a dog's name, the man's fear, the abandoned house, the alligator. These are surprising and keep the reader engaged. The alligator is a memorable, offbeat image that subverts expectations of a suburban scene.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict between abstract financial systems and human reality. The tenant's fear and the 'SORRY' note embody the human cost, while the alligator suggests a natural world reclaiming what was artificially built. However, the conflict is not explicitly articulated—it's more implied through imagery. The scene doesn't push the characters to confront this tension directly.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional potential—the man's fear, the child's appearance, the abandoned house—but it's undercut by Danny's quick exit and the shift to the alligator. The 'SORRY' note is poignant, but the scene doesn't let the emotion land. The alligator provides shock but not depth.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. The tattooed man's lines are natural and revealing ('You want my landlord's dog?', 'has that asshole not been paying his mortgage?'). Danny's lines are functional but a bit flat ('Oh. Hello. I'm surveying...'). The exchange has a good rhythm, but Danny's exit line is weak.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its variety: a human encounter, an abandoned house, a shocking alligator. The reader is curious about what Danny and Porter will find next. The 'SORRY' note is a strong visual hook. The scene keeps the reader turning pages.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, moving from porch to abandoned house to backyard to restaurant. The scene has a good rhythm of short beats. The alligator provides a jolt. However, the emotional beat with the man is cut short, which may feel rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of CONTINUOUS and CUT TO is standard. No issues.

Structure: 6

The scene is structured as a series of vignettes: porch, abandoned house, backyard, restaurant. It works as a montage, but the emotional arc is incomplete—it starts with a human encounter, then shifts to objects, then to a call. The alligator is a climax but not connected to the human story.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the sense of desperation and confusion surrounding the housing crisis, particularly through the character of the tattooed man who is clearly worried about his living situation. This adds emotional weight to the narrative, highlighting the human impact of the financial turmoil.
  • The dialogue between Danny and the tattooed man is engaging and serves to illustrate the absurdity of the situation, particularly the idea of a landlord using a dog's name on a mortgage. However, the humor could be sharpened to enhance the contrast between the serious subject matter and the absurdity of the circumstances.
  • The transition from the porch to the abandoned house is smooth, but the pacing could be improved. The scene feels slightly rushed, especially when Danny quickly leaves the tattooed man without fully addressing his concerns. This could be an opportunity to deepen the emotional connection and tension.
  • The visual descriptions are vivid, particularly the imagery of the abandoned house and the murky pool with the alligator. However, the scene could benefit from more sensory details to immerse the audience further, such as sounds or smells that evoke the decay and neglect of the environment.
  • The introduction of the alligator is a strong visual element that adds an unexpected twist, but it could be better integrated into the narrative. As it stands, it feels somewhat abrupt and could be foreshadowed earlier in the scene to enhance its impact.
Suggestions
  • Consider expanding the dialogue between Danny and the tattooed man to explore the man's fears more deeply. This could create a stronger emotional connection and highlight the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the humor in the dialogue by adding more witty exchanges or absurdities that reflect the characters' disbelief about the situation, making the scene both poignant and entertaining.
  • Slow down the pacing slightly to allow for more tension-building moments, particularly in the interaction with the tattooed man. This could involve Danny hesitating or showing more empathy before leaving.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enrich the setting, such as the sounds of the neighborhood or the smell of decay in the abandoned house, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Foreshadow the presence of the alligator earlier in the scene, perhaps through a mention of wildlife in the area or a brief visual cue, to make its appearance feel more organic and impactful.



Scene 22 -  Confrontation in the Office
63 INT. SCION OFFICE - DAY 63

We pan past Scion’s office which is now littered with empty
desks and land on the WHITE BOARD showing last quarter’s
returns: -9.3%.

Two ANALYSTS talk to each other from their desks gossiping
while Burry in his office works on his computer.

ANALYST #2
I heard he had a breakdown. He’s
letting the fund tank.

YOUNG ANALYST
A buddy of mine in Manhattan said
Burry left his wife and is moving
to Peru.

A PHONE RINGS at Burry’s ASSISTANT’S DESK.

MIKE'S ASSISTANT
(answers the phone) )
Scion. Dr. Burry's office.
...He would prefer you email
him...I sit twenty feet away and I
email him--

The FRONT DOOR opens.

Lawrence Fields and MARTIN BLAINE (45) of Metro Capital
enter. 2 thousand dollar sport coats and polo shirts.

They stride right for Mike's office. MIKE'S ASSISTANT starts
to email Burry furiously, gives up, stands.

MIKE'S ASSISTANT (CONT'D)
(loudly)
Mr. Fields. Mr. Blaine. Hello.

They enter Mike's office, shut the door.

YOUNG ANALYST
Was that Lawrence Fields? Holy
shit.


64 INT. SCION OFFICES - MIKE'S OFFICE - DAY 64

Lawrence sits. Martin stands. They're angry. Yet, Mike, in T-
shirt, shirts with no shoes, doesn't seem to even register
there's any emotion here at all.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 49.


LAWRENCE FIELDS
Your big mortgage bet concerns us.
We have no confidence in your
ability to identify macroeconomic
trends.

MIKE
You flew here to tell me that? Why?
I mean, anyone can see there's a
real estate bubble.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Actually, no one can see a
bubble... that's what makes it a
bubble.

MIKE
That's dumb, Lawrence. There are
always markers. Mortgage fraud.
It's quintupled since 2000. Average
take home pay is flat yet home
prices are soaring. That means the
homes are debt not assets.

MARTIN BLAINE
So, Mike Burry of San Jose, a guy
who gets his hair cut at Super Cuts
and doesn’t wear shoes, knows more
than Alan Greenspan and Hank
Paulson?

MIKE
Dr. Mike Burry. And, yes. He does.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Are you being sarcastic with us,
Michael?

MIKE
I don't know how to be sarcastic. I
don't know how to be funny. I don't
know how to work people. I know how
to read numbers.

Okay, let's talk numbers. Lawrence changes tack.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
How big's your short position?
Right now?

MIKE
It's 1.3 billion.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 50.


LAWRENCE FIELDS
And the premiums?

MIKE
We pay roughly 80 to 90 million
every year.
(they wince)
I know it's high but I was the
first one to do this trade.
It will pay. Watch. I may have been
early, but I'm not wrong.

MARTIN BLAINE
It's the same thing!

Lawrence raises a finger to ask his partner for restraint.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
You're managing, what, a fund of
555 million?
(Mike nods)
In 6 years it'll all be gone. On
one bet.

MIKE
Second quarter of 07’ the
adjustable rates will kick in and
defaults will sky rocket.

MARTIN BLAINE
Says you.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
How much is eligible for withdrawal
before they do, say in the next two
quarters?
(then)
If your investors panic.

MIKE
It's 302 million.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
My God, Michael.

MIKE
No one will pull out! It'd be
suicide! Yeah, I'm down 17 percent
for the year, but if they trust me--

MARTIN BLAINE
No one trusts you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 51.


MIKE
I’ve written several emails to the
investors letting them know second
quarter of 07’ is when our position
on housing shows returns. I've been
very clear.

He sounds like a crazy man defending himself to a tree.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
There will be redemptions.

MIKE
Well, that would be really stupid.
(angry)
If the fund's capital drops too
much, the swaps contracts are
voided. And the banks get to keep
the collateral!

MARTIN BLAINE
What?

They didn't know this, and it seals the deal.

LAWRENCE FIELDS
Give us our money back.

CLOSE ON:

BUMPERSTICKER: “Pricing gets traffic, staging gets offers.”

The sticker's on a brand new...
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense meeting at Scion's nearly empty office, Mike Burry defends his significant mortgage bet against skeptical investors Lawrence Fields and Martin Blaine from Metro Capital. Despite Burry's confidence in identifying a housing bubble, Fields and Blaine express doubts about his ability to predict economic trends and warn of potential investor panic. The confrontation escalates as they demand their money back, leaving Burry in a precarious position amidst the backdrop of financial turmoil.
Strengths
  • Clear escalation of conflict
  • Vivid characterization of Burry
  • Effective use of financial details to raise stakes
  • Strong philosophical exchange
Weaknesses
  • Predictable outcome
  • Burry's emotional range is narrow
  • Martin Blaine is somewhat one-dimensional

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene effectively dramatizes the pressure on Burry and advances the plot with strong character work and a clear philosophical conflict. The main limitation is that the confrontation is somewhat predictable, and Burry's emotional range is narrow, which could be deepened to elevate the scene.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—investors confronting the fund manager about his risky bet—is a classic pressure point in a financial drama. It works because it dramatizes the central conflict of Burry's strategy: his conviction versus the market's (and investors') skepticism. The scene effectively uses the whiteboard showing -9.3% returns and the gossip to establish the stakes. The concept is strong, but it risks feeling like a standard 'confrontation' scene if not elevated by the specific details of Burry's character and the financial logic.

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly: the investors demand their money back, escalating the pressure on Burry and setting up the fund's collapse. The scene reveals key plot points: the size of the short (1.3 billion), the premiums (80-90 million), and the vulnerability to redemptions (302 million eligible). The plot is well-structured, with a clear escalation from concern to demand. The only minor issue is that the scene's outcome is somewhat predictable—investors pulling out—but the specifics of the swap contracts being voided add a fresh twist.

Originality: 6

The scene is original in its specific financial details—the swap contracts being voided if capital drops, the 'second quarter of 07'' timeline—which are not common in mainstream films. However, the overall structure of a lone genius being challenged by skeptical investors is a familiar trope. The scene's originality lies in the authenticity of the financial jargon and Burry's idiosyncratic responses, but it doesn't break new ground in terms of character dynamics.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Burry is vividly characterized: his lack of social awareness ('I don't know how to be sarcastic'), his obsessive focus on numbers, and his physical dishevelment (T-shirt, no shoes) all reinforce his outsider genius. Lawrence Fields is a credible antagonist—calm, rational, and ultimately pragmatic. Martin Blaine provides a more aggressive counterpoint. The scene does a good job of showing Burry's vulnerability (his anger when threatened) while maintaining his conviction. The characters are well-drawn and serve the scene's conflict.

Character Changes: 6

Burry does not change in this scene; he remains steadfast in his conviction. However, the scene creates pressure that will lead to change later (his decision to restrict withdrawals). The character movement here is more about the situation changing around him—the investors' withdrawal—than about Burry's internal growth. This is appropriate for the genre, as the scene is about external pressure, not character transformation. The scene could be strengthened by showing a flicker of doubt or a moment of self-awareness, but it's not essential.

Internal Goal: 7

Burry's internal goal is to prove he is right, to validate his unique perspective against the world's skepticism. This is evident in his insistence that 'I may have been early, but I'm not wrong' and his frustration when challenged. The scene effectively dramatizes his internal need for validation, but it could be more explicit in showing the emotional cost of his isolation. The internal goal is present and drives his behavior, but it's not the primary focus of the scene.

External Goal: 8

Burry's external goal is to maintain his short position and prevent redemptions. The scene is built around this goal: he argues, explains, and ultimately fails to convince the investors. The external goal is clear and high-stakes, and the scene's conflict is driven by the clash between his goal and the investors' demand. The scene effectively shows the external goal being thwarted, which is a strong dramatic beat.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is direct and escalating. Lawrence and Martin arrive as antagonists, immediately challenging Burry's judgment ('We have no confidence in your ability to identify macroeconomic trends'). Burry's counter-arguments are logical but emotionally detached, creating a clash between his data-driven worldview and their fear-based pragmatism. The conflict peaks with the revelation of the 302 million in eligible withdrawals and the final demand, 'Give us our money back.' The scene's conflict is strong because it's not just a disagreement; it's a direct threat to Burry's entire strategy and fund.

Opposition: 7

Lawrence Fields and Martin Blaine serve as effective opposition. Lawrence is the calm, rational voice of the establishment, while Martin is the sneering, dismissive enforcer. Their arguments are grounded in conventional wisdom ('no one can see a bubble... that's what makes it a bubble') and personal attacks ('a guy who gets his hair cut at Super Cuts'). They are not straw men; they represent a credible, powerful force that can actually destroy Burry's plan. The opposition is strong because they have leverage (the money) and a clear goal (redemption).

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are clearly and dramatically articulated. The scene establishes the fund's size (555 million), the size of the short (1.3 billion), the annual premium (80-90 million), and the catastrophic consequence of redemptions: 'If the fund's capital drops too much, the swaps contracts are voided. And the banks get to keep the collateral!' This is a concrete, high-stakes scenario where Burry's entire career and his investors' money are on the line. The stakes are not just financial; they are existential for Burry's identity as a man who 'knows how to read numbers.'

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a major turning point: it triggers the fund's unraveling, which will force Burry to take drastic measures (as seen in later scenes). The scene moves the story forward by escalating the conflict and setting up the redemptions that will threaten the entire bet. The revelation that the swaps are voided if capital drops is a crucial plot point that raises the stakes. The scene effectively propels the narrative toward the crisis.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable arc: investors arrive, they argue, they threaten, and they demand their money back. The outcome is never in doubt. The only moment of genuine surprise is the revelation about the swaps being voided, which is a new piece of information that raises the stakes. However, the overall shape of the scene is conventional for a 'confrontation with investors' beat. The unpredictability is functional but not a source of strength.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict between Burry's data-driven conviction and the market's collective wisdom (or ignorance). Lawrence's line 'no one can see a bubble... that's what makes it a bubble' encapsulates the tension between individual insight and systemic blindness. Burry's counter—'There are always markers'—pits empirical evidence against conventional wisdom. This conflict is central to the film's theme and is well-articulated here, though it could be pushed further to feel more urgent.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene's emotional impact is muted, primarily because Burry is emotionally detached. The audience feels the weight of the situation through the investors' anger and the stark numbers, but we don't get a strong emotional reaction from Burry himself. His line, 'I don't know how to be sarcastic. I don't know how to be funny. I don't know how to work people. I know how to read numbers,' is poignant but delivered as a statement of fact, not an emotional plea. The scene is more intellectually engaging than emotionally moving.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, efficient, and characterful. Burry's lines are perfectly in voice: logical, blunt, and slightly alien ('That's dumb, Lawrence. There are always markers.'). Lawrence's dialogue is polished and condescending ('Actually, no one can see a bubble... that's what makes it a bubble.'). Martin's lines are more aggressive and dismissive ('Says you.'). The dialogue serves the conflict well, revealing character and advancing the argument without feeling expositional. The line 'I don't know how to be sarcastic... I know how to read numbers' is a standout, encapsulating Burry's entire worldview.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to the high stakes and the intellectual clash. The audience is drawn in by the question of whether Burry can hold his ground. The gossip from the analysts at the start adds a layer of intrigue and sets the tone of a man under siege. The scene is more intellectually engaging than emotionally gripping, but it holds attention through the force of the argument and the clarity of the threat.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene opens with a quick establishing shot of the empty office and the gossip, then moves directly into the confrontation. The dialogue is tight, with no wasted words. The escalation from 'Your big mortgage bet concerns us' to 'Give us our money back' is well-paced, with each beat building on the last. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome, ending on a strong, decisive note.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of parentheticals is minimal and effective. The script is easy to read and follow, with no formatting errors that would pull the reader out of the story.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear and effective structure: setup (the empty office, the gossip), inciting incident (the investors' arrival), rising action (the argument over the bet), climax (the revelation of the 302 million and the demand for redemption), and a brief resolution (the final demand). The structure is functional and serves the scene's purpose of escalating the conflict and raising the stakes. The final bumper sticker is a slightly odd coda, but it serves as a thematic punchline about the disconnect between the real estate world and the financial one.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Mike Burry and the representatives from Metro Capital, showcasing Burry's unwavering confidence in his analysis despite the skepticism of others. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while Burry's passion is clear, the stakes could be heightened by incorporating more emotional weight into his responses. For instance, instead of merely stating facts, Burry could express personal stakes or fears regarding the potential fallout of his predictions.
  • The characterization of Lawrence Fields and Martin Blaine comes across as somewhat one-dimensional. They serve primarily as antagonists to Burry's character, but adding layers to their motivations could enhance the conflict. For example, exploring their own fears about the market or their personal investments could create a more nuanced dynamic.
  • The pacing of the scene feels rushed, particularly in the dialogue exchanges. While the rapid-fire back-and-forth can create tension, it may also lead to confusion for the audience. Slowing down certain exchanges to allow for reactions or pauses could enhance the emotional impact and give viewers time to absorb the gravity of the situation.
  • The visual elements of the scene are somewhat lacking. While the dialogue is strong, the setting of the Scion office could be more vividly described to reflect the tension and stakes of the conversation. For instance, incorporating details about the office's atmosphere, such as the clutter of papers or the dim lighting, could enhance the mood and reflect Burry's mental state.
  • The use of the bumper sticker at the end feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding dialogue. While it serves as a metaphor, it may come off as a forced attempt at humor or commentary. A more organic integration of this idea into the dialogue or a visual motif throughout the scene could strengthen its relevance.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more emotional depth to Burry's character by incorporating personal stakes or fears related to his predictions. This could make his defense more relatable and impactful.
  • Develop Lawrence and Martin's characters further by exploring their motivations and fears regarding the market. This could create a more complex antagonist dynamic and enhance the conflict.
  • Slow down the pacing of the dialogue exchanges to allow for more emotional weight and reactions. This could help the audience better grasp the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the visual description of the Scion office to reflect the tension and atmosphere of the scene. Consider using sensory details to immerse the audience in the setting.
  • Integrate the bumper sticker's message more organically into the dialogue or visual motifs throughout the scene to strengthen its relevance and connection to the characters' discussions.



Scene 23 -  Navigating Opportunity in a Downturn
65 INT. MERCEDES SUV - UPSCALE SUBDIVISION - DAY 65

Mark gets a house tour from a wealthy REAL ESTATE AGENT.

MUSIC: A dreamy samba like SO NICE by BEBEL GILBERTO

REAL ESTATE AGENT
The market's in an itsy-bitsy
little gully right now. It's like
everybody said, "Okay, that was
crazy. Let's all just slow down."

A YOUNGER AGENT sits in the back between Danny and Porter.

Mark’s engrossed by the upper-middle-class world out the
window; Every driveway has a new SUV, or odd Prius. Every
garage has a Winnebago, jet ski, speed boat. Complicated
riding mowers. Trampolines. Plundered Ebay and Amazon boxes.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 52.


And, yet, there are For Sale signs everywhere.


66 EXT. TRACT MANSION - DAY 66

An attractive brick house, exhaustively landscaped. In fact,
the harried HOMEOWNER is now edging his lawn.

REAL ESTATE AGENT (O.S.)
I sold it the year it was built for
350.


67 I/E. MERCEDES SUV - DAY 67

The SUV has stopped at a discreet distance.

REAL ESTATE AGENT
Two years later for 480. Then...585
maybe... only 18 months later. This
couple bought it last year for 650,
he'd let it go for that.

He spots her. Come show it!

She waves back. Not today!

REAL ESTATE AGENT (CONT'D)
It'll break his heart, but he'll
let it go.

MARK
Why's he selling?

REAL ESTATE AGENT
Neither one's working right now.

YOUNGER AGENT
Marlene, you'd say they're
motivated, right?

REAL ESTATE AGENT
As much as one can be in this
neighborhood.


68 I/E. SUV - TRAVELLING - DAY 68

SHOTS of the SUV driving them past big houses for sale.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 53.


REAL ESTATE AGENT
House on the left might be
motivated...That is another quasi-
motivated seller...They're probably
teensy-weensy bit motivated...In
her case I'd say possibly almost
motivated.

Danny and Porter exchange a look. The market's in trouble.

MARK
A lot of homeowners seem pretty
motivated.

REAL ESTATE AGENT
It's the gully. That's all. Just
nerves.
(faces Mark)
So... where are we?

MARK
Let me talk to my wife.

YOUNGER AGENT
This market won't last.

MARK
Actually, can I talk with a
mortgage broker? Anyone you like?

69 OMIT 69
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary Mark tours upscale homes with a real estate agent and a younger agent, who discuss the current downturn in the housing market and the motivations of sellers under financial pressure. As they drive through a neighborhood filled with luxurious homes and For Sale signs, Mark expresses curiosity about the market and indicates his interest in consulting a mortgage broker, reflecting his cautious approach to potential opportunities amidst the uncertainty.
Strengths
  • Witty euphemistic dialogue that satirizes market denial
  • Strong visual contrast between consumer excess and For Sale signs
  • Effective use of the house tour as a metaphor for the housing bubble
Weaknesses
  • Static, observational scene with minimal plot or character movement
  • Supporting characters (Danny, Porter) are underused
  • Philosophical conflict is understated and could be sharper

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the housing bubble's fragility through a satirical house tour, and it does that effectively with witty euphemisms and visual irony. The main limitation is that it's a static, observational beat with minimal character or plot movement, which keeps it from being more than functional.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a house tour that doubles as a market autopsy. The real estate agent's euphemisms ('itsy-bitsy little gully', 'quasi-motivated', 'teensy-weensy bit motivated') are a clever, ironic counterpoint to the visual evidence of overconsumption and For Sale signs. This is a classic 'show, don't tell' beat that dramatizes the housing bubble's fragility through the very people selling it. The concept is working well.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by confirming Mark's suspicion that the housing market is in trouble—the agent's 'motivated' sellers and the visual glut of For Sale signs reinforce the thesis. It also sets up the next beat: Mark asks to talk to a mortgage broker, which will lead to the brokers' confession in the next scene. However, the scene is largely a static observation; the plot movement is minimal and mostly implicit. It's a functional bridge, not a turning point.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its approach: using a real estate agent's sales patter as a vehicle for exposing the housing bubble. The euphemistic language ('quasi-motivated', 'teensy-weensy bit motivated') is a fresh, satirical device. The visual contrast between consumer excess and For Sale signs is a familiar but effective image. The scene doesn't reinvent the wheel, but it executes a known idea with wit.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark is characterized as observant and quietly investigative—he absorbs the agent's euphemisms and then pivots to a strategic request. The Real Estate Agent is a one-note but effective type: the cheerful denier. Danny and Porter are barely present, exchanging a look. The scene doesn't deepen Mark's character much, but it reinforces his established traits. The agent is a functional foil.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Mark's behavior—observing, questioning, then pivoting to a strategic request—is consistent with his established character. The scene doesn't put new pressure on him or reveal a new facet. The Real Estate Agent is static. This is a 'meaningful stasis' scene: it confirms what we know rather than changing it. For a drama/thriller, this is acceptable but not strong.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal is implicit: he's seeking confirmation that his cynical worldview is correct. The scene provides that confirmation through the agent's euphemisms and the visual evidence. However, the internal goal is not dramatized with much intensity; it's more of a quiet validation. The scene doesn't create a strong internal conflict or desire.

External Goal: 6

Mark's external goal is to assess the housing market's health and gather intelligence. He does this by touring houses and asking pointed questions. The goal is clear and the scene advances it: he learns that sellers are 'motivated' and then requests a mortgage broker contact. The goal is functional but not urgent or high-stakes.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene has a subtle, observational conflict: Mark is probing the real estate agent's rosy narrative against the visual evidence of 'For Sale' signs everywhere. The agent's repeated euphemisms ('itsy-bitsy little gully', 'quasi-motivated', 'teensy-weensy bit motivated') create a gentle push-pull with Mark's growing suspicion. However, the conflict is understated and never escalates. Mark's final request to talk to a mortgage broker is a quiet pivot, but the scene lacks a direct confrontation or a moment where the agent's facade cracks. The tension is more atmospheric than active.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is embodied by the Real Estate Agent, but she is not a true antagonist. She is a passive, pleasant tour guide whose worldview is simply different from Mark's. She doesn't actively resist Mark's goal; she just doesn't understand it. The Younger Agent offers a mild echo ('This market won't last'), but there's no one pushing back against Mark's implicit thesis. The scene lacks a character who embodies the market's denial in a way that Mark can clash with.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are implied but not felt. We know from the broader narrative that Mark is on the verge of a massive bet, but within this scene, the stakes are abstract. Mark's request to talk to a mortgage broker is a step, but the scene doesn't articulate what he stands to gain or lose. The visual of the 'For Sale' signs and the 'motivated' sellers hints at the macro-stakes (the housing collapse), but there's no personal, immediate stake for Mark in this moment. The scene is a reconnaissance mission, but the urgency is missing.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming Mark's thesis and setting up the next investigation step (meeting a mortgage broker). It also deepens the audience's understanding of the market's fragility. However, the movement is incremental and observational; the scene doesn't introduce a new conflict or raise the stakes. It's a functional step, not a leap.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is predictable in its structure: we see the signs of trouble, the agent dismisses them, and Mark quietly pivots to a next step. There's no surprise, no reversal, no moment where the audience's expectation is subverted. The only mild surprise is the specificity of the agent's euphemisms, which are amusing but not unpredictable. The scene is a well-executed version of a familiar beat.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene engages a philosophical conflict between denial and reality. The agent's euphemisms ('gully', 'nerves') represent the collective denial of the market's fragility, while the visual evidence and Mark's pointed questions represent reality. This is a classic 'appearance vs. reality' conflict, but it's not deeply dramatized—the agent is a straw man, and Mark doesn't push back hard. The conflict is present but understated.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The emotional impact is muted. The scene is observational, and the dominant feeling is a vague unease—the contrast between the dreamy samba and the 'For Sale' signs. Mark's internal state is not dramatized; we see him 'engrossed' but not what he's feeling. The scene doesn't land an emotional beat, whether it's Mark's growing dread, his cynical amusement, or a moment of human connection with the agent. The 'harried homeowner' is a brief visual, but it's not given emotional weight.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and characterful. The agent's euphemisms ('itsy-bitsy little gully', 'quasi-motivated', 'teensy-weensy bit motivated') are a strong, distinctive voice that effectively communicates her denial. Mark's lines are minimal but purposeful, and his final request is a clean pivot. However, the dialogue is mostly one-sided; the agent talks, Mark listens. There's no real exchange, no wit, no subtext beyond the obvious. The Younger Agent's line is a cliché ('This market won't last').

Engagement: 5

The scene is engaging in a passive, observational way. The visual details (the SUVs, the Winnebagos, the 'For Sale' signs) are evocative and create a strong sense of place. The agent's euphemisms are mildly amusing. However, the scene lacks a driving question or a moment of active engagement. The audience is watching Mark watch the world, but there's no tension pulling us forward. The scene is a well-crafted interlude, but it doesn't grip.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is appropriate for the scene's function. It's a slow, observational beat that allows the audience to absorb the visual details. The scene moves from the general (the subdivision) to the specific (the tract mansion) to the abstract (the agent's euphemisms) and ends with Mark's pivot. The rhythm is steady, but it could be tightened. The scene is a single, extended beat, and it doesn't have a clear internal rhythm of tension and release.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise and visual, and dialogue is properly attributed. The use of 'I/E.' for the SUV is correct. The 'OMIT' notation for scene 69 is standard. There are no formatting errors that would impede a reader.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear, functional structure: setup (the tour), development (the specific house and the euphemisms), and a pivot (Mark's request for a mortgage broker). It's a classic 'reconnaissance' scene. However, the structure is a straight line; there's no escalation, no turning point, no moment where the scene's meaning shifts. The scene is a single, sustained observation, and it doesn't have a clear 'beat' that changes the audience's understanding.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the contrast between the affluent lifestyle of the homeowners and the underlying financial distress indicated by the For Sale signs. This juxtaposition serves to highlight the irony of the housing market's situation, which is a central theme of the screenplay.
  • The dialogue from the real estate agent is somewhat clichéd and lacks depth. Phrases like 'itsy-bitsy little gully' and 'teensy-weensy bit motivated' come off as overly simplistic and could benefit from more nuanced language that reflects the gravity of the situation. This would enhance the realism and emotional weight of the scene.
  • Mark's character is portrayed as observant and contemplative, but his motivations and internal conflict could be more explicitly conveyed. Adding a moment of introspection or a line that reveals his thoughts about the market's state would deepen his character and make the audience more invested in his journey.
  • The use of music, while setting a dreamy tone, may not align with the underlying tension of the scene. A more somber or ironic musical choice could better reflect the contrast between the upbeat samba and the serious implications of the housing market's decline.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit slow, particularly in the dialogue exchanges. Tightening the dialogue and reducing repetitive phrases could maintain the audience's engagement and enhance the urgency of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Revise the real estate agent's dialogue to incorporate more sophisticated language that reflects the complexities of the housing market, avoiding clichés.
  • Include a moment where Mark reflects on the implications of the For Sale signs and the homeowners' situations, providing insight into his character and motivations.
  • Consider changing the music to something that contrasts with the visuals, perhaps a more somber or ironic piece that underscores the tension of the housing crisis.
  • Tighten the dialogue to eliminate redundancy and maintain a brisker pace, ensuring that each line adds value to the scene.
  • Add visual elements that emphasize the contrast between the opulence of the homes and the signs of financial distress, such as close-ups of the For Sale signs juxtaposed with the luxurious features of the houses.



Scene 24 -  Lending Laughter: A Casual Chat on Risky Mortgages
70 INT. HOTEL BAR - SOUTH BEACH - DAY 70

BLACK
Bitch better like me, I sent her to
Cabo.

The bar's empty save Mark, Danny and Porter sitting with two
overly-groomed MORTGAGE BROKERS -- their ties match their
shirts: the hip one's in BLACK; his friend, MAROON.

The guy in Maroon has Porter's business card.

MAROON
Is Morgan Stanley recruiting us?

PORTER
The bank owns our hedge fund but
we're not really part of it. We
invest in financial service
companies.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 53A.

PORTER (CONT'D)
We're here trying to understand
the residential mortgage business.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 54.


The brokers just nod, glad to be part of the conversation.

MARK
How many loans do you write each
month?

BLACK
It's about 60.

Maroon nods. Me, too. Almost.

MARK
What was it four years ago?

BLACK
Ten. Maybe 15.

MAROON
I was a bartender.

DANNY
How many are adjustable rate
mortgages?

BLACK
Most. Ninety percent. The bonuses
on those sky rocketed a few years
ago. Adjustable is our bread and
honey.

MARK
These are people buying a primary
residence?

BLACK
No, they're all cash-out refi's, or
property to flip. A shitload of
condos. A few primaries.

DANNY
Do mortgage applicants ever get
turned down?

They laugh.

BLACK
Dude, if they get rejected I suck
at my job.

DANNY
Even if they have no money?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 55.


MAROON
Well, my firm offers NINJA loans.
No Income. No Job. I just leave the
income section blank if I want,
corporate doesn't care. And the
people just want a house. So they
go with the flow.

BLACK
We call those loans “Dorothys”
cause they’re magic. No credit, no
income, no problem: just tap your
shoes together three times and say
“There’s nothing like owning a
home.”

MARK
Your companies don't verify?

BLACK
If I write a loan on Friday
afternoon, the big banks buy it by
Monday lunch.

MAROON
Same here.

MARK
Can you two hold on a second?
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a South Beach hotel bar, Mark, Danny, and Porter engage with mortgage brokers Black and Maroon about the current mortgage industry. They discuss the rise of adjustable-rate mortgages and risky lending practices, including NINJA loans, revealing the brokers' confidence in securing loans without proper verification. The conversation is casual and humorous, highlighting the ethical implications of their practices while contrasting the upscale setting with the serious nature of their discussion.
Strengths
  • Vivid, original dialogue ('Dorothys')
  • Efficient exposition of mortgage fraud
  • Clear character dynamics
  • Darkly comic tone that fits the genre
Weaknesses
  • Lack of dramatic friction—brokers confess too easily
  • No character movement or change
  • Philosophical conflict is stated, not dramatized

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to confirm the fraud thesis with colorful, darkly comic evidence, and it does that well—the 'Dorothys' line is a standout. What limits it is the lack of dramatic friction: the brokers confess too easily, so the scene feels like a checklist rather than a confrontation. Adding a beat of resistance or a philosophical clash would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—exposing the rot in the mortgage industry through a casual bar conversation with two brokers—is strong and on-genre. The 'Dorothys' line and the NINJA loan explanation land the absurdity of the system with dark humor. The concept is working; it's a classic 'show the lie' beat that the film needs.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by confirming Mark's suspicions and giving the team concrete evidence of fraud (NINJA loans, 90% ARMs, no verification). It's a functional information-gathering beat. However, it's a static Q&A with no real obstacle or turn—the brokers are happy to confess, so there's no dramatic friction.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in the specific, colorful details: 'Dorothys,' 'bread and honey,' the casual admission of fraud. It's a fresh way to dramatize a well-known historical fact. The 'tap your shoes together' line is a memorable, original metaphor.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The brokers are vividly drawn—Black is the slick, boastful type; Maroon is the slightly more naive sidekick. Mark is the sharp interrogator, Danny the earnest questioner. The dynamic is clear and entertaining. The characters are distinct and serve the scene's purpose well.

Character Changes: 5

This is a confirmation scene, not a change scene. Mark's suspicion is validated, but he doesn't change—he's already committed to the short. The brokers don't change either; they're static exhibits. For the genre, this is acceptable, but there's no movement, which is why it scores mid-range.

Internal Goal: 4

The scene doesn't engage with Mark's internal goal—his moral outrage or personal history. It's purely external investigation. Given the genre and the scene's function, this is acceptable, but it's a missed opportunity to deepen the character.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Mark and his team are gathering evidence of mortgage fraud. The scene efficiently achieves this goal, with each question eliciting damning answers. The goal is well-served.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear investigative goal: Mark and his team are probing the mortgage brokers for evidence of lax lending. The conflict is mostly informational—the brokers are cooperative, even boastful, so there's no real resistance. The tension comes from the audience's knowledge that this is a disaster in the making, but the scene doesn't dramatize that. The brokers' casual admissions ('If I write a loan on Friday afternoon, the big banks buy it by Monday lunch') are damning, but the scene lacks a push-pull. Mark's final 'Can you two hold on a second?' is a beat of control, but it's not a confrontation.

Opposition: 4

The brokers are not opposing Mark's investigation; they are eager participants. They answer every question openly, even proudly. The only hint of opposition is their initial confusion about why Morgan Stanley is talking to them ('Is Morgan Stanley recruiting us?'), but that's quickly resolved. There's no character working against Mark's goal, so the scene lacks dramatic friction. The opposition is essentially the system itself—the brokers' casual corruption—but it's not personified in a way that creates a back-and-forth.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implicit: Mark is gathering evidence to justify a massive short bet, and the brokers' admissions confirm the housing bubble. But the scene doesn't make the stakes personal or immediate. We don't feel what Mark stands to lose or gain in this moment. The dialogue is all about the brokers' practices, not about the consequences. The line 'If I write a loan on Friday afternoon, the big banks buy it by Monday lunch' hints at systemic risk, but the scene doesn't connect it to Mark's mission or the potential fallout for the brokers' clients.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by giving Mark and his team the empirical evidence they need to justify their short. It confirms the thesis and sets up the next step (meeting the brokers' contacts). It's functional but not a major turning point—it's a confirmation beat.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: the brokers are corrupt, they admit it, and Mark gets what he needs. The 'Dorothys' line is a fun surprise, but the overall trajectory is expected. The scene's job is to confirm what the audience already suspects, so unpredictability isn't the main goal. However, a small twist—like a broker revealing a personal stake in the fraud—could add a jolt.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the brokers' casual amorality versus Mark's implicit moral outrage. The 'Dorothys' line embodies the absurdity of a system that rewards fraud. However, the conflict isn't dramatized—it's just stated. The brokers are unconflicted, so there's no real clash.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. The brokers' bravado is amusing, but there's no emotional weight to the revelations. The audience knows this is a disaster, but the characters don't react with any sense of alarm or moral outrage. Mark's final line is a control move, not an emotional beat. The scene could land harder if we felt the human cost behind the brokers' words—the families who will lose homes, the systemic fraud that will ruin lives.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. The brokers' slang ('bread and honey,' 'Dorothys,' 'tap your shoes together') is vivid and memorable. The exchange about NINJA loans is both funny and damning. The dialogue serves the scene's expository purpose while revealing character. The only weakness is that the dialogue is a bit one-note—everyone is on the same page, and there's no variation in tone or intent.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in a low-key way—the dialogue is interesting, and the revelations are damning. But there's no dramatic tension to keep the reader hooked. The scene is a series of Q&A exchanges with no rising action. The reader is interested in the information but not emotionally invested in the outcome. The final line 'Can you two hold on a second?' is a mild hook, but it's not a strong turn.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but a bit flat. The scene moves through questions and answers at a uniform rhythm. There's no acceleration or deceleration. The dialogue is efficient, but the scene could benefit from a few beats of silence or a moment where the pace quickens as the revelations become more damning. The final line is a pause, not a climax.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are concise. The use of 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' is correct. There are no formatting issues that distract from the read.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: introduction, Q&A, and a closing beat. It's functional but not dynamic. The questions escalate logically from volume to type to verification, which is good. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or a moment where the information crystallizes into a decision. The final line is a pause, not a pivot.


Critique
  • The dialogue effectively captures the casual yet alarming tone of the mortgage brokers, showcasing their flippant attitude towards risky lending practices. However, the humor can come off as too light-hearted given the serious implications of their actions, which may undermine the gravity of the situation.
  • The characters of Black and Maroon are somewhat one-dimensional, primarily serving as mouthpieces for exposition rather than fully fleshed-out individuals. Adding more depth to their personalities or motivations could enhance the scene's impact.
  • The scene lacks a strong emotional anchor. While the dialogue is informative, it would benefit from moments that reveal how Mark, Danny, and Porter feel about the brokers' cavalier attitudes. This could create a more engaging contrast between the brokers' nonchalance and the protagonists' growing concern.
  • The pacing of the scene feels uneven. The initial banter is engaging, but as the conversation progresses, it becomes more expository. Balancing the humor with tension could maintain the audience's interest and heighten the stakes.
  • The setting of the hotel bar is underutilized. While it establishes a casual atmosphere, it could be leveraged further to reflect the characters' emotional states or the absurdity of the situation. For example, incorporating visual elements like the bar's decor or the ambiance could enhance the scene's mood.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark visibly reacts to the brokers' comments, showcasing his internal conflict and concern about the implications of their practices. This could help ground the scene emotionally.
  • Introduce a brief backstory or personal anecdote from either Black or Maroon that illustrates their motivations for working in such a risky industry. This could add depth and complexity to their characters.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements that reflect the tension of the scene, such as the contrast between the luxurious bar setting and the grim realities of the mortgage crisis being discussed.
  • Revise the dialogue to include more moments of tension or disagreement between the brokers and Mark, which could create a more dynamic exchange and highlight the stakes involved.
  • Consider ending the scene with a stronger hook or cliffhanger that leaves the audience wanting to know more about the consequences of the brokers' actions, perhaps by hinting at the impending financial crisis.



Scene 25 -  Exposing Exploitation
71 INT. HOTEL LOBBY - SECONDS LATER 71

Eyeing the brokers, Mark whispers with Porter and Danny.

MARK
I don't get it. Why are they
confessing?

DANNY
That's not confessing.

PORTER
They're bragging.


72 INT. HOTEL BAR - DAY 72

Mark takes an ottoman right in front of the brokers.

MARK
Do customers ever know what they're
buying?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 56.


MAROON
I focus my business on immigrants.
Once you tell them they’re getting
a home they sign where you tell
them to sign, don't ask questions,
don't really understand the rates.

Mark starts to say something, then turns to Black.

MARK
You target immigrants, too?

MAROON
Ha! Their credit isn't bad enough
for him!

BLACK
I'm a yield guy. I make 2,000 on
fixed-rate prime loans. I can make
10,000 on a subprime adjustable.
Trust me, I would not be driving a
Hummer without Strippers. Nobody on
the pole has good credit. And
they're all cash rich.

Porter and Danny watch Mark consider punching this punk. The
last thing they expect is...

MARK
Can you introduce us?


73 INT. ALCOVE - VIP ROOM - STRIP CLUB - NIGHT 73

MUSIC: A sexy pop song like SEXYBACK by JUSTIN TIMBERLAKE

DANCER
I always get option-pay
adjustables. I'm a private
contractor. I need flexibility.

A DANCER does rote gyrations. Mark’s indifferent to the lap
dance, unashamed, occupied by his agenda.

MARK
You tell the mortgage company what
you do?

DANCER
I write therapist.
(and then)
You can touch me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 57.


MARK
Always?

DANCER
Only in the VIP.

MARK
No, you said you always do
adjustables. You have more than one
loan on a property?

DANCER
Everybody does. At least down here.
That way you only put down like 5
percent.

MARK
But prices have leveled off.

DANCER
Yeah, there's a gully.

MARK
Can you stop moving? I'll still pay
you.

She peeks out of the alcove, sees a BURLY MAN WITH A HARD
FACE and keeps dancing.

DANCER
Sorry, (mouthing it) we're not
alone.

MARK
Okay, look, if home prices don't
rise you won't be able to
refinance. You'll be stuck with
whatever your monthly payment jumps
to after the teaser rate expires.
Plus any payments you missed. Plus
interest on those payments! Your
monthly could go up 200 or 300
percent!

DANCER
Jamie says I can always refinance.

MARK
He's lying. Actually, in this
particular case, Jamie's probably
just wrong.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 57A.


DANCER
Two hundred percent? On all my
loans?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 58.


MARK
What do you mean all my loans?
We're talking about two loans on
one house, right?

She stops and gives him a look.

DANCER
I have five houses. And a condo.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense hotel lobby and bar, Mark confronts brokers Maroon and Black about their unethical financial practices, particularly targeting immigrants and profiting from subprime loans. He seeks to understand their tactics while expressing concern for a dancer at a strip club, who reveals her precarious financial situation with multiple loans and properties. Despite Mark's warnings about the risks of refinancing, the dancer remains skeptical, highlighting the unresolved conflict of the scene.
Strengths
  • Sharp, revealing dialogue
  • Darkly comic irony
  • Clear character movement for Mark
  • Thematic resonance
Weaknesses
  • Dancer's interiority is thin
  • Transition from bar to strip club is abrupt

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the predatory lending crisis through character and dialogue, and it lands with dark humor and moral clarity. The one thing limiting the overall score is the slight under-exploration of the dancer's interiority, which could deepen the scene's emotional impact.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: it uses a strip club and a dancer's casual financial ignorance to expose the predatory mechanics of subprime lending. The irony of a dancer who 'writes therapist' and owns five houses and a condo is darkly comic and thematically potent. The concept is working well.

Plot: 7

The scene advances the plot by having Mark confirm the systemic fraud through direct testimony from brokers and a borrower. The beat 'Can you introduce us?' moves Mark from observer to active investigator, setting up the strip club encounter. The plot is functional and efficient.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its setting and approach: using a strip club dancer as a symbol of the housing bubble's victims is fresh and memorable. The dialogue is sharp and unexpected, especially the dancer's 'I write therapist' and the reveal of five houses. This is a standout scene in terms of originality.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is consistent and compelling: his moral outrage is channeled into investigative action. The brokers are vivid and repulsive, and the dancer is a tragic figure. The dialogue is sharp and reveals character through action and speech. The scene is character-driven and effective.

Character Changes: 7

Mark's character movement is subtle but present: he moves from passive observer to active investigator, deciding to get introduced to the brokers' contacts. The dancer's character shifts from oblivious to momentarily alarmed ('Two hundred percent? On all my loans?'), showing a crack in her confidence. This is appropriate movement for the genre.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is implicit: he seeks to confirm the moral rot of the system to justify his short. The scene doesn't explicitly articulate this, but it's present in his relentless questioning. The dancer's internal goal is survival, which is clear. The internal goals are functional but not deeply explored.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is clear: to gather evidence of predatory lending and get an introduction to the brokers' contacts. The scene achieves this goal, and the dancer's revelation of five houses is a concrete data point. The external goal is well-defined and drives the scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is strong and layered. Mark's interrogation of the brokers and the dancer creates direct, escalating tension. The brokers' bragging about exploiting immigrants and the dancer's casual acceptance of predatory loans provide a clear antagonist force (the system) that Mark pushes against. The conflict is intellectual and moral, not physical, but it's compelling because Mark's questions are pointed and the answers reveal a disturbing reality. The beat where Mark asks 'Can you introduce us?' is a great turn—it subverts the expected confrontation and deepens the conflict by making Mark complicit in the system he's investigating.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is well-defined. The brokers and the dancer are not villains in a traditional sense; they are cogs in a system that Mark is trying to understand. Their casual, unapologetic attitudes ('I write therapist', 'Jamie says I can always refinance') provide a strong, almost passive-aggressive resistance to Mark's probing. The dancer's physical resistance (continuing to dance despite Mark's request) is a nice touch of non-verbal opposition. The opposition is not personal, but systemic, which fits the film's theme.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implicit and thematic rather than immediate. The scene is about Mark gathering evidence for his short, so the stakes are the success of his investigation and, by extension, the impending financial crisis. The dancer's revelation that she has 'five houses and a condo' raises the stakes by showing the scale of the problem, but the scene doesn't make the personal stakes for Mark or the dancer feel urgent. The scene is more about revelation than consequence.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by deepening Mark's understanding of the fraud and escalating his commitment to short the market. The beat 'Can you introduce us?' is a clear forward action. The scene also reinforces the theme of predatory lending, which is central to the narrative.

Unpredictability: 8

The scene is highly unpredictable. The turn from Mark's anger ('Porter and Danny watch Mark consider punching this punk') to his request for an introduction is a brilliant subversion of expectations. The dancer's dialogue is also full of surprises: 'I write therapist', 'Jamie says I can always refinance', and the final reveal of 'five houses and a condo'. Each line from the dancer escalates the absurdity and horror in a way that is both unexpected and inevitable.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict between predatory capitalism and individual responsibility. The brokers' bragging about exploiting immigrants and the dancer's ignorance embody the systemic rot. Mark's moral outrage is the counterpoint. The conflict is present and effective, though not deeply argued.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has a strong intellectual and moral impact, but the emotional impact is muted. Mark's anger is present but controlled. The dancer's situation is tragic, but she is presented as a willing participant, which complicates the audience's emotional response. The scene is more likely to provoke a sense of unease or disgust than deep empathy. The emotional impact is in the revelation of the system's absurdity and cruelty, not in a character's personal journey.

Dialogue: 9

The dialogue is exceptional. It is sharp, naturalistic, and reveals character and theme simultaneously. The brokers' lines are perfectly in character: 'I'm a yield guy. I make 2,000 on fixed-rate prime loans. I can make 10,000 on a subprime adjustable.' The dancer's dialogue is a masterclass in subtext: 'I write therapist' and 'Jamie says I can always refinance' are both funny and horrifying. Mark's dialogue is precise and probing, and his final question, 'Can you introduce us?' is a perfect turn.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging. The combination of sharp dialogue, unpredictable turns, and a disturbing subject matter keeps the reader invested. The scene moves quickly from the hotel lobby to the bar to the strip club, each location adding a new layer to the investigation. The final reveal of the dancer's five houses is a powerful hook that makes the reader want to see what Mark does next.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is excellent. The scene moves briskly, with each beat building on the last. The transition from the hotel lobby to the bar is quick, and the strip club scene is a natural escalation. The dialogue is tight, with no wasted words. The scene's length is appropriate for its content, and it never feels rushed or dragged out.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of parentheticals is minimal and effective. The scene numbers and page numbers are present. There is a minor formatting issue with the page break in the middle of the dancer's dialogue, but this is likely a script revision artifact.

Structure: 8

The scene is well-structured. It follows a clear arc: Mark's confusion in the lobby, his confrontation in the bar, and his investigation in the strip club. Each section builds on the last, and the scene ends on a strong, revealing beat. The structure is simple but effective, allowing the dialogue and character to shine.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the absurdity and moral ambiguity of the mortgage industry through the dialogue between Mark and the brokers. However, the transition from the hotel lobby to the strip club feels abrupt and could benefit from a smoother narrative flow to maintain the audience's engagement.
  • Mark's character is well-established as someone who is both incredulous and determined to uncover the truth about the mortgage practices. However, his sudden willingness to engage with the brokers and later the dancer could use more internal conflict or hesitation to make his motivations clearer.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities, but some lines, particularly from the brokers, come off as overly exaggerated. This could detract from the realism of the scene. Balancing humor with the serious implications of their actions would enhance the impact.
  • The dancer's dialogue introduces an interesting perspective on the mortgage crisis, but her character feels underdeveloped. Providing her with a more distinct personality or backstory could deepen the audience's connection to her plight and the broader themes of the story.
  • The pacing of the scene shifts dramatically between the hotel bar and the strip club, which may confuse the audience. A clearer thematic or narrative link between these two settings would help unify the scene and reinforce its purpose within the larger story.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief transition or a line of dialogue that connects Mark's decision to approach the brokers with his subsequent actions in the strip club, enhancing the narrative flow.
  • Introduce more internal conflict for Mark as he navigates these morally ambiguous situations, perhaps through a moment of reflection or hesitation before he engages with the brokers and the dancer.
  • Revise some of the brokers' dialogue to strike a balance between humor and realism, ensuring that their exaggerated claims do not undermine the serious nature of the mortgage crisis.
  • Develop the dancer's character further by giving her a unique perspective or backstory that highlights the impact of the mortgage crisis on her life, making her more relatable to the audience.
  • Ensure that the pacing between the hotel bar and the strip club is consistent, possibly by incorporating a brief moment of reflection or commentary from Mark that ties the two locations together thematically.



Scene 26 -  Navigating Financial Turbulence
74 INT. TICKETING AREA - MIAMI AIRPORT - DAY 74

Full of purpose, Mark strides ahead of Porter and Danny.

MARK
Get the mortgage exposure and
leverage ratio of every bulge
bracket i-bank--
(into his phone)
--Hey, there's a bubble.

VINNY (O.S.)
How do you know?

MARK
Trust me. Call Vennett. Buy 50
million in swaps on the MBS...

Danny holds out the offering doc.

MARK (CONT'D)
...Garabaldi IV. Triple B.

VINNY (O.S.)
You sure, Mark?

MARK
Yeah. It's time to call bullshit.

VINNY (O.S.)
Bullshit on what?

MARK
Everything.


75 INT. GYM - DAY 75

Jared Vennett is running on a treadmill when the phone rings.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 59.


JARED
(on his cell)
Is this America's angriest hedge
fund?

VINNY (O.S.)
How are you, JARED?

Jared steps off the treadmill to take the call.

JARED
Starting to believe my own hype.

VINNY (O.S.)
I've got one last question.


76 INT. TRADING DESK - FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 76

Vinny on the phone.

VINNY
How are you fucking us?

Jared cackles.

VINNY (CONT'D)
I'm serious. We'll buy your swaps.
But only if you say how you're
fucking us.

JARED (O.S.)
Hold on.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in Miami Airport, Mark confidently directs his colleagues, Porter and Danny, to gather financial data, convinced a bubble is forming in the market. He makes a critical call to Vinny, discussing a $50 million investment in low-rated mortgage-backed securities, Garabaldi IV. Meanwhile, at the gym, Jared Vennett humorously reflects on his rising status in the hedge fund world during a call with Vinny, who seeks clarity on their financial strategies. The scene highlights the urgent and uncertain atmosphere surrounding their investment decisions, leaving the audience in suspense about the potential risks.
Strengths
  • Clear external goal
  • Efficient cross-cut
  • Memorable dialogue hook
  • Character voices distinct
Weaknesses
  • Lacks character depth
  • Philosophical conflict underdeveloped
  • Transition scene with little internal stakes

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

This scene's primary job is to convert Mark's conviction into a concrete action and set up the next negotiation, and it does that efficiently and with a memorable hook ('How are you fucking us?'). The main limitation is that it's a transition beat—it doesn't offer much character depth or philosophical texture, but it's not trying to; it's a functional, well-paced bridge.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a sharp, propulsive pivot: Mark's conviction crystallizes into a concrete, aggressive bet ('Buy 50 million in swaps on the MBS... Garabaldi IV. Triple B.'), and the cross-cut to Jared's gym introduces the adversarial yet playful dynamic of the trade. The 'call bullshit' motif lands as a thematic hook. What costs: the concept is a bit thin—it's a transition beat, not a full scene, so the idea of 'calling bullshit on everything' is stated but not yet dramatized with texture.

Plot: 7

The plot advances decisively: Mark commits to a specific trade (Garabaldi IV), and the cross-cut to Jared sets up the negotiation that will follow. The 'How are you fucking us?' line is a strong plot hook, creating immediate tension and a promise of revelation. The scene is efficient, but it's a bridge—it doesn't contain a full plot turn, just a setup for the next beat.

Originality: 6

The scene is functional but not particularly original in its structure—a decisive protagonist issuing orders, a cross-cut to a counterpart. The 'call bullshit' line is a fresh, memorable phrase, and the gym setting for Jared is a nice touch, but the overall beat is familiar in the financial thriller genre.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is characterized as decisive, aggressive, and morally charged ('It's time to call bullshit'). Vinny is the cautious foil, asking 'You sure, Mark?' and later the direct 'How are you fucking us?'—showing his pragmatism and suspicion. Jared is introduced as self-aware and cocky ('Starting to believe my own hype'). The characters are distinct and serve their functions well, though the scene is too brief for deep development.

Character Changes: 5

There's no significant character change in this scene—Mark is already convinced, Vinny is already cautious, Jared is already cocky. The scene functions as a confirmation of established traits rather than a moment of growth or new pressure. For a transition scene, this is acceptable, but it doesn't add depth.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal—to expose the fraud and 'call bullshit'—is stated but not deeply explored. The scene is action-oriented, so the internal dimension is light, which is appropriate for the genre. It's present but not a focus.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is crystal clear: Mark wants to buy $50 million in swaps on Garabaldi IV, and he's directing his team to gather data and make the call. The goal is concrete, measurable, and drives the scene's action. The cross-cut to Jared sets up the negotiation, making the goal's pursuit tangible.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear directive from Mark to buy swaps, but the conflict is mostly internal and verbal. Vinny's pushback ('You sure, Mark?') and his pointed question ('How are you fucking us?') create a mild adversarial dynamic, but it's not escalated. The conflict is more about Mark's certainty versus Vinny's skepticism, which is functional but not deeply felt. The scene lacks a tangible obstacle or a moment where the conflict turns.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is present but underdeveloped. Vinny's questions and Jared's cackle provide some resistance, but there's no strong opposing force. The scene sets up a deal, but the other side (Jared) is almost cooperative, and the real opposition—the market or the banks—is off-screen. The line 'How are you fucking us?' is the strongest opposition, but it's quickly deflected by Jared's humor.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied—$50 million in swaps, the bubble, the potential collapse—but they're not made personal or immediate. Mark's 'It's time to call bullshit' is a rallying cry, but the audience doesn't feel the risk. The scene doesn't show what Mark stands to lose or gain beyond the abstract. The stakes are intellectual, not emotional.

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a clear story-forward engine: it converts Mark's suspicion into a concrete action (the $50M swap order) and sets up the next scene's negotiation with Jared. The cross-cut to Jared's gym and the 'How are you fucking us?' question create immediate forward momentum and a promise of conflict. It's a strong, efficient beat.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: Mark decides to buy swaps, Vinny questions, Jared takes the call. The only twist is Vinny's blunt 'How are you fucking us?' which is a nice surprise but doesn't change the outcome. The scene follows a familiar pattern of setup and confirmation.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict—Mark's belief that the system is fraudulent ('call bullshit on everything') versus the market's apparent confidence. But it's stated rather than dramatized. The 'How are you fucking us?' line hints at a deeper distrust of the banks, but the scene doesn't explore the tension between moral outrage and financial opportunism.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. Mark's determination is clear, but there's no emotional weight to his decision. Vinny's concern is surface-level, and Jared's humor is detached. The scene is more about information than feeling, which is a missed opportunity given the high stakes.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Mark's 'It's time to call bullshit' and Vinny's 'How are you fucking us?' are memorable lines that capture the film's tone. The banter is efficient and moves the scene forward. The dialogue is a strength, though it could be even more layered.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in its briskness and wit, but it doesn't fully draw the reader in. The financial jargon might alienate some, and the lack of emotional stakes reduces investment. The phone call structure is a bit fragmented, which can be disorienting.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient, matching the urgency of Mark's decision. The cuts between locations (airport, gym, office) keep the scene moving. The dialogue is quick, and the scene doesn't overstay its welcome. The pacing is a strength, though it could be even tighter.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and the use of O.S. is correct. The scene numbers and page numbers are consistent. There are no formatting issues that hinder readability.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: Mark gives orders, Vinny questions, Jared takes the call, and Vinny asks the key question. However, the structure is a bit disjointed—the cuts between locations feel like separate beats rather than a cohesive whole. The scene lacks a clear turning point or escalation.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and tension of the financial crisis, showcasing Mark's assertive leadership style as he directs his colleagues. However, the transition between locations (from the airport to the gym and then to the trading desk) feels abrupt and could benefit from smoother transitions to maintain narrative flow.
  • Mark's dialogue is strong and conveys his confidence, but it could be enhanced by adding more emotional depth or internal conflict. As he calls for significant financial moves, exploring his motivations or fears could create a more relatable character.
  • The use of off-screen dialogue (VINNY and JARED) is effective in creating a sense of distance and urgency, but it may lead to confusion for viewers unfamiliar with the characters. Providing brief context or visual cues could help clarify who is speaking and their relationship to Mark.
  • The humor in Jared's line about being 'America's angriest hedge fund' adds a light touch to an otherwise tense scene, but it may feel out of place given the gravity of the situation. Balancing humor with the seriousness of the financial crisis is crucial to maintain the scene's tone.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with Vinny's question about how they are being 'fucked,' which is engaging but could benefit from a stronger lead-in to the next scene. Ensuring that the stakes are clear will help maintain viewer interest.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Mark before he makes the call to buy swaps, allowing the audience to see his internal struggle or confidence in his decision.
  • Enhance the transitions between locations by incorporating visual elements or dialogue that connect the scenes more fluidly, ensuring the audience can follow the narrative without confusion.
  • Clarify the relationships between characters through visual cues or brief dialogue tags, especially for off-screen characters, to help the audience understand the dynamics at play.
  • Maintain the humor but ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene. Perhaps have Jared's humor serve as a coping mechanism in the face of the impending crisis, adding depth to his character.
  • Strengthen the cliffhanger by emphasizing the stakes involved in the financial decisions being made, perhaps by showing the immediate consequences of Mark's actions or the reactions of his colleagues.



Scene 27 -  Negotiations and Paranoia
77 INT. GYM - DAY 77

Jared steps away from a few guys working out.

JARED
Swaps are a dark market. That means
I set the price. Whatever price I
want. When you come back for your
pay day I’ll rip your eyes out and
make a fortune. The good news for
you is you’ll make so much you
won’t care. Plus your boss has a
big mouth and I need people to know
about this trade so my superiors
don’t think it’s an esoteric waste
of time and I can keep selling it.

Static.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 59A.


VINNY (O.S.)
Thank you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 60.


JARED
Anytime.
(then)
What's it gonna be? You want me to
make you a market?

VINNY (O.S.)
Yeah. We'll take 50 million--

He disconnects, punches air. His casual pose evaporates.


78 OMIT 78


A79 EXT. WIDE SHOT OF BOULDER COLORADO - DAY A79

Can be stock footage showing mountains and the town of
Boulder. We hear a phone ringing.


B79 INT. BEN RICKERT’S HOME OFFICE - BOULDER COLORADO - DAY B79

APRIL 2006

2 years 4 months until the collapse

CU on a cell phone ringing on a desk. A hand fumbles for it
and answers.

BEN
Hello?

It’s Ben Rickert. His office has three computer screens
showing the Japanese markets, the Dow, Nasdaq, weather
satellite images and tidal charts.

JAMIE (V.O.)
Hey Ben. It’s Jamie-

BEN
I told you not to call this number.

He hangs up. After a beat a satellite phone rings. Ben
answers.

BEN (CONT’D)
Hey.

JAMIE (V.O.)
I hate when you do that. No one’s
listening to your calls Ben. You’re
a retired trader.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 60A.


BEN
Really? So the NSA has a 52 billion
dollar budget and the ability to
monitor 10’s of millions of calls a
second but they’re not using it?

JAMIE
Okay fine. We’ll call this number
and I’ll stop saying “Ben Rickert”
and “dirty bomb” in the same
conversation.

BEN
Seriously don’t do that. That’s not
funny.

CHARLIE (V.O.)
Did you read what we sent you?!
It’s Charlie! I’m here too!

BEN
Hey guys. Yeah, I checked out what
you sent me... Hold on...

Ben picks up a bootleg copy of Jared’s PRESENTATION.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a gym, Jared confidently discusses his control over the dark market of swaps with Vinny, hinting at a potential 50 million deal. The scene transitions to Ben Rickert's home office in Boulder, where he expresses skepticism about the security of his communications during a call with Jamie and Charlie. The tension between Jared's assertive market manipulation and Ben's concerns about privacy highlights the conflicting dynamics of the trading world.
Strengths
  • Sharp, characterful dialogue for Jared
  • Efficient plot advancement
  • Contrasting comedic beat with Ben's paranoia
  • Clear external goals
Weaknesses
  • Minimal character change
  • Light philosophical depth
  • Connective scene with modest stakes

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to confirm the trade and bring Ben into the fold, and it does so with sharp, characterful dialogue and efficient plotting. The main limitation is that it's a connective scene with modest dramatic stakes, so it doesn't land as a standout moment, but it's solidly functional and entertaining.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—Jared's cynical, predatory monologue about the 'dark market' of swaps—is sharp and thematically on-point. It efficiently establishes the mechanics of the trade (Jared sets the price, Vinny takes 50 million) while revealing Jared's self-serving motives. The cut to Ben's paranoid home office adds a contrasting, comedic layer that deepens the world. The concept is working well; it's a compact, character-driven beat that advances the plot.

Plot: 7

The plot advances cleanly: Vinny commits to 50 million in swaps, and Ben is looped in via the bootleg presentation. The scene serves as a bridge, confirming the trade and setting up Ben's involvement. It's functional and efficient, though the plot movement is modest—mostly a confirmation of an already-established direction.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its specific details—Jared's gym setting, the 'rip your eyes out' line, Ben's NSA paranoia—which feel fresh and character-specific. The structure (phone call, then a contrasting location) is familiar but executed with enough wit to feel distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Jared is vividly drawn—predatory, self-aware, and cynical, with a memorable voice ('I’ll rip your eyes out and make a fortune'). Ben is equally distinct: paranoid, terse, and comically serious. Vinny and Jamie/Charlie are functional but less developed here. The character work is strong, especially in the dialogue.

Character Changes: 6

There's minimal character change in this scene—Jared remains predatory, Ben remains paranoid. However, the scene does create a status shift: Jared's 'casual pose evaporates' after the deal, showing his investment. Ben's involvement is a step forward for the Brownfield plot. For a connective scene, this is acceptable, but it doesn't offer much internal movement.

Internal Goal: 5

Internal goals are lightly present: Jared wants to prove the trade isn't 'an esoteric waste of time' to his superiors, and Ben wants to avoid surveillance. These are functional but not deeply explored. The scene is more plot-driven than character-driven.

External Goal: 8

The external goals are clear: Jared wants to sell the swaps, Vinny wants to buy 50 million, and Ben is being recruited to help. The scene achieves these goals efficiently, with the deal confirmed and Ben's involvement initiated. This is the scene's primary function, and it works well.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a clear transactional conflict: Jared wants to sell swaps, Vinny wants to buy them. The tension is in the negotiation—Jared's aggressive 'rip your eyes out' posturing versus Vinny's cool 'We'll take 50 million.' The conflict is functional but not deeply personal; it's a business deal with a power dynamic. The Ben Rickert phone call adds a different kind of conflict—paranoia versus practicality—but it's more comedic than dramatic.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is mostly one-sided: Jared holds all the cards and Vinny is a buyer. There's no real pushback from Vinny—he accepts Jared's terms without negotiation. The Ben Rickert subplot has opposition in the form of Ben's paranoia, but it's played for humor rather than genuine obstacle. The scene lacks a true adversarial dynamic; it's more of a transaction with a power imbalance.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are clear: $50 million is on the line, and Jared mentions his superiors' perception of the trade. The scene establishes that this is a significant financial commitment. However, the stakes feel abstract—there's no personal cost or emotional weight attached to the deal. The Ben Rickert subplot has lower stakes (a phone call), but it's played for character color rather than dramatic tension.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the 50 million swap deal and introducing Ben's involvement, which is crucial for the Brownfield storyline. It also reinforces the timeline (April 2006, 2 years 4 months until collapse). The movement is steady but not dramatic; it's a connective tissue scene.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: Jared makes a sales pitch, Vinny agrees, and the deal is done. The Ben Rickert phone call adds a bit of unpredictability with his paranoid behavior, but it's a comedic beat rather than a plot twist. The scene doesn't subvert expectations or introduce a surprising turn.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

There's a philosophical undercurrent: Jared's predatory view of the market ('I’ll rip your eyes out') contrasts with Ben's paranoid withdrawal from the system. The scene touches on the amorality of the trade, but it's not deeply explored—it's more of a flavor than a central conflict.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. The deal is transactional, and the characters' emotions are surface-level: Jared's bravado, Vinny's coolness, Ben's paranoia. There's no emotional arc or moment of vulnerability. The scene is more about plot advancement than emotional resonance.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Jared's 'rip your eyes out' line is vivid and memorable, capturing his aggressive salesmanship. Ben's paranoid dialogue is funny and distinctive, with lines like 'the NSA has a 52 billion dollar budget' showing his worldview. The dialogue serves the characters well and moves the scene forward efficiently.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging enough to keep the reader interested, but it lacks a strong hook. The deal is made quickly, and the Ben Rickert subplot provides some comic relief. The scene doesn't create a strong desire to see what happens next, though it does set up future developments.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The gym scene moves quickly from Jared's pitch to Vinny's agreement, and the transition to Ben's office is smooth. The scene doesn't linger on unnecessary details, keeping the reader moving forward. The comedic beat with Ben provides a nice change of pace.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly formatted, and the use of 'O.S.' and 'V.O.' is correct. The 'OMIT' and 'A79'/'B79' numbering are standard. The scene is easy to read and follow.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: Jared's pitch, Vinny's agreement, then a cut to Ben's office. The transition between locations is functional but not seamless. The scene serves its purpose of advancing the plot, but it doesn't have a strong dramatic arc or a clear turning point.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and high stakes of the financial world, particularly through Jared's confident and somewhat menacing dialogue. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while Jared's words are bold, they could also hint at his own insecurities or the precariousness of the market, adding depth to his character.
  • The transition from the gym to Ben's home office feels abrupt. While it serves to juxtapose the physicality of the gym with the cerebral nature of trading, a smoother transition could enhance the flow. Consider adding a brief moment that connects the two settings, perhaps a visual or auditory cue that links Jared's aggressive tone to Ben's more cautious demeanor.
  • Jared's dialogue is strong but could be more varied in tone. While he is assertive, incorporating moments of vulnerability or doubt could make him more relatable and complex. This would also create a more dynamic interaction with Vinny, who is currently a passive listener in this exchange.
  • The scene lacks a clear emotional arc. While there is tension, it feels somewhat static. Introducing a moment of conflict or a decision point for Vinny could elevate the stakes and provide a more satisfying narrative progression. For instance, if Vinny hesitates or questions Jared's confidence, it could create a more engaging dynamic.
  • Ben's skepticism about the security of his communications is a strong character trait, but it could be more effectively integrated into the scene. Instead of a straightforward conversation, consider using visual cues or actions that reflect his paranoia, such as glancing around or checking his surroundings, to enhance the tension.
Suggestions
  • Add a visual or auditory transition between the gym and Ben's home office to create a smoother flow between the two settings.
  • Incorporate subtext into Jared's dialogue to reveal more about his character and the pressures he faces in the market.
  • Introduce a moment of conflict or hesitation for Vinny to create a more dynamic interaction with Jared, enhancing the emotional stakes of the scene.
  • Use visual cues or actions to reflect Ben's paranoia about his communications, adding depth to his character and the overall tension of the scene.
  • Consider varying the tone of Jared's dialogue to include moments of vulnerability or doubt, making him a more complex character.



Scene 28 -  The Perfect Scam: A Culinary Metaphor for CDOs
79 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - GREENWICH VILLAGE - DAY 79

A brick loft. Jamie and Charlie are gathered around a phone
on speaker. We cut back and forth.

JAMIE
And?

BEN (V.O)
I’ll be honest gentlemen... It
scared the shit out me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61.


CHARLIE
So this guy Vennett’s not wrong?

BEN (V.O.)
No... he’s not.

CHARLIE
Yes!

BEN (V.O)
Tell me more about these CDOs... I
feel like I opened the hood of a
car and instead of an engine saw a
monkey on a bike.

Ben holds up a report Jamie and Charlie did on CDOs.

JAMIE
Vennett mentions the CDOs but
they’re way worse than even he
knows. We couldn’t even model them.

CHARLIE
They don’t make any sense! And
they’re a hundred times larger than
the MBS!

BEN (V.O.)
And somehow they’re over 90% AAA
rated. The perfect scam.

FREEZE

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
I’ll be honest. I don’t love that
these losers are saying I missed
something but the truth is they’re
right. The CDOs were a hundred
times worse than even I imagined.
Let’s go back to Bourdain’s seafood
stew so we’re all on the same page.


A80 INT. KICHEN -- DAY A80

Bourdain stands over the pot of seafood stew.

BOURDAIN
Alright, remember how I said the
CDOs are seafood stew filled with
old fish stamped AAA? Well Jamie
and Charlie found out the CDOs were
even worse than that.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61A.

BOURDAIN (CONT'D)
Turns out they were filled with
shitty mortgages from different
bonds that didn’t even operate by
the same laws. And there were also
swaps and all kinds of other junk
just thrown in there. Millions and
millions of this garbage... So
instead of just old fish our
seafood stew also has... wolverine
meat in it...

He puts a weird gray meat in.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
Possum... skunk... Kimodo dragon
and then a whole lot of stuff the
no one even knows what it is.

Bourdain reaches into a box marked simply MEAT (?) and throws
a bunch in.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
And these CDOs were selling and
selling....

Wee pull out and see dozens of pots of stew all around the
kitchen.

BOURDAIN (CONT’D)
Nuts, right?
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a Greenwich Village loft, Jamie and Charlie discuss the alarming complexities of CDOs with Ben, who expresses his fear about their implications. They reveal that CDOs are more dangerous than initially perceived, with Ben calling them 'the perfect scam.' The scene shifts to Anthony Bourdain in a kitchen, where he uses a seafood stew metaphor to illustrate the chaotic mix of bad mortgages and financial instruments, emphasizing the absurdity of the situation. The tension builds as the characters grapple with the dire realities of the financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Vivid and original metaphor that makes complex finance accessible
  • Strong comedic voice in Ben's and Bourdain's lines
  • Escalates the stakes by revealing CDOs are worse than thought
  • The 'perfect scam' line crystallizes the theme
Weaknesses
  • Scene is mostly explanatory, with little character movement or decision
  • Vennett's voiceover feels like a recap that slows momentum
  • The metaphor, while funny, is a continuation of an earlier device and could feel repetitive

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to escalate the financial metaphor and confirm the scale of the CDO problem, which it does with wit and clarity. The main limitation is that it's an explanatory beat that doesn't push the characters to a new decision or reveal new dimensions of them, so it feels like a pause rather than a turning point. Lifting it would involve adding a character-driven reaction or a concrete next step.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a clever escalation of the financial metaphor: CDOs are not just old fish but a stew with wolverine, possum, skunk, Komodo dragon, and mystery meat. This visualizes the absurdity and hidden toxicity of the instruments. The 'monkey on a bike' line from Ben is a strong, memorable image. The concept works because it takes a complex financial idea and makes it visceral and comic, fitting the film's blend of education and satire.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by confirming that the CDOs are even worse than Vennett realized, which deepens the characters' understanding and sets up their next moves. However, the plot movement is mostly informational—it's a revelation, not a decision or action. The scene doesn't introduce a new obstacle or change the characters' immediate plan; it just escalates the stakes. This is functional for a mid-film explanatory beat, but it could be stronger if it pushed the characters toward a concrete next step.

Originality: 8

The scene is highly original in its use of the seafood stew metaphor, extending it to absurd lengths with wolverine, possum, skunk, and Komodo dragon. The 'monkey on a bike' line is fresh and memorable. The scene's originality lies in its ability to make a dry financial concept both funny and horrifying, which is a signature strength of the film. The only slight cost is that the metaphor, while inventive, is a continuation of a device used earlier, so it's not entirely new, but it's executed with enough flair to feel fresh.


Character Development

Characters: 6

The characters are functional but not deeply developed in this scene. Jamie and Charlie are the eager investigators, Ben is the skeptical outsider, and Bourdain is the explainer. Their voices are distinct—Jamie and Charlie are enthusiastic, Ben is dry and wry, Bourdain is deadpan—but the scene doesn't reveal anything new about them. They react to information rather than driving it. The scene is more about the concept than the characters, which is fine for this type of explanatory beat, but it could be stronger if it showed a character's specific perspective or emotional response.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. The characters confirm what they already suspected—that CDOs are worse than thought—but they don't change their behavior or beliefs. Ben's 'scared the shit out of me' is a slight escalation of his concern, but it's not a new pressure or revelation that changes his trajectory. The scene is more about information than character, which is acceptable for a mid-film explanatory beat, but it doesn't create meaningful movement. The genre (drama/thriller) could benefit from a stronger character beat here.

Internal Goal: 4

The scene does not engage with any character's internal goal. The characters are focused on understanding the financial instruments, not on any personal need or desire. This is appropriate for a scene that is primarily explanatory, but it means the scene lacks emotional depth. The genre (drama/thriller) could benefit from a hint of internal motivation, but it's not a critical failure for this type of beat.

External Goal: 6

The characters have a clear external goal: to understand the CDOs and confirm their suspicions. They achieve this goal by the end of the scene, as Ben confirms Vennett's assessment and the metaphor illustrates the scale of the problem. However, the goal is passive—they are gathering information, not taking action. The scene doesn't introduce a new external goal or obstacle, so it feels like a step in a larger process rather than a self-contained unit.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene is essentially a confirmation and exposition beat: Jamie and Charlie relay their findings to Ben, who validates them. There is no active opposition or pushback—Ben immediately agrees ('No... he's not'), and the only tension is the mild irony of Vennett's voiceover admitting the 'losers' are right. The scene lacks a character who resists the conclusion or challenges the information, which flattens the conflict into a one-way information dump.

Opposition: 3

There is no opposing force in this scene. Ben, Jamie, and Charlie are all on the same side, and the only 'opposition' is the abstract concept of the CDOs themselves. Vennett's voiceover is self-aware but not adversarial. The scene lacks a character who represents the market's bullishness or a skeptic who argues the other side, which would create dramatic friction.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implied but not dramatized. The characters are uncovering a massive fraud, but the scene doesn't articulate what's at risk for them personally or financially. Ben's line 'It scared the shit out of me' hints at fear, but the scene doesn't escalate the cost of being wrong or the potential reward of being right. The audience knows the stakes from the broader narrative, but within the scene, they feel abstract.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the scale of the CDO problem, which is a key piece of the puzzle for the characters. It also reinforces the theme that the market is fundamentally broken. However, the movement is primarily intellectual—the characters gain knowledge but don't make a new decision or face a new obstacle. The scene is a beat of escalation, not a turning point. For a film that relies on explanation, this is functional, but it could be stronger if it also advanced the characters' emotional or strategic stakes.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is predictable in its structure: characters confirm what the audience already suspects (that CDOs are worse than thought). The only surprise is the absurdity of the 'monkey on a bike' and 'wolverine meat' metaphors, which are memorable but not plot-twisting. The scene doesn't offer a new revelation that changes the characters' understanding or the audience's expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict: the idea that the financial system is built on fraud and absurdity, and that the characters are complicit in it. Ben's line 'The perfect scam' and the metaphor of the stew filled with mystery meat highlight the moral rot at the heart of the market. The scene doesn't resolve this conflict, but it deepens it, showing that the characters are uncovering a truth that is both horrifying and profitable. This is a strong thematic beat for the film.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is intellectually engaging but emotionally flat. The characters' reactions are muted—Ben is 'scared,' Charlie is excited ('Yes!'), but there's no deep emotional resonance. The scene doesn't tap into the moral weight of the discovery or the personal stakes for the characters. The Bourdain cutaway is entertaining but emotionally distancing, as it's a comedic explanation rather than a character moment.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has a distinctive voice, especially in the metaphors ('monkey on a bike,' 'wolverine meat'). The lines are snappy and memorable, but they often serve exposition rather than character. Ben's dialogue is minimal, and Jamie and Charlie's lines are mostly informational. The Vennett voiceover is self-aware and adds a layer of irony, but it also breaks the scene's naturalism.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging due to its clever metaphors and the escalating absurdity of the CDO description. The Bourdain cutaway is a memorable visual and verbal gag. However, the scene lacks a strong forward pull—it's a confirmation scene, so the audience is waiting for the next step rather than being actively gripped. The Vennett voiceover adds a meta-commentary that is interesting but also distances the audience from the characters.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is brisk, with quick cuts between the phone call and the Bourdain kitchen. The dialogue is snappy, and the scene moves efficiently through the information. However, the scene feels a bit rushed—the characters' reactions are brief, and the Bourdain cutaway, while entertaining, interrupts the flow of the phone call. The scene could benefit from a moment of pause to let the information sink in.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and the use of (V.O.) and (CONT'D) is correct. The 'FREEZE' and 'A80' scene numbers are a bit unusual but not incorrect. The only minor issue is the typo 'KICHEN' in the scene heading, which is a simple error.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (phone call), revelation (CDOs are worse), and a comedic coda (Bourdain). The Vennett voiceover serves as a bridge, but it also breaks the scene's naturalism. The structure is functional but not innovative—it follows a standard 'exposition through dialogue' pattern. The Bourdain cutaway is a structural choice that works for the film's style but may feel like a digression.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses humor and metaphor to explain complex financial concepts, particularly through Bourdain's seafood stew analogy. This approach makes the material more accessible to the audience, which is a strong point.
  • The dialogue between Jamie, Charlie, and Ben is engaging and captures the urgency of their discovery about CDOs. However, the transition between the phone conversation and Bourdain's kitchen could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The use of a freeze frame with Jared Vennett's voiceover adds a layer of commentary that enhances the scene's depth. However, it might benefit from a more explicit connection to the characters' emotional stakes, as the audience may not fully grasp the gravity of the situation without additional context.
  • Bourdain's character is well-utilized to provide a relatable and entertaining explanation of the financial instruments. However, the scene could explore more of his personality or background to deepen his role and connection to the main characters.
  • The visual imagery of the kitchen filled with various pots of stew is vivid and memorable, but it could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details (smells, textures) to immerse the audience further in the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection from Jamie and Charlie after Ben's revelation to emphasize their emotional response to the gravity of the situation.
  • Enhance the transition between the phone call and Bourdain's kitchen by using a visual cue or a line of dialogue that connects the two settings more seamlessly.
  • Explore Bourdain's character further by including a personal anecdote or a quip that relates to the financial crisis, which could add depth to his role as a narrator.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in Bourdain's kitchen to create a richer atmosphere, allowing the audience to feel the chaos and absurdity of the situation.
  • Consider using a visual metaphor or graphic overlay during the freeze frame to illustrate the complexity of CDOs, reinforcing the audience's understanding of the financial concepts being discussed.



Scene 29 -  The Reluctant Agreement
B80 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - GREENWICH VILLAGE - DAY B80

BEN (V.O.)
I saw the CDOs you want to short.
The’re brilliant. Worthless, total
crap.

CHARLIE
Jamie Shipley, Ladies and
Gentlemen.

JAMIE
I'm good at finding shit. If I can
keep Charlie from trying to sneak
in a little value.

CHARLIE
Sue me, I'm Jewish. We shorted all
double BBs and triple B’s. The risk
is relatively low and the pay off
is 25 to 1.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 61B.


BEN (V.O.)
So why are you calling me? I don’t
do this anymore.

Charlie and Jamie share a careful glance.

CHARLIE
Look, Ben, help us get an ISDA so
we can short this crap. We know you
hate Wall Street but it's not like
you'd be trading, you'd only be
helping us get a place at the
table.

BEN (V.O.)
That’s an ugly table to be seated
at.

JAMIE
The system fucked up in a big, big
way here. And somehow we know
before anyone else.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
This is a once in a lifetime trade.
Help us make this deal. Come on,
it’ll be fun.

BEN (V.O.)
Oh this won’t be fun.

Sam’s tone is less than definite, he's clearly tempted.

JAMIE
I didn’t mean fun.

BEN (V.O.)
You said fun.

Beat

BEN (V.O.)
Okay, I'll call Deutsche Bank.

Charlie and Jamie high five.

CHARLIE
Thank you. What about Bear? They
have some reprehensible product.

BEN (V.O.)
Okay. Bear will trade with anybody.

Silent air pumps.

JAMIE
How soon can you be out here?

BEN (V.O.)
I don’t know... I haven’t flown
since they put those Chertoff body
scanners in the airports. I’ve
never been a fan of being strip
searched by radiation.
(takes a breath)
I’ll be there Tuesday.

Jamie and Charlie celebrate more.

MUSIC: An popular alternative hip hop song like FEEL GOOD INC
by GORILLAZ plays us into the next scene.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a Greenwich Village office, Ben expresses skepticism about shorting worthless collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) but is persuaded by Charlie and Jamie to help secure an ISDA agreement for their trading strategy. Despite his disdain for Wall Street, Ben ultimately agrees to assist them, leading to a celebratory moment for Charlie and Jamie as they high five in excitement over their risky financial venture.
Strengths
  • Clear character voices
  • Efficient plot advancement
  • Humor that fits the tone
  • Ben's reluctant agreement feels earned
Weaknesses
  • Limited character depth
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Some typos and formatting issues

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to secure Ben's help and advance the Brownfield subplot, which it does efficiently with humor and clear character voices. The main limitation is the lack of deeper character or philosophical depth, but for a comedy-drama setup beat, it lands well.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—two underdog outsiders convincing a reclusive ex-trader to help them short the housing market—is clear and engaging. The dialogue reveals their strategy (shorting double BBs and triple Bs, 25 to 1 payoff) and Ben's reluctant expertise. The concept is well-executed for a comedy-drama, balancing financial jargon with character humor.

Plot: 7

The plot advances: Ben agrees to call Deutsche Bank and Bear, and commits to flying out Tuesday. This is a clear turning point for Jamie and Charlie's plan. The scene efficiently moves the subplot forward, though the plot is mostly a setup beat with minimal conflict.

Originality: 6

The scene is functional but not highly original: the 'reluctant mentor' trope and the 'underdogs get a yes' beat are familiar. The humor (Charlie's 'Sue me, I'm Jewish') and Ben's paranoia about body scanners add some freshness, but the overall shape is conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are distinct and consistent: Jamie is the persuasive optimist, Charlie is the pragmatic worrier, and Ben is the reluctant, paranoid ex-trader. Their voices are clear—Jamie's 'I'm good at finding shit,' Charlie's 'Sue me, I'm Jewish,' and Ben's 'That's an ugly table to be seated at.' The dynamic works, though Ben's character is mostly reactive.

Character Changes: 6

There is a status shift: Ben moves from refusal to agreement, and Jamie and Charlie move from asking to celebrating. However, this is a minor change—Ben's reluctance is overcome, but there's no deeper character movement or new pressure. The scene is more about plot progression than character development.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene is light on internal goals—Jamie and Charlie's internal drive is implied (proving themselves, making a big trade), but it's not explicitly dramatized. Ben's internal conflict (wanting to stay out vs. being tempted) is present but understated. For a comedy-drama, this is acceptable, but there's room to deepen.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: Jamie and Charlie need Ben to help them get an ISDA, and they achieve it. Ben's external goal is to stay out of the game, but he's persuaded to act. The scene is goal-driven and efficient.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has a clear goal (get Ben to help secure an ISDA) and a clear obstacle (Ben's reluctance: 'I don’t do this anymore', 'That’s an ugly table to be seated at'). However, the conflict is resolved too easily—Ben agrees after only a few lines of persuasion, and the 'tempted' beat is stated rather than dramatized. The back-and-forth lacks genuine pushback; Ben's objections are mild and quickly overridden.

Opposition: 4

Ben is the only source of opposition, and his resistance is passive—he expresses reluctance but never actively argues against the plan. His lines like 'That’s an ugly table to be seated at' are witty but don't constitute real opposition. The scene lacks a second opposing force (e.g., time pressure, a rival, an internal conflict) that would make the negotiation more dynamic.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are clear on a plot level: getting the ISDA is essential to short the market, and the payoff is '25 to 1'. However, the personal stakes for Ben are underdeveloped—we don't feel what he risks by helping (his peace of mind, his principles, his safety). The scene tells us it's a 'once in a lifetime trade' but doesn't make us feel the danger or the moral weight.

Story Forward: 8

The scene clearly advances the story: Jamie and Charlie secure Ben's help, which is essential for their ISDA and shorting strategy. The beat of Ben agreeing to call Deutsche Bank and Bear, and committing to fly out, is a concrete step forward. The high-five and celebration reinforce the momentum.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene follows a predictable arc: Ben resists, Jamie/Charlie persuade, Ben agrees. There's a small twist in Ben's character (the body scanner paranoia) that adds flavor, but the outcome is never in doubt. The 'fun' wordplay is a nice touch but doesn't create genuine surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

There's a light philosophical conflict: Ben's 'That's an ugly table to be seated at' vs. Jamie's 'The system fucked up in a big, big way here.' This touches on the morality of profiting from the crisis, but it's not deeply explored. The scene leans more on humor than on philosophical debate.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has a light, comedic tone with moments of camaraderie (the high five, the 'silent air pumps'), but it doesn't land a strong emotional beat. The characters' excitement is conveyed, but the deeper emotional stakes—Ben's isolation, Jamie and Charlie's desperation—are only hinted at. The scene feels more functional than moving.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Ben's voice is distinctive ('That’s an ugly table to be seated at', 'I’ve never been a fan of being strip searched by radiation'), and Jamie/Charlie's banter ('I'm good at finding shit', 'Sue me, I'm Jewish') feels authentic. The 'fun' exchange is a nice comedic beat. However, some lines are a bit on-the-nose ('This is a once in a lifetime trade') and the dialogue could use more subtext.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging due to the witty dialogue and the forward momentum of the plot (getting the ISDA). However, the lack of real conflict and the predictable outcome reduce the tension. The audience is likely to be entertained but not on the edge of their seat.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from Ben's initial refusal to his agreement in a few pages, with comedic beats (the 'fun' exchange, the body scanner) providing rhythm. The high five and 'silent air pumps' are good visual punctuation. However, the quick resolution might feel rushed—Ben's change of heart could use one more beat to feel earned.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene heading is correct, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are minimal but effective. The use of (V.O.) is consistent. Minor issues: 'The’re' is a typo for 'They're', and 'B80' in the scene heading is unusual (likely a scene number).

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Ben's assessment), conflict (Ben's reluctance), resolution (Ben agrees). However, the structure is a bit too simple—there's no turning point or escalation. The scene is essentially a single beat stretched over a page. The 'Bear' addition at the end feels like a coda rather than a structural element.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and excitement of the characters as they navigate the complexities of the financial world. The dialogue is snappy and reflects the characters' personalities well, particularly Charlie's humor and Jamie's determination.
  • However, the scene could benefit from more visual elements to enhance the storytelling. Currently, it relies heavily on dialogue and voiceover, which can make it feel static. Incorporating more action or visual cues that show the characters' environment and their reactions could create a more dynamic scene.
  • The use of voiceover for Ben is effective in conveying his thoughts without needing to show him physically present, but it may create a disconnect for the audience. Consider integrating more direct interactions or visual representations of Ben's character to ground his presence in the scene.
  • The humor in the dialogue, particularly Charlie's quip about being Jewish, could be perceived as insensitive or out of place in the context of the serious financial discussions. While humor can lighten the tone, it should be carefully balanced to avoid alienating the audience.
  • The transition from the previous scene, which features Anthony Bourdain's metaphorical cooking, to this scene feels abrupt. A smoother transition that connects the themes of complexity and chaos in both scenes could enhance the narrative flow.
Suggestions
  • Add visual descriptions of the Brownfield office environment to create a more immersive setting. For example, describe the cluttered desks, financial charts on the walls, or the expressions on the characters' faces as they discuss their plans.
  • Consider including a brief moment of physical action, such as Jamie and Charlie pacing or interacting with their surroundings, to break up the dialogue and add energy to the scene.
  • Introduce a visual representation of Ben's character, such as a quick cut to him in his home office, to reinforce his involvement in the conversation and create a stronger connection with the audience.
  • Reevaluate the humor in Charlie's line about being Jewish to ensure it aligns with the overall tone of the scene and does not detract from the seriousness of the financial crisis being discussed.
  • Create a more seamless transition from the previous scene by incorporating a thematic link, such as a visual metaphor that ties Bourdain's cooking to the financial chaos, perhaps showing the characters reflecting on the 'ingredients' of the financial crisis.



Scene 30 -  The Calm Before the Storm
C80 INT. KENNEDY AIRPORT TERMINAL - DAY C80

Ben rides the long airport escalator wearing a flu mask. And
holding a duffle bag.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62A.


He passes an Asian man also wearing a flu mask, salutes his
comrade-in-fear. The man stares back confused.

At the bottom of the escalator Charlie and Jamie wait with a
sign reading “Ben Rickert”

Ben walks past them with out breaking stride and crumples up
the sign.


D80 EXT. DEUTSCHE BANK - TWO HOURS LATER D80

Establishing


80 INT. LOBBY - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 80

Charlie and Jamie sign an ISDA CONTRACT in the lobby.

Ben waits over them. NOAH, 26, Vennett’s assistant takes the
contract.

NOAH
All right. I'll see if I can push
it through.

BEN
Thanks, Noah. And thank Jared for
us.

Charlie and Jamie stand. Noah goes. The boys exchange an
unsure look. What now? Ben gestures to the exit.

JAMIE
You know, just once in my life, I'd
like to see the inside of an
investment bank.

CHARLIE
So that’s it Ben? We’re done?

BEN
That’s it. Between Bear and
Duetsche, you now officially own 12
million dollars of credit default
swaps on the BBB- tranches of
subprime ABS’.

CHARLIE
Somehow I thought it would be more
dramatic.

JAMIE
So what’d we do now?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 62B.


Ben doesn’t break stride.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 63.


BEN
Now we wait for the world to blow
up.

CUT TO:


81 QUOTE COMES UP OVER BLACK: 81

“THE TRUTH WILL SET YOU FREE. BUT NOT UNTIL IT IS DONE WITH
YOU.” -DAVID FOSTER WALLACE, INFINITE JEST

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary Ben arrives at Kennedy Airport in a flu mask, meeting Charlie and Jamie who are eager yet anxious about their investment. At Deutsche Bank, they sign an ISDA contract, marking their acquisition of $12 million in credit default swaps. While Charlie and Jamie seek excitement, Ben reassures them of their successful investment, emphasizing the need to wait for the impending financial crisis. The scene captures a tense yet matter-of-fact atmosphere, culminating in a thought-provoking quote from David Foster Wallace.
Strengths
  • Characterful details (flu mask, crumpled sign)
  • Effective anti-climax that subverts expectations
  • Clear plot progression
  • Distinct character voices
Weaknesses
  • Lacks dramatic tension or new complication
  • Philosophical conflict is stated, not dramatized
  • Minimal character movement

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to complete the ISDA signing and set up the 'waiting' phase, which it does efficiently and with characterful touches. The main limitation is its flatness—it's a functional transition that doesn't add new tension or emotional weight, and the philosophical conflict is stated rather than felt.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a quiet, anti-climactic payoff to the boys' long journey to get an ISDA. The flu-mask salute and the crumpled sign are witty, characterful touches that reinforce Ben's eccentric, detached persona. The concept works because it subverts the expected 'dramatic' signing moment—instead, it's bureaucratic and flat, which is thematically apt. The David Foster Wallace quote at the end adds a layer of ironic foreshadowing, though it feels slightly tacked-on.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by completing the ISDA signing and establishing the boys' new position ($12M in CDS). It's a necessary beat, but it's a pure transition—no new complication or revelation. The 'Now we wait for the world to blow up' line is a clear plot marker, but the scene doesn't add tension or raise stakes; it just confirms what we already know.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its tone—a financial thriller that deliberately deflates the drama. The flu-mask salute and the crumpled sign are fresh, character-specific details. The David Foster Wallace quote is an unusual, literary touch that fits the film's voice. However, the 'anti-climactic signing' is a known trope, and the scene doesn't push it further.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene is characterful: Ben's eccentricity (flu mask, crumpling the sign, deadpan delivery) is on full display. Charlie and Jamie's naivety is charming—'Somehow I thought it would be more dramatic' and 'You know, just once in my life, I'd like to see the inside of an investment bank.' Noah is a minor but functional presence. The characters are consistent and their voices distinct.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. The boys have achieved their goal, but they don't change—they're still the same naive, eager pair. Ben remains detached and cryptic. The scene is more about status confirmation than change. In the context of the larger story, this is a beat of 'meaningful stasis'—they've crossed a threshold, but the emotional impact is muted.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't foreground internal goals. The boys' internal desire to be 'in the game' is implicit, but not explored. Ben's internal state is opaque. For a scene that is primarily about completing a transaction, this is acceptable, but it's a missed opportunity to deepen the characters.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear and achieved: the boys sign the ISDA and now own $12M in CDS. The scene is a direct payoff to their earlier struggle to get an ISDA. The goal is concrete and the scene delivers it, though without much friction.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene has minimal conflict. Ben's actions (ignoring the sign, crumpling it) create a small beat of friction, but the signing is smooth and cooperative. The only hint of tension is Charlie's 'Somehow I thought it would be more dramatic' and Jamie's 'So what'd we do now?' which are more about anticlimax than conflict. The scene lacks a clear opposing force or obstacle; the deal goes through without resistance.

Opposition: 3

There is no active opposition. The banks (Bear and Deutsche) are facilitating the deal. The only opposition is internal—the boys' uncertainty ('What now?') and Ben's dismissive attitude. The scene lacks a character or force pushing against the protagonists' goal.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are stated explicitly: they now own $12 million in credit default swaps. But the emotional stakes are low—the boys are unsure what to do next, and Ben's 'wait for the world to blow up' is abstract. The scene doesn't convey the personal risk or the moral weight of the bet.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by completing a key plot step: the boys now own $12M in CDS. It also sets up the 'waiting' phase. However, it's a low-energy beat that doesn't introduce new information or raise the stakes. The scene is functional but not propulsive.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has a few unpredictable beats: Ben's flu mask and salute, his ignoring the sign and crumpling it, and the anticlimactic signing. These are quirky and slightly unexpected, but the overall outcome (the deal goes through) is predictable. The unpredictability is in the details, not the structure.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the boys are betting on the world's collapse, and Ben's line 'Now we wait for the world to blow up' is a stark articulation of that. The David Foster Wallace quote adds a layer of irony about truth and consequences. However, the conflict is not dramatized—it's stated, not felt.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is emotionally flat. The boys' disappointment ('Somehow I thought it would be more dramatic') is relatable but understated. Ben's line 'Now we wait for the world to blow up' is darkly humorous but doesn't land emotionally because we don't feel the weight of what they've done. The scene lacks a moment of genuine feeling—fear, excitement, or moral unease.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and character-consistent. Ben's lines are terse and dry ('That's it. Between Bear and Duetsche...'), Jamie's are colloquial ('So what'd we do now?'), and Charlie's are earnest ('So that's it Ben? We're done?'). The exchange about drama is a nice meta-commentary. However, the dialogue lacks subtext and could be sharper—it's mostly on-the-nose.

Engagement: 5

The scene is mildly engaging due to the quirky details (flu mask, crumpled sign) and the boys' relatable disappointment. However, the lack of conflict and emotional stakes makes it easy to skim. The scene is a necessary beat but doesn't grab the reader.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from airport to bank to lobby to quote in a few pages. The brevity matches the anticlimactic tone. The only slight drag is the technical explanation of the deal, but it's kept short.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CUT TO:' and the quote block are standard. Minor typos ('Duetsche' instead of 'Deutsche') are present but not distracting.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: arrival, signing, reaction, and a thematic quote. It functions as a resolution to the deal and a setup for the 'wait' phase. The quote at the end is a strong structural choice, providing thematic resonance. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or escalation.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and absurdity of the financial world, particularly through Ben's flu mask and the crumpled sign, which symbolize both paranoia and the often overlooked human element in high-stakes finance. However, the humor in Ben's interaction with the Asian man could be perceived as insensitive or out of place, potentially detracting from the overall tone.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks emotional depth. While it conveys the necessary information about the ISDA contract and the characters' feelings of uncertainty, it could benefit from more subtext or personal stakes. For instance, exploring Ben's reluctance or Charlie and Jamie's excitement could add layers to their interactions.
  • The pacing feels rushed, particularly in the transition from the airport to Deutsche Bank. The abrupt cut from Ben's arrival to the signing of the contract could be smoothed out with additional context or a brief moment of reflection from the characters, allowing the audience to absorb the significance of the moment.
  • The scene ends rather abruptly with Ben's line about waiting for the world to blow up. While this line is impactful, it could be enhanced by a visual or emotional reaction from Charlie and Jamie, emphasizing their apprehension or excitement about the impending crisis. This would create a stronger emotional resonance and a more satisfying conclusion to the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of interaction between Ben and Charlie and Jamie before they sign the contract, allowing for a more personal connection and showcasing their differing attitudes towards the deal.
  • Enhance the dialogue to include more character-driven moments, such as Ben expressing his concerns about the risks involved or Charlie and Jamie sharing their hopes for the investment, which would deepen the audience's investment in their journey.
  • Introduce a visual element that symbolizes the gravity of their decision, such as a close-up of the contract being signed or a shot of the bustling bank lobby, to emphasize the contrast between the mundane setting and the monumental financial implications.
  • Extend the scene slightly to include a moment of reflection after the signing, where the characters discuss their feelings about the deal and the potential fallout, allowing for a more nuanced exploration of their motivations and fears.



Scene 31 -  Rising Defaults, Confounding Markets
82 EXT. MIDTOWN - MORGAN STANLEY BUILDING - DAY 82

An electronic scroll on the side of Morgan Stanley reads:

Mortgage Delinquencies Hit New High

January 11, 2007

1 year 7 months until the collapse

We hear snippets of business news audio:

SNIPPETS OF BUSINESS NEWS
Ben Bernanke calls the news a
momentary market fluctuation....
Despite the disappointing housing
news all other market indicators
are very strong....

Mark Baum is running down the street while dialing his phone
and trying to hail a cab.

MARK
Hello! Vinny Daniel please!

A CAB STOPS, he gets in.

MARK (CONT’D)
The Morgan Stanley building. Fast.

VINNY
(feint voice on the cell)
Hello? Mark is that you?

MARK
Vinny! Did you see?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 64.


83 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS OFFICE - DAY 83

Vinny is walking through the FrontPoint offices. Danny,
Porter and the rest of the staff are on the phones.

MARK (V.O.)
Mortgage defaults just went through
the roof! Is anybody jumping off
buildings?

VINNY
Why would they? Subprime mortgage
bond prices are up.

We see emails on Vinny’s screen from Duetsche notifying that
the bond’s value is up. “Garabaldi IV: BBB tranche”

MARK (V.O.)
What?!

Porter turns over his shoulder from his desk.

PORTER
Vennett is asking for more
collateral on our swaps!

MARK (V.O.)
What the hell's going on?!

VINNY
We don't know. But Deutsche is on
the phone demanding payment.

MARK (V.O.)
Somebody call Vennett.
(Porter does so)
Subprime loans go bad... but
subprime bonds get more valuable?!

VINNY
They want another 2 million by
market close.

MARK (V.O.)
What about the rating’s agencies?
Are Moody’s and S&P downgrading
CDOs or mortgage bonds?

VINNY
Nope. They’re all still triple A.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 64A.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in Midtown New York City, Mark Baum rushes to gather information about the alarming rise in mortgage delinquencies. Despite the surge in defaults, Vinny Daniel reveals that subprime mortgage bond prices are inexplicably increasing, creating confusion among financial analysts. As they discuss the situation, they learn that Deutsche Bank is demanding more collateral and rating agencies have yet to downgrade any bonds. The scene captures the urgency and anxiety surrounding the impending financial crisis, leaving the characters grappling with the bizarre market dynamics.
Strengths
  • Strong central paradox that drives tension
  • Clear escalation of stakes with collateral demand
  • Effective use of news snippets and ticker to set the period
  • Efficient phone-call structure that keeps pace
Weaknesses
  • Heavy reliance on exposition through phone calls
  • Characters are somewhat interchangeable in their reactions
  • Lack of visual or action-based progression
  • Internal and philosophical dimensions are underdeveloped

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to escalate the financial thriller tension by showing the market's irrational behavior, and it does that effectively with a strong paradox and clear stakes. The main limitation is that it relies heavily on phone-call exposition, which keeps the characters at a distance and prevents the scene from feeling fully dramatized; adding a visual or character beat would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: the paradox of mortgage defaults rising while bond prices rise, and the demand for more collateral, is a sharp, ironic beat that captures the market's insanity. The ticking clock ('1 year 7 months until the collapse') and the news snippets ground it in real-world tension. What costs a bit is the reliance on exposition through phone calls, which risks feeling like a news recap rather than a dramatized discovery.

Plot: 7

The plot advances clearly: the market's irrational behavior raises the stakes, forces a response (calling Vennett, demanding collateral), and sets up the next confrontation. The scene efficiently moves the story from 'we're right' to 'the market is lying to us.' The cost is that the plot beat is delivered almost entirely through dialogue, with little visual or action-based progression.

Originality: 6

The scene's core irony—defaults up, prices up—is a fresh and memorable twist on the financial thriller genre. However, the execution (phone calls, office reactions, news snippets) is fairly conventional for this type of film. It's not breaking new ground, but it's not derivative either.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Mark is characterized as urgent and frustrated, Vinny as the calm conduit, Porter as the one delivering bad news. They're all functional but somewhat interchangeable—they mostly serve as information relays. The scene doesn't deepen any character; it's more about the situation than the people.

Character Changes: 5

There's no significant character movement here. Mark's frustration is consistent with his established personality; Vinny and Porter are static. The scene is more about plot escalation than character development. For a thriller, this is acceptable, but it's a missed opportunity to add pressure that could crack a character's facade.

Internal Goal: 4

Mark's internal goal—to prove the market is wrong and maintain his moral high ground—is implicit but not actively explored. The scene focuses on external events, so the internal dimension is thin. For a thriller, this is acceptable, but adding a line that touches on Mark's need to be right could deepen it.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is clear: to understand why the market is behaving irrationally and to protect his position. The scene shows him actively pursuing this by calling Vinny, asking about rating agencies, and reacting to the collateral demand. The goal is concrete and drives the scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is strong and immediate: Mark's urgent expectation that defaults will crash bond prices is directly contradicted by Vinny's report that prices are up, creating a clear clash between expectation and reality. The escalating demands from Deutsche for more collateral and the refusal of rating agencies to downgrade add layers of institutional conflict. The conflict is external (Mark vs. the market) and internal (Mark's frustration vs. the inexplicable market behavior).

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but somewhat diffuse. The main opposition is the market itself (bond prices rising despite defaults) and the institutional forces (Deutsche demanding collateral, rating agencies not downgrading). However, there is no single antagonist or clear opposing character in this scene; the opposition is systemic and reported secondhand through Vinny. This weakens the dramatic tension because the audience doesn't see the opposing force directly.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear and high: Mark's fund is facing a margin call (2 million by market close), and the entire short thesis is being challenged. The scene also implies larger stakes—the housing market's collapse and the potential for financial ruin. The line 'Is anybody jumping off buildings?' adds a dark, human cost to the financial stakes.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward significantly: it confirms the market is not behaving as expected, introduces a new obstacle (collateral demands), and raises the urgency. It also sets up the next scene's investigation into rating agencies. The forward motion is clear and consequential.

Unpredictability: 8

The scene is highly unpredictable because it subverts the audience's expectation: defaults are up, but bond prices are up too. This is a genuine twist that challenges the characters' (and the audience's) understanding of the market. The escalating demands and the refusal to downgrade add further unexpected turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the market's denial of reality versus Mark's belief in truth. The line 'Subprime loans go bad... but subprime bonds get more valuable?!' encapsulates the absurdity. However, the conflict is not fully dramatized—it's stated rather than felt. The scene could lean into the idea that the system is built on lies, which is a core theme of the film.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene generates frustration and anxiety, but the emotional impact is somewhat muted because the characters are mostly on the phone and the audience doesn't see their faces or physical reactions. Mark's line about jumping off buildings is darkly humorous but doesn't land emotionally because it's delivered via voiceover. The scene is more intellectually engaging than emotionally resonant.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and functional, with a naturalistic urgency. Lines like 'Subprime loans go bad... but subprime bonds get more valuable?!' capture the absurdity of the situation. The use of overlapping phone conversations creates a realistic, chaotic feel. However, some lines are expository (e.g., 'They want another 2 million by market close') and could be more characterful.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because it presents a compelling mystery: why are bond prices rising despite defaults? The audience is drawn into the characters' confusion and wants to understand the market's irrationality. The fast pace and overlapping dialogue keep the energy high.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is brisk and urgent, matching the scene's content. The quick cuts between Mark in the cab and Vinny in the office, the overlapping dialogue, and the rapid-fire questions create a sense of panic. The scene moves efficiently from setup to complication to a cliffhanger of sorts.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly attributed. The use of parentheticals (e.g., 'feint voice on the cell') is minimal but effective. The only minor issue is a typo: 'Duetsche' instead of 'Deutsche'.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Mark hears news), complication (bond prices up), escalation (margin call, no downgrades), and a question left hanging (what's going on?). The use of the electronic scroll and news snippets as a framing device is effective. The scene ends on a note of unresolved tension, which is appropriate.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and chaos of the financial world as Mark Baum races to understand the implications of rising mortgage delinquencies. The use of snippets from business news adds a layer of realism and context, grounding the audience in the economic climate of the time.
  • However, the dialogue could benefit from more specificity and emotional weight. While Mark's frantic tone conveys urgency, the lines feel somewhat generic. Adding personal stakes or emotional reactions could enhance the tension and make the audience more invested in the characters' plight.
  • The transition between the exterior and interior settings is smooth, but the scene could use more visual detail to enhance the atmosphere. Describing the bustling streets of Midtown or the tense environment in the FrontPoint office could create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • The conflict presented in the scene is compelling, particularly the contradiction between rising mortgage defaults and increasing bond prices. However, the characters' reactions to this contradiction could be more pronounced. Exploring their disbelief or frustration in greater depth would heighten the stakes and engage the audience further.
  • The pacing of the scene is brisk, which suits the urgency of the situation. However, it may benefit from a moment of pause or reflection, allowing characters to process the shocking news before diving back into action. This could create a more dynamic rhythm and give the audience a moment to absorb the gravity of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more specific and emotionally charged dialogue to deepen the characters' reactions to the news. For example, Mark could express personal stakes or fears related to the financial crisis, making his urgency more relatable.
  • Enhance the visual descriptions of both the Midtown setting and the FrontPoint office to create a more vivid atmosphere. Consider adding sensory details, such as the sounds of the city or the frantic energy of the office, to immerse the audience in the scene.
  • Explore the characters' emotional responses to the contradictory news more thoroughly. Allowing them to express disbelief, anger, or confusion could heighten the tension and make the stakes feel more immediate.
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or pause in the dialogue to allow characters and the audience to process the shocking news before moving forward. This could create a more dynamic pacing and emphasize the gravity of the situation.
  • Introduce a visual motif or recurring element that symbolizes the impending crisis, such as a clock ticking down or a news ticker, to reinforce the urgency and foreshadow the collapse.



Scene 32 -  Frustration on Two Fronts
84 INT. CAB - SAME TIME 84

MARK
Motherfuckers!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 65.


The West African CAB DRIVER looks over his shoulder.

CAB DRIVER
Is everything okay sir?

MARK
Yeah, other than the fact America
is a cesspool of corruption and
greed.

CAB DRIVER
That is very true sir! But I never
hear Americans say it! Haha!

VINNY (V.O.)
That’s not all Mark...


85 INT. TINY SIDE OFFICE - FRONTPOINT - DAY 85

Vinny peers into their Conference Room, where there are THREE
RISK MANAGERS. Standing at the head of the table is a very
pregnant, Kathy Tao.

VINNY
The Frontpoint risk guys are here.
They called in Kathy Tao. They're
trying to convince her to make us
to sell our swaps.
Apparently, tying up 6
years of insurance payments in
hopes of housing Armageddon is not
good investing.

MARK (O.S.)
What'd Kathy say?

VINNY
Nothing, yet. She keeps asking if
this is one of your crusades.


86 INT. CAB - DAY 86

Mark on the phone.

MARK
When she leaves, go back in and
very calmly, very politely, tell
the risk assessors to fuck off.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 66.

MARK (CONT'D)
Then meet me over at Standard and
Poors. Let’s go talk to Georgia
Hale.

He hangs up.

CAB DRIVER
In my country they just show up and
steal your children for their army.
In America they are very sneaky.
They take your house, your money
and you still think they are your
friends!

MARK
You want a job?

CAB DRIVER
No way brother! I am just the
ferryman! Haha!

He drives crazy fast through traffic.


87 INT. CONFERENCE ROOM - FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - DAY 87

Vinny enters. The risk managers go silent.

VINNY
(calmly, politely)
Mark said to fuck off.

The Risk Managers wait for nuance. None will be coming.

CUT TO:


88 INT. SCION OFFICES - DAY 88

Michael Burry writes on the big white board the quarterly
returns: -11.3%. There are now only five working analysts.
The rest of the desks are empty.

Michael walks into his office closes the door and yells.

MICHAEL BURRY
Fuuuuuuuck!!!!!

Everyone in the office looks up and then after a beat, go
back to working.

WIFE (V.O.)
Michael?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 67.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In this scene, Mark vents his frustrations about America's corruption to a cab driver, who humorously agrees but declines a job offer. Meanwhile, Vinny observes a tense meeting with risk managers trying to persuade Kathy Tao to sell their swaps. Mark instructs Vinny to bluntly dismiss their proposal when Kathy leaves. The scene shifts to Michael Burry, who expresses his own frustration over disappointing quarterly returns, highlighting the overall tension and discontent with the financial system.
Strengths
  • Sharp, thematic cab driver dialogue
  • Deadpan delivery of 'Mark said to fuck off'
  • Effective cross-cutting between Mark and Burry
  • Burry's raw scream as a character beat
Weaknesses
  • Scene is more reactive than proactive
  • Burry's segment is brief and doesn't advance his plot much
  • Philosophical conflict is stated rather than dramatized

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to escalate pressure on both Mark and Burry while delivering a thematic punch, and it does that competently with sharp dialogue and a memorable cab driver. The main limitation is that it's a bridge scene—it reinforces known character traits and plot points without introducing a new turn or deepening the characters, which keeps it from feeling essential.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a sharp, satirical cross-cut between Mark's escalating confrontation with the financial system and Burry's isolated breakdown. The cab driver's outsider perspective ('In my country they just show up and steal your children... In America they are very sneaky.') brilliantly reframes American corruption as a quieter, more insidious theft, which is the film's core idea. The concept is working well—it's a thematic hinge that connects the personal to the systemic.

Plot: 6

The plot advances on two fronts: Mark's decision to confront the risk managers and then head to Standard & Poor's, and Burry's deteriorating situation with a -11.3% return. The scene is a functional bridge—it shows the pressure mounting on both characters. However, the plot movement is mostly reactive (Mark's 'fuck off' is a beat we've seen before), and the Burry segment, while powerful, is a brief punctuation rather than a new development.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in its tonal blend: the cab driver's darkly comic outsider wisdom, the deadpan delivery of 'Mark said to fuck off,' and Burry's primal scream. The 'ferryman' line is a fresh, memorable character beat. While the 'angry trader' trope is familiar, the specific cultural contrast and the understated absurdity of the risk managers waiting for nuance feel distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is consistent—aggressive, profane, but with a strategic mind ('very calmly, very politely, tell the risk assessors to fuck off'). The cab driver is a delightful one-scene character with a distinct voice. Vinny is the loyal lieutenant, delivering the message with deadpan precision. Burry is isolated and breaking down, but the scene gives him a raw, human moment. The characters are well-drawn and serve the scene's dual focus.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character change in this scene. Mark's behavior is consistent with his established pattern—he's defiant and aggressive. Burry's breakdown is a continuation of his isolation, not a new development. The cab driver offers a perspective shift for the audience, but not for Mark. In a genre that relies on pressure and escalation, this scene is more about maintaining status quo than creating movement. However, the scene does show a subtle shift in Mark's strategy: he's now going to S&P, indicating a proactive escalation.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't heavily engage internal goals. Mark's internal drive is to prove the system is corrupt, but it's not explored here beyond his outburst. Burry's internal goal—to be right, to protect investors—is implied but not deepened. The scene is more about external pressure. For a genre that travels light on interiority, this is acceptable, but there's room to hint at the emotional stakes.

External Goal: 7

The external goals are clear: Mark wants to resist the risk managers and continue his investigation (going to S&P). Burry's goal is to manage his fund's collapse, though he's failing. The scene advances these goals by showing the obstacles (risk managers, Kathy Tao) and the next step (S&P meeting). The goals are functional and drive the scene's action.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has clear, escalating conflict: Mark vs. the risk managers (and Kathy Tao) over selling swaps, and Burry's internal/external conflict with his fund's losses. The cab driver's commentary adds a thematic layer of societal corruption. The conflict is functional and drives the scene forward.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but somewhat passive: the risk managers are 'trying to convince' Kathy, but we don't see their arguments. The cab driver offers a thematic opposition to Mark's worldview, but it's not a direct antagonist. The scene could benefit from a more tangible opposing force.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear: Mark's fund is under pressure to sell, and Burry's fund is bleeding (-11.3%). The scene conveys the financial and emotional stakes, though the personal stakes for Mark (beyond his crusade) are not deeply explored here.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by escalating the institutional pressure on Mark (risk managers, Kathy Tao) and showing Burry's fund bleeding ( -11.3%, five analysts left). It sets up the next beat (meeting Georgia Hale at S&P) and reinforces the ticking clock. However, the forward motion is incremental—it's more of a pressure-cooker scene than a plot-turn scene. The Burry segment, while emotionally potent, doesn't advance his external plot much beyond what we already know.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is fairly predictable in its beats: Mark will defy the risk managers, and Burry will express frustration. The cab driver's monologue is a slight surprise but not a twist. The scene doesn't offer major unexpected turns, which is fine for a transitional scene.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict: the American system's 'sneaky' corruption versus the cab driver's more overt, brutal corruption. Mark's 'cesspool of corruption and greed' is a direct statement of the film's thesis. The risk managers represent institutional pressure to conform, while Mark represents defiance. The conflict is present but not deeply dramatized—it's more stated than shown.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional beats—Mark's anger, Burry's scream—but they are brief and not deeply felt. The cab driver's line about America's sneaky corruption adds a poignant note, but the scene doesn't linger on emotion. It's functional but not moving.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful: Mark's 'Motherfuckers!' and 'tell the risk assessors to fuck off' are in his voice. The cab driver's monologue is distinctive and adds thematic texture. Vinny's deadpan delivery of 'Mark said to fuck off' is a highlight. The dialogue is efficient and serves the scene.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its brisk pace, sharp dialogue, and the tension of the risk managers' meeting. The cut to Burry's scream adds a different energy. The scene holds attention, though it's not a standout moment.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is excellent: quick cuts between the cab, the office, and Burry's office keep the scene moving. The dialogue is snappy, and the scene doesn't overstay its welcome. The 'CUT TO' and 'Fuuuuuuck!!!!!' provide a strong beat.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional: proper scene headings, character cues, and dialogue. The use of 'CUT TO' and 'V.O.' is standard. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene is structured as a series of short, intercut vignettes that advance two storylines. It has a clear beginning (Mark's anger), middle (the risk managers' meeting), and end (Burry's scream). The structure is functional and serves the narrative.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the frustration and urgency of Mark Baum as he navigates the chaotic financial landscape. The dialogue between Mark and the cab driver adds a layer of dark humor while also highlighting the broader themes of corruption and greed in America. However, the transition between the cab and the conference room could be smoother to maintain the scene's momentum.
  • Vinny's line about Mark's crusade is a clever way to introduce the tension in the conference room, but it could benefit from more context or emotional weight. The risk managers' reaction to Vinny's message feels somewhat flat; adding a moment of disbelief or confusion could enhance the stakes and the absurdity of the situation.
  • The cab driver's commentary serves as a humorous yet poignant commentary on the American financial system, but it risks overshadowing Mark's urgency. Balancing the humor with the gravity of the situation is crucial to maintain the scene's tone.
  • Michael Burry's outburst at the end of the scene serves as a strong emotional anchor, but it feels disconnected from the preceding events. A clearer connection between Mark's frustrations and Burry's situation could create a more cohesive narrative thread.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection from Mark after the cab driver's comments, allowing him to articulate his feelings about the corruption in a more personal way. This could deepen the audience's understanding of his character.
  • Enhance the tension in the conference room by showing the risk managers' reactions to Vinny's message. Perhaps include a moment of awkward silence or disbelief before they respond, which could heighten the absurdity of the situation.
  • Maintain a balance between humor and seriousness by ensuring that the cab driver's jokes do not detract from the urgency of Mark's mission. You might consider having Mark respond with a more serious comment after the driver's humorous remarks.
  • To create a stronger connection between the two storylines, consider adding a line or two that links Mark's frustrations with the risk managers to Burry's situation. This could be a thematic line about the consequences of ignoring the signs of impending disaster.



Scene 33 -  A Moment of Distraction
89 INT. MICHAEL BURRY’S HOME - LIVING ROOM - DUSK 89


Michael is watching Business News on the TV while his WIFE,
pretty and direct, tries to talk to him.


SOMEONE FROM THE TREASURY OR THE FED BEING INTERVIEWED.

GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL(SOT)
Yes, there’s been an up tick in
defaults but it’s well within our
models.

WIFE
Michael.

GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL (SOT)
So despite these temporary aberrant
numbers we’re quite pleased.

WIFE
Michael!

She turns off the TV.

WIFE (CONT’D)
I’m trying to talk to you.

MICHAEL BURRY
I’m sorry. I was listening. Go on.

WIFE
The school says Nicholas has been
having issues. He’s not
socializing. He isolates and
doesn’t communicate with the other
kids.

NICHOLAS his six year old son is playing with a toy crane on
the floor.

ALEX
(listing parts of the
crane)
Hoist rope, lattice boom, upper
sheave, gantry, harnass...

MICHAEL BURRY
Well I was never the most social of
kids... Is that such a bad thing?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 68.


WIFE
They think we should take him to a
specialist to get an evaluation.

MICHAEL BURRY
Then yes, of course, let’s do
that.

NICHOLAS
Mom, Dad...

Nicholas has walked over to them holding his toy crane.

NICHOLAS (CONT’D)
The crane is rotating 260 degrees.
It just needed a circular base and
a catch for the string.

MICHAEL BURRY
That’s great Nicholas! Good job!


90 OMIT 90
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense yet tender scene, Michael Burry is absorbed in business news about rising defaults, causing frustration for his wife as she tries to discuss their son Nicholas's social issues. Despite his initial distraction, Michael acknowledges the need for an evaluation for Nicholas, who is creatively engaged with his toy crane. The scene highlights the strain in their communication but ends on a positive note as Michael praises Nicholas's intelligence, fostering a moment of connection between father and son.
Strengths
  • Nicholas's crane monologue is a vivid, specific detail
  • The ironic contrast between the government official's reassurance and the audience's knowledge
  • Michael's 'That's great Nicholas! Good job!' shows a genuine, if shallow, paternal warmth
Weaknesses
  • The wife is a stock 'worried spouse' with little agency
  • The scene lacks dramatic tension or character movement
  • The domestic conflict is resolved too easily, without friction

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 5

The scene's primary job is to plant the seed of Nicholas's Asperger's and show Michael's domestic distraction, which it does competently. However, it lacks dramatic tension and character movement, feeling more like a necessary plot point than a fully realized scene. Lifting it would require giving the wife more agency and creating a sharper conflict between Michael's professional and personal worlds.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The scene's concept is a domestic interlude that mirrors Michael's professional obsession with the housing market through his son's behavior. The idea of Nicholas listing crane parts and the government official's 'within our models' line creates a thematic echo. It's functional but not deeply integrated; the scene feels like a necessary beat rather than a fresh concept.

Plot: 5

The plot function is to show Michael's personal life and his son's potential Asperger's, which will later connect to Michael's own diagnosis. It's a setup beat, but it doesn't advance the financial plot directly. The government official's reassurance about defaults is a small plot point, but it's background noise.

Originality: 6

The scene is a fairly standard 'genius is misunderstood at home' beat. The son's crane monologue is a nice touch, but the overall structure—wife concerned, husband dismissive, child reveals brilliance—is familiar. It's not unoriginal, but it doesn't break new ground.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Michael is shown as distracted and somewhat dismissive, but his 'That's great Nicholas! Good job!' shows a genuine, if shallow, paternal warmth. The wife is direct and concerned, but she's a bit of a stock 'worried spouse.' Nicholas is the most interesting character, with his precise, obsessive listing of crane parts. The characters are functional but not deeply explored.

Character Changes: 5

There is no significant character change in this scene. Michael remains distracted and somewhat oblivious, the wife remains concerned, and Nicholas remains in his own world. The scene is more about establishing a status quo than creating movement. It's a 'meaningful stasis' but without much pressure or revelation.

Internal Goal: 5

Michael's internal goal is unclear in this scene. He seems to want to be left alone to watch the news, but he also agrees to the evaluation. There's no strong internal drive or conflict visible. The scene is more about external events than internal desire.

External Goal: 5

The external goal is simple: the wife wants Michael to agree to an evaluation for Nicholas, and he does. This is achieved quickly and without much friction. The scene lacks a strong external goal that creates tension or stakes.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The scene sets up a clear conflict: Wife wants Michael to engage with a serious parenting issue (Nicholas's socialization), while Michael is distracted by the TV and dismissive ('Well I was never the most social of kids... Is that such a bad thing?'). However, the conflict is resolved too quickly and easily—Michael immediately agrees to the evaluation ('Then yes, of course, let's do that.'), and the scene shifts to Nicholas's charming crane monologue, which undercuts any tension. The Wife's frustration is real but brief, and Michael's capitulation feels unearned, lacking any pushback or emotional cost.

Opposition: 4

The Wife is the only source of opposition, and she is quickly overridden. She states the problem, Michael dismisses it, she pushes once more, and he agrees. There is no sustained pushback—no argument about what the evaluation might mean, no fear about labeling their son, no deeper ideological clash. The Government Official on TV provides thematic opposition (denial of the crisis) but is not a character in the scene, so it doesn't create dramatic opposition.

High Stakes: 4

The scene's stated stakes are about Nicholas's well-being—whether he gets an evaluation and potentially a diagnosis. But the scene doesn't make us feel what's at risk. Michael's quick agreement suggests there's no real cost, and the scene doesn't explore what a diagnosis might mean for Nicholas, for Michael, or for the family. The parallel to the financial crisis (the Government Official's denial) hints at larger stakes—Michael's blindness to his own son mirrors the market's blindness—but this is not dramatized.

Story Forward: 5

The scene moves the story forward by introducing Nicholas's potential Asperger's, which will later parallel Michael's own diagnosis and his decision to restrict withdrawals. It also shows Michael's continued distraction from his family. However, the scene feels like a pause in the main narrative, and the forward momentum is modest.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: Wife raises a concern, Michael is distracted, he agrees, and then Nicholas does something charming that shows his uniqueness. The only mildly surprising beat is Nicholas's precise recitation of crane parts, which is endearing but not unexpected given the setup. The scene doesn't subvert expectations or introduce a twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

There's a subtle philosophical conflict between the government official's 'within our models' and the reality of the situation, which the audience knows is false. This is a nice ironic touch. The domestic scene also touches on the conflict between 'normal' social behavior and the value of intense, focused intelligence. However, this conflict is not dramatized strongly.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has emotional potential—a parent confronting the possibility that their child is 'different'—but it doesn't land. Michael's quick agreement and the focus on Nicholas's cute monologue undercut the emotional weight. The Wife's concern is real but not given room to breathe. The scene doesn't make us feel the fear, the denial, or the love that could be present.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and naturalistic. The Wife's lines are direct and clear ('I'm trying to talk to you.'), Michael's are in character (distracted, slightly dismissive), and Nicholas's monologue is charming and specific. However, the dialogue lacks subtext and tension. Michael's 'Well I was never the most social of kids... Is that such a bad thing?' is a good line, but it's not followed up on. The Wife's response is a simple statement of fact, not an emotional plea.

Engagement: 5

The scene is mildly engaging—it's a quiet domestic moment that reveals character, but it doesn't grab the reader. The TV news provides a thematic hook, and Nicholas's monologue is a nice character beat, but the scene lacks tension or a compelling question. The reader is not particularly invested in the outcome because the stakes are low and the conflict is resolved too easily.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is appropriate for a quiet domestic scene—it's short and moves quickly from the TV news to the Wife's concern to Nicholas's monologue. However, the scene feels a bit rushed: the conflict is resolved in a few lines, and the emotional beat is not given time to land. The scene could benefit from a pause or a moment of silence to let the audience absorb the implications.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene heading is correct, character names are in caps, dialogue is properly formatted, and action lines are concise. The use of '(SOT)' for the TV interview is a standard notation. There is a minor issue: the scene number '89' is present, and there is a 'BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015' note, which is fine for a revision draft. The '90 OMIT' is a standard way to handle a cut scene.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Michael watching TV, Wife trying to talk), conflict (Wife raises concern, Michael dismisses), resolution (Michael agrees), and a coda (Nicholas's monologue). This is a functional structure, but it's a bit too neat. The conflict is resolved too quickly, and the coda, while charming, doesn't complicate the scene's meaning—it just reinforces that Nicholas is special.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes Michael Burry's intense focus on the financial crisis with his personal life, highlighting the tension between his professional and familial responsibilities. However, the dialogue could be more dynamic to reflect the urgency of the situation. The wife's attempts to engage Michael feel somewhat flat and could benefit from more emotional weight.
  • The use of the TV news segment as a backdrop is a clever device to convey the broader context of the financial crisis, but it could be more integrated into the dialogue. For instance, Michael's responses could directly reference the news, showing how it affects his thoughts and feelings about his family situation.
  • Nicholas's character is introduced in a way that showcases his intelligence and creativity, which is a nice touch. However, the scene could delve deeper into the emotional implications of his social struggles. The contrast between his technical knowledge and his father's social difficulties could be explored further to enhance the thematic depth.
  • The pacing of the scene feels a bit uneven. The transition from the news segment to the personal conversation could be smoother. Consider using more visual cues or actions to bridge these moments, allowing the audience to feel the shift in focus more organically.
  • The dialogue lacks a sense of urgency or emotional stakes. While Michael's initial distraction is clear, his eventual agreement to seek help for Nicholas feels too easy. Adding more internal conflict or hesitation could make his decision more impactful.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by giving the wife more compelling reasons for her concerns about Nicholas. Perhaps she could share a specific incident that illustrates his social struggles, making the audience empathize with her perspective.
  • Incorporate more of Michael's internal conflict regarding his son's issues. Show his struggle between his focus on the financial crisis and his responsibilities as a father, perhaps through his body language or facial expressions.
  • Consider having Michael respond to the news segment in a way that reflects his growing anxiety about both the market and his family. This could create a more cohesive narrative thread throughout the scene.
  • Use visual storytelling to enhance the emotional impact. For example, show Michael's attention drifting from the TV to his son, emphasizing the pull between his work and family life.
  • Add a moment of tension where Michael's frustration with the financial crisis spills over into his conversation with his wife, creating a more dramatic conflict that needs resolution.



Scene 34 -  The Ratings Dilemma
91 INT. SMALL OFFICE - RATING AGENCY SURVEILLANCE DEPT - DAY 91

GEORGIA
I can't see a damn thing.

GEORGIA HALE (55) is a pleasant, middle-class woman wearing
EYE EXAM SUNSHADES and fussing with her blinds.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
My eye doctor's always busy. I end
up taking any appointment they'll
give me and then the whole morning
gets shot to hell.

She goes to her desk... where Mark and Vinny wait.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
Alrighty. So. FrontPoint Partners.
How can Standard and Poors help
you?

VINNY
We don't understand why the ratings
agencies aren't downgrading
subprime bonds, since the
underlying loans are deteriorating.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 69.


GEORGIA
Well, delinquency rates have people
worried, but they're actually
within our models.

MARK
Models that you share with the
banks. Couldn’t they be gaming
them?

GEORGIA
I highly doubt it. These are very
large banks that care a great deal
about their reputations.

MARK
They care a lot more about their
bonuses.

GEORGIA
I'm sure the world's banks have
more nuanced incentives than abject
greed, Mr. Baum.

MARK
You're wrong.

GEORGIA
Then they'll go bankrupt. The
marketplace is ruthlessly
efficient.

Mark considers this old saw a moment.

MARK
Your convinced the underlying
mortgages in these bonds are solid
loans?

GEORGIA
That's our opinion, yes.

MARK
Here's what I don't understand: if
these mortgage bonds are so solid
why are all the stocks for the
mortgage brokerage companies down?
These are companies issuing the
loans that make up the bonds and
they’re tanking.

She's inscrutable behind her sunshades. But the fact she
doesn't argue tells us he's shaken her confidence.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 70.


GEORGIA
We believe our ratings will prove
accurate.

MARK
Have you ever refused to rate any
of these bonds upper tranches AAA?
Can we see the paper work on those
deals?

GEORGIA
I’m not under any obligation to
share that information with you.

MARK
Just answer me Georgia. Can you
name one time in the past year
where you checked the tape and
didn’t give the banks the triple
AAA percentage they wanted?

Half beat.

GEORGIA
If we deny them the rating they'll
go to Moody's.

A stunned beat. She's not supposed to say this.

GEORGIA (CONT’D)
If we don't work with them, they'll
go to our competitors.

VINNY
Holy shit. They’re selling ratings
for fees.

Silence. Mark didn't know it was that simple, that cynical.

MARK
You can afford to make less. Make
less.

GEORGIA
It’s not my decision. I have a
boss.

MARK
Really? That’s the angle you’re
taking? So anyone who has a boss
can’t be held responsible for doing
shitty and illegal things? What are
you, nine years old?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 70A.


She takes her glasses off. Her eyes are watery, dilated.

GEORGIA
And what, pray tell, are your
incentives?! Why are you in my
office?! Is it maybe in
your interest to have the ratings
change?! How many credit default
swaps do you own?!

She's nailed him.

MARK
(quietly)
That doesn't make me wrong.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 71.


GEORGIA
No, it just makes you a hypocrite.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a tense office confrontation, Georgia Hale from a rating agency defends her agency's ratings of subprime bonds against probing questions from Mark and Vinny of FrontPoint Partners. As they challenge her assertions about the integrity of the ratings process, Georgia reveals the cynical reality that banks can simply seek ratings from competitors if denied. The discussion escalates into accusations of hypocrisy, leaving the moral complexities of the financial industry unresolved.
Strengths
  • Sharp, character-driven dialogue
  • Powerful thematic reveal
  • Effective use of a mundane setting to expose systemic corruption
  • Strong counterpunch from Georgia that complicates Mark's moral stance
Weaknesses
  • Plot progression is somewhat linear
  • Mark's internal conflict could be more explicit

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8

The scene's primary job is to expose the systemic corruption of the ratings agencies, and it does so with a sharp, character-driven confrontation that lands a powerful thematic blow. The one thing most limiting the overall score is the slightly linear plot progression and the under-explored internal conflict for Mark, which, if deepened, would elevate the scene from strong to exceptional.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: a confrontation between a cynical, aggressive investor and a mid-level rating agency employee, exposing the systemic corruption of the ratings process. The 'eye exam sunshades' and the mundane office setting ground the abstract financial corruption in a relatable, human moment. The reveal that Georgia's agency will simply defer to Moody's if they refuse a rating is a powerful, concrete illustration of the conflict of interest. The scene works because it turns a dry financial topic into a personal, moral standoff.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the investigation: Mark and Vinny get a direct confirmation of the ratings agency's corruption, which is a key piece of evidence for their short thesis. The scene moves from a general question about downgrades to a specific, damning admission. The beat where Georgia reveals the 'Moody's' alternative is a clear plot point that escalates the stakes and validates Mark's suspicions. The scene is efficient, but the plot progression is somewhat linear—it's a Q&A that leads to a confession, rather than a more complex or surprising turn.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its setting and character dynamic. The 'surveillance department' of a rating agency is a fresh, specific location. Georgia is not a cartoon villain but a middle-class woman with a boss, which makes the systemic corruption feel more insidious. The dialogue is sharp and avoids clichés, especially in the final exchange where Georgia turns the tables on Mark. The scene's originality lies in its ability to make a bureaucratic process feel dramatic and personal.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is sharp, aggressive, and morally righteous, but the scene gives him a moment of vulnerability when Georgia turns the tables on him. Georgia is a well-drawn character: she's not a villain but a cog in a corrupt machine, and her final line, 'No, it just makes you a hypocrite,' is a powerful counterpunch that complicates Mark's moral high ground. Vinny is a good foil, providing the 'holy shit' moment that crystallizes the revelation. The characters are distinct and their voices are clear.

Character Changes: 7

The scene creates movement through pressure and revelation. Mark's confidence is shaken when Georgia points out his own hypocrisy, forcing him to confront the moral ambiguity of his position. This is a moment of 'failed change' or 'flaw exposure'—he doesn't change his mind, but his certainty is challenged. Georgia also moves from a defensive bureaucrat to someone who, in a moment of honesty, reveals the truth and then immediately attacks her accuser. The scene is more about pressure and contradiction than growth, which is appropriate for this genre.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to confirm his belief that the system is corrupt, and he achieves this. However, the scene also reveals a deeper internal conflict: his need to be right is challenged by the moral implications of his own actions. Georgia's accusation forces him to confront the possibility that he is not just a truth-teller but also a profiteer. This internal tension is present but could be more explicit. The scene is more focused on the external investigation than on Mark's internal struggle.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is to get Georgia to admit that the ratings are not independent. He achieves this through a series of pointed questions, culminating in the 'Moody's' reveal. The goal is clear, and the scene is structured around its pursuit. The external goal is met, but the scene also complicates it by showing that the admission comes with a personal cost. The external goal is well-served by the scene's structure.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is sharp and escalating. Mark's interrogation of Georgia moves from polite inquiry to a direct challenge ('Couldn’t they be gaming them?') to a moral accusation ('What are you, nine years old?'). Georgia's counterattack ('How many credit default swaps do you own?!') lands as a genuine reversal, forcing Mark into a quiet, defensive admission. The conflict is both intellectual (ratings integrity) and personal (hypocrisy), which gives it depth.

Opposition: 8

Georgia is a strong opponent. She's not a villain; she's a middle-class professional with a boss, which makes her complicity more unsettling. She parries Mark's points with institutional logic ('These are very large banks that care a great deal about their reputations') and eventually turns the tables on him, exposing his own financial interest. The opposition is credible and escalates to a personal level.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear: the integrity of the financial system and the validity of Mark's entire short position. The scene reveals that ratings are for sale, which validates Mark's thesis and raises the stakes for his fund. The personal stakes for Georgia are also present—she's a cog in a corrupt machine, and Mark's accusation forces her to defend her own morality.

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a crucial piece of the investigation. It provides the 'smoking gun' that the ratings agencies are not independent but are effectively selling ratings. This directly validates Mark's thesis and gives him the confidence to short the market. The scene also deepens the thematic argument of the film: the entire financial system is built on a lie. The story moves forward not through a physical action but through a revelation that changes the characters' understanding of the world.

Unpredictability: 8

The scene is unpredictable in its reversals. Mark's line of questioning seems to be winning, but Georgia's counterattack ('How many credit default swaps do you own?!') is a genuine surprise that flips the power dynamic. The revelation that ratings are for sale is also a twist, delivered with a simple, devastating line. The scene doesn't follow a predictable interrogation pattern.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: the idea that the market is 'ruthlessly efficient' versus the reality that it is manipulated by conflicts of interest. Georgia's defense of the system is met with Mark's cynical view of 'abject greed.' The scene also introduces a more personal philosophical question: can someone who profits from the system's corruption claim moral superiority? This is a rich, thematic conflict that elevates the scene beyond a simple investigation.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact is strong but understated. The scene's power comes from the moral discomfort it creates—Mark's righteous anger is undercut by his own hypocrisy, and Georgia's defense is both pathetic and damning. The moment she takes off her glasses, her watery eyes add a layer of human vulnerability that makes the exchange more than just an intellectual debate.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, naturalistic, and serves the scene's purpose. Mark's lines are aggressive and pointed ('They care a lot more about their bonuses'), while Georgia's are defensive and bureaucratic ('We believe our ratings will prove accurate'). The exchange feels real, with each character speaking in a distinct voice. The final line, 'No, it just makes you a hypocrite,' is a strong, memorable closer.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging. The back-and-forth is tense, and the revelation about ratings-for-fees is a compelling moment that makes the audience lean in. The personal attack on Mark adds a layer of intrigue, making the audience wonder how he'll respond. The scene holds attention from start to finish.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is tight and effective. The scene moves from a casual, almost comedic opening (Georgia's eye exam) to a tense interrogation, with each exchange building on the last. The beat where Georgia takes off her glasses provides a moment of visual punctuation before the final confrontation. The scene doesn't drag and ends on a strong note.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly formatted, and stage directions are concise. The use of 'CONT' and 'CONT'D' is correct. The page numbers and scene numbers are consistent. There are no formatting issues that detract from readability.

Structure: 8

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Georgia's character), escalation (Mark's questioning), revelation (ratings for sale), and reversal (Georgia's counterattack). Each beat logically follows the previous one, and the scene ends on a strong, thematic note. The structure serves the scene's purpose of exposing the corruption while also challenging Mark's own morality.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between Mark and Georgia, showcasing the conflicting interests of the rating agencies and the hedge fund. However, the dialogue can feel a bit expository at times, particularly when Georgia explains the rationale behind the ratings. This could be streamlined to maintain a more natural flow.
  • Mark's character is well-defined as confrontational and skeptical, but the scene could benefit from more emotional depth. While he challenges Georgia's views, adding a personal stake or backstory could enhance his motivations and make the audience more invested in his perspective.
  • Georgia's character is introduced as a pleasant, middle-class woman, but her motivations and the pressures she faces could be explored further. This would add complexity to her character and make her more relatable, rather than just a mouthpiece for the rating agency's stance.
  • The use of Georgia's eye exam sunglasses is a clever visual metaphor for her inability to see the truth of the situation. However, this could be emphasized more throughout the scene, perhaps by having her struggle with them in a way that parallels her struggle to see the reality of the financial crisis.
  • The dialogue towards the end, particularly Mark's retort about being a hypocrite, feels a bit abrupt. A more gradual build-up to this confrontation could enhance the tension and make the exchange feel more impactful.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark reflects on his own motivations before confronting Georgia, which could provide a deeper emotional context for his aggressive questioning.
  • Introduce a brief backstory for Georgia that hints at her struggles within the rating agency, perhaps through a line of dialogue or a flashback, to create empathy for her character.
  • Revise the dialogue to reduce exposition and instead show the stakes through subtext. For example, instead of directly stating the ratings are influenced by fees, have Georgia imply it through her defensiveness.
  • Enhance the visual metaphor of Georgia's sunglasses by incorporating more physicality into her actions, such as her adjusting them nervously as the conversation escalates, to symbolize her discomfort with the truth.
  • Consider ending the scene with a more ambiguous note, leaving the audience questioning the integrity of both Mark and Georgia, which could set up further conflict in subsequent scenes.



Scene 35 -  Tensions in the Financial Crisis
92 INT. CAB - DAY 92

Vinny watches Mark as they ride back uptown in a
crowd. He’s rattled.

VINNY
(checks his blackberry)
Vennett’s coming to the office at
3.
(then)
You okay?

Mark nods.

MARK
Short the rating agencies. All of
them.


93 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - DAY 93

Charlie and Jamie are climbing the walls. Ben is on speaker
phone.

BEN (V.O.)
Mortgage delinquencies went up and
the CDOs got more valuable!? You
gotta be kidding me!

JAMIE
We know. It’s completely backwards.
It’s like 2 plus 2 equals 73.


A94 INT. BEN RICKERT’S OFFICE - SAME TIME A94

Ben sits at his desk reading the Sixth Great Extinction. We
cut back and forth.

BEN
I just called an old friend at Bear
and he didn’t even know what a CDO
is.

JAMIE (V.O.)
I had to transfer Bear and Duetsche
78 thousand dollars. It’s like I
bought a suit and paid for it with
two suits.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 71A.


CHARLIE (V.O.)
It’s rigged. We bought into a
rigged game. We’re going to lose
hundreds of thousands a year until
it’s all gone and I have to move
back in with my mom.

BEN
Having fun yet?

Beat as Charlie catches a thought.

CHARLIE
Wait a minute... We know the CDOs
are taking losses and yet the price
is frozen or going up. Maybe
they’re frozen because the banks
have no idea how to value them? I
bet they’re so toxic the banks are
just guessing!
(half beat)
I think we should buy more swaps.

JAMIE
What?! No way! No.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 72.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense cab ride, Vinny worries about an upcoming meeting with Vennett while Mark proposes a bold strategy to short the rating agencies. Meanwhile, in the chaotic Brownfield office, Charlie and Jamie grapple with the irrational rise in CDO values amidst rising mortgage delinquencies. Charlie suggests buying more swaps to counter the banks' guessing game on CDO values, but Jamie strongly opposes the idea, leaving their conflict unresolved as frustration mounts.
Strengths
  • Strong metaphors that crystallize the absurdity
  • Clear parallel structure between two groups
  • Effective escalation of the 'rigged game' theme
Weaknesses
  • Key decision to buy more swaps is underdramatized
  • Characters mostly react rather than act
  • Philosophical conflict is stated, not dramatized

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to escalate the characters' conviction that the market is rigged and to set up their next moves. It lands that job competently, with strong metaphors and clear plot progression, but it's underdramatized—the key decision to buy more swaps lacks tension and cost. Lifting the scene would mean giving that decision real stakes and a character-driven obstacle.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—two parallel groups of investors realizing the market is rigged and irrational—is strong and thematically resonant. The '2 plus 2 equals 73' line and the 'bought a suit and paid for it with two suits' metaphor crystallize the absurdity. The concept is working; it's the execution of the beat that could be sharpened.

Plot: 6

The plot advances: Mark decides to short rating agencies, and Charlie proposes buying more swaps. But the scene is mostly exposition and reaction; the actual decision to buy more swaps is rushed and lacks a clear obstacle or cost. The 'buy more swaps' beat is the plot engine, but it's underdramatized—Jamie's 'No way!' is the only resistance, and it's quickly overridden.

Originality: 7

The scene's originality lies in its metaphors and the absurdity of the financial logic. 'It's like 2 plus 2 equals 73' and 'I bought a suit and paid for it with two suits' are fresh and memorable. The parallel structure of two groups reaching the same conclusion is effective, though not groundbreaking.


Character Development

Characters: 6

The characters are distinct: Mark is terse and decisive ('Short the rating agencies. All of them.'), Charlie is the analytical one who catches the insight, Jamie is the cautious counterweight, and Ben is the sardonic voice of doom. But the scene doesn't deepen them much—they mostly react to information. Charlie's realization is the only moment of character agency, and it's underplayed.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Mark's decision to short rating agencies is an escalation but not a change—it's consistent with his established cynicism. Charlie's realization is a shift in understanding, but it doesn't change his character; it just confirms his suspicions. The scene is more about plot than character.

Internal Goal: 4

The scene doesn't delve into internal goals. Mark's 'Short the rating agencies' is an external action, not an internal need. Charlie and Jamie's dialogue is about the market, not their personal motivations. The genre (financial drama) can travel light on interiority, but a hint of what drives these characters would add depth.

External Goal: 7

The external goals are clear: Mark wants to short the rating agencies, and Charlie wants to buy more swaps. Both are concrete and actionable. The scene sets up these goals effectively, though the 'buy more swaps' goal is stated but not fully committed to.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has internal conflict within the Brownfield team (Jamie vs. Charlie on buying more swaps) and external tension from the market's illogical behavior. However, the conflict is mostly verbal and intellectual; there's no active antagonist or direct opposition in the scene. The 'rigged game' line hints at systemic conflict but it's not dramatized. The scene lacks a clear opposing force pushing back against the characters' plans.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is abstract—the market, the banks, the 'rigged game.' There's no human antagonist present. Jamie's refusal to buy more swaps is the only direct opposition, but it's brief and not developed. The scene tells us the system is rigged but doesn't show anyone actively opposing the characters' goals.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clearly articulated: Charlie's line about losing 'hundreds of thousands a year until it's all gone and I have to move back in with my mom' personalizes the financial risk. The scene also implies larger stakes—the entire market is rigged, and their bet is against it. The stakes are both personal (financial ruin) and systemic (the collapse of the housing market).

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward on two fronts: Mark's decision to short rating agencies escalates his strategy, and Charlie's realization that the banks are guessing values leads to a plan to buy more swaps. Both are significant plot developments. The scene also deepens the theme of a rigged system.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has a mild surprise: Charlie's sudden realization that the banks are 'guessing' and his counterintuitive proposal to buy more swaps. This is a smart twist that subverts the expected response to losses. However, the overall trajectory is predictable—we know they're heading toward the crash, and the scene doesn't offer a major unexpected turn.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the market is supposed to be rational, but it's not. 'It's rigged. We bought into a rigged game.' This is a strong thematic statement, but the conflict is not dramatized—it's stated. There's no opposing viewpoint in the scene; everyone agrees the system is broken.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene is intellectually engaging but emotionally flat. Charlie's line about moving back in with his mom has a touch of pathos, but it's played for a wry laugh. The characters' fear and anxiety are stated ('climbing the walls') but not felt. The scene doesn't land an emotional punch—it's more about the logic of the situation than the human cost.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Ben's 'Having fun yet?' is a dry, cutting line that fits his cynical voice. Jamie's 'It's like 2 plus 2 equals 73' is a memorable, absurdist metaphor. Charlie's 'I bought a suit and paid for it with two suits' is a clever, visual analogy. The dialogue is efficient and moves the scene forward, though it occasionally veers into explaining the plot rather than revealing character.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging on an intellectual level—the puzzle of the market's illogic is compelling. However, the lack of emotional stakes and the static nature of the conversation (three guys on a phone) makes it feel more like a briefing than a dramatic scene. The 'climbing the walls' description is a tell, not a show.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from the cab to the office to Ben's office quickly, and the dialogue is snappy. The 'Having fun yet?' beat provides a moment of dark humor that breaks the tension. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome and ends on a strong beat with Charlie's proposal.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and the intercut between Ben's office and the Brownfield office is clearly indicated. The 'A94' scene number is a minor oddity but not a problem.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Mark's decision to short rating agencies), complication (the market's illogic), and a turn (Charlie's proposal). However, the transition from the cab to the office feels abrupt, and the scene doesn't have a clear climax—it just ends on a debate. The structure is functional but not dramatically satisfying.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and confusion surrounding the financial crisis, particularly the disconnect between rising mortgage delinquencies and the increasing value of CDOs. However, the dialogue could benefit from more specificity to enhance clarity and impact. For instance, instead of vague phrases like 'it’s completely backwards,' characters could articulate their thoughts with more precise language that reflects their expertise and frustration.
  • The pacing of the scene feels rushed, particularly in the transition between the cab and the office. While the quick cuts can convey urgency, they may also disorient the audience. A more gradual transition or a brief moment of reflection from the characters could help ground the viewer in the emotional stakes of the situation.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Charlie's line about moving back in with his mom, adds levity to an otherwise tense scene. However, this humor could be better integrated into the dialogue to avoid feeling like a jarring shift in tone. Ensuring that the humor arises naturally from the characters' frustrations would enhance the authenticity of their interactions.
  • Ben's character is introduced in a way that feels somewhat disconnected from the main action. While he is on speakerphone, the scene could benefit from visual cues or reactions from the characters in the office to emphasize his presence and the impact of his words. This would create a stronger sense of connection between the characters and their dialogue.
  • The scene ends on a cliffhanger with Charlie suggesting they buy more swaps, which is a strong choice. However, it would be more effective if this moment were built up with a clearer sense of stakes. Adding a line that highlights the potential consequences of this decision could heighten the tension and leave the audience eager to see how the characters will proceed.
Suggestions
  • Revise the dialogue to include more specific language that reflects the characters' expertise and frustrations, enhancing clarity and emotional impact.
  • Consider slowing down the pacing of the scene to allow for a more gradual transition between locations, giving the audience time to absorb the emotional stakes.
  • Integrate humor more naturally into the dialogue to maintain the scene's tone and ensure it feels authentic to the characters' experiences.
  • Enhance Ben's presence in the scene by including visual reactions from the characters in the office, creating a stronger connection to his dialogue.
  • Build up the stakes surrounding Charlie's suggestion to buy more swaps by adding a line that emphasizes the potential consequences of this decision, increasing tension and engagement.



Scene 36 -  Confrontation in the Conference Room
94 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - SAME TIME 94

Jared Vennett is seated in the conference room. Mark, Vinny,
Danny and Porter are SCREAMING AT HIM. He is amazingly calm
and even CHECKS HIS PHONE at one point.

ALL
You fucked us! I knew you’d fuck
us!... What game are you running!
I’m calling the goddamn justice
department! Don’t check your phone!
Don’t you check your fucking
phone!!

Finally the group is exhausted from yelling and they run out
of gas.

JARED
You guys done?

DANNY
Yeah. I think so.

PORTER
(holding his side)
Jesus. I think I pulled a muscle in
my back from yelling.

VINNY
Mortgage defaults are way up. Yet
you quote us a higher price on the
bonds. Tell me why we shouldn’t
pull out of this trade right now?

JARED
Listen, I told you when we did this
deal the ratings agencies, the SEC
and the big banks are clueless. So
now their foot’s on fire and they
think their steak is done and
you’re surprised?

MARK
This isn’t stupidity, this is
fraud.

JARED
Hey, if you can tell me the
difference between stupid and
illegal I’ll have my wife’s brother
arrested.

Danny laughs. Everyone glares at him.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 72A.


DANNY
I’m sorry. That was funny.

JARED
I just don’t think you guys realize
how clueless the system is.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 73.

JARED (CONT'D)
Yeah, there’s shady shit happening
but trust me, it’s all fueled by
stupidity. Face it, as cynical as
you all are I think you still have
a shred of respect left for the
powers that be.

VINNY
Not me.

JARED
Okay, except Vinny.


95 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - SAME TIME 95

Charlie is pleading to his case.

CHARLIE
Look, either we’re wrong or we’re
right in a giant, giant way! If
we’re right I want to go all in. If
we’re wrong I want someone to tell
us.

JAMIE
I’m not feeling remotely confident
that we’re right. And if we’re
wrong, who’s going to tell us?

BEN (V.O.)
Sounds like we need to go to Vegas.

JAMIE
Vegas?


96 INT. FRONTPOINT PARTNERS - SAME TIME 96

JARED VENNETT
Yeah, Vegas. The American
Securitization Forum. It’s next
week. Every bond and CDO salesman,
subprime lender and swap trader in
the country will be there. I’m
telling you, your bet is against
dumb money. I think it’s time you
meet that dumb money.

PORTER
I hate Vegas.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 74.


DANNY
I hear the restaurants in Vegas
have gotten really good. They have
a Nobu.

PORTER
Fucking stop it.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense conference room at Frontpoint Partners, Jared Vennett faces an angry group—Mark, Vinny, Danny, and Porter—who accuse him of ruining their investment and threaten to report him. Despite their fury, Jared remains calm, suggesting that the financial crisis stems from ignorance rather than fraud. He proposes they attend the American Securitization Forum in Vegas to confront the 'dumb money' in the market, leaving the group with mixed feelings about the trip.
Strengths
  • Strong philosophical conflict
  • Memorable, original dialogue
  • Clear plot advancement
  • Effective group dynamics
  • Good use of comic relief
Weaknesses
  • Predictable character reactions
  • Internal stakes not deeply explored
  • Slight disjointedness in the intercut with Brownfield

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to resolve the team's crisis of confidence and pivot the plot toward Vegas, which it does effectively with strong dialogue and a clear philosophical conflict. The main limitation is that the scene is more functional than exceptional—the characters' reactions are predictable, and the internal stakes are not deeply explored, which keeps it from being a standout.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a confrontation where the 'victims' (Mark's team) are actually the ones who are right, and the 'villain' (Jared) is the one who calmly explains the systemic stupidity. The twist that Jared is not the enemy but a messenger of the system's idiocy is fresh and well-executed. The escalation from screaming to exhaustion to a rational pivot to Vegas is a smart structural beat. The concept is working; the only minor cost is that the scene's intellectual point (stupidity vs. fraud) is delivered as a monologue rather than dramatized through action.

Plot: 7

The plot advances clearly: the team's crisis of confidence is resolved by Jared's redirection to the Vegas conference, which sets up the next major story beat. The scene also reinforces the central conflict (the market's irrationality) and the characters' positions. The plot is functional and moves the story forward, though the transition to the Brownfield office and back feels slightly disjointed, as if two separate scenes are stitched together.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its inversion of the typical 'confrontation' trope: the accused is calm, the accusers are hysterical, and the resolution is not a victory but a strategic retreat. The line 'if you can tell me the difference between stupid and illegal I’ll have my wife’s brother arrested' is a memorable, original piece of dialogue that encapsulates the film's cynical worldview. The scene's originality is a key strength.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-drawn: Mark's moral outrage, Vinny's pragmatism, Danny's comic relief, Porter's physical comedy, and Jared's unnerving calm all come through clearly. The scene gives each character a moment to shine, and the group dynamic is believable. The only minor weakness is that the characters' reactions are somewhat predictable given their established traits, but this is not a significant cost.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows character movement through pressure and status shift: the team's confidence is shaken, and they are forced to confront the possibility that their cynical worldview is not cynical enough. Jared's status rises as he remains calm under pressure. However, the change is more of a reaffirmation of existing traits than a transformation. The scene does not show a character learning something new about themselves, but it does show a shift in the group's strategy and emotional state.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene's internal goals are present but not deeply explored. Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral high ground and prove the system is fraudulent, which is challenged by Jared's 'stupidity' argument. The other characters' internal goals are less defined. The scene is more about external conflict and plot advancement than internal character work, which is appropriate for this genre and scene type.

External Goal: 8

The external goals are clear and drive the scene: the team wants to understand why the market is rising and whether to pull out of the trade; Jared wants to convince them to stay in and go to Vegas. The scene resolves this goal by setting up the Vegas trip. The external goal is well-defined and the scene achieves it.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene opens with high-intensity conflict as the group screams at Jared, accusing him of betrayal. The conflict is direct and visceral, but it quickly deflates into exposition. The initial confrontation is strong, but the middle section becomes a lecture from Jared, reducing the dramatic tension. The conflict is resolved too easily—Jared's calm explanation and the group's exhaustion end the argument without a real shift in power or stakes.

Opposition: 6

Jared is the clear antagonist, but his opposition is passive—he absorbs the group's anger and then explains. He doesn't actively push back or challenge their accusations beyond a dismissive joke. The group's opposition is unified, but they lack a specific, actionable demand. The opposition is present but not sharpened; it's more of a venting session than a strategic confrontation.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied—the group's investment is losing value, and they're considering pulling out—but they're not articulated with urgency. The dialogue mentions 'mortgage defaults are way up' and 'higher price on the bonds,' but the personal and financial consequences for the characters are vague. The scene doesn't make us feel the weight of their potential loss or the risk of staying in.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward decisively: it resolves the immediate crisis of confidence, re-establishes the central thesis (the system is stupid, not evil), and sets up the Vegas conference as the next major plot point. The scene also deepens the audience's understanding of the characters' positions. This is a strong, functional story-forward scene.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: the group is angry, Jared is calm, and he suggests Vegas as a solution. The beats follow a familiar pattern of confrontation → explanation → resolution. There's a small surprise in Danny's laugh and Porter's pulled muscle, but these are comedic beats that don't alter the scene's trajectory. The Vegas suggestion is telegraphed by Ben's voiceover earlier, so it's not a twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene's philosophical conflict is its core: the tension between seeing the crisis as fraud (Mark) versus stupidity (Jared). This is a genuine, well-articulated conflict that resonates with the film's themes. The line 'if you can tell me the difference between stupid and illegal' crystallizes the conflict. The scene engages with this conflict directly and effectively.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has surface emotion—anger, frustration—but it doesn't land deeply. The group's anger is broad and generic; we don't feel their fear or desperation. Jared's calmness is interesting but doesn't evoke empathy. The comedic beats (Danny's laugh, Porter's pulled muscle) undercut the tension, making the scene feel more like a sitcom than a high-stakes drama. The emotional stakes are intellectual rather than visceral.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful, especially Jared's lines: 'if you can tell me the difference between stupid and illegal I'll have my wife's brother arrested' and 'Face it, as cynical as you all are I think you still have a shred of respect left for the powers that be.' The group's yelling is energetic and believable. However, some lines feel like they're explaining the plot (e.g., 'Mortgage defaults are way up. Yet you quote us a higher price on the bonds.') rather than revealing character. The dialogue is functional but not consistently memorable.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging at the start due to the high-energy confrontation, but it loses steam in the middle as Jared lectures. The comedic beats (Danny's laugh, Porter's pulled muscle) provide some levity but also break the tension. The Vegas suggestion is a clear hook, but it comes after the conflict has already deflated. The scene feels like it's setting up the next location rather than being a compelling scene in its own right.

Pacing: 6

The scene starts at a fast pace with the yelling, but then slows down significantly during Jared's explanation. The intercut with the Brownfield office provides a brief change of pace, but it's brief and doesn't add much. The scene ends with a slow fade into the Vegas setup. The pacing is uneven—it's a sprint at the start, a walk in the middle, and a jog at the end.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are concise. The use of 'ALL' for the group's yelling is effective. The intercut is clearly marked with scene numbers. There are minor issues like the 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' markers, but they're standard. The formatting doesn't hinder readability.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: confrontation → explanation → decision to go to Vegas. However, the middle section is too long and feels like a lecture. The intercut with Brownfield is a structural choice that works to show parallel action, but it's underdeveloped. The scene's function is to set up the Vegas trip, but it does so in a way that feels like a detour rather than a natural progression.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and frustration among the characters, particularly Mark, Vinny, Danny, and Porter, as they confront Jared Vennett. The use of shouting and physicality conveys their emotional state, but it risks overwhelming the audience with noise rather than allowing for nuanced dialogue. The balance between chaos and clarity could be improved.
  • Jared's calm demeanor amidst the chaos is a strong character choice, showcasing his confidence and detachment from the situation. However, his responses could benefit from more depth. Instead of merely dismissing the accusations, he could provide more insight into his perspective, which would enhance the conflict and give the audience a clearer understanding of his motivations.
  • The dialogue is sharp and reflects the characters' personalities well, but it occasionally veers into cliché territory with phrases like 'You fucked us!' and 'I’m calling the goddamn justice department!' These could be replaced with more original expressions that better reflect the characters' unique voices.
  • The transition to the Brownfield office feels abrupt. While it serves to juxtapose the two groups' reactions, a smoother transition could enhance the flow of the scene. Perhaps a visual or auditory cue could bridge the two locations more effectively.
  • The humor introduced through Danny's laughter and Jared's quip about his wife’s brother adds levity to an otherwise tense scene. However, it may undermine the gravity of the situation. The balance between humor and tension needs careful handling to maintain the scene's stakes.
Suggestions
  • Consider incorporating more varied reactions from the characters during the confrontation. Instead of all shouting, allow for moments of silence or hesitation that can heighten the tension and make the dialogue more impactful.
  • Deepen Jared's character by giving him a more substantial rationale for his actions. This could involve him acknowledging the flaws in the system while still defending his position, which would create a more complex antagonist.
  • Revise some of the dialogue to avoid clichés and make it feel fresher. Focus on how each character would uniquely express their frustration or disbelief, reflecting their backgrounds and personalities.
  • Create a more seamless transition between the FrontPoint Partners and Brownfield offices. This could involve a visual motif or a shared line of dialogue that connects the two scenes, enhancing the narrative flow.
  • Evaluate the placement of humor within the scene. Ensure that it serves to enhance the tension rather than diffuse it. Consider using humor strategically to provide relief at critical moments without undermining the overall stakes.



Scene 37 -  Skepticism in Sin City
97 INT. VENETIAN HOTEL - STATUES - DAY 97

CU The LIVING STATUES AT THE VENETIAN. The white classical
statues are STILL FOR A BEAT and THEN MOVE AND LOOK INTO
CAMERA.

MUSIC: A hip hop or rap song that exudes attitude like TOUCH
IT OR NOT by CAM’RON kicks in as soon as the statues move.


98 INT. MAIN CASINO FLOOR OF CAESAR’S PALACE - DAY 98

QUICK SERIES OF IMAGES: 1) Cash being exchanged for chips 2)
A SEXY WAITRESS serving drinks with a tattoo of her baby
daughter on her calf 3) A MARINE is playing two slot machines
smoking and drinking. 4) A poster showing happy good looking
people gambling and winning.


99 INT. TRADE SHOW FLOOR - CAESAR’S PALACE - DAY 99

A sea of sponsored booths. Familiar banks. Lots and lots of
White people. A BANNER tells us it's the:

American Securitization Forum

Ben gives Charlie and Jamie the tour. Jamie takes photos with
his cell. Charlie gets schooled.

BEN
And what's "midprime"?

CHARLIE
A loan that's between prime and
subprime?

JAMIE
Midprime's exactly the same as
subprime.

CHARLIE
That doesn't make sense.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 75.


BEN
And if a bond is “rich” it is...?

CHARLIE
Loaded with assets?

JAMIE
Overpriced and you probably lose
all your money.
(how did he know this?)
I can’t sleep on planes so I did my
homework.

Ben stops, turns to his proteges.

BEN
Let’s focus up. Now what's our goal
here?

CHARLIE
To figure out if this is the deal
of a lifetime, or if everybody
knows something we don’t and we’re
about to get royally screwed.

BEN
Good. Now don’t lose sight of that
when you’re with the guys from Bear
tomorrow morning. I set you up with
a face-to-face.

JAMIE
Great!

CHARLIE
Where’s the meeting?

Mark, Vinny, Danny and Porter enter and cross past the
Brownfield Guys.

MARK BAUM
Five years ago securitization was a
loser convention. 100, maybe 200
people would show. 500 billion
dollars a year later and you get
this.

PORTER
A lot of smug looks in this place.

VINNY
It’s like someone hit a pinata
filled with white people who suck
at golf. Who are all these clowns?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 76.


MARK BAUM
According to Vennett, this is who
we’re betting against.

Vennett approaches the group with his young ASSISTANT, who
hands out room keys.

JARED
Hello gentlemen. My assistant Chris
has your room keys. I trust your
travel was uneventful?

MARK
So when do we get face time with
these charming folks?

JARED
They’ll be plenty of face time. But
remember, we’re here to gather
info, not advertise our short
position. We don’t want to spook
anyone. Got it?

Mark nods. The group still checking out the crowded lobby.

JARED (CONT’D)
Seriously. Mark, you’ve got a very
loud mouth. Can you muzzle it for a
few days?

MARK
So you don’t want me warning people
that the entire conference is put
on to normalize the buying and
selling of worthless shit?

JARED
Yes.

VINNY
Don’t worry. We’ll be good little
boys.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a vibrant scene set in Las Vegas, living statues at the Venetian Hotel come to life as hip hop music plays, transitioning to the bustling casino floor of Caesar's Palace. Ben guides Charlie and Jamie through the American Securitization Forum, discussing complex financial terms while Jamie showcases his research. Mark Baum and his team express skepticism about the conference attendees and their motives, with humorous commentary from Vinny. Jared Vennett advises the group to remain discreet about their short position, highlighting the tension and superficiality of the environment as they gather information.
Strengths
  • Strong satirical concept
  • Distinct character voices
  • Memorable comedic lines
  • Clear external goal
Weaknesses
  • Minimal character movement
  • Lacks a plot turn or complication
  • Philosophical conflict stated but not dramatized

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6

The scene's primary job is to assemble the characters at the conference and set up the next phase of the investigation, which it does competently with strong satirical flavor. The main limitation is that it's a setup scene with little character movement or plot turn, so it feels functional rather than dynamic.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—a financial conference as a carnival of delusion—is strong and well-executed. The living statues, the casino imagery, and the 'pinata filled with white people who suck at golf' line all reinforce the theme of a grotesque, self-congratulatory industry. The concept is clear: this is the heart of the 'dumb money' that the protagonists are betting against.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by bringing all the main characters to the conference, setting up the Bear Stearns meeting, and establishing the mission to gather info without revealing their short position. It's a functional setup scene, but it doesn't introduce a new complication or turn—it's mostly a 'gathering of forces' beat.

Originality: 7

The scene is fresh in its satirical take on the financial industry, using the conference as a microcosm of the bubble. The 'midprime' and 'rich' bond dialogue is a clever way to expose the absurdity of the jargon. The 'pinata' line is original and memorable.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-differentiated: Ben is the mentor, Charlie is the naive student, Jamie is the sharp one who did his homework, Mark is the loud, cynical truth-teller, Vinny is the comic relief, and Jared is the slick insider. Their voices are distinct and consistent with their established personalities. The scene does a good job of showing their dynamics without over-explaining.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. The characters are essentially in the same positions they were in before: Ben is mentoring, Charlie is learning, Jamie is confident, Mark is angry, Jared is managing. The scene doesn't put new pressure on them or reveal a new facet. It's a 'status quo' scene in terms of character development.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't delve deeply into any character's internal goal. The closest is Mark's desire to expose the fraud, but it's expressed as external anger rather than an internal need. The scene is more about external action and setup.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: the characters are at the conference to gather information and set up the Bear Stearns meeting, while keeping their short position secret. Ben states the goal explicitly, and Jared reinforces the need for discretion. This is well-established and functional.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has a clear central tension: the Brownfield guys and Mark's team are at the conference to gather intel without revealing their short positions, and Jared explicitly warns Mark to muzzle his loud mouth. The conflict is mostly verbal and internal—Mark's impulse to expose the fraud vs. the need for secrecy. However, the conflict is undercut because Mark's team and Jared are on the same side; the only real friction is Jared's warning, which Mark immediately challenges but then Vinny defuses. The scene lacks a genuine opposing force or a moment where the conflict escalates.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is weak. The only opposing force is Jared's instruction to stay quiet, which is more of a caution than a true antagonist. The conference itself is presented as a sea of smug bankers, but they are faceless and don't push back. Mark's team is united, and the Brownfield guys are also on the same side. There's no character or force that actively works against the protagonists' goal of gathering info without revealing their position.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are implied but not felt. The scene establishes that the conference is where the 'dumb money' is, and the team is there to gather info without revealing their short position. The risk of being discovered is mentioned by Jared, but it's not dramatized. The scene doesn't show what happens if they fail—if they're discovered, they might spook the market and lose their advantage. The stakes are intellectual (gathering info) rather than visceral.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by physically assembling the characters at the conference and setting up the Bear Stearns meeting. It also reinforces the central conflict (betting against the market) and the need for secrecy. However, it's more of a 'gathering' scene than a scene that changes the trajectory—the characters are where they need to be, but nothing new is learned or decided.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is fairly predictable: the team arrives, gets a tour, and is warned to stay quiet. The only slight surprise is Jamie's knowledge of 'midprime' and 'rich' bonds, which shows he's done his homework. The scene doesn't offer any unexpected turns or revelations. The humor is predictable—Mark's rant about the conference being 'worthless shit' is expected from his character.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on the philosophical conflict between the characters' cynical view of the market and the industry's self-delusion. Mark's line about 'normalize the buying and selling of worthless shit' is a direct statement of this conflict. However, it's not deeply explored—it's more stated than dramatized.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is mostly intellectual and comedic, with little emotional weight. The characters are amused and cynical, but there's no emotional stakes or vulnerability. The only hint of emotion is Mark's frustration with the conference, but it's played for laughs. The scene doesn't make the audience feel the gravity of the situation—the impending financial crisis—or the personal stakes for the characters.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. The exchange about 'midprime' and 'rich' bonds is a clever way to show Jamie's research and Charlie's naivety. Mark's line about the conference being 'put on to normalize the buying and selling of worthless shit' is a strong, thematic line. Vinny's 'pinata filled with white people who suck at golf' is a memorable, funny line. The dialogue is efficient and serves the characters.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in a comedic, observational way—the tour of the conference is fun, and the characters' banter is entertaining. However, the scene lacks a driving question or a sense of urgency. The audience is watching the characters prepare for something, but the scene itself doesn't create a strong pull to see what happens next. The humor keeps it afloat, but the stakes are too low to be truly gripping.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from the statues to the casino floor to the trade show floor quickly, establishing the setting without lingering. The dialogue is snappy, and the scene doesn't overstay its welcome. The quick cuts of the casino floor are a nice montage that sets the tone. The scene ends on a comedic note with Vinny's line, which is a good beat.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of parentheticals like '(how did he know this?)' is a bit unusual but adds a voice. The scene numbers and page numbers are consistent. No major formatting issues.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: establish the setting, introduce the characters' goals, and end with a warning. However, the structure is a bit loose—the scene is more of a montage of moments than a cohesive unit. The transition from the tour to the warning is abrupt, and the scene doesn't build to a clear climax. The ending with Vinny's line is a bit of a letdown, as it defuses the tension rather than escalating it.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaotic and superficial atmosphere of the American Securitization Forum, using vivid imagery and a lively soundtrack to set the tone. However, the transition from the Venetian Hotel to the casino floor feels abrupt. A smoother transition could enhance the flow and maintain the audience's engagement.
  • The dialogue between Ben, Charlie, and Jamie is informative but could benefit from more subtext. While they discuss financial terms, the stakes of their investigation could be heightened by incorporating personal motivations or fears, making their dialogue feel more urgent and relatable.
  • Mark's entrance with his team adds a layer of tension, but the dialogue lacks a strong emotional punch. Mark's sarcastic remarks about the conference could be more biting or insightful, reflecting his character's frustration with the financial system. This would deepen the audience's understanding of his motivations.
  • The humor in Vinny's line about the conference attendees is effective, but it could be enhanced by showing more of the characters' reactions to the absurdity around them. This would create a stronger connection between the characters and the audience, allowing viewers to share in their disdain.
  • Jared's warning to Mark about keeping a low profile is a crucial moment, but it could be more impactful if it included a specific example of what could go wrong if Mark doesn't comply. This would raise the stakes and create a sense of urgency that is currently lacking.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection or internal monologue for Mark as he observes the conference attendees, which could provide insight into his character and the broader implications of the event.
  • Incorporate more visual storytelling elements, such as close-ups of the attendees' expressions or reactions to the discussions, to enhance the emotional weight of the scene.
  • Strengthen the dialogue by infusing it with more character-specific language or jargon that reflects each character's personality and background, making their interactions feel more distinct.
  • Explore the dynamics between the characters further, perhaps by introducing a moment of conflict or disagreement among them that highlights their differing perspectives on the financial crisis.
  • End the scene with a stronger hook or cliffhanger that leaves the audience eager to see what happens next, perhaps by foreshadowing a significant revelation or confrontation at the conference.



Scene 38 -  Guns and CDOs: A Misfire in Vegas
100 INT. SHOOTING RANGE - THE GUN STORE - LAS VEGAS - DAY 100

RICH GUY and Reps from Bear Stearns in business casual shoot
guns.

Bullets rip into politically incorrect targets...a black kid
attacking a sexy white woman, an Asian gangster, a big photo
of Osama bin Laden.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 76A.


Charlie and Jamie shoot Uzi's, surprised by how much fun
they're having. Clips spent, they remove headgear.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 77.


CHARLIE
The Beretta's great, but the Uzi...
awesome!

BEAR REP #2
Nice shooting, Brown Holers.

JAMIE
Brownfield. The name of the company
is Brownfield.

BEAR REP #2
Yeah, I know. But it’s more fun to
call you Brown Hole.

CHARLIE
I get it, wow that’s really clever.

Another Bear Rep #1 is about to shoot.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
Hey, Matt right?

BEAR REP #1
(removes head phones)
What’s going on?

CHARLIE
We were hoping we could get a
little more insight on the CDO’s
from you we’ve got swaps on.

JAMIE
SO, what do you think’s gonna
happen to CDO’s in seven years?

BEAR REP #1
7 years? I just need this CDO
machine to keep going for another 2
years. By then I’ll be rich enough
to get a place in Aspen.

CHARLIE
Do you have any concerns about the
performance of the underlying
securitizations? It’s easy to see
delinquencies and even default
rates on the rise.

BEAR REP #1
Don’t be a buzzkill, dude. We
didn’t bring you guys out here to
talk work, OK?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 77A.


JAMIE
Then why did you?

BEAR REP #1
We need a client along so we can
expense the ammo.

Aims machine gun at a poster of thug, and fires.

RICH BEAR REP
Woooo!!

CHARLIE
(to Jamie)
Holy shit. These are the guys on
the other side of our trade. They
only care about their fees and
bonuses. And they’re morons. We
need to buy more shorts.

Jamie checks his cell.

JAMIE
You hit the main floor and price
some more swaps. My Brother’s ex
girlfriend works at the SEC and
she’s in town. If we’re missing
something she can tell me.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary At a Las Vegas shooting range, Charlie and Jamie from Brownfield engage in shooting alongside Bear Stearns representatives. While Charlie expresses serious concerns about the performance of CDOs, the Bear Reps dismiss his worries, prioritizing fun and profit instead. Amidst the casual atmosphere and politically incorrect targets, Jamie checks his phone for insights from his brother's ex-girlfriend at the SEC, hinting at a strategic pivot back to business. The scene highlights the tension between the lighthearted outing and the serious financial implications of their work.
Strengths
  • Ironic shooting range setting that visualizes moral blindness
  • Sharp, cynical dialogue that reveals character and theme
  • Clear external goal and decision to buy more shorts
  • Effective use of the 'expense the ammo' joke to expose greed
Weaknesses
  • Plot advancement is incremental, not a turning point
  • Bear Reps are somewhat one-dimensional, though fitting for satire
  • Internal goals are underdeveloped, but not a major issue for the genre

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to satirize the financial industry's recklessness and confirm the protagonists' thesis, and it lands that effectively with a memorable, ironic setting and sharp dialogue. The main limitation is that it's a confirmation beat rather than a turning point, so it doesn't significantly raise the stakes or complicate the characters, which keeps it from being exceptional.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—bond traders at a shooting range, firing at politically incorrect targets while discussing CDOs—is a sharp, ironic visual metaphor for the recklessness and moral blindness of the financial industry. It works because it externalizes the characters' casual disregard for consequences. The targets (a black kid, an Asian gangster, bin Laden) are deliberately provocative, reinforcing the film's satirical edge. The concept is strong and memorable, though it risks being too on-the-nose if not balanced with the characters' genuine concerns.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by confirming Charlie and Jamie's suspicions about the Bear Stearns reps' ignorance and greed, leading Charlie to decide to buy more shorts. It also sets up Jamie's meeting with the SEC contact. However, the plot movement is modest—it's more of a confirmation beat than a turning point. The scene's function is to reinforce the thesis that the other side of the trade is clueless, which it does effectively, but it doesn't introduce new complications or raise the stakes significantly.

Originality: 8

The scene is highly original in its fusion of gun culture with financial jargon. The image of traders firing Uzis while discussing 'underlying securitizations' is fresh and memorable. The 'expense the ammo' line is a clever, cynical joke that underscores the moral bankruptcy. The scene avoids clichés by making the Bear reps casually dismissive rather than overtly villainous, which feels more authentic. The originality is a key strength, though it could be pushed further by making the targets more thematically resonant.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Charlie and Jamie are well-differentiated: Charlie is earnest and detail-oriented, asking about 'underlying securitizations,' while Jamie is more strategic, thinking about the SEC contact. The Bear Reps are effectively drawn as shallow and self-interested, with the 'Brown Hole' joke and the 'expense the ammo' line revealing their casual contempt. The scene gives each character a clear voice and purpose, though the Bear Reps are somewhat one-dimensional, which is appropriate for the satire.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows Charlie and Jamie moving from curiosity to conviction—Charlie's 'Holy shit' moment crystallizes their understanding of the other side's ignorance, leading to a decision to buy more shorts. This is a form of character movement: a shift from passive observers to active players. However, it's not a profound change; it's a confirmation of their existing worldview. The Bear Reps don't change, which is fine for the satire. The scene's character function is to solidify the protagonists' resolve, which it does adequately.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene doesn't heavily engage with internal goals—Charlie and Jamie's internal drives are implicit (they want to prove their thesis, maybe gain validation), but not explicitly explored. The focus is on external action and dialogue. For a satirical thriller, this is acceptable; the scene is more about exposing the system than delving into character psychology. The internal goal is present but not a driving force here.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Charlie and Jamie want to gather information about their CDO swaps and assess the risk. They ask pointed questions, and the Bear Reps' dismissive answers confirm their thesis. The scene ends with a concrete external action—Charlie decides to buy more shorts, and Jamie plans to meet the SEC contact. The external goal is well-defined and drives the scene's dialogue and decisions.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has a surface-level conflict: Charlie and Jamie want information about CDOs, while the Bear reps deflect and dismiss them. The conflict is real but underdeveloped—the reps' refusal to engage is more comedic than threatening, and Charlie and Jamie's pushback is mild. The line 'Don't be a buzzkill, dude' is the peak of opposition, but it's a brush-off, not a real obstacle. The scene lacks a moment where the reps actively mislead or where Charlie/Jamie face a consequence for pressing.

Opposition: 4

The Bear reps are the opposition, but they are passive and one-dimensional. They mock Charlie and Jamie ('Brown Hole') and deflect questions, but they don't actively work against them. The opposition is more about indifference than resistance. The line 'We need a client along so we can expense the ammo' is a good reveal of their selfishness, but it doesn't create a real obstacle for Charlie and Jamie—they just move on.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implied but not felt. Charlie and Jamie are trying to confirm their thesis and buy more shorts, but the scene doesn't make clear what they stand to lose or gain in this moment. The line 'We need to buy more shorts' is a decision, but the stakes are abstract—we don't feel the risk of being wrong or the cost of inaction. The scene is a beat in a larger plot, but it lacks immediate, tangible stakes.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by solidifying Charlie and Jamie's resolve to increase their short position, and by setting up Jamie's meeting with the SEC contact. However, the forward motion is incremental—it's a confirmation scene rather than a catalyst. The decision to 'buy more shorts' is a logical next step, but it doesn't introduce a new obstacle or change the trajectory. The scene's primary value is in character and theme, not plot advancement.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictability in the setting (shooting range) and the reveal that the Bear reps are using clients to expense ammo. The line 'We need a client along so we can expense the ammo' is a surprising, darkly comic twist. However, the overall beat is predictable: Charlie and Jamie try to get info, get brushed off, and decide to act. The scene doesn't subvert expectations in a major way.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene embodies a philosophical conflict between short-term greed and long-term responsibility. The Bear Reps' 'I just need this CDO machine to keep going for another 2 years' versus Charlie's concern about 'underlying securitizations' and rising delinquencies. The shooting range setting amplifies this: they're literally playing with fire while ignoring the consequences. The conflict is dramatized through dialogue and action, making it a strong thematic beat.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is mostly comedic and cynical, with little emotional weight. Charlie and Jamie's realization that the Bear reps are 'morons' is a moment of dark humor, but it doesn't land emotionally. The scene doesn't make us feel the moral weight of what they're doing—betting against the housing market—or the tension of their situation. The emotional beat is intellectual rather than visceral.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has some sharp lines, like 'Brown Hole' and 'We need a client along so we can expense the ammo.' The banter is snappy and fits the tone. However, some lines feel on-the-nose, like Charlie's 'They only care about their fees and bonuses. And they're morons.' This is a direct statement of theme rather than a natural character moment. The dialogue could be more subtextual.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in a surface way—the shooting range is visually interesting, and the banter is fun. But the engagement is not deep; it doesn't make us care about the characters or the outcome. The scene is a quick beat in a larger plot, and it holds attention but doesn't create a strong pull to see what happens next.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from shooting to conversation to decision quickly, which fits the film's fast-paced, information-dense style. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome, and the beats are clear. The only slight issue is that the transition from the shooting to the conversation feels a bit abrupt, but it works.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. The scene headings are clear, and the action lines are concise. The dialogue is properly formatted. There are a few minor issues, like the 'BUFF REVISED' page numbers, but those are production artifacts, not script issues.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (shooting), complication (attempt to get info), and resolution (decision to buy more shorts). It's a functional scene that advances the plot. However, the structure is a bit formulaic—the 'try to get info, get brushed off, decide to act' pattern is common. The scene could benefit from a more surprising turn.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes the lightheartedness of shooting guns with the serious implications of the financial crisis, creating a stark contrast that highlights the characters' detachment from the consequences of their actions. However, the humor can come off as insensitive given the politically incorrect targets, which may alienate some viewers and detract from the overall message.
  • The dialogue is snappy and captures the banter between the characters, but it risks trivializing the gravity of the financial situation they are discussing. The Bear Rep's dismissive attitude towards the concerns about CDOs feels too casual, which could undermine the tension that should be present given the context of the impending financial collapse.
  • The characters of Charlie and Jamie are somewhat underdeveloped in this scene. While they express concern about the CDOs, their motivations and emotional stakes could be more clearly articulated. This would help the audience connect with them on a deeper level and understand why they are so invested in the outcome of these financial instruments.
  • The setting of a shooting range is an interesting choice, but it may distract from the main conversation about CDOs. The action of shooting could overshadow the dialogue, making it difficult for the audience to focus on the critical financial discussions. A more subdued environment might allow for a more serious tone and deeper exploration of the characters' thoughts.
  • The scene ends with a somewhat abrupt transition to Jamie checking his cell phone, which feels like a missed opportunity to build tension or foreshadow future events. A more deliberate conclusion could enhance the impact of the scene and leave the audience wanting to know more about the implications of their conversation.
Suggestions
  • Consider toning down the politically incorrect targets or replacing them with more neutral options to avoid alienating viewers and to maintain focus on the financial themes.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes for Charlie and Jamie by incorporating more personal motivations or backstory that explains their investment in the CDOs and their concerns about the market.
  • Shift the setting to a more subdued environment, such as a bar or a private meeting room, to allow for deeper conversations and a more serious tone that reflects the gravity of the financial crisis.
  • Add a moment of reflection or realization for Charlie and Jamie at the end of the scene, perhaps as they discuss the implications of what they've just learned, to create a stronger emotional impact and set up the next scene.
  • Incorporate more tension in the dialogue by having Charlie and Jamie push back harder against the Bear Reps' dismissive attitudes, emphasizing the stakes involved in their financial dealings.



Scene 39 -  Confronting Optimism: A Clash in the Ballroom
101 INT. GIANT BALLROOM - SAME TIME 101

TWO HUNDRED OR SO BANKERS AND BOND TRADERS TAKE THEIR SEATS
in a large ball room with a podium at the front. A sign reads
“Option One CEO Paul Dantone: The Mortgage Market is Strong
and Getting Stronger”

DANNY
Option One is the mortgage company
last year that took a big loss in
their subprime department.

PORTER
I don’t get it. They sell the
mortgages they make. How did they
take losses?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 78.


DANNY
There’s a provision that if the
owner misses the very first payment
the loan goes back to Option One.

VINNY
Who takes a mortgage if they can’t
make the first payment?

MARK
The real question is: what company
gives a mortgage to someone who
can’t make the first payment?

LATER: THE CEO OF OPTION ONE is speaking to the room.

OPTION ONE CEO
...Business is good. Profits are
strong and the mortgage continues
to be the bedrock on which this
economy is built. Yes, we did take
some losses in our subprime
department last year. But those
losses will be contained at 5%.

Mark raises his hand.

VINNY
(whispers)
Hey Mark, this isn’t a Q and A...

Mark juts his hand up even higher.

OPTION ONE CEO
Uh, yes... There’s a question?

MARK
Would you say it’s a possibility or
a probability that subprime losses
stop at 5%?!

OPTION ONE CEO
Well... I would say it’s a very
strong probability.

Mark raises his hand again. But his hand is in the shape of a
ZERO.

MARK
Zero! There is a zero percent
chance your subprime losses stop at
5%!

His phone rings.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 79.


MARK (CONT’D)
Excuse me, I have to take this!

He gets up and leaves while answering his phone.

MARK (CONT’D)
Hey honey... You’re just calling to
say hi? Well that’s so sweet. How
are the kids?

Mark walks past Vennett, patting him on the shoulder. JARED
flips him off and then looks to camera.

JARED VENNETT
The fucker really did this.

CUT TO:


102 INT. SCION OFFICE - SAN JOSE - DAY 102

CU OF EMAILS:

“Withdrawing money end of the month”

“I trusted you. And you betrayed that trust. I am done with
Scion”

“Will be severing ties with Scion next month”

“When my two year period is over next month I withdraw all my
money from your fund”

Mike Burry is looking at his emails at his desk. He looks
pale and unhealthy. He now has only THREE EMPLOYEES -- the
other desks have the abandoned look of people laid off
quickly.

Mike comes out and goes to the company white board. He writes
the latest quarterly returns...-19.3%.

On his way out, he stops at a ladder where his Assistant is
putting up Valentine’s decorations.

MIKE
Can you come in early tomorrow? As
you know, we also have big shorts
in AIG and Countrywide, Frauddie
Mac and I need to unload those
positions to ensure we can afford
the insurance premiums on our core
mortgage short.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 79A.


ASSISTANT
Sure Dr. Burry.

Mike starts to leave.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 80.


ASSISTANT (CONT’D)
Dr. Burry? What’s going to happen?
If the investors withdraw, are we
done?

MIKE
Honestly? I don’t know. The bonds
aren’t going down. They won’t move.
It’s possible we are in a
completely fraudulent system.

ASSISTANT
Or you’re wrong.

Silence.

ASSISTANT (CONT’D)
I’m sorry. I just meant...

MIKE
That’s okay Lewis. Yes, it’s
possible I’m wrong. I don’t know
how. But I guess when someone’s
wrong they never know how.

He leaves.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense ballroom setting, the CEO of Option One addresses bankers about the mortgage market's resilience despite subprime losses. Mark challenges the CEO's optimistic claims, asserting there's a zero percent chance of losses being contained at 5%, before leaving for a phone call. Meanwhile, Mike Burry grapples with investor withdrawals and doubts about the market's integrity, highlighting the conflict between corporate optimism and financial reality.
Strengths
  • Memorable public confrontation
  • Clear philosophical clash
  • Effective parallel cut to Burry's office
  • Concrete financial detail (first-payment provision)
Weaknesses
  • CEO is a one-dimensional strawman
  • No new information or character development
  • Scene feels like a confirmation rather than a turning point

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the public denial of the housing bubble and the private pressure on the protagonists, and it does this effectively with a memorable confrontation and a poignant parallel cut. The main limitation is that it doesn't add new information or character depth—it confirms what we already know—so it feels more like a strong beat than a transformative scene.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—a public Q&A where a skeptic publicly challenges a CEO's rosy forecast—is a classic but effective confrontation. It works because it dramatizes the core theme of the film (the gap between official narrative and reality) in a public, theatrical setting. The CEO's 'contained at 5%' line and Mark's 'Zero!' retort are clear and punchy. The concept is strong but not entirely fresh; it's a familiar 'truth-teller vs. establishment' beat. The scene also introduces the Option One provision (first-payment default) which is a concrete, revealing detail.

Plot: 7

The scene advances the plot by confirming Mark's thesis (the market is fraudulent) and by showing the public face of denial. It also sets up the next beat: Mark's phone call (likely about his family) and the cut to Burry's office, which shows the parallel pressure on the other protagonist. The scene is functional in moving the plot, but it doesn't introduce a new complication or twist; it's more of a confirmation of what we already suspect.

Originality: 6

The scene is a well-executed version of a familiar trope: the contrarian calling out the establishment in a public forum. The 'zero' hand gesture is a nice visual touch, and the phone call interruption is a bit of comic relief. However, the scene doesn't offer a fresh angle on this trope; it's a standard beat in a financial drama. The originality is adequate but not standout.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is in his element: confrontational, theatrical, and morally outraged. The scene reinforces his established character without adding new layers, but it does so effectively. The CEO is a one-note strawman, but that's appropriate for the scene's function. Burry's brief appearance is poignant—he's isolated, pale, and facing the consequences of his conviction. The assistant's question 'Or you're wrong?' adds a human moment of doubt.

Character Changes: 6

There is no significant character change in this scene. Mark is consistent with his established persona; Burry is consistent with his. The scene functions more as a confirmation of their traits than a moment of growth or regression. However, the scene does add pressure: Mark's public challenge raises the stakes, and Burry's isolation deepens. This is a 'meaningful stasis'—the characters are tested but not changed.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to expose the truth and validate his worldview. The scene shows him achieving a small victory (publicly challenging the CEO), but it doesn't delve into his internal state beyond his usual outrage. Burry's internal goal is to be right and protect his investors, but the scene shows him facing doubt ('It's possible we are in a completely fraudulent system' and 'Or you're wrong'). The internal goals are present but not deeply explored.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to prove the market is fraudulent and to profit from it. In this scene, he publicly challenges the CEO, which is a step toward that goal. Burry's external goal is to maintain his fund and his positions; the scene shows him struggling to do so as investors withdraw. Both external goals are clear and the scene advances them.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has strong, escalating conflict. Mark's public challenge to the CEO ('Zero! There is a zero percent chance your subprime losses stop at 5%!') is a direct, confrontational beat that lands. The internal conflict for Mike Burry is also present but quieter—his exchange with the Assistant ('Honestly? I don't know. The bonds aren't going down. They won't move. It's possible we are in a completely fraudulent system.') carries a different, more somber weight. The conflict is working well; it's both external (Mark vs. the CEO) and internal (Mike vs. his own doubt).

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but somewhat one-dimensional. The CEO is a straw man—he makes a claim, Mark refutes it, and the CEO has no real counter. The more interesting opposition is the market itself, which is refusing to move ('The bonds aren't going down. They won't move.'). This is a more abstract but powerful antagonist. The scene could benefit from a stronger human counterforce, perhaps a banker in the audience who challenges Mark's logic, or the CEO pushing back with a specific data point.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clearly established on two levels. For Mark, the stake is his conviction being publicly validated or humiliated. For Mike, the stakes are existential—his fund is bleeding investors ('Withdrawing money end of the month', 'I trusted you. And you betrayed that trust.'), and he's facing the possibility that he's wrong ('Or you're wrong.'). The scene does a good job of making the financial stakes feel personal and urgent.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by escalating the tension in Mark's arc (he's now publicly challenging the system) and by showing the parallel crisis for Burry (investor withdrawals). The cut to Burry's office is a strong story beat, showing the consequences of his bet. The scene doesn't introduce a new plot point, but it deepens the existing conflict and raises the stakes.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is predictable in its broad strokes—Mark will challenge the CEO, and Mike will face more bad news. However, there are small unpredictable beats that keep it fresh. Mark's phone call ('Hey honey... You're just calling to say hi?') is a jarring, human moment that undercuts the tension. Jared's aside to camera ('The fucker really did this.') is a meta, fourth-wall-breaking beat that adds a layer of unpredictability. The scene could use more of these unexpected turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene embodies the film's central philosophical conflict: the belief in the market's rationality vs. the reality of systemic fraud. The CEO's 'the mortgage continues to be the bedrock' vs. Mark's 'Zero!' is a direct clash of worldviews. Burry's line 'It's possible we are in a completely fraudulent system' and the assistant's 'Or you're wrong' adds a second layer: the conflict between conviction and doubt. This is the scene's strongest dimension.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene has a strong emotional arc. Mark's confrontation is cathartic and energizing, while Mike's scene is quietly devastating. The contrast between the two creates a powerful emotional rhythm. The moment where Mike says, 'That's okay Lewis. Yes, it's possible I'm wrong. I don't know how. But I guess when someone's wrong they never know how.' is particularly affecting—it's a moment of profound vulnerability from a character who is usually certain. The scene earns its emotional beats.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, characterful, and efficient. Mark's lines are confrontational and witty ('Zero! There is a zero percent chance your subprime losses stop at 5%!'), while Mike's are more introspective and raw ('I don't know how. But I guess when someone's wrong they never know how.'). The dialogue serves the characters and the plot without feeling expositional. The exchange between Mike and the Assistant is particularly well-written, capturing the weight of the moment without overstating it.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because it offers two distinct types of tension: the public, theatrical confrontation in the ballroom, and the private, somber reality in Mike's office. The cut between these two worlds keeps the audience engaged, as we're constantly shifting between high-energy conflict and quiet despair. The scene's pacing and structure work together to maintain interest.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is well-managed. The ballroom scene moves quickly, with sharp, punchy dialogue that builds to Mark's 'zero' moment. The cut to Mike's office slows things down, allowing for a more contemplative beat. This contrast in pacing is effective, giving the audience a chance to breathe after the high-energy confrontation. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CU OF EMAILS' is a nice visual shorthand. The scene numbers and page numbers are consistent. There are no formatting issues that detract from the reading experience.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear two-part structure: the public confrontation and the private aftermath. This structure is effective because it shows the two sides of the same coin—the confidence of the market (Mark's challenge) and the reality of the market (Mike's struggle). The structure serves the theme of the film, which is about the disconnect between perception and reality.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and skepticism surrounding the mortgage market, particularly through Mark's confrontational questioning of the Option One CEO. This dynamic creates a strong sense of conflict and highlights the absurdity of the situation, which is a key theme in the screenplay.
  • The dialogue is sharp and engaging, particularly Mark's bold assertion that there is a 'zero percent chance' of subprime losses being contained at 5%. This moment serves as a powerful statement against the complacency of the financial industry, but it could benefit from further exploration of the emotional stakes for Mark and his team.
  • The transition from the ballroom to Mike Burry's office is effective in contrasting the public facade of confidence in the mortgage market with the private turmoil Burry is experiencing. However, the emotional weight of Burry's situation could be enhanced by providing more context about his mental state and the impact of investor withdrawals on him personally.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Vinny's whisper and Mark's exaggerated hand gesture, adds a layer of levity to an otherwise serious scene. However, the humor should not undermine the gravity of the financial crisis; it should serve to enhance the tension rather than distract from it.
  • The scene could benefit from more visual descriptions to enhance the atmosphere. For example, describing the reactions of the audience during the CEO's speech or the physical setting of the ballroom could help ground the viewer in the moment and amplify the stakes.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of silence or a reaction shot from the audience after Mark's bold statement to emphasize the shock and tension in the room.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict further by including a moment of reflection or doubt after he confronts the CEO, which could add depth to his character and highlight the risks he is taking.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in the ballroom setting, such as the sounds of murmurs or the atmosphere of tension, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Strengthen the transition to Mike Burry's office by including a visual or auditory cue that connects the two scenes, such as the sound of the CEO's voice fading out as we cut to Burry's silence.
  • Consider adding a line or two from Burry's assistant that reflects the growing anxiety in the office, which could serve to heighten the stakes and foreshadow the impending crisis.



Scene 40 -  Rhythms of Frustration
A103 INT. BURRY’S BASEMENT - LATER A103

MUSIC: BY DEMONS BE DRIVEN

Michael sits behind drums and furiously plays double kick
drum heavy metal drums to Pantera. Finally he breaks the
sticks from playing so hard.

MIKE
AAAHHHHH!!!!

We hear his wife from upstairs.

WIFE (O.C.)
Michael! Is everything okay?

MIKE
Yes honey!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 81.


103 INT. TRADE SHOW FLOOR - LATER 103

MERRILL REP
We can maybe sell you BBB level
swaps at five-hundred basis points.
Maybe.

Ben and Charlie are testing the waters for a deal with the
MERRILL REP at the Merrill Lynch Booth.

CHARLIE
Five-hundred? You want us to pay a
5% premium on a swap? We paid 2% on
the ones we got two months ago!

MERRILL REP
Good for you. That was two months
ago. Trust me, you’re not gonna do
any better anywhere else.

CHARLIE
So you’re pricing the swaps like
the bond is going to collapse but
the bond value has gone up? Really?
How are you not in jail? Or at
least-

BEN
Charlie, let’s go. Thanks guys!
We’ll consider it.

He takes Charlie firmly by the arm, marches him away.

CHARLIE
What the hell is going on?

BEN
People are starting to wake up. Not
enough for them to adjust the
values on the bonds but enough to
stop giving the swaps away. Cheap
bets are over.

The Rich Bear Rep passes them.

BEAR REP #1
Hey! It’s Brown hole!

CHARLIE
Fuck off!

BEN
You have to calm down.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 81A.


104 EXT. CASINO HOTEL - POOL SIDE - SAME TIME 104

Jamie in polo shirt and shorts is talking to a bookish but
pretty college friend who works at the SEC, EVIE, 30.

EVIE
I can’t believe you got into
finance Jamie. I always thought
you’d... I don’t know. Be living
off canned beans on your sailboat
or mooching off older women at the
yachtclub or something...

JAMIE
Thanks. Actually we’ve been
investing in housing bonds and I
wanted to ask, is the SEC worried
about them? I mean, I know you
can’t tell me specifics.. Just
generally.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 82.


EVIE
Oh we don’t investigate mortgage
bonds. Truth is since we had our
budget cut we don’t investigate
much.

JAMIE
Really? Then why are you here? I
thought-

EVIE
I’m not here for the SEC. I’m here
on my own dime.
(she leans in)
I’m floating my resume to some big
banks. How’s your brother by the
way?

JAMIE
He’s good.
(back to business)
How are you floating your resume to
big banks when you’re supposed to
be the ones policing them?

EVIE
Grow up Jamie. 90% of the people at
the SEC are just there to get
better jobs.
(she sees someone)
Hey Doug!
(then to Jamie)
He’s at Goldman.

She gets up and leaves. The guy she’s approaching grabs her.

DOUG
Look everyone! It’s regulatory
capture!

He pulls Evie and himself into the pool. A whole group of
bankers laugh while dance music plays. Jamie looks sickened.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a dynamic scene, Michael passionately plays heavy metal drums in his basement, losing himself in the music until he breaks his drumsticks, while his wife checks on him from upstairs. Meanwhile, at a trade show, Ben and Charlie express frustration over high swap pricing during negotiations with a Merrill representative, highlighting the shifting market. Concurrently, Jamie discusses housing bond concerns with her college friend Evie, who reveals the SEC's budget cuts and her disillusionment with the agency. The scene culminates with Evie being playfully pulled into the pool by a banker, leaving Jamie feeling disturbed by the carefree attitude surrounding serious financial issues.
Strengths
  • Sharp, memorable 'regulatory capture' visual metaphor
  • Evie's cynical pragmatism is fresh and believable
  • Effective tonal contrast between Burry's isolation and the trade show's corruption
  • Ben's pragmatic dialogue grounds the scene's themes
Weaknesses
  • Burry beat feels disconnected from the rest of the scene
  • Minimal character movement or change
  • External goals are modest and lack significant stakes

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the corruption of the financial system and the protagonists' growing awareness of it, and it lands that effectively through the Evie interaction and the 'regulatory capture' moment. The Burry beat, while tonally striking, feels disconnected and doesn't deepen his character or advance his plot, which is the main thing holding the scene back from a higher score.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: it juxtaposes Burry's private, visceral release (drumming) with the public, transactional world of the trade show, and then undercuts the SEC's supposed oversight with Evie's cynical pragmatism. The 'regulatory capture' pool splash is a sharp, memorable image that crystallizes the theme of institutional corruption. What costs it slightly is that the Burry beat is a brief, almost throwaway interlude—it sets mood but doesn't deepen his character or advance his plot line in a way that feels essential.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot in two ways: it shows the market shifting (Merrill's rep quoting 500 basis points, Ben's 'cheap bets are over') and it reveals the SEC's non-involvement, which validates the protagonists' thesis. However, the Burry beat is a non-sequitur—it doesn't connect to the trade show events or add new information to his storyline. The scene is more of a tonal interlude than a plot driver.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its juxtaposition of Burry's primal drumming with the sterile, cynical trade show. Evie's character is a fresh take on the 'insider'—she's not a villain but a pragmatist who openly admits the SEC's impotence. The 'regulatory capture' pool splash is a witty, visual metaphor that feels both fresh and earned. The scene doesn't rely on clichés; it finds new angles on familiar themes.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene efficiently characterizes Ben as the pragmatic adult ('People are starting to wake up'), Charlie as the hot-headed idealist ('How are you not in jail?'), and Jamie as the earnest seeker of truth. Evie is a standout—her casual admission of the SEC's corruption is both chilling and believable. Burry's beat shows his physical, almost animalistic release, but it's brief and doesn't add new dimension to his character.

Character Changes: 5

There is minimal character movement in this scene. Charlie's frustration is a continuation of his established trait, Ben's pragmatism is consistent, and Jamie's sickened reaction is a beat we've seen before. Burry's drumming is a release, not a change. The scene is more about reinforcing character traits than evolving them.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene hints at internal goals: Burry seeks release from pressure, Charlie seeks validation of his outrage, Jamie seeks confirmation that the system is broken. But these are not dramatized as active goals; they're more like passive states. The scene doesn't give us a clear sense of what any character is trying to achieve internally.

External Goal: 6

The scene has clear external goals: Charlie and Ben are trying to secure a deal, Jamie is trying to get information from Evie. These goals are active and drive the scene's dialogue. However, the Burry beat has no external goal—it's purely internal. The scene's external goals are modest and don't create significant obstacles or stakes.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has two distinct conflicts: Charlie's frustration with the Merrill Rep over swap pricing, and Jamie's quiet confrontation with Evie about the SEC's inaction. Both are functional but not deeply escalated. Charlie's outburst ('How are you not in jail?') is the most direct conflict, but it's quickly defused by Ben. Jamie's conflict is more internal and subtle, with Evie's 'Grow up Jamie' serving as a dismissive counter. The Burry drumming beat is a release, not a conflict.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but not formidable. The Merrill Rep is a passive-aggressive obstacle, and Evie is a complacent one. Neither actively fights the protagonists; they simply embody the system's indifference. The Bear Rep's 'Brown hole' taunt is a cheap shot, not a real obstacle. The scene lacks a strong, active antagonist pushing back against the protagonists' goals.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are implied but not felt. Ben's line 'Cheap bets are over' signals a shift, but the personal or financial cost of this shift isn't dramatized. Jamie's conversation with Evie reveals the SEC's inaction, but the consequence for Jamie's fund isn't articulated. The scene tells us the market is changing, but doesn't make us feel what's at risk for these characters.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the market is tightening (Merrill's pricing) and by revealing the SEC's non-involvement, which validates the protagonists' thesis. However, the Burry beat is static—it shows his state but doesn't change it. The scene is more about reinforcing themes than advancing plot.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene follows a predictable pattern: frustration at the trade show, a quiet conversation that reveals systemic rot, and a final image of corruption. The beats are well-executed but not surprising. The Burry drumming is a tonal shift but not a narrative twist. The scene doesn't offer a new angle on the financial crisis; it reinforces what we already know.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is rich with philosophical conflict: the individual's moral outrage (Charlie) versus the system's pragmatism (Ben), and the ideal of regulatory oversight (Jamie) versus the reality of institutional corruption (Evie). The 'regulatory capture' moment is a perfect dramatization of this conflict—it's not just stated, it's shown. The scene asks: can the system police itself, or is it inherently compromised?


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional beats: Charlie's frustration, Ben's weary pragmatism, Jamie's sickened realization. The final image of Jamie looking sickened as Evie is pulled into the pool is effective. However, the emotions are mostly surface-level. The Burry drumming is a release of frustration but doesn't connect to a deeper emotional state. The scene doesn't land a powerful emotional punch.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Charlie's 'How are you not in jail? Or at least-' is a great line. Evie's 'Grow up Jamie. 90% of the people at the SEC are just there to get better jobs' is cynical and revealing. Ben's 'People are starting to wake up' is concise and thematic. The dialogue serves the characters and the theme well.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in its details—the trade show banter, the poolside conversation—but it lacks a strong forward pull. The Burry drumming is a visual and auditory break, but it doesn't connect to the main narrative thread. The scene feels like a series of vignettes rather than a cohesive, driving sequence.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but not dynamic. The Burry drumming is a burst of energy, but the trade show and poolside scenes are more measured. The scene doesn't build tension or release it effectively. The final image of Jamie sickened is a quiet beat that could land harder with a different pacing choice.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'O.C.' for the wife's voice is correct. The scene numbers and page numbers are consistent. No formatting issues.

Structure: 6

The scene is structured as three separate vignettes: Burry's drumming, the trade show, and the poolside conversation. Each has a clear purpose, but they don't build on each other. The scene lacks a clear dramatic arc; it's more of a thematic montage. The final image of Jamie sickened is a strong closing beat, but it doesn't resolve the scene's internal tensions.


Critique
  • The scene effectively contrasts the intense, chaotic energy of Michael Burry's drumming with the more subdued, cynical conversations happening at the trade show and poolside. This juxtaposition highlights Burry's emotional state and the growing tension in the financial world, but it could benefit from clearer thematic connections between the two settings.
  • The dialogue in the trade show scene feels realistic and captures the frustration of the characters, particularly Charlie's incredulity at the Merrill Rep's pricing. However, the transition from Burry's intense drumming to the trade show could be smoother to maintain narrative flow. The abrupt shift may disorient the audience.
  • Jamie's conversation with Evie introduces important commentary on regulatory capture and the SEC's ineffectiveness, which is a crucial theme in the story. However, the dialogue could be more impactful if it included a stronger emotional resonance or personal stakes for Jamie, making the audience feel the weight of the situation.
  • The humor in the Bear Rep's interaction with Charlie adds a layer of levity, but it risks undermining the seriousness of the financial crisis. Balancing humor with the gravity of the situation is essential to maintain the scene's tension and urgency.
  • The scene ends with Jamie feeling sickened by the situation, which is a strong emotional note. However, it could be enhanced by showing more of Jamie's internal conflict or reaction to Evie's actions, deepening the audience's connection to his character.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Michael Burry after his intense drumming session, perhaps showing how the music serves as an outlet for his frustrations about the financial world, creating a stronger thematic link between the two scenes.
  • Smooth the transition between Burry's basement and the trade show by using a visual or auditory cue, such as fading out the music and fading in the sounds of the trade show, to create a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Enhance Jamie's dialogue with Evie by incorporating a personal anecdote or emotional reaction that illustrates his disillusionment with the financial industry, making the stakes feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Maintain the humor in the Bear Rep's interaction but ensure it serves to highlight the absurdity of the situation rather than detracting from the seriousness of the financial crisis. This can be achieved by contrasting the humor with more serious dialogue from Charlie.
  • Deepen Jamie's emotional response at the end of the scene by showing a physical reaction, such as him stepping back or looking away, to emphasize his discomfort with the reality of the financial world and the implications of Evie's actions.



Scene 41 -  The High Stakes of Morality
105 INT. CASINO RESTAURANT - LUNCH 105

Jamie, Ben and Charlie are eating chopped salads.

CHARLIE
Even Bear’s doubled their prices.
And they keep calling us Brown
Hole.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 82A.


BEN
Don’t take it personally. You just
don’t have the money or the
reputation.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 83.


CHARLIE
So I’m a broke loser with a bad
reputation but don’t take it
personally?

BEN
They’re assholes. Let it go.
(to Jamie)
Did your friend from the SEC give
any perspective?

JAMIE
The SEC isn’t even paying
attention. Their budget has been
gutted and they know zip about the
housing market. It was actually
depressing.

BEN
People wanted small government,
they got it.

They eat for a beat, defeated.

CHARLIE
Wait a minute... We need a deal
that we can afford and they can’t
refuse, right? What if we bet
against the AA rated tranches of
the CDOs? What’s cheaper than AA?

BEN
Come on Charlie. AA is so safe they
barely even show up on the risk
sheets for the banks.

CHARLIE
Are they really though? We know if
the bottom tranches fail at over 8%
the double AA tranches are worth
zero. We also know the ratings
agencies and the SEC are asleep at
the wheel. I bet those AAs are more
like Bs.

Jamie fishes some paper work out of his bag and points to
some numbers.

JAMIE
Charlie’s right. The pay off is 200
to 1. But they don’t see it so
they’re charging pennies on the
dollar to bet against the
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 83A.

JAMIE (CONT'D)
AAs. With that kind of risk/reward
we’d be fools not to do it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 84.


Ben looks at the returns on AA swaps.

BEN
Just when I start thinking you guys
are clowns... No one on the planet
is betting against AA. The banks’ll
think we’re high or having a
stroke... And they’ll take every
dime we have.

Charlie LOOKS TO CAMERA

CHARLIE
This is the thing we did that no
one else did. Even Burry and Baum
didn’t imagine the AAs could fail.

MUSIC: A song with a beat like US v THEM by LCD SOUND SYSTEM


106 MONTAGE OF CHARLIE, JAMIE AND BEN MEETING DIFFERENT BANKS 106
OVER DRINKS, LUNCH, BLACKJACK TABLE, POOL SIDE.

GOLDMAN REP
I don’t understand, you want to bet
against AA?

BEAR REP #1
Brother, I will sell you as much as
you want. And you can shoot with us
anytime you want.

MERRIL REP
What’s the angle here?

BEN
No angle. We want 10 million
against a AA housing CDO.

LEHMAN BROTHERS REP
Yes. Of course yes. Wow. I thought
this trip might be a waste of time.
Wow.

MORGAN STANLEY REP
Yes. Yes and yes.


107 INT. CASINO - DAY 107

As they get AROUND A CORNER, Charlie AND Jamie SILENTLY
CELEBRATE AND EVEN DANCE A BIT. But Ben tells them to cool
it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 85.


BEN
Do you even know what you just did?

CHARLIE
Yeah, we made the deal of our
careers.

BEN
You just bet against the American
economy. If we’re right it means
people lose homes, jobs, retirement
savings, pensions. These aren’t
just numbers. For every point
unemployment goes up, 40 thousand
people die. Did you know that?

CHARLIE
No...

Jamie and Charlie look like kids who have been caught teasing
an old person.

JAMIE
We were just excited...

BEN
Just don’t fucking dance. Okay?

He walks off. Exiting through double doors.

JAMIE
Where are you going?

BEN
Home! I’ll call you when things get
bad.

CHARLIE
Alright Ben! Talk soon!
(then to Jamie)
Jesus. I didn’t know it could be
that bad for the country. I guess
this hasn’t really hit me yet. I
just got scared. Are you scared?

JAMIE
I’m always scared.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a casino restaurant, Jamie, Ben, and Charlie discuss the rising prices at Bear's and the SEC's inattention to the housing market. Charlie proposes a risky investment strategy to bet against AA-rated tranches of CDOs, which Jamie supports, excited by the potential payoff. They meet with bank representatives who surprisingly agree to their proposal, leading to a moment of celebration. However, Ben warns them about the moral implications and potential human cost of their actions, creating tension among the trio. The scene shifts from light-hearted banter to a serious reflection on their decisions, ending with Ben leaving, concerned about the consequences, while Jamie and Charlie are left to grapple with the reality of their choices.
Strengths
  • Fresh financial twist (AA tranches)
  • Strong moral confrontation
  • Sharp character dynamics
  • Efficient montage
  • Memorable Ben line
Weaknesses
  • Deal-making montage lacks friction
  • Charlie's fear could be more earned

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8

The scene lands its primary job—escalating the trio's bet with a fresh, audacious twist and then undercutting it with moral weight—effectively. The one thing limiting the overall score is the slight ease of the deal-making montage, which could use a beat of friction to raise the stakes.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: the underdog trio, after being dismissed by banks, pivots to an even more audacious bet—against AA-rated tranches, a move even the film's other protagonists didn't consider. This is a fresh twist on the 'short the housing market' premise, injecting new energy and a sense of one-upmanship. The concept is well-executed, with Charlie's insight feeling earned from prior research and the montage of banks eagerly agreeing to the deal landing the irony.

Plot: 7

The plot advances efficiently: the trio identifies a new, more aggressive strategy, secures deals across multiple banks, and then faces the moral weight of their actions. The montage is a classic plot device that compresses time and shows escalating success. The scene's plot is functional and serves the larger narrative, but it's a bit of a straight line—the banks' eager acceptance is almost too easy, lacking the friction that would raise the stakes.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its specific financial maneuver—betting against AA-rated tranches—which is a fresh angle not seen in the other protagonists' stories. The moral confrontation with Ben, using the statistic '40 thousand people die,' is a distinctive and powerful beat. The scene avoids cliché by having the characters' excitement immediately undercut by moral weight, which is a fresh take on the 'deal of a lifetime' trope.


Character Development

Characters: 8

The characters are well-drawn: Charlie is the eager, slightly naive strategist; Jamie is the pragmatic researcher; Ben is the weary, morally aware mentor. Their dynamic is clear and consistent. The scene gives each a moment: Charlie's insight, Jamie's confirmation, Ben's moral rebuke. The dialogue is sharp and in character, especially Ben's 'Just don't fucking dance' which is a memorable character beat.

Character Changes: 7

The scene shows character movement through pressure and consequence. Charlie and Jamie experience a shift from euphoria to fear and guilt after Ben's moral confrontation. Ben's character is reinforced as the moral compass, but he also changes slightly by agreeing to help them despite his reservations. The change is not permanent growth but a meaningful beat of realization for Charlie and Jamie.

Internal Goal: 6

The scene touches on internal goals lightly: Charlie and Jamie seek validation and success, which they achieve, but then face the moral cost. Ben's internal goal is to maintain his moral integrity while being drawn into the game. These are present but not deeply explored, which is appropriate for the genre—this is a plot-driven scene with a moral undertone.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear and achieved: the trio wants to secure a deal betting against AA tranches, and they do so across multiple banks. The montage shows the goal being met with increasing ease, and the scene ends with the deal done. The goal is concrete and the scene delivers on it.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has internal conflict (Charlie's idea vs. Ben's skepticism) and a brief external conflict with the banks (they mock the trio, but ultimately agree). The conflict is functional but not sharp; Ben's pushback is mild ('Come on Charlie') and the banks' resistance is quickly overcome. The real tension—the moral weight of the bet—is introduced late and not fully dramatized.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is present but weak. Ben's skepticism is the main counterforce, but it's quickly overridden by Jamie's data. The banks are almost comically eager to agree, which undercuts any sense of real resistance. The scene lacks a strong opposing force that makes the trio's success feel hard-won.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clearly established: the trio is betting against the American economy, and Ben's final speech ('For every point unemployment goes up, 40 thousand people die') raises the moral stakes significantly. The financial stakes (200 to 1 payoff) are also clear. However, the personal stakes for Charlie and Jamie are less defined—what do they risk personally?

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a major story-forward beat: it escalates the trio's bet, introduces a new financial instrument (AA CDOs), and sets up the moral stakes that will resonate through the film's climax. The scene also deepens Ben's character, positioning him as the conscience. The story moves from 'we have a bet' to 'we have a bigger, riskier bet with moral consequences.'

Unpredictability: 6

The scene's main surprise is Charlie's idea to bet against AA tranches, which is a clever twist on the expected strategy. However, the montage of banks agreeing is predictable, and Ben's moral speech, while powerful, is a familiar beat in this genre. The scene doesn't offer many unexpected turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene's philosophical conflict is strong: the trio's pursuit of profit is directly opposed to the human cost of their bet. Ben's speech about '40 thousand people die' crystallizes the conflict, forcing Charlie and Jamie to confront the moral implications. This is a central theme of the film, and the scene handles it with power and restraint.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene has a strong emotional arc: from defeat (the SEC news) to excitement (the AA idea) to sobering moral weight (Ben's speech). The final exchange between Charlie and Jamie ('I just got scared. Are you scared?' / 'I'm always scared.') is emotionally resonant and grounds the scene in human vulnerability.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Charlie's self-deprecating humor ('So I'm a broke loser with a bad reputation but don't take it personally?') and Ben's blunt moralism ('Just don't fucking dance. Okay?') are distinctive. The exchange between Charlie and Jamie at the end is natural and affecting. The dialogue serves the scene's dual purpose: advancing the plot and revealing character.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its clear narrative drive (the trio's bold bet) and the emotional shift at the end. The montage of banks agreeing is satisfying, and the final moral weight adds depth. The scene holds attention because it balances plot progression with character moments.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is well-managed: the scene starts with a quiet, defeated tone, builds to the excitement of the idea, accelerates through the montage, and then slows for the moral weight of Ben's speech. The final exchange provides a gentle landing. The rhythm feels natural, though the montage could be tightened.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are concise. The use of 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' is correct. The montage is clearly delineated. No formatting issues.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear three-part structure: problem (SEC news), solution (AA idea), and consequence (moral weight). The transition from idea to montage is smooth, and the final beat provides a thematic resolution. The structure is functional and serves the scene's purpose.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension between the characters' excitement over their financial strategy and the moral implications of their actions. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext to enhance the emotional weight of their decisions. For instance, while Ben's warning about the human cost of their actions is impactful, it could be further emphasized through more visceral imagery or personal anecdotes.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but the transition from the celebratory mood to the sobering realization of the consequences feels slightly abrupt. A more gradual shift in tone could help the audience digest the gravity of their actions before Ben's exit.
  • The use of humor, particularly in Charlie's self-deprecating remarks, adds a layer of relatability to the characters. However, the humor could be balanced with more serious reflections on their situation. This would create a richer emotional landscape and allow the audience to connect more deeply with the characters' internal conflicts.
  • The montage sequence is a strong visual element, but it could be enhanced by incorporating more varied reactions from the bank representatives. This would provide a clearer picture of the differing attitudes towards their risky proposal and heighten the tension as they navigate the financial landscape.
  • The dialogue is generally sharp and engaging, but some lines could be tightened for clarity and impact. For example, Ben's warning about the consequences of their actions could be more concise while still retaining its emotional weight.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie after Ben's warning, allowing them to process the implications of their actions before celebrating. This could involve a brief exchange where they express their concerns or doubts.
  • Incorporate more visual cues during the montage to show the varying reactions of the bank representatives, such as facial expressions or body language, to emphasize the risks they are taking.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by including a personal story or statistic from Ben that illustrates the real-world impact of their financial decisions, making the consequences feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Tighten the dialogue to ensure that each line serves a purpose, either advancing the plot or deepening character development. This will help maintain the scene's momentum and keep the audience engaged.
  • Consider using a more gradual tonal shift from excitement to realization, perhaps by interspersing moments of doubt or concern among the celebratory dialogue, to create a more nuanced emotional arc.



Scene 42 -  The Unraveling Truth
108 INT. TABEMASU ASIAN RESTAURANT - HOTEL - NIGHT 108

MUSIC: Traditional Japanese string version of something like
LIONEL RITCHIE’S EASY
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 85A.


A tranquil waterfall out of plate glass windows. Jared walks
in with Mark and his team.

JARED VENNETT
Alight Mark Baum from Frontpoint
Partners... You’re nervous you and
your swaps are being played? Now
you get to meet who you’re betting
against. Try not to get too
righteous and listen for once.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 86.


MARK
Okay, okay. So who is this guy?

FLASH CUT: Mark sits at a table. His dining partner is MR.
CHAU (50), Chinese-American, an expensive suit.

MR. CHAU
I'm a CDO manager. At Harding
Advisors.

MARK
I didn't know there was anything to
manage.

MR. CHAU
We select the securities that go
into the CDO portfolio, and monitor
the assets. I do most of Merrill
Lynch's CDOs.

Mark glances through hibachi steam to see Jared... raising
his beer. Meet your counter-party. Meet the sucker.

MARK
And you represent investors or the
bank?

MR. CHAU
The investors.

MARK
But Merrill's only going to send
you buyers if you put Merrill’s
bonds in your CDOs.

MR. CHAU
Let’s just say Merrill and I have a
good relationship.

Mark can't tell if Mr. Chau is being naive or just arch.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 87.


MARK
Are you worried about rising
default rates?

MR. CHAU
I assume no risk for these products
myself.

MARK
Let me get this straight. The bank
calls you up. Gives you bonds they
want to sell. Gives you the
clients. Gives you the money to run
your business. Gives you fat fees
for doing so. But you represent the
investors?

Mr. Chau finally chuckles -- he’s actually being defiant.

MR. CHAU
Yes. But my office is not in the
Merrill Lynch building. We’re in
New Jersey.

MARK
20 minutes away.

MR. CHAU
5 if we use a helicopter.

MOMENTS LATER: Vinny, Jared and Danny nervously watch Mark
huddle with Mr. Chau. Mark’s animated, speaking too loudly.

MARK
Say that again! Say that again!

JARED
Uh-oh. Your boss is about to
explode.

VINNY
No. He’s too curious to explode.

Ignoring his food, Mark scribbles furiously on a napkin.

MARK
CDO A has parts of CDO B and CDO B
has parts CDO A, but then both get
put inside CDO C?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89.


MR. CHAU
That one's called a CDO Squared.
And then there are CDOs made up of
the opposite side of the bet you
made with your swaps. We call them
synthetic CDOs.

MARK
“Synthetic CDOs?”

LATER: Mark’s completely disheveled now, tie off. Mr. Chau is
as decorous as ever, enjoying his dessert.

Another paper napkin slaps the counter.

MARK (CONT’D)
Okay. This is a pool of, say, 50
million in subprime loans. How much
money could be out there betting on
it through these synthetic CDOs and
swaps?! Right now?! Tonight?!

MR. CHAU
A billion dollars.

MARK
What?!

Mr. Chau shrugs.

MARK (CONT'D)
How much bigger is the market for
insuring mortgage bonds than actual
mortgages?!

MR. CHAU
Twenty times?

We FREEZE on his disoriented expression. *

JARED VENNETT (V.O.) *
If the flawed mortgage bonds that *
Michael Burry discovered were the *
match. And the CDOs Jamie and *
Charlie bet against were the *
kerosene soaked rags... Then the *
synthetic CDO was the atomic bomb *
with a drunk President holding his *
finger over the button. At that *
moment Mark Baum realized the whole *
world economy might collapse. *
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89A.

JARED VENNETT (V.O.) (CONT'D)
But I’m sure you’re wondering one *
thing: what the hell is a *
“synthetic CDO?” Well here is Dr. *
Richard Thaler, the father of *
Behavioral Economics and *
international pop star Selena Gomez *
to explain. *
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense meeting at a Japanese restaurant, Mark Baum confronts Mr. Chau, a CDO manager, about the complexities and risks of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and synthetic CDOs. As Mark's agitation grows, he uncovers the alarming reality that the market for insuring mortgage bonds far exceeds the actual mortgages, leading him to a shocking realization about the impending collapse of the financial system. The scene captures Mark's disheveled appearance and urgent demeanor against Mr. Chau's calmness, culminating in a freeze frame of Mark's disoriented expression.
Strengths
  • Sharp, revelatory dialogue
  • Strong character dynamic between Mark and Mr. Chau
  • Effective escalation of the crisis scale
  • Memorable freeze-frame and voiceover transition
Weaknesses
  • Static, talk-heavy scene with minimal action
  • Mr. Chau could be more three-dimensional
  • The 'Twenty times' revelation could land with more impact

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to deliver a revelatory information dump that escalates the crisis, and it does so with sharp dialogue and a compelling character dynamic. The main limitation is that it's a talking-head scene with minimal action, so it could benefit from a more active beat or a stronger visual metaphor to elevate it.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: a dinner meeting where the protagonist confronts the architect of the very financial instruments he's betting against. The dialogue reveals the absurdity of the CDO structure ('CDO A has parts of CDO B...') and the staggering scale of synthetic CDOs ('Twenty times?'). The concept is clear, dramatically potent, and perfectly aligned with the film's exposé tone.

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly: Mark learns the true scale of the synthetic CDO market, which is a key escalation in his investigation. The scene also sets up the next beat (the Thaler/Gomez explanation) and reinforces the theme of systemic fraud. The plot is well-served, though the scene is more about revelation than action.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its approach: using a dinner conversation to expose the absurdity of financial engineering. The 'CDO Squared' and 'synthetic CDO' explanations are delivered with a mix of deadpan and disbelief that feels fresh. The freeze-frame and voiceover transition is a stylistic choice that adds originality.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is vividly characterized: his obsessive curiosity ('Say that again!'), his moral outrage, and his disheveled state. Mr. Chau is a well-drawn counterpoint—calm, evasive, and ultimately defiant. The dynamic between them is compelling. Jared's brief lines add a layer of cynical commentary.

Character Changes: 7

Mark undergoes a shift from curiosity to dawning horror as he realizes the scale of the synthetic CDO market. The freeze on his 'disoriented expression' captures a moment of profound realization. This is a meaningful movement—not a permanent change, but a significant escalation in his understanding and emotional state.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to understand the truth behind the financial system, which he pursues with obsessive curiosity. The scene serves this goal well, but the internal dimension is not the primary focus—it's more about external discovery.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to gather information about the CDO market, which he does successfully. He extracts key facts from Mr. Chau, including the scale of synthetic CDOs. The goal is clear and achieved, though it's a passive information-gathering scene rather than an active confrontation.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is intellectual and moral: Mark interrogates Mr. Chau, exposing the absurdity of a CDO manager who 'represents the investors' while being funded by Merrill. The tension escalates as Mark's questions reveal the synthetic CDO market is 20x larger than actual mortgages, leading to his disoriented realization. The conflict is strong because it's a battle of wits and ethics, with Mr. Chau's calm defiance ('5 if we use a helicopter') versus Mark's growing agitation. The scene works because the conflict is not physical but ideological, and it's sustained through the dialogue.

Opposition: 6

Mr. Chau serves as a passive opposition—he's not actively resisting Mark's probing but rather calmly revealing the system's flaws. His line 'I assume no risk for these products myself' is a strong oppositional beat, showing his detachment. However, the opposition is mostly one-sided; Mr. Chau doesn't push back or challenge Mark's assumptions, so the scene lacks a true back-and-forth. The opposition is more about the system than the character, which weakens the dramatic tension.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are enormous and clearly escalating: Mark learns that the synthetic CDO market is 'Twenty times' larger than actual mortgages, implying a systemic collapse. The voiceover explicitly states 'the whole world economy might collapse.' The personal stakes for Mark are also high—he's betting his fund and his moral integrity. The scene effectively raises the stakes from a financial bet to a global catastrophe.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by giving Mark (and the audience) the crucial information about synthetic CDOs, which is a major escalation in the crisis. It also sets up the next explanatory sequence. The forward motion is clear, though it's more of a revelation than a turning point.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictable beats—Mr. Chau's casual 'A billion dollars' and 'Twenty times?' are surprising reveals. However, the overall trajectory is predictable: Mark interrogates, Chau reveals, Mark is shocked. The freeze frame and voiceover are a stylistic choice but don't add unpredictability. The scene could benefit from a twist in the conversation, such as Mr. Chau turning the tables on Mark.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene embodies a philosophical conflict between Mark's moral outrage and Mr. Chau's amoral pragmatism. Mr. Chau's 'I assume no risk for these products myself' and his defiant chuckle represent a worldview where profit trumps responsibility. Mark's disbelief and scribbling highlight the clash between ethical scrutiny and systemic corruption.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact comes from Mark's growing horror and disorientation as he realizes the scale of the fraud. The scene's emotional arc is effective: from curiosity to disbelief to a freeze frame of shock. The voiceover adds a sense of impending doom. However, the emotion is mostly intellectual—Mark's anger is righteous but not deeply personal. The scene could benefit from a moment of vulnerability or a connection to Mark's backstory (e.g., his brother's suicide).

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, witty, and revealing. Mark's rapid-fire questions and Mr. Chau's deadpan responses create a compelling rhythm. Lines like 'I didn't know there was anything to manage' and '5 if we use a helicopter' are memorable. The dialogue effectively conveys complex financial concepts in an accessible way. The only weakness is that Mr. Chau's responses are a bit too compliant, lacking the pushback that would make the dialogue more dynamic.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging due to the intellectual puzzle and the escalating stakes. The audience is drawn into Mark's investigation, and the reveals about synthetic CDOs are fascinating. The visual of Mark scribbling on napkins and the freeze frame add to the engagement. The scene keeps the reader invested in the outcome of Mark's realization.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene moves from introduction to interrogation to revelation without dragging. The use of 'MOMENTS LATER' and 'LATER' time jumps keeps the momentum. The freeze frame and voiceover provide a natural pause before the next explanatory segment. The pacing matches the scene's purpose of delivering information while maintaining tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear. Scene headings, character names, and dialogue are properly formatted. The use of 'FLASH CUT' and 'FREEZE' are standard. The only minor issue is the page numbering inconsistency (85A, 86, 87, 88-89, 88-89A) which is likely a draft artifact, not a formatting error.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Jared's warning), interrogation (Mark's questions), revelation (the scale of synthetic CDOs), and a cliffhanger (freeze frame and voiceover). However, the structure is somewhat formulaic—it follows a predictable Q&A pattern. The voiceover at the end is a structural device that works but could be seen as a crutch. The scene could benefit from a more organic structure that integrates the information reveal with character development.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and complexity of the financial world, particularly through Mark's interaction with Mr. Chau. However, the dialogue can feel a bit expository at times, as it heavily relies on characters explaining financial concepts. This could alienate viewers who are not familiar with the terminology.
  • Mark's character is portrayed as increasingly animated and desperate for understanding, which is compelling. However, the transition from his initial skepticism to a state of shock could be more gradual to enhance the emotional impact. The moment of realization about the potential collapse of the economy feels rushed.
  • The use of humor, particularly through Mark's sarcastic remarks, adds levity to an otherwise serious topic. However, the balance between humor and the gravity of the situation could be refined. At times, the humor undermines the tension that should be building as Mark uncovers the truth about synthetic CDOs.
  • The visual elements, such as Mark scribbling on a napkin, effectively convey his frantic thought process. However, the scene could benefit from more varied visual cues to emphasize the contrast between the calm restaurant setting and the chaotic implications of their conversation.
  • The voiceover from Jared at the end serves as a powerful narrative device, but it could be more integrated into the scene. Instead of feeling like an afterthought, it should feel like a natural extension of Mark's realization, enhancing the emotional weight of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider breaking up the exposition with more visual storytelling. Instead of having characters explain concepts, show the implications of those concepts through visuals or actions that illustrate the stakes involved.
  • Enhance the emotional arc of Mark's realization by allowing for a moment of reflection or a physical reaction that conveys his shock. This could be achieved through a close-up shot or a brief pause in dialogue.
  • Refine the humor to ensure it complements the tension rather than detracts from it. Consider using humor to highlight Mark's frustration rather than as a distraction from the seriousness of the situation.
  • Incorporate more dynamic camera movements or angles to reflect the escalating tension in the conversation. For example, a slow zoom on Mark's face as he processes the information could heighten the emotional stakes.
  • Integrate Jared's voiceover more seamlessly into the scene. Perhaps have it play during a moment of silence after Mark's realization, allowing the audience to absorb the weight of the information before transitioning to the next scene.



Scene 43 -  The High Stakes of Overconfidence
109 INT. CASINO FLOOR - NIGHT 109 *

SELENA GOMEZ sits at a black jack table with a giant stack of *
chips. She wins another hand and rakes in more chips from the *
PROFESSIONAL DEALER. A crowd cheers her on around the table. *

CROWD *
She can’t lose! That’s seven hands *
in a row! *

SELENA GOMEZ *
So here’s how a synthetic CDO *
works. Let’s say I make a bet of 10 *
million on a black jack hand... *

DR. THALER *
10 million because this hand *
represents a simple mortgage bond. *

She is dealt a Jack and an 8 by the dealer. *

DR. THALER (CONT’D) *
Selena is showing 18 and the dealer *
is showing a seven. So the odds are *
very much in Selena’s favor. 87% to *
be exact. Which are like the great *
odds most perceived the housing *
market to have. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Did you really create a whole field *
of economic study? *

DR. THALER *
Well is was inspired by the great *
work of others, but yes. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
I have 30 million twitter *
followers. *

DR. THALER *
I have 30,000. *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89B.


SELENA GOMEZ *
(Trying to be encouraging) *
That’s not bad. *
(back to the explanation) *
So my odds are great. And I am on a *
winning streak. Everyone else here *
wants in on this. I can’t lose, *
right? *

DR. THALER *
We have done countless studies that *
show that people often make this *
error in their thinking. If *
something is happening-- like *
Selena winning seven hands in a row *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Or the housing market going up for *
seven years straight... *

DR. THALER *
Exactly. They think it will go on *
forever. It’s called extrapolation *
bias. People see something *
happening and they extrapolate that *
it will continue to happen. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
So the people who are watching and *
think I can’t lose will make a side *
bet which is the first CDO. *

We see A WOMAN IN GLASSES standing behind SELENA. She turns *
to a BUSINESS MAN. *

WOMAN IN GLASSES *
Wow. I love Selena Gomez. And she’s *
won seven in a row with a seven *
showing for the dealer. I bet you *
50 million she wins and I’ll give *
you three to one odds. *

BUSINESSMAN *
3 to 1 odds? Okay, I’ll take that *
bet. *

DR. THALER *
Then someone behind him decides to *
bet on their bet with someone else. *
That’s synthetic CDO number two. *

There’s a GUY IN A WARRIORS GAME JERSEY talking to a AN OLD *
WOMAN. *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89C.


GUY IN GAME JERSEY *
Hey I bet you 200 million that lady *
in the glasses wins that bet. *

OLD WOMAN *
She probably will win, she always *
does, so I want a great pay off. *

GUY IN GAME JERSEY *
How about 20 to 1? *

OLD WOMAN *
Deal. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And this goes on and on and on and *
on.... With more and more CDOs *
betting on the bet on the bet on *
the bet... *

DR. THALER *
This happens all the time. In the *
stock market. In sports. In *
basketball, they call the Hot Hand *
fallacy. A player hits 3 shots in a *
row and everyone thinks he is *
definitely going to make that 4th *
one. We know, from a lot of *
statistical evidence, that there is *
no such thing as hot hands, but *
people refuse to accept that. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
People are cray cray. *

DR. THALER *
I don’t know what that means. *

We see a LONG LINE OF PAIRS OF PEOPLE making bets of *
increasing value and complexity that stretches behind Selena *
and Dr. Thaler at the table down the hall and around the *
corner and out of the doors of the casino. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And then the dealer plays out his *
hand. *

The dealer turns over a 3, giving him 10 and then turns over *
a King. DEALER WINS. *

SELENA GOMEZ (CONT’D) *
No! How could I lose!? *
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 88-89D.


There is then a long chain reaction of winners and losers’ *
reactions. *

LONG CHAIN OF BETTERS *
Shit! Pay up! Crap! Wait, I lost? I *
want my money! How could Selena *
lose! Nooo!!! *

DR. THALER *
They all should have known the odds *
they could lose. But they got *
overconfident. And because of the *
synthetic CDOs and all the bets on *
bets on bets... The one loss *
becomes thousands of losses. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
And those losers? Pension funds, *
insurance companies. City *
governments all over the world. *
Crazy shit right? *

DR. THALER *
Not crazy, just human. The crazy *
part is assuming people will act *
logically all the time. *

SELENA GOMEZ *
Translation: crazy shit. *
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 90.

SELENA GOMEZ (CONT'D)
*
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 91.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In a bustling casino, Selena Gomez captivates a crowd at a blackjack table, winning hand after hand while explaining synthetic CDOs to Dr. Thaler. As her success breeds overconfidence among onlookers, they begin placing complex bets on her continued winning streak. However, when the dealer ultimately wins, shock and disappointment ripple through the crowd, highlighting the dangers of extrapolation bias and the pitfalls of betting on perceived stability.
Strengths
  • Fresh, memorable concept for explaining synthetic CDOs
  • Sharp, witty dialogue between Selena and Dr. Thaler
  • Visual chain reaction of bets effectively illustrates the layering of CDOs
  • Strong philosophical conflict about human irrationality
Weaknesses
  • No character movement or plot progression
  • Minor characters are one-dimensional archetypes
  • Scene is static and could feel like a lecture despite the engaging metaphor

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to explain synthetic CDOs and extrapolation bias in an engaging, memorable way, and it succeeds brilliantly with a fresh concept and sharp dialogue. The main limitation is its static nature—no character movement or plot progression—but for an explanatory set-piece in a film like this, that's acceptable. Lifting the score would require adding a subtle character beat or a forward-looking connection to the main narrative.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is a brilliant pedagogical device: using a blackjack table and Selena Gomez's winning streak to explain synthetic CDOs and extrapolation bias. It's fresh, memorable, and perfectly suited to the film's mission of making complex finance accessible. The chain of side bets visualizes the layering of CDOs, and the dealer's win triggers a chain reaction that mirrors the housing collapse. The concept is working at a high level.

Plot: 6

The scene is a self-contained explanatory set-piece that doesn't advance the external plot but deepens the audience's understanding of the financial instruments at the heart of the story. It's a necessary beat in the film's structure, but it's static in terms of character or story progression. The plot relevance is indirect—it reinforces the themes and stakes but doesn't move any character's journey forward.

Originality: 9

This scene is highly original in its execution. Using a celebrity like Selena Gomez to explain a complex financial concept is unexpected and memorable. The blackjack metaphor is not new, but the specific layering of side bets to illustrate synthetic CDOs is inventive. The dialogue is sharp and the visual of the long line of bettors is striking. This is a standout scene in terms of originality.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Selena Gomez is used as a charismatic, relatable guide, and Dr. Thaler as the dry, academic counterpoint. Their dynamic is engaging and their dialogue is witty. The minor characters (Woman in Glasses, Businessman, Guy in Game Jersey, Old Woman) are archetypes but serve their purpose in the metaphor. The scene doesn't deepen any main characters, but it doesn't need to—it's a functional explanatory scene with strong voice.

Character Changes: 4

There is no character change in this scene—Selena and Dr. Thaler are static, and the minor characters are purely functional. This is appropriate for an explanatory set-piece, but it means the scene doesn't contribute to any character arc. The genre (drama/thriller) might not require change here, but the scene could be strengthened by a subtle shift, such as Selena's realization that her winning streak is an illusion.

Internal Goal: 3

There is no internal goal for any character in this scene. Selena and Dr. Thaler are there to explain, not to pursue a personal need. This is fine for the scene's purpose, but it means the scene lacks emotional depth. The genre doesn't demand it here, so it's not a weakness, but it's also not a strength.

External Goal: 3

There is no external goal in this scene—no character is trying to achieve something concrete. The scene is purely explanatory. This is appropriate for the scene's function, but it means the scene lacks dramatic tension. The genre (drama/thriller) might benefit from a subtle external goal, such as Selena trying to win a bet or Dr. Thaler trying to prove a point.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has a clear conceptual conflict—Selena's winning streak vs. the statistical reality that she can lose—but it's mostly explained rather than dramatized. The actual conflict (the dealer winning) is resolved quickly and without much tension. The scene is more of a demonstration than a confrontation.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is the statistical reality of the game, personified by Dr. Thaler's calm explanations. But the opposition is passive—it's a concept, not a character. The dealer is a prop, and the crowd is a chorus. There's no active force pushing back against Selena's winning streak until the very end, and even then it's just the cards.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are global and abstract—'pension funds, insurance companies, city governments all over the world'—but they're stated, not felt. The scene tells us the loss will be catastrophic, but we don't see anyone personally affected. The immediate stakes (Selena's winning streak) are low because she's a celebrity cameo, not a character we care about.

Story Forward: 5

The scene does not advance the plot in terms of character decisions or events, but it advances the audience's understanding of the financial crisis, which is a core part of the film's narrative drive. It's a 'teaching moment' that reinforces the themes and sets up the eventual collapse. For a film that is as much about explaining the crisis as it is about the characters, this is functional but not dynamic.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is predictable by design—we know the dealer will win because that's the point of the lesson. But the predictability is a weakness because there's no twist or surprise in the execution. The chain reaction of bets is amusing but expected. The only mild surprise is Selena's 'cray cray' line, which is more of a joke than a plot turn.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: the tension between human irrationality and the assumption of logical behavior. Dr. Thaler's line 'The crazy part is assuming people will act logically all the time' encapsulates the film's central critique of the financial system. The scene dramatizes this conflict through the blackjack metaphor, showing how overconfidence and extrapolation bias lead to systemic collapse. This is a strong philosophical dimension.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 4

The scene is intellectually engaging but emotionally flat. Selena's 'No! How could I lose!?' is the only emotional beat, and it's played for comedy. The crowd's reactions are generic ('Shit! Pay up!'). The scene doesn't make us feel the tragedy of the collapse—it just explains it.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and serves the didactic purpose. Selena's 'cray cray' and Dr. Thaler's 'I don't know what that means' are the comedic highlights. The explanation of synthetic CDOs is clear and accessible. However, some lines feel on-the-nose ('People see something happening and they extrapolate that it will continue to happen') and the crowd's reactions are generic.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in a 'fun fact' way—the celebrity cameo, the casino setting, and the visual of the chain reaction are all entertaining. But the engagement is passive; we're watching a demonstration, not a story. The scene doesn't create suspense or investment in the outcome.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but a bit monotonous. The scene builds from explanation to explanation, with the chain reaction as a visual crescendo. The final collapse is quick, which is good, but the build-up could be tighter. The scene is a bit long for what it's doing.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings, character names, and dialogue are properly formatted. The use of 'CONT' and page numbers is standard. The only minor issue is the 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' on Selena's last line, which is a bit clunky but not a problem.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Selena winning), explanation (synthetic CDOs), escalation (chain reaction), and payoff (dealer wins). It's a classic 'lesson' structure. However, the payoff is a bit flat—the collapse is over in a few lines, and the scene ends with a joke ('Translation: crazy shit.') that undercuts the gravity.


Critique
  • The scene effectively uses the casino setting to illustrate the concept of synthetic CDOs through a relatable metaphor. However, the dialogue can feel overly expository at times, which may detract from the natural flow of conversation. While it's important to convey complex financial concepts, the characters should engage in a more dynamic exchange that feels less like a lecture and more like a conversation.
  • Selena Gomez's character is portrayed as both a pop star and a financial educator, which is an interesting juxtaposition. However, her dialogue sometimes lacks depth, making her seem more like a mouthpiece for the information rather than a fully realized character. Adding more personal stakes or emotional reactions could enhance her relatability and engagement with the audience.
  • The use of a crowd cheering for Selena creates a lively atmosphere, but it risks overshadowing the critical discussion about the financial system. The cheering could be toned down or used more strategically to emphasize key moments in the dialogue, ensuring that the audience remains focused on the conversation's significance.
  • The scene's pacing is uneven, particularly during the betting exchanges. While the escalating bets illustrate the concept of synthetic CDOs, the rapid-fire nature of the dialogue can be overwhelming. Slowing down the pace during key explanations or reactions could allow the audience to absorb the information more effectively.
  • The final lines of the scene, where Dr. Thaler and Selena discuss the implications of the betting frenzy, are strong but could benefit from a more impactful conclusion. A more dramatic or poignant closing line could leave the audience with a lasting impression of the dangers of overconfidence in the financial system.
Suggestions
  • Consider breaking up the exposition with more character-driven moments. For example, have Selena share a personal anecdote related to risk-taking or gambling that ties into the financial concepts being discussed.
  • Introduce a conflict or tension within the crowd that reflects the stakes of the betting. Perhaps someone in the crowd has a personal connection to the financial implications of the bets being placed, adding emotional weight to the scene.
  • Use visual storytelling to complement the dialogue. For instance, show close-ups of the crowd's reactions during key moments in the betting process to enhance the emotional impact of the scene.
  • Incorporate humor or light-hearted banter between Selena and Dr. Thaler to balance the serious subject matter. This could make the scene more engaging and relatable for the audience.
  • Revise the ending to include a more dramatic moment that encapsulates the chaos of the betting and its consequences. This could involve a character's emotional breakdown or a stark realization about the financial system's fragility.



Scene 44 -  Confrontation at Tabemasu
110 INT. TABEMASU ASIAN RESTAURANT - CONTINUOUS 110

UNFREEZE BAUM AND MR. CHAU. All Mark can think to do is stand
and collect his things.

MARK
I have to go. Honestly I feel a bit
sick. Be careful, Mr. Chau. You'll
make a lot of money... until you
don't.

MR. CHAU
You think I’m a parasite Mr. Baum?
But apparently, society values me
very much.
(a beat)
In fact, let's do this... I'll tell
you what I'm worth, you tell me
what you're worth.

Mark looks straight in the face of everything he hates.

MARK
I don't think you're a parasite, Mr
Chau.
(sincere)
I think you're an idiot.

Mark walks away and past Jared and the guys.

MARK (CONT’D)
Short everything that guy has
touched.
(he walks away)
I want half a billion more in
swaps!

JARED
The collateral calls could bankrupt
you.

MARK
Yup!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 92.


DISSOLVE TO:


111 EXT. CAESAR’S PALACE - THE NEXT MORNING 111

SLO MO: Hungover and broke people straggle out of the hotel
in the bright morning Vegas sun dragging luggage. They get
into valet’d cars and cabs.

Charlie and Jamie exit and jump into a Mercedes SUV. They
looked vaguely ashamed and Charlie looks freaked.

Mr. Chau walks out with a smile on his face, designer luggage
and enters a stretch limo.

A short moment later Mark, Porter, Danny and Vinny walk out.
Mark looks particularly far away and haggard.

Three of the Bear Stearns firing range guys leave with two
BEDRAGGLED PARTY GIRLS. They’re still drunk. They get in a
Humvee Limo.

And last, we see Evie, from the SEC and the Goldman Sachs
guy, Doug, leaving together. They kiss and then he gets in a
Range Rover and she gets in a cab.
Genres: ["Drama","Comedy"]

Summary In this tense scene, Mark confronts Mr. Chau at the Tabemasu Asian Restaurant, expressing his disdain for Chau's unethical business practices while grappling with his own moral conflicts. Mark warns Chau about the transient nature of wealth and dismisses him as an idiot before leaving, instructing Jared to undermine Chau's success. The scene transitions to the next morning outside Caesar's Palace, where the aftermath of a night of excess is depicted through the contrasting appearances of the characters, highlighting their differing fortunes.
Strengths
  • Sharp, memorable dialogue
  • Clear philosophical conflict
  • Escalates the plot with a decisive action
  • Effective use of montage to show aftermath
Weaknesses
  • Abrupt transition to montage
  • Montage dilutes focus on Mark's decision
  • Mr. Chau could be more developed

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Mark's moral outrage and escalate his bet, which it does effectively with a sharp confrontation and a decisive action. The main limitation is the abrupt transition to the montage, which dilutes the impact of the confrontation and could be tightened to focus on Mark's reaction.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a moral confrontation between a hedge fund manager and a CDO manager, using the restaurant setting to dramatize the ethical rot of the financial system. It works because it's a direct, personal clash that embodies the film's critique. The line 'I think you're an idiot' is a sharp, memorable put-down that lands the concept. The follow-up 'Short everything that guy has touched' escalates the concept from talk to action, showing Mark's conviction. The concept is strong but slightly undercut by the abruptness of the transition to the next morning, which dilutes the impact.

Plot: 7

The plot advances Mark's short position, escalating from a personal vendetta to a massive financial bet ('I want half a billion more in swaps!'). The scene also introduces a new character (Mr. Chau) who represents the enemy, and the next-morning montage shows the aftermath, including Evie's relationship with Doug, which ties to the SEC subplot. The plot is functional and moves the story forward, but the transition to the montage feels abrupt, and the montage's focus on multiple characters dilutes the scene's central conflict.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a restaurant confrontation to dramatize financial corruption, and the line 'I think you're an idiot' is a fresh, blunt take on moral outrage. The montage of characters leaving the hotel is a creative way to show the aftermath, but it's a common device in ensemble films. The scene doesn't break new ground but is distinctive in its voice and specificity.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is portrayed as morally outraged and decisive, using his bluntness as a weapon ('I think you're an idiot'). Mr. Chau is a smug, self-satisfied antagonist who challenges Mark's moral high ground ('society values me very much'). The dynamic is clear and effective. The montage shows other characters in states of disarray, but they are background, not developed. The scene is strong on character, especially in the confrontation.

Character Changes: 7

Mark's character moves from moral disgust to decisive action, a shift from passive observer to active participant. He doesn't change internally, but his external commitment escalates, which is appropriate for the genre. The scene shows him doubling down on his bet, a form of character movement through commitment. The montage shows the aftermath, but Mark's internal state is not explored further.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral integrity in a corrupt system, which is present but not deeply explored. The scene shows him rejecting Chau's worldview, but his internal struggle is not dramatized beyond a surface level. The genre doesn't require deep interiority, so this is functional.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is clear: to short everything Chau has touched and increase his position by half a billion. This is a concrete, actionable goal that drives the scene and the plot. The goal is stated explicitly and is consequential, raising the stakes. The scene achieves this goal effectively.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is internal and external: Mark's moral disgust clashes with Chau's smug self-justification. The verbal duel is sharp—Chau's 'society values me very much' vs. Mark's 'I think you're an idiot.' The conflict escalates to a decisive action: 'Short everything that guy has touched.' The scene works because it's a clash of worldviews, not just a business disagreement.

Opposition: 6

Chau provides clear opposition—he's the embodiment of the system Mark despises, and he pushes back with a challenge: 'I'll tell you what I'm worth, you tell me what you're worth.' However, the opposition is brief and one-sided; Chau doesn't get a chance to truly wound Mark or force him to question himself. The scene ends with Mark's victory, so the opposition feels more like a speed bump than a real threat.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear and escalating: Mark's decision to short everything Chau has touched and demand 'half a billion more in swaps' raises the financial risk, and Jared's warning about collateral calls adds a tangible consequence. The scene also carries moral stakes—Mark's integrity vs. the system's corruption. The stakes are high but somewhat abstract; the audience knows the market will crash, but the personal cost to Mark isn't fully felt yet.

Story Forward: 8

The scene significantly advances the plot: Mark decides to short everything Chau has touched, increasing his position by half a billion, which raises the stakes and sets up future consequences. The montage shows the immediate aftermath, including Evie's relationship with Doug, which ties to the SEC subplot. The scene is a clear turning point, moving the story from investigation to aggressive action.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene's outcome is somewhat predictable—Mark's disgust and his decision to short are in line with his established character. The unpredictability comes from the sharpness of the dialogue and the specific escalation ('half a billion more'). The 'idiot' line is a surprise, but the overall arc is expected. The scene doesn't offer a twist or a reversal.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is a direct philosophical clash between Mark's moral outrage and Chau's cynical acceptance of the system. Chau's line 'society values me very much' challenges Mark's worldview, and Mark's response 'I think you're an idiot' is a rejection of that cynicism. The conflict is clear and thematically resonant, embodying the film's critique of Wall Street.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene delivers a strong emotional punch: Mark's visceral disgust ('I feel a bit sick'), his moral outrage, and the cathartic release of his decision. The 'idiot' line is a satisfying moment of righteous anger. The following montage of hungover, broke people contrasts with Chau's smug exit, reinforcing the emotional tone. The scene doesn't linger on the emotional cost, but it's effective.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, economical, and characterful. Chau's 'society values me very much' is a perfect encapsulation of his worldview. Mark's 'I think you're an idiot' is a devastating, simple retort. The exchange is a model of subtext and conflict. The dialogue does the scene's heavy lifting, and it's a pleasure to read.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of the verbal sparring and the moral clarity. The reader is invested in Mark's perspective and enjoys the catharsis of his 'idiot' line. The montage that follows provides a visual and thematic payoff. The scene doesn't drag, and the tension is maintained throughout.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The confrontation is short, and the transition to the montage provides a visual breather that also advances the story. The montage is well-paced, showing different characters' exits in quick succession. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CONTINUOUS' and 'DISSOLVE TO' is standard. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: confrontation, decision, and aftermath. The confrontation builds to a climax (the 'idiot' line), followed by a decisive action (short everything), and then a montage that shows the consequences. The structure is functional and serves the story well.


Critique
  • The emotional stakes in this scene are high, with Mark's confrontation with Mr. Chau encapsulating the moral conflict surrounding the financial crisis. However, the transition from Mark's intense realization to his abrupt exit feels slightly rushed, which could benefit from a more gradual build-up to his emotional breakdown.
  • Mark's line, 'I think you're an idiot,' while impactful, lacks a deeper exploration of his feelings. This could be an opportunity to delve into Mark's internal conflict—his disdain for Chau's practices versus his own complicity in the system. Adding a moment of reflection or an internal monologue could enhance the emotional weight of this confrontation.
  • The dialogue effectively conveys tension and urgency, but the pacing might be improved by interspersing more physical actions or reactions from other characters, such as Jared and the team, to emphasize the collective anxiety surrounding their financial decisions.
  • The visual contrast between Mark's disheveled state and Mr. Chau's composed demeanor is strong, yet it could be further emphasized through additional visual cues. For example, using close-ups of their expressions during the conversation could heighten the emotional stakes and showcase the disparity in their moral compasses.
  • The transition to the next morning at Caesar's Palace serves as a stark juxtaposition to the previous scene, highlighting the consequences of the night before. However, the shift could be more impactful with a stronger thematic connection between Mark's confrontation and the aftermath. Perhaps incorporating a voiceover or reflective dialogue from Mark as they exit could tie the two scenes together more cohesively.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Mark reflects on his feelings before confronting Mr. Chau, allowing the audience to better understand his emotional turmoil.
  • Incorporate reactions from the supporting characters during the confrontation to enhance the tension and showcase the collective anxiety of the group.
  • Use close-up shots to capture the emotional expressions of Mark and Mr. Chau during their exchange, emphasizing the stakes of their confrontation.
  • Strengthen the thematic connection between Mark's confrontation and the following scene by including a reflective moment or voiceover that ties the two together.
  • Explore the implications of Mark's decision to short everything Chau has touched by providing a brief moment of hesitation or doubt, which could add depth to his character arc.



Scene 45 -  Shared Grief in an Upscale Boutique
112 EXT. UPSCALE CLOTHING BOUTIQUE - "EDIT NEW YORK" - DAY 112

Mark struggles to pull his bag out of a taxi's trunk.

CYNTHIA (PRE-LAP)
Did you eat on the plane?


113 INT. UPSCALE CLOTHING BOUTIQUE - DAY 113

The Baum’s are in an elegant and isolated seating area in
Cynthia’s upscale clothing boutique.

MARK
Yeah.

CYNTHIA
What's wrong? What happened?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 93.


MARK
Things are worse than I thought. I
honestly think the economy might
collapse.

CYNTHIA
Really?

MARK
Yeah.
(then)
And we could end up making a
fortune.

CYNTHIA
Define fortune.

MARK
The fund could make half a billion,
Cynthia. Maybe a lot more.

She had no idea. A SALES CLERK approaches.

SALES CLERK
Ms. Baum should I- ?

CYNTHIA
Not now Paula. You’re my manager. I
trust you.

They lower their voices, lean closer.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
A half a billion on one trade?! How
is that even possible?!

MARK
Group think. Fraud. Legalized
corruption. Stupidity.

CYNTHIA
You’ve been saying the whole system
is broken for years Mark. Why are
you shocked?

MARK
It’s all so much uglier and more
twisted than I ever imagined. And
I’m a banker. I’m a part of this
horrible world.

A silence between them. Cynthia refuses to break it.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 93A.


CYNTHIA
And I keep thinking about my
brother. About Paul. And how he...
When he...

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
When Paul took his own life.

MARK
...We can talk about it later.
You’re at your store-

CYNTHIA
Mark.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 94.


MARK
Before... my brother... committed
suicide... when he told me he was
having bad thoughts... My first
response was... to offer him some
money. My brother was in pain. Real
pain. And I offered him... money.

CYNTHIA
You tried to help. There’s no
perfect way...

MARK
All this greed in the world. Maybe
I’m not so above it. Maybe I’m part
of it. And it’s changed me. Changed
me into a person who’s not able to
reach out to someone who’s hurting
without money being a part of it.
(beat)
Does it bother you that I feel that
way?

CYNTHIA
No. You can’t name a scenario for
how I could have helped him that
doesn’t play in my head every day.
But it bothers me that you’re so
certain you’re right. Because
you’re not.

His silence means yes.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
You love to know more than other
people. To be the virtuous one. You
always have Mark. As though you’re
untainted and we’re al the filthy
masses clawing at Noah’s arch. But
the truth is: you're a banker. A
banker who makes more than he
should. A banker who had a terrible
thing happen to a family member.
And now you’re about to make a lot
of money from another terrible
thing. And even you can’t find a
way to make that virtuous. Because
it’s not. It’s just life. And
sometimes it hurts and it’s sad and
it’s scary. So stop trying to fix
the world and just feel the
feelings like all of us. Because
they’re there.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 94A.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
And when you act like they’re not
it makes me want to scream.

Mark starts to break.

MARK
(tears up)
Paul was always there for me...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 95.

MARK (CONT'D)
His face was so smashed we
couldn’t even have an open
casket... He just dropped the
phone...

CYNTHIA
He couldn’t hear anyone. That’s why
he’s dead... There’s nothing you
could have done.

They both sit there holding hands.

CYNTHIA (CONT’D)
Nothing.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In an elegant seating area of Cynthia's clothing boutique, Mark expresses his concerns about the economy and the potential for profit amidst collapse, prompting a moral debate with Cynthia. As they discuss guilt and personal loss, Cynthia reveals her brother Paul's suicide, leading to a vulnerable exchange where both confront their shared pain. The scene culminates in a poignant moment as they hold hands, acknowledging their struggles and the weight of their pasts.
Strengths
  • Raw, emotionally honest dialogue
  • Strong character dynamic between Mark and Cynthia
  • Effective use of the brother's suicide to deepen Mark's guilt
  • Philosophical conflict is personal and grounded
Weaknesses
  • Minimal plot movement
  • Familiar 'banker's guilt' trope
  • Scene is talk-heavy with little physical action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to humanize Mark and deepen his moral conflict, and it succeeds with powerful, raw dialogue and a strong emotional turn. The main limitation is that it's a static, talk-heavy scene with minimal plot movement, which slightly dulls its impact; adding a subtle external pressure or a more active choice would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—a moral reckoning for a man who profits from catastrophe—is strong and thematically rich. It pivots from the financial thriller's external action to an intimate, character-driven confrontation. The setting (Cynthia's boutique) provides a quiet, personal space that contrasts with the chaos of the trading floor, grounding the abstract 'collapse' in human terms. The concept is well-executed, though it leans on a familiar 'banker's guilt' trope.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by revealing Mark's internal conflict and his decision to potentially profit from the collapse, setting up his later choice to sell. It also deepens the personal stakes through the Paul backstory. However, the plot movement is minimal—it's a character beat rather than a plot turn. The scene doesn't introduce new information or change the external trajectory significantly; it's a pause for emotional depth.

Originality: 6

The scene is emotionally honest and well-written, but it treads familiar ground: the morally conflicted financier, the wife as the voice of reason, the brother's suicide as a source of guilt. The dialogue is sharp, but the beats are recognizable from many prestige dramas. The originality lies in the specificity of the financial context and the raw, unflinching dialogue, but the core emotional arc is conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark and Cynthia are both well-drawn. Mark's vulnerability is exposed—he admits his guilt and his complicity in the 'horrible world.' Cynthia is strong, perceptive, and refuses to let him off the hook. Their dynamic is authentic and layered. The dialogue reveals their history and their individual pain. The scene is a showcase for both actors.

Character Changes: 7

Mark undergoes a significant emotional shift: from defensive and avoidant ('We can talk about it later') to vulnerable and tearful, admitting his guilt and his inability to connect without money. This is a moment of regression and exposure, not permanent growth, but it's a powerful movement. Cynthia also shifts from supportive to confrontational, forcing Mark to face his self-righteousness. The change is internal and consequential for their relationship.

Internal Goal: 8

Mark's internal goal is to reconcile his self-image as a moral outsider with his complicity in the system. He seeks absolution from Cynthia, but she denies it, forcing him to sit with his discomfort. The scene is entirely driven by this internal conflict, and it's handled with nuance. Cynthia's goal is to make Mark feel his feelings rather than intellectualize them, and she succeeds.

External Goal: 4

There is no clear external goal for Mark in this scene. He's not trying to achieve anything tangible; he's reacting to Cynthia's questions. Cynthia's external goal is to get Mark to open up, which she does, but it's a soft goal. The scene is intentionally internal, so the low external goal is appropriate, but it means the scene lacks a driving force.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene's conflict is internal and relational, not external. Mark's revelation about the potential fortune clashes with Cynthia's moral and emotional challenge. The conflict escalates from a surface-level discussion about the economy to a deep personal confrontation about Mark's inability to connect without money. Cynthia's line 'You love to know more than other people. To be the virtuous one...' directly challenges Mark's self-image, creating a powerful emotional conflict. The scene works because the conflict is not about winning an argument but about Mark confronting his own moral compromises.

Opposition: 6

Cynthia serves as the primary opposition, but her opposition is more about moral clarity than direct confrontation. She doesn't argue against the trade itself but against Mark's self-deception. The opposition is intellectual and emotional, not plot-driven. The scene could benefit from a more active pushback from Cynthia, perhaps questioning Mark's motives more aggressively or forcing him to articulate his feelings about the trade beyond the financial gain.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are both financial and emotional. The financial stakes are explicit: 'The fund could make half a billion, Cynthia. Maybe a lot more.' The emotional stakes are revealed through the conversation about Paul, where Mark's inability to connect without money becomes a personal crisis. The scene successfully raises the stakes by tying the financial windfall to Mark's moral and emotional well-being, making the outcome of the trade not just about money but about Mark's identity.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward emotionally and thematically, but not plot-wise. It deepens Mark's character and his moral dilemma, which is crucial for the film's climax. It also sets up his later decision to sell, but that decision is not made here. The scene is a necessary pause, but it doesn't create new momentum.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable emotional arc: Mark reveals the fortune, Cynthia challenges his morality, and they end in a moment of shared vulnerability. While the dialogue is strong, the beats are familiar. The unpredictability could be increased by having Cynthia react in a way that subverts expectations, such as being more pragmatic about the money or revealing a secret that changes the dynamic.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: Mark's belief that he is morally superior to the 'filthy masses' versus Cynthia's assertion that he is just a banker, complicit in the system. This is a classic debate about virtue, complicity, and the nature of moral responsibility. The conflict is dramatized through their dialogue and the emotional stakes, making it feel personal rather than abstract.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 9

The emotional impact is the scene's strongest dimension. The conversation about Paul is devastating, particularly Mark's admission: 'Before... my brother... committed suicide... when he told me he was having bad thoughts... My first response was... to offer him some money.' The scene builds to a powerful moment of shared grief and acceptance, with Cynthia's final line 'Nothing' providing a quiet, resonant conclusion. The emotion feels earned because it's rooted in character and history, not melodrama.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp and character-driven. Cynthia's monologue is particularly strong, cutting to the heart of Mark's self-deception: 'You love to know more than other people. To be the virtuous one. You always have Mark. As though you’re untainted and we’re al the filthy masses clawing at Noah’s arch.' The dialogue feels natural and layered, with each line revealing character and advancing the emotional conflict. The only minor issue is a typo ('al' instead of 'all'), but the content is excellent.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging due to the emotional stakes and the quality of the dialogue. The audience is drawn into the intimate conversation between Mark and Cynthia, and the revelation about Paul adds a layer of depth that keeps the reader invested. The scene's pacing is well-managed, with the emotional intensity building gradually to a powerful climax.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is generally strong, with the scene moving from the initial revelation about the fortune to the emotional confrontation about Paul. However, there are moments where the dialogue feels slightly extended, particularly in Cynthia's monologue, which could be tightened to maintain momentum. The scene's emotional beats are well-timed, but a slight trim could enhance the overall impact.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is generally clean and professional, with clear scene headings and dialogue. There are a few minor issues, such as the typo 'al' instead of 'all' and the use of 'arch' instead of 'ark' in Cynthia's line. These are minor and do not significantly detract from the scene's readability.

Structure: 8

The scene has a clear structure: introduction of the financial stakes, escalation to the emotional confrontation, and resolution in a moment of shared vulnerability. The structure effectively supports the emotional arc, with each beat building on the previous one. The scene's placement in the script, following the Vegas conference and preceding the financial collapse, makes it a crucial character moment that grounds the larger narrative.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the emotional turmoil of Mark and Cynthia, showcasing their personal struggles against the backdrop of the financial crisis. The dialogue is poignant and reveals deep character insights, particularly Mark's guilt and Cynthia's frustration with his moral superiority.
  • However, the pacing feels uneven at times. The transition from discussing the potential financial gain to the heavy topic of suicide could be smoother. The abrupt shift in tone may leave the audience feeling disoriented. A more gradual build-up to the emotional climax could enhance the impact.
  • Cynthia's character is strong, but her dialogue could benefit from more subtlety. While her points are valid, the delivery feels somewhat didactic at times. Finding a balance between her emotional outburst and the need to convey her perspective could make her character more relatable and nuanced.
  • Mark's internal conflict is compelling, but the scene could delve deeper into his feelings of complicity in the financial system. More internal monologue or visual cues could help convey his struggle without relying solely on dialogue.
  • The setting of an upscale clothing boutique is interesting but could be more thematically tied to the conversation. Exploring how the environment reflects their emotional states or the broader societal issues at play could add depth to the scene.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of silence or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of Mark's realization about the economy collapsing before diving into the personal discussion. This could help set the emotional tone more effectively.
  • Introduce a physical element to the scene that symbolizes their emotional states, such as Mark fidgeting with an item from the boutique or Cynthia arranging clothes, to visually represent their inner turmoil.
  • Incorporate more subtext in Cynthia's dialogue. Instead of directly stating her frustrations, allow her to express them through actions or less explicit language, which can create a more engaging and layered conversation.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict through flashbacks or brief memories that illustrate his relationship with his brother, providing context for his guilt and enhancing the emotional stakes of the scene.
  • Consider ending the scene with a more ambiguous note, leaving the audience to ponder the implications of their conversation rather than providing a clear resolution. This could enhance the emotional weight and provoke thought about the broader themes of greed and personal responsibility.



Scene 46 -  Navigating Uncertainty
114 INT. WAITING AREA - PEDIATRIC PSYCH CENTER - DUSK 114

Mike's son Nicholas plays alone, talking to himself about the
different parts of a BACKHOE LOADER. Stabilizer
legs...bucket...atriculated arm...

Mike enters. His Wife's been waiting, annoyed, gestures to
her watch. Where were you?

MIKE
I’m sorry I’m late. Everything’s
falling apart at work. People want
to remove their money from the
fund. I don’t know what to do.

His wife doesn’t respond.

MIKE (CONT’D)
What’s wrong. Is Nicholas okay?

MIKE'S WIFE
(upset, quiet)
They think it's Asperger's
Syndrome.

MIKE
No. What? What...what's the
symptomology?


115 INT. LIVING ROOM - BURRY HOUSE - NIGHT 115

Mike has a stack of books: Attwood's The Complete Guide to
Asperger's, Baron-Cohen's Mindblindness, etc.

Sceptical, he chooses A Parent's Guide and reads...
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 96.


MIKE (O.S.)
"The first sign a child is on the
Autism spectrum is often a hobby.
It will be one that is solitary and
idiosyncratic, and it will
completely obsess the child."

Mike's surprised, this actually resonates.

JUMP CUTS: A dizzying whirl of TEXT PASSAGES fly at us...

MIKE (O.S.) (CONT'D)
"...few real peer- to-peer
relationships...less eye contact...
...ability to quickly absorb
complex systems ...love of
computers... math... good with
numbers

Mike stops reading. Sweating. Thunderstruck.

A strange truth settles over his face.


116 INT. HOSPITAL ROOF - SAN JOSE - DAY 116

Mike has sought counsel from a MED SCHOOL FRIEND, a psych
ward doctor currently self-medicating on a joint.

MED SCHOOL FRIEND
This is good, a diagnosis like
this, as an adult, it's all upside.
You don’t have to feel like there’s
something wrong with you anymore.
Now you know. Mystery is solved.

MIKE
What's the upside of having
Aspergers?

MED SCHOOL FRIEND
C'mon, Burry, who else but an Aspie
actually reads entire bond
prospectuses?! Your whole life your
brain's told you one thing and
society another. Now, you get to
stop listening to society. Stop
caring what we think! Don't you get
it? We're normal. We can't keep up.

CLOSE on Mike, taken with the idea, and its implications.

MIKE (O.S.)
"To All Investors"
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 97.


MUSIC: A heavy metal song like METALLICA’S EYE OF THE
BEHOLDER fades in.


117 INT. SCION - MIKE'S OFFICE - DAY 117

Mike types an email. He is alone in the office with empty
desks outside.

MIKE (V.O.)
"As you may know, our agreement
allows me to take extraordinary
measures when markets aren't
functioning properly. I currently
have reason to believe the mortgage
bond market is fraudulent. So in
order to protect investors from
this fraudulent market
I've decided to restrict investors’
withdrawals until further
notice. Sincerely. Dr. Michael
Burry."

Mike breathes deep, and hits SEND.

He sits listening to the quiet hum of office outside his open
door. The distant highway.

A very long beat.

Slowly at first, isolated, then gathering like an angry
storm, the office PHONES begin to RING and his email box
begins to ding.

One email stands out: From Lawrence Fields. The subject: I’M
SUING.

CUT TO:


118 OVER BLACK WE SEE THE QUOTE: 118

“Everyone, deep in their hearts, is waiting for the end of
the world to come.” - Haruki Murakami, 1Q84



We DISSOLVE to TV Channels flipping from one to the next.

1) SOME SORT OF FLUFFY POP ENTERTAINMENT, a sitcom, game
show, reality show.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 98.


2) BARRY BONDS defends himself in a press conference.

3) Footage celebrating Lance Armstrong.
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a pediatric psych center's waiting area, Mike arrives late to find his son Nicholas engrossed in play. His wife expresses concern about Nicholas potentially having Asperger's Syndrome, prompting Mike to research the condition. As he learns more, he consults a med school friend who suggests that a diagnosis could be liberating. Inspired, Mike takes bold action at work to protect investors from fraud, leading to chaos as his email triggers a flurry of responses, including a legal threat from a colleague. The scene captures Mike's internal struggle with his son's future and his own identity amidst rising tensions.
Strengths
  • Fresh, non-tragic treatment of Asperger's
  • Clear character arc from shock to decisive action
  • Thematic integration of diagnosis and market insight
  • Strong visual of the email's consequences
Weaknesses
  • Wife is underdeveloped and disappears
  • Transition from med school friend to email feels abrupt
  • Nicholas is a silent prop rather than a character

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to catalyze Burry's personal and professional transformation, and it lands that effectively—the diagnosis reframes his difference as an asset and directly motivates his drastic action. The main limitation is the underdeveloped wife and a slightly abrupt transition to the email, which, if smoothed, would elevate the scene's emotional and narrative cohesion.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: it fuses a personal medical revelation (Asperger's diagnosis) with a professional crisis (investor withdrawals), and uses that revelation to justify Burry's drastic action of restricting withdrawals. The concept is thematically rich—linking his neurological difference to his market insight—and it's executed with a clear dramatic arc from shock to acceptance to decisive action. The 'upside' framing by the med school friend is a fresh, non-tragic take on neurodivergence.

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly: Burry's diagnosis catalyzes his decision to restrict withdrawals, which is a major escalation in the financial plot. The scene moves from personal crisis to professional action, and the email's consequences (phones ringing, Lawrence Fields' 'I'M SUING') set up the next conflict. The plot is well-structured, though the transition from the med school friend's speech to the email could be slightly smoother—the 'MUSIC' cue feels like a jump.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its treatment of Asperger's as an asset rather than a deficit, and in using a medical diagnosis to justify a financial decision. The med school friend's line 'We're normal. We can't keep up' is a fresh inversion of normalcy. The scene avoids clichés of either the 'savant' or the 'tragic disability' narrative.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mike is well-drawn: his clinical language ('What's the symptomology?') and his obsessive reading are consistent with his character. The med school friend is a functional foil, providing the 'upside' perspective. The wife is underused—she delivers the diagnosis but then disappears, missing an opportunity for emotional depth. Nicholas is a silent presence, but his toy backhoe is a nice visual echo of Mike's mechanical mind.

Character Changes: 8

Mike undergoes a clear change: from shock and denial ('No. What?') to a 'strange truth' settling on his face, to a decisive, almost liberating action. The diagnosis reframes his lifelong sense of being different, and he embraces it as a tool. This is a meaningful movement—not just growth but a redefinition of self that directly impacts his professional choices.

Internal Goal: 7

Mike's internal goal is to understand himself and find validation for his difference. The diagnosis provides that, and his internal goal shifts from seeking external approval to embracing his own judgment. The scene dramatizes this through his reading, the med school friend's speech, and the email. The internal goal is clear and drives the scene.

External Goal: 7

Mike's external goal is to protect his investors from the fraudulent market, which he achieves by restricting withdrawals. The goal is clear and the action is decisive. However, the external goal is somewhat overshadowed by the internal revelation, which is appropriate for this character-driven scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has strong internal and external conflict. Mike's wife is upset and unresponsive, creating immediate tension. The diagnosis of Asperger's is a personal crisis, and the email restricting withdrawals creates a professional conflict with investors, culminating in Lawrence Fields' 'I'M SUING.' The conflict is layered: personal, professional, and internal.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but somewhat passive. The wife is upset but doesn't actively oppose Mike. The investors are off-screen, only represented by the ringing phones and Lawrence's email. The med school friend is supportive, not oppositional. The strongest opposition is the diagnosis itself, which Mike initially resists ('No. What?').

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high and personal: Mike's family (his son's diagnosis, his wife's distress) and his professional life (the fund, investors, potential lawsuit). The email is a drastic measure that could ruin him, and the diagnosis threatens his identity. The scene makes clear that Mike is risking everything.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward on multiple fronts: it deepens Burry's character, escalates the financial crisis (restricting withdrawals), and sets up the legal and emotional fallout. The email is a decisive action that will have major consequences. The scene also advances the theme of seeing truth vs. societal blindness.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene has a strong unpredictable turn: the diagnosis of Asperger's, which Mike initially resists, becomes a source of liberation and justification for his drastic action. The email is a surprising escalation, and the final image of the phones ringing and Lawrence's lawsuit is a powerful twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene engages a philosophical conflict between individual perception and societal consensus. The med school friend articulates it: 'Your whole life your brain's told you one thing and society another. Now, you get to stop listening to society.' This is the core of Burry's character—his ability to see truth that others deny. The scene makes this conflict personal and actionable.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene is emotionally powerful. The waiting room is tense and sad, the reading of the book is a moment of recognition and shock, the med school friend's speech is liberating, and the email is a defiant act. The final image of the ringing phones and the lawsuit is both triumphant and ominous.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is functional and characterful. Mike's clinical language ('What's the symptomology?') is perfect. The med school friend's speech is memorable and thematically resonant. The email is powerful. The wife's silence is effective, though her lack of lines is a missed opportunity.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging. The personal crisis of the diagnosis, the intellectual discovery, and the drastic professional action create a compelling narrative. The jump cuts and the final image of the ringing phones keep the reader hooked.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is generally strong. The waiting room is quick, the reading montage is fast and dizzying, the med school friend scene is a beat of reflection, and the email scene builds to a climax. The final image of the ringing phones is a strong payoff.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and the use of jump cuts and voiceover is effective. The email text is properly formatted.

Structure: 8

The scene has a clear three-part structure: the diagnosis, the discovery, and the action. Each part builds on the last, and the final email is a logical, if drastic, response. The structure effectively shows Mike's transformation from confusion to conviction.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures Mike's internal conflict regarding his son's potential diagnosis and his own professional turmoil. However, the transition between the waiting area and the living room could be smoother to maintain narrative flow. The abrupt jump cuts may disorient the audience, making it harder to follow Mike's emotional journey.
  • The dialogue between Mike and his wife feels somewhat stilted and lacks emotional depth. While it conveys the necessary information, it could benefit from more subtext or emotional nuance to reflect the weight of their situation. The wife's silence and annoyance could be expanded upon to show her emotional state more vividly.
  • The use of voiceover to convey Mike's thoughts while reading about Asperger's is a strong choice, but the rapid-fire text passages may overwhelm the viewer. Instead of a dizzying whirl, consider using a more gradual reveal of the information to allow the audience to digest the implications of what Mike is learning.
  • The med school friend's dialogue is insightful but could be more grounded. The character feels somewhat archetypal as the 'free-spirited doctor.' Adding more unique traits or quirks could make him feel more real and relatable, enhancing the scene's authenticity.
  • The heavy metal music choice at the end is a bold stylistic choice, but it may clash with the emotional weight of the scene. Consider whether this music enhances or detracts from the gravity of Mike's decision to restrict withdrawals. A more subdued score might better reflect the tension and seriousness of the moment.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more physicality to the characters' interactions, especially between Mike and his wife. Small gestures or expressions can convey their emotional states more effectively than dialogue alone.
  • To improve the pacing, try to intersperse Mike's reading with brief reactions or flashbacks that illustrate his memories or feelings about his son. This could create a more dynamic visual experience and deepen the emotional impact.
  • Explore the wife's perspective more thoroughly. Perhaps include a line or two that reveals her fears or frustrations about Nicholas's potential diagnosis, which would add depth to her character and their relationship.
  • Instead of a rapid-fire delivery of information about Asperger's, consider using a more narrative approach where Mike reflects on specific traits that resonate with him, allowing the audience to connect with his realization more intimately.
  • Evaluate the music choice at the end of the scene. If the intention is to create a sense of urgency or chaos, ensure that it aligns with the emotional tone of Mike's decision. Alternatively, consider a more somber or reflective piece that underscores the gravity of his actions.



Scene 47 -  Tensions Rise as the Financial Crisis Unfolds
119 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - DAY 119

Charlie is the one flipping through the TV channels. Jamie is
on his lap top. They’re restless, tense and killing time.

April 2, 2007

The Crash Begins

JAMIE
Will you stop changing the
channels? You’re driving me crazy.
Just put the business news on.

Charlie turns the channel to business news.

CHARLIE
Fine.

Jamie stops and watches while Charlie rolls over on the
couch.

JAMIE
Holy shit. Did you see that?

CHARLIE
See what?

JAMIE
On the crawl!

He grabs the remote and rewinds and freezes the TV. On the
crawl at the bottom of the financial news show we see:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 99.


Nation's second-largest mortgage lender bankrupt.

JAMIE (CONT’D)
It’s starting.

CHARLIE
I’m going to call my Mom.


120 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 120

Vinny, Danny and Porter watch Kathy, thin again, yelling at
Mark in the Conference Room.

ON A WALL TV: The FED CHAIRMAN is speaking to Congress.

The Dow is down 283 points.

BERNANKE (ARCHIVE FOOTAGE)
...We believe the effect of the
troubles in the subprime sector on
the broader housing market will
likely be limited, and we do not
expect significant spillovers from
the subprime market to the rest of
the economy--

VINNY
Turn off all the financial news.
They’re in crazy land. We’re trying
to stay in reality.

An assistant turns off all the TVs in the office.

Danny Moses, on the phone yells over to Vinny.

DANNY MOSES
Duetsche says the CDOs still
haven’t lost any value!

VINNY
The banks are holding the value til
they can dump their position...
They know now.

The DOOR opens. Kathy and her minions storm off... and out.

Mark emerges beaten, yet hardened.

VINNY (CONT’D)
Well?

MARK
Kathy wants us to dump our shorts.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 100.


PORTER
What else is new?

MARK
She says Morgan Stanley will buy
them.

DANNY
What?! Holy shit. Vinny’s right,
they need our shorts. They know.

VINNY
The whole time we were wondering
who’s on the other side of this bet
and it’s the big banks themselves.
They believed their own bullshit.

DANNY
What’d you tell Kathy?

MARK
I told her we’re not selling shit.
If Morgan needs to lose half a
billion cause they screwed up it’s
not my problem.

VINNY
So now what’d we do?

MARK
Hold on.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a New York City loft office, Charlie and Jamie anxiously monitor the news about the financial crisis, learning that the second-largest mortgage lender has gone bankrupt. Jamie urges Charlie to focus on business news, while in another office, Vinny, Danny, and Porter dismiss the reports as delusional. Mark, emerging from a meeting with Kathy, refuses her demand to sell their shorts, asserting that the situation is not their problem. The scene captures the growing tension and uncertainty as the financial market begins to unravel.
Strengths
  • Clear turning point for the plot
  • Sharp, in-character dialogue
  • Effective use of archival footage
  • Strong philosophical conflict
Weaknesses
  • Brownfield half is passive
  • Characters mostly confirm known traits
  • Title card is on-the-nose

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene effectively lands the moment the crash begins, with strong intercutting and a clear philosophical conflict. The main limitation is that the Brownfield half is passive and the scene doesn't reveal much new about the characters, which keeps it from being exceptional.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is the moment the crash begins, intercutting two groups reacting to the first concrete sign of collapse. The concept is strong: it dramatizes the thesis that the banks are in denial while the outsiders see the truth. The use of the news crawl and Bernanke's dismissive speech is effective. What costs is that the scene is a bit on-the-nose with the title 'The Crash Begins' and the dialogue spelling out the theme ('They're in crazy land').

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly: the first concrete sign of the crash (New Century bankruptcy) is revealed, and the FrontPoint team learns that the banks are trying to buy their shorts, confirming their thesis. The scene moves the story from 'waiting' to 'the crash begins.' The intercutting between the two groups is effective. What costs is that the scene is a bit static in the Brownfield half—Charlie and Jamie just watch TV and Charlie says he'll call his mom, which is a small beat but doesn't add much plot momentum.

Originality: 6

The scene is a fairly standard 'the moment the crisis becomes real' beat, with characters reacting to news footage. The intercutting between two groups is a common technique. The originality is in the specific financial details (the crawl, Bernanke's speech) and the characters' cynical, knowing reactions. It's not a fresh concept, but it's executed with a specific voice.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-drawn in this scene: Jamie is anxious and alert, Charlie is more passive, Vinny is the cynical realist, Mark is hardened and defiant. The dialogue is sharp and in-character. What costs is that the scene doesn't reveal much new about the characters—it mostly confirms what we already know about them.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows character movement through pressure: Mark is hardened after the meeting with Kathy, Vinny's cynicism is validated, and the team's resolve is tested. However, there is no significant change—they are all acting as we've seen them act before. The scene is more about confirming their positions than changing them.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene is primarily external—the characters are reacting to events. There is little internal goal articulation. Mark's internal goal might be to maintain his moral high ground, but it's not explicitly stated. The scene is more about the external pressure of the crash.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: the FrontPoint team wants to hold their shorts and not sell to Morgan Stanley. Mark's line 'we're not selling shit' is a clear statement of the external goal. The Brownfield half has a less clear external goal—they are just watching the news, but their goal is to survive the crash.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has clear conflict: Mark vs. Kathy (she wants to dump shorts, he refuses), and the team vs. the banks (they know the banks are holding value to dump their position). The conflict is external and internal—Mark is 'beaten, yet hardened.' The dialogue carries the tension: 'Kathy wants us to dump our shorts' and Mark's 'we're not selling shit.' The conflict is functional and drives the scene.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but mostly off-screen: Kathy is a voice in the conference room, the banks are abstract. The scene tells us Kathy wants to dump shorts, but we don't see her argue or threaten. The team's opposition to Mark is minimal—they mostly agree. The strongest opposition is the market itself (the Fed chairman's denial), but it's not personified.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear: the market is crashing, the banks are trying to dump their positions, and Mark's refusal means Morgan Stanley could lose half a billion. The scene raises the question of what happens next—'So now what'd we do?' The stakes are financial and moral, but they could be more personal—what does Mark risk personally?

Story Forward: 8

The story moves forward decisively: the crash begins, and the FrontPoint team learns that the banks are trying to buy their shorts, confirming their thesis and raising the stakes. The Brownfield half shows the first sign of the crash, which will lead to their later struggles. The scene is a clear turning point.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is predictable in that we expect the crash to begin and Mark to refuse. The surprise is minimal—the 'holy shit' moment of the bankruptcy crawl is expected. The scene's unpredictability could come from a twist in the team's reaction or a new piece of information.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene has a clear philosophical conflict: the official narrative (Bernanke's speech) vs. the reality the characters see. Vinny's line 'They're in crazy land. We're trying to stay in reality' encapsulates the conflict. The scene also touches on the idea that the banks are complicit in their own downfall.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional beats—Jamie's 'I'm going to call my Mom' is a human touch, and Mark's 'beaten, yet hardened' suggests emotional weight. But the emotion is mostly understated. The scene could land harder if we feel the fear or exhilaration of the crash beginning.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and functional. Lines like 'They're in crazy land. We're trying to stay in reality' and 'If Morgan needs to lose half a billion cause they screwed up it's not my problem' are characterful and carry the theme. The dialogue is efficient, but some lines are a bit on-the-nose ('They know now').

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging—the crash is beginning, and the team's reaction is compelling. The cross-cutting between Brownfield and Frontpoint keeps the energy up. The scene holds attention through the tension of the moment.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene moves from the quiet tension of the Brownfield office to the explosive news, then to the Frontpoint office where the team processes the crash. The dialogue is quick, and the scene ends on a cliffhanger ('Hold on.') that propels forward.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'ON A WALL TV' and 'ARCHIVE FOOTAGE' is clear. Minor issue: 'Duetsche' is a typo for 'Deutsche.'

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: setup (restless waiting), inciting incident (the bankruptcy crawl), reaction (Frontpoint team), and a decision (Mark's refusal). The cross-cutting is effective. The scene ends on a question that sets up the next beat.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the financial crisis as it unfolds, showcasing the characters' reactions to breaking news. However, the pacing could be improved; the transition from Charlie flipping channels to the revelation of the mortgage lender's bankruptcy feels abrupt. A more gradual build-up to this moment could enhance the emotional impact.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks depth in character development. While Jamie and Charlie's banter serves to establish their relationship, it could benefit from more distinct voices or personal stakes that reflect their individual perspectives on the crisis. This would make their reactions feel more personal and relatable.
  • The use of television news as a narrative device is effective in conveying the external chaos of the financial world. However, the scene could incorporate more visual elements or reactions from the characters to enhance the atmosphere. For instance, showing their physical responses to the news (e.g., body language, facial expressions) could heighten the tension.
  • The scene introduces a significant plot point with the mention of the mortgage lender's bankruptcy, but it could be more impactful if the characters had a moment of reflection or realization about the implications of this news. This would allow the audience to grasp the gravity of the situation alongside the characters.
  • The transition between the two offices (Brownfield and Frontpoint) feels somewhat disjointed. A smoother transition or a visual cue could help maintain the flow of the narrative and keep the audience engaged.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie after the news breaks to emphasize the weight of the situation and their emotional response.
  • Enhance character differentiation by giving Jamie and Charlie distinct reactions to the news. For example, one could express fear while the other remains analytical, showcasing their differing coping mechanisms.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to immerse the audience in the scene. Describe the sounds of the office, the flickering of the TV, or the tension in the air to create a more vivid atmosphere.
  • Add a brief flashback or internal monologue for one of the characters reflecting on their previous optimism about the market, contrasting it with the current reality. This could deepen the emotional stakes and highlight the theme of disillusionment.
  • Consider ending the scene with a cliffhanger or a more dramatic line from Mark that encapsulates the urgency of their situation, leaving the audience eager to see how they will respond to the crisis.



Scene 48 -  The Reluctant Reporter
121 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - NYC LOFT - SAME TIME 121

Charlie is getting off the phone.

CHARLIE
You need to understand, mom. This
isn’t just a banking thing. It’s
going to affect real people. All
over the world. Like an enormous
tsunami hitting the global economy
all at once... Yeah, OK. I love
you, too.

He hangs up and turns to Jamie who’s at his computer.

CHARLIE (CONT’D)
She told me I should go on lithium.

Jamie shows him an email on his computer.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 100A.


JAMIE
Check it out - from Bear Stearns.
They claim the CDOs still haven’t
moved.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 101.


CHARLIE
That’s insane. They’re crooks. Just
look at the ABX: those CDOs should
be at zero! You know what they’re
doing, right? They’re selling off
their worthless CDOs so they don’t
take the loses. That’s fraud. On a
massive scale.
(looks panicked)
Jeez, I can’t catch my breath. I
think I’m having a panic attack.

JAMIE
We’ve got to tell someone. The
whole world has no idea what’s
about to hit them.

CHARLIE
Who? The SEC is useless. The
ratings agencies are in on it.

JAMIE
Let’s go to the press. This is a
giant story. Who wouldn’t publish
it?


122 INT. NEWS ROOM - WALL STREET JOURNAL - DAY 122

Charlie and Jamie just explained the situation to CASEY, 30
their college friend, and the junior finance reporter.

CASEY
So what am I supposed to do? Write
a piece called “We’re all fucked?”

CHARLIE
Yes! That’s a perfect title.

JAMIE
Casey, right now every bank in town
is unloading these shit bonds on
unsuspecting customers. They won’t
devalue them until they unload
them. This is the biggest fraud in
banking history.

CASEY
It took years to build my
relationships on Wall Street!
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 101A.

CASEY (CONT'D)
No bank or ratings agency is going
to confirm a story like this just
because two guys in a garage-band
hedge-fund thinks it’s the
apocalypse.

JAMIE
Don’t be a dick Casey. We didn’t
say “apocalypse.”
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 102.


CHARLIE
Wow. Wow.

JAMIE
(tries again)
Look, these banks bought most of
the government. They bought the
ratings agencies. There’s no one
left but you. This story is why
journalism exists. If someone like
you blows this off because they’re
worried about access to the banks
this country is fucked.

CASEY
Nice speech Kev. You sound like
Oliver Stone.
(he gets up)
Look, I’ve got work to do. So
thanks for stopping by.

CHARLIE
Wow.

JAMIE
Stop saying Wow.
(back to Casey)
I thought you were for real Casey.
I really did.

CASEY
Yeah, well you try being “for real”
with a three year old and a wife
who’s getting her Master’s degree.
I’m not burning my reputation on
your wild hunch.

CHARLIE
Wow.

He’s holding the door for them. They exit.

CASEY
Thanks for stopping by. Totally
fucking awesome to see you.


123 EXT. HALLWAY - WALL STREET JOURNAL - CONTINUOUS 123

CHARLIE
Disgusting. He won’t do his job
because he wants to keep access to
the banks to keep doing the job he
won’t do?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 102A.


JAMIE
I just had a horrible thought.

CHARLIE
I’m already juggling five or six
horrible thoughts. Don’t tell me.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 103.


JAMIE
If Bear Stearn is freezing the
value of the CDOs it must mean they
own tons of them.
(a breath)
They could go under. And we bought
80% of our swaps at Bear. We’d lose
everything.

CHARLIE
Stop it. Bear Stearns has been
around for a hundred years. They’re
not going under.

JAMIE
We have to at least consider the
possibility.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in a NYC loft, Charlie expresses his anxiety about the global banking crisis to his mother over the phone. After the call, he and Jamie discuss the alarming situation surrounding Bear Stearns and the fraudulent activities linked to CDOs. They approach their friend Casey, a junior finance reporter, hoping to convince him to expose the issue. However, Casey is hesitant, prioritizing his job security over their urgent concerns. Despite Jamie's impassioned pleas, Casey ultimately refuses to pursue the story, leaving Charlie and Jamie frustrated as they exit the newsroom.
Strengths
  • Raises concrete stakes (their exposure via Bear Stearns) rather than remaining abstract
  • Clear character voices (Charlie panicked, Jamie rhetorical, Casey pragmatic)
  • Propels plot — the failed press outreach pivots to urgent danger
Weaknesses
  • Relies on the familiar 'reporter refuses' trope without a specific, surprising detail
  • Some throwaway beats ('Wow' repetition) slow pacing
  • Philosophical conflict is rhetorical rather than embodied in believable counter-arguments

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

This scene’s primary job is to close off a route (the press) and raise immediate, quantifiable stakes for the protagonists; it accomplishes that clearly and propulsively. The main limiter is reliance on familiar beats — sharpening specificity in Casey’s refusal and tightening the pacing around the Bear-Stearns revelation would lift it from competent to striking.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The scene’s concept — two small-time traders trying to force a mainstream reporter to sound the alarm — is clear and purposeful. Beats like Jamie's sermon ('This story is why journalism exists') and Casey's refusal ('It took years to build my relationships on Wall Street!') make the idea explicit. What costs it: the sequence leans on a familiar trope (the cowardly reporter) and doesn't add a striking new wrinkle to that idea, so it feels serviceable rather than surprising.

Plot: 7

Plot-wise the scene does important work: it establishes the lack of institutional help (Casey refuses) and then delivers a plot-raising shock — Jamie's thought that Bear Stearns might own the CDOs they bought, which immediately endangers their position ('We bought 80% of our swaps at Bear. We'd lose everything.'). The scene therefore pivots from outreach to urgent risk. What costs momentum: the reporter beat takes screen time but is necessary as obstacle; pacing could be tightened so the Bear realization lands harder.

Originality: 4

The scene is functional but predictable: two underdogs go to the press, the press declines, the underdogs panic. Lines like 'This story is why journalism exists' and 'Write a piece called “We’re all fucked?”' lean on broad, familiar rhetoric. The Bear-Stearns twist is strong plot-wise, but the newsroom beat itself offers little fresh texture or surprising imagery.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Characters read clearly: Charlie is earnest and panicked (phone call to his mom, repeated 'Wow', 'I think I’m having a panic attack'). Jamie is the rhetorically forceful, almost prophetic type ('This story is why journalism exists'), who also becomes the pragmatic risk-spotter ('I just had a horrible thought'). Casey functions as the pragmatic, careerist obstacle ('It took years to build my relationships...'). These are distinct voices and the scene uses them well.

Character Changes: 7

This scene creates movement: Charlie escalates from alarmed to panic (calls his mom, 'I think I'm having a panic attack'), Jamie moves from rhetorical indignation to a concrete, frightening realization about their exposure ('They could go under. And we bought 80% at Bear. We'd lose everything.'). Casey remains static, reinforcing the obstacle. The scene functions as pressure-testing the protagonists' confidence and reveals new vulnerability rather than a full arc.

Internal Goal: 6

Internal drives are present but mostly implicit: Charlie wants validation and to be taken seriously ('You need to understand, mom...'), Jamie wants the world to recognize the danger and to be vindicated, Casey wants to preserve his career and relationships. The scene communicates these but could dramatize them more directly (e.g., an explicit, emotionally raw line about why Jamie cares).

External Goal: 7

The external goal — get the Wall Street Journal to publish/expose the fraud — is explicit and fails decisively in this scene, which is dramatic and necessary. Casey's refusal establishes the external obstacle. The scene also converts that failure into a new external threat (their position at Bear) so the scene doesn't stall after the rejection.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has clear conflict: Charlie and Jamie want Casey to expose the fraud, Casey refuses. The conflict is direct and verbal, but it's mostly one-sided—Casey's refusal is predictable and his reasons (family, career) are stated rather than dramatized. The conflict lacks a real back-and-forth; Casey dismisses them quickly, and the scene ends with their defeat. The conflict is functional but not sharpened.

Opposition: 5

Casey is the opposition, but he's a straw man—his reasons are clichéd (family, career, access). He doesn't offer a real intellectual or moral counter to their argument. The opposition is present but not formidable, which weakens the scene's tension.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high and clearly stated: the global economy, the fraud, and their own fund's survival (the Bear Stearns revelation at the end). The scene escalates from 'tell the world' to 'we might lose everything,' which is effective. However, the stakes are mostly told, not felt—Charlie's panic attack is a good beat, but the personal stakes for Jamie and Charlie could be more visceral.

Story Forward: 8

This scene is an engine for stakes: the boys' attempt to get press fails (they are blocked by institutional inertia/access), then Jamie's 'horrible thought' raises the immediate, quantifiable danger — Bear Stearns owning the paper and hence threatening their swaps. The beat 'We bought 80% of our swaps at Bear. We'd lose everything.' is the scene's vital forward motion.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is predictable: Casey's refusal is telegraphed from the start. The only surprise is the final twist about Bear Stearns, which is a good beat but comes late. The middle of the scene is a straightforward argument with no unexpected turns.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene gestures at a larger moral argument: institutions (banks, ratings, access) protect themselves while journalism's duty is to expose harm. Jamie's line ('This story is why journalism exists') and his rant about banks buying the government/rating agencies point to systemic corruption. What costs it is the lack of a more nuanced exchange: Casey replies with a pragmatic career argument but doesn't articulate the ethical counter-claim in a way that sharpens the conflict.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional beats—Charlie's panic attack, Jamie's disappointment, the final realization about Bear Stearns—but they feel surface-level. The dialogue is more intellectual than emotional; the characters express frustration but not deep vulnerability. The 'Wow' repetition is a weak emotional cue.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and has some sharp lines ('We're all fucked?', 'You sound like Oliver Stone'), but it's often on-the-nose and repetitive ('Wow' three times). The characters sound similar—Jamie and Charlie both use the same rhetorical style. Casey's dialogue is too expository about his reasons.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging because the topic is high-stakes and the audience wants to see if they succeed. However, the engagement dips in the middle as the argument becomes repetitive. The final twist re-engages, but the scene could be tighter.

Pacing: 6

The pacing is steady but slow in the middle. The scene has three locations (office, newsroom, hallway) which helps, but the argument with Casey drags. The final beat about Bear Stearns is a strong cliffhanger that speeds up the ending.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly formatted, and action lines are concise. Minor issues: the 'MORE' and 'CONT'D' formatting is standard, and the page numbers are consistent.

Structure: 6

The scene has a clear structure: setup (office), confrontation (newsroom), aftermath (hallway). The setup is efficient, the confrontation is the core, and the aftermath provides a twist. However, the confrontation lacks a clear turning point—Casey's refusal is static.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and panic surrounding the financial crisis, particularly through Charlie's dialogue about the impending tsunami effect on the global economy. However, the emotional stakes could be heightened by incorporating more visceral reactions from both characters, allowing the audience to feel the weight of their concerns.
  • Charlie's phone call with his mother serves as a good setup for his emotional state, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the main action of the scene. It might be more impactful if the conversation directly tied into the themes of the financial crisis, perhaps by having his mother express disbelief or concern about the situation, which could further illustrate the disconnect between the characters' understanding of the crisis and the general public's perception.
  • The dialogue between Charlie and Jamie is engaging, but it could benefit from more subtext. For instance, while they express frustration with Casey, there could be hints of their own insecurities about their positions and the validity of their concerns. This would add depth to their characters and make their motivations clearer.
  • Casey's reluctance to pursue the story feels realistic, but his character could be fleshed out further. Providing a brief glimpse into his life or motivations could help the audience empathize with his decision, even if they disagree with it. This would create a more nuanced conflict between the idealism of Charlie and Jamie and the pragmatism of Casey.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but the transition from the newsroom back to the hallway could be smoother. A brief moment of reflection or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie could emphasize their disappointment and the weight of the situation they are facing.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a moment where Charlie's mother expresses her disbelief about the financial crisis, which could enhance the emotional connection and highlight the disconnect between the characters and the general public.
  • Incorporate more subtext in the dialogue between Charlie and Jamie to reveal their insecurities and motivations, making their frustrations more relatable and layered.
  • Flesh out Casey's character by providing a glimpse into his personal life or motivations, allowing the audience to empathize with his decision not to pursue the story.
  • Enhance the emotional stakes by including more visceral reactions from Charlie and Jamie, allowing the audience to feel the weight of their concerns about the financial crisis.
  • Smooth the transition between the newsroom and the hallway by adding a moment of reflection or a shared look between Charlie and Jamie to emphasize their disappointment.



Scene 49 -  The Weight of Transparency
124 INT. SCION OFFICES - DAY 124

Mike is at his desk. The headline on the site he’s on is:

Bear Stearns liquidates mortgage backed securities hedge
funds. Losses at 3.6 Billion.

The office is completely empty save two LAWYERS who are
wheeling files out on a hand cart. Michael is on the phone
hearing a voice mail.

WOMAN (SOT)
You’ve reached Lucy Thalia at
Goldman Sachs. I’m not available-

He hangs up.

July 31, 2007

LAWYER
That should do it Dr. Burry.

MICHAEL BURRY
If you need any files from 2005-

LAWYER
Mr. Field’s suit is very specific
to files from the past year.

MICHAEL BURRY
Well then tell Lawrence I said hi.

Burry’s PHONE rings. The caller ID is Thalia/Private.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 104.


MIKE
(answering)
You can't get back to me for a
whole week?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
I'm so sorry, Mike. Goldman had a
systems failure. I lost a ton of
messages.

MIKE
B of A said they had a power
outage. And Morgan Stanley said
their server crashed.

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
Huh. That's weird.

MIKE
I would call it improbable. Where
do you have our position marked?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
It could be the same, Mike.

MIKE
Can you explain that to me? How's
the value of an insurance contract
in no way affected by the demise of
the thing it insures?

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
They’re independent markets.
They’re not always correlated. I
know it sounds odd but these are
very complicated products.

MIKE
They are correlated, and I can
prove it.

LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
How?

MIKE
You'd never claim they're
uncorrelated on a hard line --
those are recorded bank records --
but you'll say it on your cell
phone.

Static.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 104A.


MIKE (CONT'D)
Hello?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 105.


LUCY THALIA (O.S.)
Mike, I need to call you right
back.

She clicks off. Mike hangs up.

The phone RINGS again almost immediately. Goldman.

MIKE
(answers)
I'm listening.

A DIFFERENT VOICE
Dr. Burry?

MIKE
Yeah.

DEEB
Deeb Winston, Goldman Sachs.
Listen, I've been reviewing your
position. I wanted to discuss your
marks, make sure they're fair.

Mike realizes what's happened.

MIKE
I think you mean you've secured a
net short position yourselves so
you're free to mark my swaps
accurately for once. Because it's
now in your interest to do so.

Static.

DEEB
I'm not sure what you want me to
say.

MIKE
Nothing.

Mike hangs up. There. See. Done.

CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene set in the Scion offices, Mike Burry reviews Bear Stearns' financial troubles while fielding calls from Goldman Sachs representatives. Lucy Thalia explains a systems failure affecting her communications, but her vague responses frustrate Mike, leading her to abruptly hang up. Deeb Winston then calls to discuss Mike's financial positions, but Mike quickly realizes Goldman Sachs' ulterior motives in their net short position, prompting him to dismiss Deeb as well. The scene highlights Mike's skepticism towards the financial system and his isolation in navigating these complex interactions.
Strengths
  • Sharp, thematic dialogue
  • Clever reversal with Goldman's net short position
  • Effective use of phone calls to dramatize institutional evasion
  • Visual detail of the empty office and lawyers
Weaknesses
  • Scene is somewhat static and talky
  • Lucy and Deeb are functional but lack distinct personality
  • Emotional cost of Mike's isolation is underplayed

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to show Mike's vindication and the banks' corruption as the crisis breaks, and it lands that with sharp, specific dialogue and a clever reversal. The main limitation is its quiet, static quality — it could use a touch more emotional or visual texture to fully land the cost of Mike's isolation.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: a lone, obsessive investor confronting the banks' deliberate obfuscation as the market collapses. The phone calls with Lucy and Deeb dramatize the corruption of information — the banks' 'systems failures' and their sudden shift to accurate marking once they hold a net short position. This is a sharp, thematic beat that lands the film's core idea: the market is rigged, and Mike sees it clearly.

Plot: 7

The plot advances meaningfully: Bear Stearns' collapse is confirmed, Mike's position is validated, and the banks' behavior shifts from evasion to self-interested accuracy. The scene is a turning point — the market is breaking, and Mike's foresight is being proven. The plot is functional and well-integrated, though it is a quieter beat compared to the surrounding chaos.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its use of phone calls to expose institutional corruption — the 'systems failure' pattern and the 'hard line vs. cell phone' distinction are fresh, specific details that feel true to the world. The reversal where Goldman's net short position makes them suddenly honest is a clever, non-obvious beat.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mike is consistent and compelling: obsessive, precise, and socially blunt. His line 'You'd never claim they're uncorrelated on a hard line' shows his forensic mind. Lucy and Deeb are functional as representatives of the banks' evasiveness. The lawyers are a nice touch, showing the cost of his conviction. The characters serve the scene's purpose well.

Character Changes: 7

Mike doesn't change fundamentally, but there is movement: he moves from frustration (the voicemail) to vindication (the realization about Goldman's net short). The scene shows him gaining a measure of control and clarity as the market breaks. This is meaningful stasis — his conviction is validated, and he is now positioned to act.

Internal Goal: 7

Mike's internal goal is to prove he is right — to have his obsessive reading of the market validated. The scene delivers this: the Bear Stearns headline and the banks' behavior confirm his thesis. The internal goal is present and satisfied, though it is not deeply explored beyond the surface of vindication.

External Goal: 7

Mike's external goal is to get accurate marks on his swaps. He achieves this indirectly: the banks' shift to self-interest means they will now mark accurately. The scene shows him navigating the phone calls to force the issue, and the final call with Deeb confirms his success. The external goal is clear and met.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is intellectual and adversarial, driven by Mike's suspicion and the banks' evasiveness. The scene opens with a clear external pressure (Bear Stearns' collapse, lawyers removing files) and escalates through two phone calls where Mike confronts Lucy's deflection and Deeb's attempt to discuss marks. The conflict is sharpest in Mike's line, 'You'd never claim they're uncorrelated on a hard line -- those are recorded bank records -- but you'll say it on your cell phone,' which exposes the bank's calculated dishonesty. The second call with Deeb lands a satisfying reversal: Mike realizes Goldman has taken a net short position, turning the tables. The conflict is well-executed but slightly undercut by the fact that Mike's opponents are largely off-screen and passive; they never push back with real force, so the scene risks feeling like a monologue with interruptions.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is present but largely passive. Lucy Thalia and Deeb Winston are obstacles, but they never actively push back with a counter-argument or a threat. Lucy's deflection ('They're independent markets') is a weak, almost apologetic resistance, and Deeb's call is framed as a routine check that Mike immediately sees through. The strongest opposition is the systemic one—the banks' coordinated evasion (B of A's 'power outage,' Morgan Stanley's 'server crashed')—but it's reported, not dramatized. The scene would benefit from an opponent who actively tries to manipulate Mike, not just stonewall him.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high and clearly established: Mike's entire $1.3 billion position is at risk, and the banks' refusal to mark his swaps accurately could cost him everything. The scene opens with the Bear Stearns headline, grounding the stakes in real-world consequence, and the lawyers removing files underscores the personal cost (Lawrence Fields' lawsuit). The phone calls raise the stakes further by revealing that Goldman's behavior is now aligned with Mike's interests, but the scene doesn't fully dramatize the personal or financial cost of failure—Mike's calm demeanor suggests he's not worried, which slightly undercuts the tension.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the crisis (Bear Stearns' losses), showing Mike's position being validated, and revealing the banks' shift to self-interest. It also sets up the next phase — Mike's ability to unwind his position. The forward motion is clear but understated, fitting the film's intellectual tone.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene has a strong unpredictable beat: Mike's realization that Goldman has taken a net short position, which flips the power dynamic. The audience doesn't expect the bank to be on his side, and Mike's line 'Because it's now in your interest to do so' is a satisfying twist. The earlier phone call with Lucy also has a small surprise—Mike's insight about the hard line versus cell phone—which is clever and unexpected. However, the scene's overall structure is predictable: Mike is right, the banks are evasive, and he sees through them. The unpredictability is in the details, not the arc.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: the banks claim markets are 'independent' and 'not always correlated,' while Mike insists on a material reality where value is tied to the thing insured. This is the film's central theme — the corruption of information and the denial of truth. The scene dramatizes it through the phone calls, making it concrete and compelling.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene is emotionally restrained, which fits Mike's character but limits the audience's connection. The strongest emotional beat is the visual of the empty office and the lawyers removing files—a quiet, powerful image of loss and isolation. Mike's line 'Well then tell Lawrence I said hi' carries a dry, bitter humor that hints at deeper feelings. However, the scene doesn't give Mike a moment of vulnerability or triumph; his calm throughout means the audience doesn't feel the weight of what he's achieved or lost. The emotional impact is intellectual rather than visceral.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, economical, and character-specific. Mike's lines are precise and cutting, e.g., 'You'd never claim they're uncorrelated on a hard line -- those are recorded bank records -- but you'll say it on your cell phone.' This is a perfect example of Mike's intelligence and his ability to see through deception. Lucy's dialogue is appropriately evasive and corporate, and Deeb's is blandly professional, which contrasts well with Mike's directness. The dialogue serves the scene's intellectual conflict without being exposition-heavy. The only weakness is that the off-screen voices are somewhat interchangeable—Lucy and Deeb could be the same person—which reduces the scene's texture.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of its intellectual tension and the satisfaction of watching Mike outmaneuver the banks. The opening image of the empty office and the lawyers is visually compelling, and the phone calls create a sense of escalating revelation. The scene's engagement is driven by curiosity—the audience wants to know if Mike will get his marks and what the banks are hiding. However, the scene is dialogue-heavy and static, with no physical action or change in setting, which could cause engagement to dip for some readers. The strongest moment is Mike's realization about Goldman's short position, which provides a clear payoff.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is tight and efficient. The scene moves quickly from the opening image to the first phone call, then to the second, with no wasted beats. The dialogue is economical, and each exchange advances the scene's purpose. The scene's length is appropriate for its content—it doesn't overstay its welcome. The only pacing issue is that the two phone calls are structurally similar (Mike confronts, the bank deflects, Mike sees through it), which creates a slight sense of repetition. The second call's twist (Goldman's short position) provides a strong climax, but the scene could benefit from a slightly different rhythm in the first call to avoid monotony.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and the use of (SOT) and (O.S.) is correct. The inclusion of the date ('July 31, 2007') and the headline is effective for establishing context. The only minor issue is the use of 'Static.' as a standalone line, which is a stylistic choice that could be clearer—it's meant to indicate a bad connection, but it might be confusing on the page. Overall, the formatting is functional and doesn't distract from the content.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear three-beat structure: (1) the opening image of the empty office and the lawyers, establishing the stakes and Mike's isolation; (2) the first phone call with Lucy, where Mike confronts the bank's evasion; (3) the second phone call with Deeb, where Mike realizes Goldman's position has flipped. This structure is effective and logical, with each beat building on the last. The scene's climax is the realization about Goldman's short position, which provides a satisfying payoff. The only structural weakness is that the scene is entirely reactive—Mike responds to calls rather than initiating action—which makes him feel slightly passive, even though he's intellectually dominant.


Critique
  • The scene effectively conveys a sense of isolation and urgency, reflecting Mike Burry's precarious position as the financial crisis unfolds. The empty office setting enhances the feeling of abandonment and impending doom, which is a strong visual choice.
  • The dialogue between Mike and Lucy Thalia is sharp and reveals the tension in the financial world, particularly the disconnect between the banks and the reality of the market. However, the conversation could benefit from more emotional stakes; while the technical aspects are well-presented, the personal impact of these financial decisions on Mike could be further explored.
  • The use of phone calls as a narrative device is effective, but the scene could be enhanced by incorporating more visual elements that reflect Mike's emotional state. For instance, showing his physical reactions or expressions during the calls could add depth to his character and the gravity of the situation.
  • The transition between the voicemail and the live phone call is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition or a brief moment of reflection from Mike after the voicemail could help to build tension and anticipation for the subsequent conversation.
  • The scene ends rather abruptly after Mike hangs up on Deeb. While this reflects his frustration, it might be more impactful to include a brief moment of contemplation or a visual cue that emphasizes the weight of his realization about the market's manipulation.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief internal monologue or visual cue that illustrates Mike's emotional state during the phone calls, which would help the audience connect with his character on a deeper level.
  • Enhance the dialogue with more personal stakes by having Mike reflect on how these financial manipulations affect not just the market, but also the lives of everyday people, including his own investors.
  • Introduce a moment of silence or a visual pause after the voicemail to build tension before the next call, allowing the audience to feel the weight of the situation.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a visual element that shows the empty office in more detail, perhaps with lingering shots of the deserted space to emphasize Mike's isolation and the gravity of the financial crisis.
  • Consider concluding the scene with a more impactful line or action from Mike that encapsulates his realization about the market, leaving the audience with a strong emotional takeaway.



Scene 50 -  Market Collapse: A Moment of Realization
125 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - DAY 125

The trading desk is hopping. We see someone on their computer
on Bloomberg.com. The story: Countrywide Financial Warns of
“Difficult Conditions.”

The Dow is down 325 points
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 106.


Mark has a phone full of blinking red lights, about to pull
up a call, as soon Danny finishes prepping him.

DANNY
Subprime bonds went off a cliff.
Rumor is default numbers are huge.

MARK
Who got the remittance data early?
I bet it’s Goldman.

Mark punches a blinking light.

MARK (CONT’D)
Jared, it's chaos over here. Where
are we?


126 INT. DUETSCHE BATHROOM - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 126

Jared enters a bathroom, pushes a BANKER OUT THE DOOR.

JARED VENNETT
The gods have spoken. No one’s
buying CDO or mortgage bonds
anymore.
(To the guy he’s pushing
out)
Sorry, important call!
(then back to Mark)
Our secret's out. Swaps are now the
most valuable product on the
street. And I heard from someone
who heard from someone that Bennie
Leibman over at Morgan just took
some heavy losses in Morgan’s bond
department. Your ship might be
taking on water... It might be time
to grab a life jacket.

Mark hangs up. Everyone's looking his direction.

VINNY
And?

MARK
The market's turned.

A long, weird beat. No one speaks. No one celebrates.

For good reason...

RECEPTIONIST
Kathy's office is looking for you.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 107.


127 INT. MORGAN STANLEY HALLWAY - MOMENTS LATER 127

Mark strides for a corner office. A young woman passes in
tears, carrying a personal effects box and crying, newly
fired.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a bustling trading office, Mark receives urgent updates about a financial market downturn, particularly concerning subprime bonds. Danny warns him of significant defaults, while Jared, speaking from a bathroom at Deutsche Bank, reveals that no one is buying CDOs or mortgage bonds anymore. Mark realizes the gravity of the situation as the atmosphere grows tense and somber. The scene culminates with Mark encountering a distraught young woman who has just been fired, underscoring the emotional toll of the impending crisis.
Strengths
  • Efficient plot advancement
  • Strong, understated tone
  • Clear external goal for Mark
  • Effective use of the 'long, weird beat' to create tension
Weaknesses
  • Lack of character change or deepening
  • Philosophical conflict is underdeveloped
  • Scene is a bit too functional and brief

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to mark the turning point of the market and set up the next conflict, which it does efficiently and with a strong, understated tone. The main limitation is that it's a bit too functional, missing an opportunity to deepen character or philosophical conflict, which would lift it from a strong plot beat to a memorable character moment.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is the moment the market turns, a pivotal beat in the financial thriller. It works by showing the chaos and the immediate, unglamorous reality of the collapse. The concept is strong because it's not about celebration but about the grim, tense aftermath. The beat where Mark says 'The market's turned' and no one celebrates is a powerful, understated concept. The cost is that the scene is a bit too brief and functional, not fully exploring the dramatic potential of this turning point.

Plot: 7

The plot advances decisively: the market has turned, and Mark is immediately summoned by Kathy, setting up the next conflict. The scene efficiently moves the story from the macro (market collapse) to the micro (Mark's personal stake). The cost is that the plot point is delivered almost entirely through dialogue and exposition (Jared's call), rather than through a more active or visual demonstration of the turn.

Originality: 6

The scene is a competent execution of a familiar beat in the financial thriller genre: the moment of reckoning. The originality lies in the refusal to celebrate, which is a fresh take. However, the scene's structure (news report, phone call, ominous summons) is fairly conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is shown as the calm, decisive leader in chaos, while Jared is the opportunistic insider. The scene reinforces their established traits. The cost is that the scene doesn't reveal anything new about them; it's a confirmation of what we already know. The brief appearance of the crying woman is a strong, if brief, character beat that adds a human cost.

Character Changes: 6

There is no significant character change in this scene. Mark remains the same driven, cynical figure. The scene functions as a pressure test, but it doesn't create a shift. The 'long, weird beat' is a moment of potential change, but it's not dramatized into a decision or a new understanding. The scene is more about plot progression than character development.

Internal Goal: 5

Mark's internal goal is not explicitly present. The scene is focused on the external crisis. There's a hint of an internal conflict in the 'long, weird beat' and the 'For good reason...' line, but it's not developed. The scene is more about the external world than Mark's internal state.

External Goal: 8

Mark's external goal is clear: to navigate the chaos and understand his position. He's actively seeking information ('Who got the remittance data early?') and making calls. The goal is to manage the crisis. The scene ends with a new external goal being imposed on him: to go to Kathy's office. This is a clear, active external goal that drives the scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has strong external conflict: the market is crashing, Mark is fielding urgent calls, and there's a clear adversarial beat with Jared's news about Morgan's losses. The internal conflict is also present—Mark's team is tense, and the final beat with the crying woman adds a human cost. What's costing is that the conflict is mostly informational (news delivered) rather than interpersonal; the scene doesn't have a direct antagonist pushing back against Mark.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is the market itself and the news of Morgan's losses, but there's no human antagonist in the scene. Jared is an ally, and the team is aligned. The opposition is abstract (the market, the system) rather than a character with a goal. This weakens the dramatic tension because there's no one actively working against Mark in this moment.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high and clear: the market is crashing, Mark's fund is at risk, and the news of Morgan's losses suggests his own ship is taking on water. The final beat with the crying woman raises the human stakes. The scene effectively communicates that Mark's bet is about to pay off, but at a great cost.

Story Forward: 8

This scene is a major story engine. It confirms the thesis of the entire film (the market was a fraud), and it directly sets up the next scene (Mark's meeting with Kathy). The story moves forward with a clear, consequential shift: the bet is now winning, but the danger has escalated. The cost is that the forward movement is a bit linear, without introducing a new complication or twist within the scene itself.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is predictable in that the market turning is expected—the audience has been waiting for this. The unpredictability comes from the specific details: the rumor about Bennie Leibman, the crying woman. But the overall beat is not surprising. The scene could benefit from a twist or a revelation that changes the characters' understanding.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict: the idea that the market's collapse is a form of justice, but it's also a human tragedy. The 'long, weird beat' and the crying woman hint at this, but it's not fully articulated. The conflict is between the abstract 'market' and the concrete human cost. The scene gestures at this but doesn't engage with it deeply.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene has a strong emotional undercurrent: the tension of the crash, the relief that the bet is paying off, and the guilt/unease that comes with profiting from disaster. The final image of the crying woman is powerful and adds a human cost. The scene could go deeper into Mark's internal emotional state—he says 'The market's turned' but we don't see his reaction beyond a 'long, weird beat.'

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is functional and efficient, with a naturalistic tone. Jared's line 'The gods have spoken' is a nice touch of character. The exchange is quick and to the point, which fits the urgency. However, the dialogue is mostly expository—delivering news—and lacks subtext or character revelation. Mark's lines are brief and reactive.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of the high stakes and the fast pace. The audience is invested in whether Mark's bet will pay off. The final image of the crying woman adds a layer of engagement. However, the scene is short and could be more engaging if it had a moment of character reflection or a twist.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is excellent—fast, urgent, and efficient. The scene moves from the trading floor to the bathroom to the hallway without wasting a beat. The 'long, weird beat' is a nice pause that adds tension. The scene is short, which fits the thriller genre.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of parentheticals is minimal and effective. There's a minor typo in the scene heading ('DUETSCHE' instead of 'DEUTSCHE'), but it's a small issue.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear three-part structure: setup (trading floor), escalation (Jared's call), and consequence (hallway with crying woman). It's a classic 'turning point' scene. The structure works, but it's a bit formulaic—the news is delivered, the reaction is shown, and the scene ends on a symbolic image.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the financial crisis, with the trading desk's chaotic atmosphere and Mark's frantic phone calls. However, the dialogue could be more dynamic to reflect the high stakes and emotional weight of the situation. Currently, it feels somewhat flat and lacks the intensity that would heighten the drama.
  • Mark's character is established as a decisive leader, but the scene could benefit from more internal conflict or emotional depth. For instance, showing Mark's reaction to the news of the market turning could add layers to his character, illustrating his fears or doubts about the consequences of their investments.
  • The transition between the two locations (the trading desk and the bathroom) is clear, but the abruptness of the switch could be smoothed out. Adding a brief moment of reflection or a visual cue that connects the two settings could enhance the flow of the scene.
  • The use of the receptionist's line about Kathy looking for Mark serves as a good plot device to indicate the pressure he is under, but it could be more impactful if it were tied to Mark's internal thoughts or concerns. This would create a stronger connection between the external pressures and his internal state.
  • The scene ends on a somber note with the young woman in tears, which is effective in conveying the human cost of the financial crisis. However, it could be more powerful if Mark's reaction to her distress was included, showing his awareness of the broader implications of the market's collapse.
Suggestions
  • Revise the dialogue to include more emotional stakes and urgency, perhaps by incorporating more vivid language or metaphors that reflect the chaos of the financial world.
  • Consider adding a moment of internal reflection for Mark after he receives the news about the market turning. This could be a brief flashback or a thought that reveals his fears about the consequences of their actions.
  • Smooth the transition between the trading desk and the bathroom by including a visual element or a brief moment of silence that emphasizes the gravity of the situation before cutting to Jared.
  • Enhance the receptionist's line by tying it to Mark's internal conflict, perhaps by showing his anxiety about facing Kathy or the implications of the market's downturn.
  • Include a reaction from Mark to the young woman in tears, which would humanize him further and emphasize the emotional toll of the financial crisis on individuals.



Scene 51 -  Financial Reckoning
128 INT. MORGAN STANLEY - KATHY TAO’S OFFICE - DAY 128

A BREAST-PUMP on a credenza.

Mark’s waiting on Kathy. Considering her Spartan office, he
realizes she has no personal effects, save the pump.

Kathy Tao enters, frazzled, scared.

KATHY TAO
Thanks for coming so quickly, Mark.
I’m sure you’ve been hearing
rumblings about some losses Morgan
has suffered.

He nods. She sits.

MARK
Congratulations.

KATHY TAO
What?

He points to the breast pump.

KATHY TAO (CONT'D)
Oh. Thanks. I just wanted you to
know that yes, Morgan has suffered
some losses but our liquidity is
strong and there’s no cause for
concern.

MARK
What about Bennie Leibman? Is he
concerned. Word on the street is he
took some heavy losses.

Half beat.

MARK (CONT’D)
We know each other too well Kathy.
How bad is it?
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 107A.


KATHY TAO
Okay. Two years ago, Bennie Leibman
in Morgan’s bond department also
started shorting subprime housing.
2 billion in triple B’s.

MARK
Bennie's smarter than I thought.

KATHY TAO
Not smart enough. The premiums on
the swaps ate into his desk's
profit.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 108.

KATHY TAO (CONT'D)
To cover his triple B shorts he
sold a lot of A and double A swaps
as protection. A lot. He believed
there was no way they could be
affected.

MARK
Tell me Morgan Stanley doesn’t hold
those contracts.

Silence. They held them.

MARK (CONT’D)
What’s your exposure. 3 billion?
Don’t tell me it’s over 4.

KATHY TAO
I can’t answer that. And I’m not
sure there’s even a definitive
answer.

MARK
Kathy, you bring me in here to say
everything’s fine and you don’t
mention Bennie’s losses. You’ll
have to pardon me if I don’t
believe a word you’re saying right
now.

Beat.

KATHY TAO
Our long exposure is somewhere
between 12 and 16 billion.

MARK
Jesus Christ... Are you fucking
kidding me?

KATHY TAO
He kept saying defaults over 8
percent were impossible. There'd be
a million homeless.

MARK
And how is that a reason it can’t
happen?!

KATHY TAO
No one thought... Please don’t do
this Mark. Like it or not you’re
part of Morgan.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 108A.


MARK
Kathy, given Morgan's leverage,
what are you doing to prevent a run
on this bank?

We see she’s not just stunned, she’s terrified.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 109.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense meeting at Morgan Stanley, Mark confronts Kathy Tao about the company's alarming financial troubles. Despite her attempts to downplay the situation, Kathy reveals the extent of their risky contracts and significant losses, leaving her terrified as Mark questions the potential fallout and the risk of a bank run. The scene captures the high stakes and anxiety surrounding the impending financial crisis.
Strengths
  • Efficient, escalating plot reveal
  • Strong use of the breast pump as a character detail
  • Crisp, confrontational dialogue
  • Clear external goal driving the scene
  • Powerful final image of Kathy's terror
Weaknesses
  • Conventional 'insider reveals all' structure
  • Internal goals are underdeveloped
  • Philosophical conflict could be more explicit

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 8

This scene is a powerful, efficient engine of plot and character revelation, landing its central confrontation with precision and escalating stakes. The one thing holding it back from a higher score is the slightly conventional structure and the lack of a deeper internal or philosophical dimension, which, if added, would elevate it from excellent to exceptional.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: a high-stakes confrontation where the protagonist, Mark, forces a bank executive to reveal the catastrophic scale of her institution's exposure. The breast pump as a symbol of Kathy's dual role (professional and maternal) is a fresh, humanizing detail that grounds the abstract financial crisis in a personal, visceral reality. The scene works because it converts complex financial data into a dramatic revelation, escalating from 'losses' to '12-16 billion' with a clear, rising tension. The concept is well-executed, though it leans on a familiar 'confrontation with a nervous insider' structure.

Plot: 8

The plot is tightly constructed. The scene is a classic 'information reveal' that advances the narrative by confirming the scale of the crisis and putting Mark in a position of knowledge and power. The beats are logical: Mark's initial probing, Kathy's deflection, the specific question about Bennie Leibman, the forced admission, and the final question about preventing a run. Each line of dialogue serves to escalate the stakes and reveal new information. The scene ends on a powerful image of Kathy's terror, which directly sets up the next scene's urgency. This is a model of efficient, propulsive plotting.

Originality: 6

The scene is not groundbreaking in its structure—it's a well-executed version of a common 'confrontation with a nervous insider' trope. However, the use of the breast pump as a symbol of Kathy's divided loyalties and the specific, technical language of the financial crisis (triple B's, swaps, exposure) give it a distinct texture. The originality lies in the details, not the overall shape. It's a solid, professional scene that doesn't break new ground but does its job effectively.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark is sharp, relentless, and morally outraged, but also pragmatic. His 'Congratulations' is a perfect, dry opening that immediately puts Kathy on the back foot. Kathy is well-drawn as a professional woman under immense pressure, torn between her loyalty to the bank and her own fear. The breast pump is a brilliant character detail that humanizes her and creates a subtle power dynamic. The scene reveals both characters through their dialogue and reactions: Mark's confidence and Kathy's desperation. They feel like real, complex people in a high-stakes situation.

Character Changes: 6

The scene doesn't show a major character change, but it does create significant movement. Mark's position shifts from a skeptical observer to a man who now has concrete, terrifying knowledge. Kathy's shift is more dramatic: she moves from a controlled professional to a terrified woman who has revealed the truth. This is a 'pressure' scene that exposes the characters' vulnerabilities and changes their status relative to each other. It's not about growth, but about the impact of revelation, which is appropriate for this genre and moment.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene is primarily external, focused on information gathering and confrontation. Mark's internal goal is implicit: he wants to confirm his thesis and understand the true scale of the crisis. Kathy's internal goal is to maintain control and protect her institution. These are present but not deeply explored. The scene is more about the external action of revelation than internal psychological depth, which is appropriate for this point in the story.

External Goal: 9

The external goal is crystal clear: Mark wants to know the true extent of Morgan Stanley's exposure. He pursues this goal with precision, using specific questions and challenges to break through Kathy's deflections. The scene is a perfect example of a character with a clear, active goal driving the scene forward. Every line of dialogue is in service of this goal, and the scene ends with the goal achieved, but with a new, more urgent question raised.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is sharp and escalating. Mark's interrogation of Kathy moves from polite skepticism to direct confrontation, with each revelation raising the stakes. The beat where Kathy admits 'Our long exposure is somewhere between 12 and 16 billion' lands as a gut-punch, and Mark's 'Jesus Christ... Are you fucking kidding me?' is a natural, earned explosion. The conflict is both external (Mark vs. Kathy) and internal (Mark's growing horror at the system he's part of).

Opposition: 7

Kathy Tao is a strong opponent—she's not a villain but a terrified insider trying to manage the narrative. Her resistance is realistic: she downplays, deflects, and only reveals the truth when cornered. Mark's pushback is equally strong, refusing to accept her reassurances. The opposition is institutional as much as personal, which fits the genre's critique of systemic failure.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are enormous and clearly escalating: from Morgan's potential collapse to the broader financial system. The specific numbers (12-16 billion) make the abstract crisis concrete. The scene also raises personal stakes for Mark—he's part of Morgan, and Kathy's plea 'Like it or not you're part of Morgan' ties his fate to the bank's. The final question about preventing a run on the bank raises systemic stakes that resonate beyond the scene.

Story Forward: 9

This scene is a major engine of the plot. It confirms the systemic nature of the crisis, reveals that even a major bank like Morgan Stanley is deeply exposed, and directly sets up Mark's next move (deciding whether to sell or hold). The revelation of '12-16 billion' is a turning point that raises the stakes for Mark and the audience. The scene ends with a question that propels the narrative forward: what is Mark going to do about this? It's a masterclass in using a single conversation to dramatically advance the story.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable interrogation pattern: Mark asks, Kathy deflects, Mark pushes, Kathy reveals. The revelation of 12-16 billion is a shock, but the structure is familiar. The breast pump opening is a nice unexpected touch, but the overall trajectory is expected for this genre. The unpredictability is moderate—it's not a twist, but the escalation is effective.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a philosophical conflict about responsibility and denial. Kathy's defense—'He kept saying defaults over 8 percent were impossible. There'd be a million homeless'—is a chilling articulation of the willful blindness that enabled the crisis. Mark's response, 'And how is that a reason it can't happen?!', directly challenges this logic. The conflict is between those who believe in the system's stability and those who see its fragility. This is a meaningful, if not fully developed, philosophical undercurrent.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The emotional impact is strong but understated. Mark's 'Jesus Christ... Are you fucking kidding me?' carries genuine shock and anger. Kathy's terror is palpable in the final stage direction. The breast pump moment adds a layer of humanity—Kathy is a working mother, which makes her complicity more tragic. The scene doesn't overplay emotion, which fits the genre's tone, but it could go deeper into Mark's personal investment.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, economical, and true to the characters. Mark's lines are direct and cutting ('We know each other too well Kathy. How bad is it?'), while Kathy's are defensive and increasingly desperate. The exchange 'And how is that a reason it can't happen?!' is a powerful rhetorical question that captures Mark's moral outrage. The dialogue serves the scene's purpose without being overwritten.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging. The mystery of the breast pump draws the reader in, and the escalating interrogation keeps attention. The financial jargon is made accessible through the characters' reactions. The final question about preventing a run on the bank leaves the reader wanting to know what happens next. The scene is a model of how to make a conversation about numbers compelling.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is brisk and effective. The scene moves from the initial pleasantry to the core conflict quickly, with each exchange building on the last. The half-beat pauses and ellipses create natural rhythm. The final stage direction ('We see she's not just stunned, she's terrified.') provides a strong visual beat to end on. The scene doesn't overstay its welcome.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings, character names, and dialogue are properly formatted. The use of ellipses and half-beats is consistent. The stage directions are concise and visual. No formatting issues.

Structure: 8

The scene has a clear three-beat structure: setup (breast pump, Kathy's entrance), escalation (Mark's questions, Kathy's deflections), and climax (the 12-16 billion reveal, Mark's outburst, the final question). The structure is classic but executed well. The breast pump as a visual motif bookends the scene nicely, adding thematic depth.


Critique
  • The scene effectively establishes a tense atmosphere, reflecting the gravity of the financial crisis. Mark's confrontation with Kathy Tao reveals the stakes involved and the precarious situation at Morgan Stanley. However, the dialogue could benefit from more subtext; while the characters express their concerns, there are moments where the dialogue feels too on-the-nose, lacking the layered tension that could enhance the stakes.
  • Kathy's character is introduced as frazzled and scared, which is a strong choice, but her motivations and background could be fleshed out further. Providing a glimpse into her past experiences or her relationship with Bennie Leibman could add depth to her character and make her fear more relatable.
  • The use of the breast pump as a visual motif is intriguing, but it could be more effectively integrated into the dialogue or Mark's internal thoughts. As it stands, it feels somewhat disconnected from the main conversation about financial losses. Exploring how her personal life intersects with her professional challenges could create a more compelling narrative.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally good, but there are moments where the tension could be heightened. For instance, after Mark's revelation about the potential losses, a longer pause could amplify the weight of the information. This would allow the audience to absorb the implications of the financial crisis more fully.
  • The emotional stakes are high, but the scene could benefit from a stronger visual contrast between Mark's assertiveness and Kathy's vulnerability. This could be achieved through camera angles or framing that emphasize their power dynamics, making the confrontation feel even more intense.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more subtext to the dialogue to create tension without explicitly stating the characters' fears. This could involve using metaphors or indirect references to the financial crisis.
  • Develop Kathy's character further by incorporating brief flashbacks or internal monologues that reveal her past experiences and how they inform her current fears and decisions.
  • Integrate the breast pump motif more seamlessly into the dialogue or Mark's thoughts, perhaps by having him reflect on the challenges of balancing personal and professional life in high-stress environments.
  • Experiment with pacing by extending pauses after key revelations to allow the audience to process the gravity of the situation, enhancing the emotional impact.
  • Utilize visual storytelling techniques, such as framing and camera angles, to emphasize the power dynamics between Mark and Kathy, making the confrontation feel more charged and significant.



Scene 52 -  Tensions at Midnight
129 INT. MANHATTAN RESTAURANT - LATE NIGHT 129

At a window table, Mark and Vinny sit across from Porter and
Danny.

PORTER
But we have nothing to do with
Morgan Stanley!

VINNY
Tell the bankruptcy court. Morgan
fails, our accounts go on their
balance sheet.

DANNY
That’s crazy. Morgan makes the
sucker’s bet and we pay their
gambling debts.

Mark’s brooding dangerously.

PORTER
You're saying, we could do
everything right, disciplined,
smart, and still go broke?

VINNY
That’s right.

PORTER
What do we do?

MARK
Short the bank stocks. Then we
wait.

VINNY
Or... we sell our swaps, when the
market opens. We get our bonuses
and our investors get their
profits. We'd get 30 cents on the
dollar. Not bad.

MARK
They're worth three times that.

VINNY
If Morgan goes under it won’t
matter.

MARK
Forget it. I'm not giving away
lifeboats.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 110.


VINNY
Mark, don’t play a game of chicken
on this one.

MARK
Drop it! Christ, Vin. We sell when
I say we sell. Don't pussy out on
me!

VINNY
I get that this is what you’ve
dreamed about but we have a
fiduciary responsibility to-

MARK
No. No we don’t. No one is being
responsible. So fuck
responsibility. We’re going to
shove the knife in to the hilt and
make these assholes at the big
banks-

WAITRESS
(approaching)
--you boys want--

MARK
--we're talking! Excuse us.

The Waitress is wounded. Goes. A brutal beat. No one can look
at Mark.

MARK (CONT’D)
(quiet)
I’ll say when we sell.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a late-night Manhattan restaurant, Mark and Vinny engage in a heated debate with Porter and Danny over the looming bankruptcy of Morgan Stanley. While Porter fears financial ruin and Vinny advocates for caution by suggesting shorting bank stocks, Mark aggressively insists on holding their positions, dismissing any notion of responsibility. The confrontation escalates, revealing a stark divide between Mark's ambition and Vinny's caution, culminating in Mark's firm declaration, 'I’ll say when we sell,' leaving the tension unresolved.
Strengths
  • Sharp, character-revealing dialogue
  • Clear high-stakes conflict
  • Strong philosophical undertone
  • Effective use of the restaurant setting for claustrophobic tension
Weaknesses
  • Mark's character is reinforced rather than deepened
  • Waitress beat feels slightly gratuitous
  • Vinny's argument could be stronger to make the choice more difficult

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to dramatize a high-stakes moral and tactical standoff, and it does so with sharp dialogue and escalating tension. The main limitation is that it reinforces Mark's known traits without adding new dimension, and the waitress beat feels slightly gratuitous; a deeper character reveal or a more nuanced counter-argument would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept—a moral standoff over whether to cash out or hold a short position as the market collapses—is clear and dramatically potent. It dramatizes the tension between fiduciary duty and personal vengeance, with Mark's 'lifeboats' metaphor and 'shove the knife in to the hilt' line crystallizing the stakes. The concept is well-served by the restaurant setting, which creates a claustrophobic, late-night pressure-cooker atmosphere.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the central conflict: the team faces a binary choice—sell and secure profits or hold and risk everything. Vinny's '30 cents on the dollar' versus Mark's 'worth three times that' creates a clear tactical fork. The scene escalates the stakes by introducing the possibility of Morgan Stanley's bankruptcy and its direct impact on their accounts, which is a concrete, high-stakes complication. The scene ends with Mark's unilateral decision, setting up the next phase of the story.

Originality: 6

The scene is a familiar 'hold vs. fold' confrontation, a staple of financial dramas. The originality lies in the specific language—'lifeboats,' 'shove the knife in to the hilt'—and the moral ambiguity of Mark's position. It doesn't break new ground structurally, but the dialogue and character voice give it a fresh edge.


Character Development

Characters: 8

The characters are sharply drawn. Mark is the dominant force, brooding and dangerous, with his dialogue revealing a man driven by vengeance and a twisted sense of justice. Vinny serves as the pragmatic counterweight, articulating the fiduciary responsibility and the practical risks. Porter and Danny are reactive, representing the team's anxiety and confusion. The waitress interruption is a small but effective beat that shows Mark's single-mindedness and rudeness under pressure.

Character Changes: 6

The scene doesn't show character growth but rather a reinforcement of Mark's existing traits—his stubbornness, his moral outrage, his need for control. However, it does create movement through pressure: Mark is pushed to his limit, and his response is to double down, which is a form of character movement (regression/escalation). Vinny's position shifts from suggesting a sale to being overruled, which is a status shift. The scene is more about confirming character than changing it, which is appropriate for this late-stage drama.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral high ground and prove that he is not complicit in the system's corruption. His refusal to sell is driven by a need to 'shove the knife in to the hilt'—to see the banks suffer, not just to profit. This internal goal is in direct conflict with Vinny's external, practical goal, creating strong dramatic tension. The scene makes Mark's internal drive explicit through his dialogue.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: Mark wants to hold the swaps and short bank stocks, while Vinny wants to sell and secure profits. The scene is built around this external conflict, with each character articulating their goal and the risks. The external goal is concrete and high-stakes, driving the scene's tension.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The scene is built on a clear, escalating conflict between Mark's refusal to sell and Vinny's pragmatic push to cash out. The conflict is both external (what to do with the swaps) and internal (Mark's moral stance vs. fiduciary duty). The dialogue escalates from reasoned debate to personal attack ('Don't pussy out on me!') and ends with Mark's quiet, chilling assertion of control. The conflict is working well; it's the engine of the scene.

Opposition: 7

Vinny provides strong opposition, arguing from fiduciary responsibility and practical risk. Porter and Danny voice the group's fear, but they don't actively oppose Mark; they're more passive. The opposition is mostly verbal, not physical or structural. The scene could benefit from a more active opposing force, but within the dialogue-driven context, Vinny's pushback is effective.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are clearly articulated: the potential bankruptcy of Morgan Stanley, the loss of their accounts, and the choice between securing profits now or risking everything for a larger payoff. The dialogue makes the stakes concrete ('If Morgan goes under it won't matter'). The personal stakes for Mark—his moral high ground vs. financial gain—are also present, though not fully explored.

Story Forward: 8

The scene decisively moves the story forward by forcing a decision point. Mark's refusal to sell and his command to short bank stocks sets a new course of action. The scene also raises the stakes by linking their fate to Morgan Stanley's, creating a ticking clock. The final line, 'I'll say when we sell,' establishes a new status quo and propels the narrative toward the climax.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene follows a predictable pattern: Mark refuses, Vinny argues, Mark shuts him down. The outcome is never in doubt. The only slight surprise is the waitress interruption, which is a minor beat. For a scene that is essentially a debate, the lack of unpredictability is acceptable, but it could be heightened by a twist or a shift in power dynamics.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is a philosophical debate about responsibility, morality, and complicity. Mark's 'No one is being responsible. So fuck responsibility' is a powerful statement of moral nihilism, while Vinny's 'fiduciary responsibility' represents the traditional ethical framework. The conflict is between personal vengeance and professional duty, and the scene doesn't resolve it—it leaves the audience to grapple with the implications.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene generates tension and frustration, but the emotional impact is somewhat muted. Mark's anger is clear, but the other characters' emotions are less defined. The quiet ending ('I'll say when we sell.') is effective, but the scene could land harder if we felt the weight of the decision on Mark's shoulders—his fear, his guilt, his obsession.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, naturalistic, and serves the conflict well. Lines like 'Don't pussy out on me!' and 'We're going to shove the knife in to the hilt' are memorable and in character. The waitress interruption is a nice touch of realism. The dialogue is a strength of the scene.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of the high stakes and the conflict. The audience is invested in the outcome of the decision. However, the scene is dialogue-heavy and static, which might lose some readers. The visual setting (a restaurant at night) is underused.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, with the argument escalating quickly. The waitress interruption provides a brief pause before the final beat. The scene doesn't drag, but it could be tightened by cutting a few lines of exposition that are already implied.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene heading, character names, and dialogue are properly formatted. The use of parentheticals and action lines is minimal but effective. No issues.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: problem presented, options debated, decision made, and a final beat of control. It follows a classic argument arc. The structure is functional, though the ending could be slightly more surprising or resonant.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and urgency of the characters' situation, reflecting the high stakes of the financial crisis. The dialogue is sharp and conveys the conflicting perspectives of the characters, particularly Mark's aggressive stance versus Vinny's more cautious approach.
  • Mark's character is well-defined through his dialogue and actions, showcasing his determination and willingness to take risks. However, his aggressive tone may come off as overly harsh, which could alienate the audience from his character. A more nuanced approach to his frustration could add depth to his motivations.
  • The use of the restaurant setting contrasts with the gravity of the conversation, creating an interesting juxtaposition. However, the scene could benefit from more sensory details about the environment to enhance the atmosphere and reflect the characters' emotional states.
  • The waitress's interruption serves as a moment of levity, but it also highlights the tension in the room. The abruptness of her departure could be expanded upon to emphasize the impact of Mark's outburst on those around him, making the scene feel more dynamic.
  • The pacing of the scene is effective, but the transition from the previous scene could be smoother. The emotional weight of Kathy's terror should carry over more distinctly into this scene, perhaps through a brief reflection from Mark or Vinny about the implications of her revelations.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more descriptive elements to the setting, such as the ambiance of the restaurant, the food, or the reactions of other patrons, to create a richer backdrop for the intense conversation.
  • Explore Mark's internal conflict further. Perhaps include a moment where he reflects on the moral implications of his decisions, which could add complexity to his character and make his aggressive stance more relatable.
  • Enhance the waitress's moment by giving her a line that reflects her discomfort or surprise at the conversation, which could serve to heighten the tension and illustrate the impact of Mark's words on those around him.
  • Incorporate a brief moment of silence or hesitation after Mark's outburst to allow the weight of his words to settle in, giving the audience a moment to absorb the gravity of the situation.
  • Consider using subtext in the dialogue to convey the characters' underlying fears and motivations. This could create a more layered conversation that resonates with the audience on multiple levels.



Scene 53 -  Panic in the Financial Sector
130 EXT. STREETS OF CHELSEA - DAY 130

Jamie is walking down the street on his cell.

August 3, 2007

JAMIE
So not only do two mortgage hedge
funds backed by Bear Stearns go
belly up but now there’s a class
action law suit against Bear.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 110A.


131 INT. SPIN CLASS - SAME TIME 131

A SPIN CLASS IS IN PROGRESS WITH LOUD MUSIC PLAYING and 20
people on bikes. A sweaty Charlie is standing off to the side
on his cell.

CHARLIE
(yelling over the music)
Holy shit! Bear Stearns could
really collapse?

JAMIE (V.O.)
I don’t know if Bear will collapse.
But there’s a risk they might. And
it’s a risk we shouldn’t take.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 111.


CHARLIE
How the hell do we sell these
swaps!? I just realized we bought
them but we don’t know how to sell
them.

JAMIE
We’ll have to get Ben to do it.

CHARLIE
He’s on vacation with his wife’s
family in England!

The Spin Class instructor turns to Charlie.

INSTRUCTOR
Hey brother! Do you mind?

CHARLIE
Sorry!


132 INT. SCION - MIKE'S OFFICE - SAN JOSE - DAY 132

CLOSE on Mike's good eye: he's scanning his monitors.

January 14, 2008

He hovers over his terminal, worried. The numbers are not
good. We see default rates above 12%, Dow down 420 points
etc. He picks up the phone and dials a number by heart.

MIKE
It's Dr. Burry. Looks like the
collapse in the financial sector is
imminent. Let's start to unwind my
position. It's 1.3 Billion.

We hear disappointment in Mike's voice.


133 INT. SCION OFFICE - NIGHT 133

It's been cleared out, even Mike's Assistant is gone. The
light goes off in his inner office.

Leaving, Mike stops off at his WHITE BOARD, erases -19.3%
with his palm and starts to write +...

He stops, turns and considers the room full of abandoned
desks, just a telephone on each, all of them silent.

CUT TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 112.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene, Jamie discusses Bear Stearns' financial troubles and the risk of collapse with Charlie, who is frantic about their inability to sell their swaps. Meanwhile, Mike, in his office, decides to unwind his $1.3 billion position as he grapples with the impending crisis. The contrasting settings of a lively spin class and a somber office underscore the urgency and anxiety surrounding the financial turmoil.
Strengths
  • Efficient dual-track plot advancement
  • Distinct character voices
  • Clear external goals and obstacles
  • Effective use of setting (spin class) for contrast
Weaknesses
  • Lack of deeper character or philosophical engagement
  • Familiar 'trap' realization beat
  • Mike's decision feels abrupt without internal conflict

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to advance the plot by showing the characters' reactions to the impending collapse, and it does so efficiently. The main limitation is the lack of deeper character or philosophical engagement, which would elevate it from functional to memorable.


Story Content

Concept: 6

The scene's concept is a dual-track crisis: Jamie and Charlie realize they can't sell their swaps, while Mike decides to unwind his position. The concept is clear and functional, but it's a familiar 'characters realize the trap they're in' beat. The spin class setting adds a touch of mundane comedy, but the concept doesn't introduce a fresh angle on the financial collapse.

Plot: 7

The plot advances on two fronts: the Brownfield duo's realization that they can't sell their swaps, and Mike's decision to unwind his position. Both are significant plot points that move the story toward the climax. The scene efficiently sets up the next steps (getting Ben to sell, Mike's phone call) and raises the stakes.

Originality: 5

The scene is functional but not particularly original. The 'characters realize they're trapped' beat is common in financial dramas, and the spin class setting is a mild comic touch. Mike's quiet decision to unwind is a standard 'the protagonist acts' moment. The scene doesn't offer a fresh perspective on the material.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-drawn: Jamie is the pragmatic one, Charlie is the panicked one, and Mike is the stoic, determined one. Their voices are distinct—Jamie's 'I don't know if Bear will collapse. But there's a risk they might' shows his analytical nature, while Charlie's 'Holy shit!' and 'How the hell do we sell these swaps!?' show his impulsiveness. Mike's quiet 'It's Dr. Burry. Looks like the collapse in the financial sector is imminent' is in character—understated and factual.

Character Changes: 6

There is character movement: Jamie and Charlie move from ignorance to awareness of their predicament, and Mike moves from worry to action. However, the change is relatively minor—they don't undergo a significant shift in personality or values. The scene is more about plot progression than character development.

Internal Goal: 5

The internal goals are present but underdeveloped. Jamie and Charlie's internal goal is to prove they can play with the big boys, but this isn't explicitly addressed. Mike's internal goal is to be right about the market, but his decision to unwind suggests a shift. The scene focuses more on external actions than internal motivations.

External Goal: 8

The external goals are clear and strong: Jamie and Charlie need to sell their swaps (and realize they can't), and Mike needs to unwind his position. Both goals are concrete and drive the scene forward. The scene effectively shows the characters' attempts to achieve these goals, with obstacles (Charlie's realization, Mike's phone call) creating tension.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has internal conflict within Charlie and Jamie (realizing they can't sell the swaps) and a quiet, internal conflict for Mike (deciding to unwind his position). However, the conflict is mostly informational and lacks a direct opposing force. The phone calls are one-sided, and the spin class instructor's interruption is minor. The scene's conflict is more about the characters' own realization than an active struggle.

Opposition: 4

There is no clear opposing character or force. The market itself is the antagonist, but it's abstract. The spin class instructor is a minor annoyance, not a real opposition. Mike's decision to unwind is met with no resistance. The scene lacks a 'no' that pushes back against the characters' goals.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are clear: Charlie and Jamie risk losing their investment if they can't sell, and Mike risks his fund's survival. However, the stakes are stated rather than felt. The numbers (1.3 billion, -19.3%) are mentioned but not dramatized. The emotional cost is missing.

Story Forward: 8

The scene clearly moves the story forward: Jamie and Charlie discover they can't sell their swaps, setting up the need to involve Ben, and Mike decides to unwind his $1.3 billion position, a major plot development. The scene also advances the timeline (August 2007 to January 2008), showing the passage of time and the escalating crisis.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is predictable in that it follows the expected trajectory: Charlie and Jamie realize they can't sell, and Mike decides to unwind. There is no twist or surprise. The only mildly unexpected beat is the spin class instructor's interruption, which is minor.

Philosophical Conflict: 4

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict—the idea that the financial system is broken and the characters are complicit in it—but it's not developed. Jamie and Charlie's realization that they can't sell their swaps hints at the absurdity of the system, but the scene doesn't explore it. Mike's decision to unwind is a practical move, not a philosophical one.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene has emotional potential—Charlie's panic, Mike's disappointment—but it's undercut by the rapid cuts and lack of interiority. The audience is told Mike is disappointed ('We hear disappointment in Mike's voice') but not shown why it matters. The final image of the empty office is poignant but feels unearned.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and naturalistic. Charlie's 'Holy shit!' and the instructor's 'Hey brother! Do you mind?' are believable. Mike's phone call is terse and professional. However, the dialogue is mostly expository—it tells us what's happening rather than revealing character. There's no subtext.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging because of the mounting tension—Charlie and Jamie's realization, Mike's decision. However, the rapid cuts between locations and the lack of a central emotional anchor make it feel fragmented. The audience is watching from a distance rather than being pulled in.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective, moving quickly between locations and time periods. The cuts from Chelsea to the spin class to Mike's office create a sense of urgency. The final shot of the empty office is a nice pause. However, the scene might benefit from a beat of silence before the final image.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly formatted. The use of 'CUT TO:' is appropriate. The only minor issue is the inconsistent use of 'CUT TO:' (sometimes it's there, sometimes not), but it's not a problem.

Structure: 6

The scene is structured as a montage of three locations, each showing a different character's reaction to the crisis. This is effective for showing the breadth of the collapse, but it lacks a clear dramatic arc. The scene starts with Charlie and Jamie's panic, then shifts to Mike's decision, and ends with the empty office. The connection between the two storylines is thematic but not causal.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the urgency and tension surrounding the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of Jamie on the street and Charlie in a spin class. This juxtaposition highlights the chaos of the financial world against the backdrop of everyday life, which is a strong visual choice.
  • The dialogue is functional but could benefit from more emotional depth. While Jamie and Charlie express concern about Bear Stearns, their reactions feel somewhat muted given the gravity of the situation. Adding more visceral reactions or personal stakes could enhance the emotional weight of their conversation.
  • Charlie's realization that they don't know how to sell the swaps is a pivotal moment, but it could be emphasized further. This moment of confusion and panic could be expanded to show how unprepared they are for the impending crisis, which would heighten the tension.
  • The transition from Jamie's phone call to Charlie's spin class is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition or a brief visual cue could help the audience follow the shift in location and maintain the scene's flow.
  • The scene ends with Mike Burry's contemplative moment, which is a strong visual metaphor for the collapse of his world. However, it could be more impactful if there were a clearer connection between the urgency of Jamie and Charlie's conversation and Mike's decision to unwind his position. This would create a more cohesive narrative thread.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more emotional stakes to Jamie and Charlie's dialogue. For example, they could reflect on their personal investments or the impact of the crisis on their families, which would make their concerns feel more immediate and relatable.
  • Enhance the transition between Jamie's and Charlie's scenes by incorporating a visual element, such as a split-screen effect or a brief montage of the chaos in the financial world, to emphasize the disconnect between their everyday lives and the unfolding crisis.
  • Expand on Charlie's panic about not knowing how to sell the swaps. This could involve him frantically searching for answers or reaching out to other colleagues, which would heighten the sense of urgency and confusion.
  • Consider using more dynamic camera angles or editing techniques during the spin class to convey the intensity of the situation. For instance, quick cuts between Charlie's worried expressions and the spinning bikes could create a more frenetic atmosphere.
  • Strengthen the connection between the scenes by having Mike's decision to unwind his position directly influenced by the news from Jamie and Charlie. This could be achieved through a voiceover or a visual cue that links their conversations to Mike's actions.



Scene 54 -  Securities and Shenanigans
134 EXT. THE POWDER MONKEY PUB - EXMOUTH, ENGLAND - DAY 134

A southern England old world pub on a wet street in a small
country town.

BEN (V.O.)
I’ve got almost no cell phone or
wifi reception and I’m trying to
sell 200 million dollars worth of
securities. And yes, this pub
smells like wet sheep.

JAMIE (V.O.)
You can do this Ben ...


135 INT. POWDER MONKEY PUB - EXMOUTH, ENGLAND - DAY 135

Ben has his Bloomberg terminal set up at a table, wears a
fancy headset, rolls calls in sweatpants.

BEN
This is The Brownfield Fund... I'm
trying to sell credit default
swaps...20 double A tranches of
CDOs...Absolutely, they're all
complete shit... Face value is 205
million dollars.

The PROPRIETRESS and THREE OLD ENGLISH MEN AT THE BAR pretend
not to listen to the strangest conversation they've ever
heard.

BEN (CONT’D)
No, we're looking for at least 100
million.

PUB-GOER
100 million! Hey laddy, are you a
drug dealer or a banker?! If you’re
a banker fuck off!

Everyone laughs in the pub. Now they’re openly watching.

BEN
Just give me your best number.

PUB-GOER #2
Have em throw in a million for me!

BEN
Look, if you don’t want this deal
then hang up...
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 113.

BEN (CONT'D)
(they don’t hang up)
That’s what I thought...


136 INT. BROWNFIELD OFFICE - EARLY MORNING 136

Charlie and Jamie stand around Charlie’s SPEAKER PHONE.

CHARLIE
Okay. Eighty million. Okay. That's
good.

JAMIE
Eighty's great, Ben. Thank you.
Thank you so much.

BEN (O.S.)
Most of it went to UBS. You're very
lucky. The largest bank in France
froze customers money market
accounts today. This thing's
hitting Europe. I hope I can get
home...

CHARLIE
You will. Call us when you land.

JAMIE
Hey Ben, I’m just wondering, why
did you do this with us? I mean,
you didn’t have to.... and thanks.
But why?

BEN (O.S.)
Because I like you guys.

JAMIE
(thrown)
Wow. You do? That’s so cool...
Okay... Bye Ben. Hello? Oh.

He hangs up.

JAMIE (CONT’D)
Eighty million in 6 months. From
just 110 thousand 4 years ago.
That's not bad.

CHARLIE
I’m done. No more.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 113A.


JAMIE
Yeah. Yeah, me too.
(half beat)
But we have to short Bear Stearns.

CHARLIE
You damn straight.
(realizing)
Oh, crap, where are we gonna put
the money we made?

DISSOLVE TO:
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 114.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a humorous and chaotic scene set in the Powder Monkey Pub in Exmouth, Ben attempts to sell $200 million worth of securities over the phone while dealing with poor reception and eavesdropping patrons. Dressed casually in sweatpants, he engages in a lighthearted conversation with potential buyers, drawing laughter from the pub-goers. Meanwhile, Jamie and Charlie discuss their gratitude towards Ben for his help in securing $80 million from the deal. The scene blends tension with comedy as Ben navigates the unusual setting, ultimately leading to Jamie and Charlie contemplating their next strategic move.
Strengths
  • Memorable and original setting
  • Sharp, witty dialogue
  • Effective character moment between Ben, Charlie, and Jamie
  • Clear external goal and progression
Weaknesses
  • Underdeveloped philosophical conflict
  • Limited internal goal exploration

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to show the successful sale of the swaps and deepen the characters' bond, which it does effectively with a memorable setting and sharp dialogue. The main limitation is that the philosophical conflict and internal goals are underdeveloped, but the scene's charm and forward momentum keep it strong.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a hedge fund manager selling $200 million in securities from a rural English pub, surrounded by amused locals, is a fresh and memorable image. It effectively contrasts the high-stakes financial world with a mundane, rustic setting, creating a comedic and ironic tone. The scene's concept is strong and distinctive, aligning with the film's blend of drama, thriller, and comedy.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by showing the successful sale of $80 million in credit default swaps, a key step in the characters' financial strategy. It also introduces a new complication: the need to short Bear Stearns and the question of where to put the money. The plot movement is functional but not deeply complex, serving as a bridge between the deal and the next phase of the story.

Originality: 8

The scene is highly original in its setting and tone. The image of Ben in sweatpants with a Bloomberg terminal in a pub, while locals joke about him being a drug dealer or banker, is a unique and memorable visual. The dialogue is sharp and witty, capturing the absurdity of the situation without losing the financial stakes.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene effectively characterizes Ben as pragmatic and slightly eccentric, comfortable in the pub setting while handling a massive financial deal. Charlie and Jamie are shown as grateful and slightly awed, with Jamie's surprise at Ben's affection adding a human touch. The pub-goers provide comic relief and a grounded perspective on the absurdity of the financial world.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows a subtle shift in the relationship between Ben, Charlie, and Jamie. Ben's admission that he likes them is a small but meaningful moment of connection, moving their dynamic from purely transactional to more personal. However, the scene does not show significant internal change for any character; it's more of a status quo with a slight emotional deepening.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene does not heavily focus on internal goals. Ben's internal goal might be to complete the deal and get home, but it's not deeply explored. Charlie and Jamie's internal goal of proving themselves is implied but not central. The scene is more about external action and comic relief.

External Goal: 7

The external goal is clear: Ben is selling $200 million in credit default swaps, and the scene shows the successful completion of that goal with $80 million sold. The goal is concrete and drives the scene's action, providing a clear sense of purpose and progression.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a light, comedic conflict: Ben is trying to sell $200 million of securities from a pub with poor reception, facing heckling from locals. The conflict is mostly external (the pub-goers' mockery) and low-stakes, which fits the comedic tone. The real tension is the sale itself, but it's resolved quickly and off-screen. The scene doesn't push Ben into a difficult choice or a real obstacle; the deal goes through without much friction.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the pub-goers' mockery and the poor reception, but it's not a strong opposing force. They are comic relief, not a real threat. The deal itself has no opposition—the buyer is willing, and Ben is confident. The scene lacks a character or force actively working against Ben's goal, which keeps the stakes low and the conflict superficial.

High Stakes: 6

The stated stakes are high—$200 million—but they feel abstract because the scene doesn't show what's at risk for Ben personally. The sale is a routine transaction for him, and the scene doesn't establish what happens if it fails. The emotional stakes are low; the scene is more about the absurdity of the situation than the outcome.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by completing a significant financial transaction and setting up the next challenge: shorting Bear Stearns. It also deepens the relationship between Ben, Charlie, and Jamie, as Ben reveals he did it because he likes them. This emotional beat adds depth and propels the characters' journey.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is predictable in its structure: Ben makes the call, faces some heckling, closes the deal, and then has a warm moment with Charlie and Jamie. The humor is expected, and the outcome is never in doubt. The only slight surprise is Ben's admission that he likes the guys, which lands well but doesn't change the scene's trajectory.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene touches on a philosophical conflict through the pub-goer's question, 'Are you a drug dealer or a banker?!' This highlights the moral ambiguity of the financial world, but the conflict is not deeply explored. The scene leans more into comedy than philosophical debate.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional beat is the warm exchange between Ben and Jamie, where Ben says he likes them. It's a nice moment, but it's brief and doesn't land with much weight because the relationship hasn't been deeply developed in this scene. The scene is more comedic than emotional, and the emotional payoff feels earned but light.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and characterful. Ben's deadpan delivery ('they're all complete shit') and the pub-goers' heckling ('If you're a banker fuck off!') are funny and reveal character. The exchange between Jamie and Ben at the end is warm and natural. The dialogue serves the comedic tone well and moves the scene forward efficiently.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in its humor and the novelty of the setting, but the lack of real tension or stakes means the audience isn't deeply invested. The call is a routine transaction, and the outcome is never in doubt. The scene is pleasant but not gripping.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and efficient. The scene moves from the pub to the office quickly, and the dialogue is snappy. The comedic beats land well, and the scene doesn't overstay its welcome. The transition to the office is smooth, and the emotional beat at the end is well-timed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly attributed. The use of parentheticals is minimal and effective. The script is easy to read and follow.

Structure: 7

The scene has a clear structure: setup (Ben in the pub), complication (heckling), resolution (deal closes), and a coda (emotional beat with Jamie). It's a classic comedic scene structure that works well. The transition to the office is a bit abrupt, but it serves the pacing.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the absurdity and chaos of the financial world, particularly through Ben's humorous and desperate attempts to sell securities from a pub. This juxtaposition of a traditional pub setting with high-stakes financial dealings creates a memorable visual and thematic contrast.
  • Ben's dialogue is engaging and reflects the tension of the situation, but it could benefit from more specificity regarding the securities he is trying to sell. While he mentions '20 double A tranches of CDOs,' elaborating on what makes these securities particularly risky or undesirable could enhance the stakes for the audience.
  • The use of the pub patrons as a comedic backdrop works well, but their reactions could be more varied to deepen the humor. For instance, instead of just laughing, some patrons could express disbelief or confusion, which would add layers to the comedic element and highlight the absurdity of Ben's situation.
  • The transition between the pub scene and the Brownfield office is somewhat abrupt. A smoother transition could help maintain the flow of the narrative. Perhaps a brief moment of reflection from Ben as he hangs up could serve as a bridge to the next scene.
  • Jamie's surprise at Ben's affection for them feels a bit underdeveloped. Expanding on this moment could provide insight into their relationship dynamics and add emotional depth. Why does Jamie find it surprising? What does this reveal about their previous interactions?
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a line or two of dialogue that explains why the securities are particularly undesirable, which would heighten the tension and stakes of the sale.
  • Enhance the comedic reactions of the pub patrons to create a more dynamic atmosphere. This could involve a mix of disbelief, laughter, and even some serious commentary on the financial crisis.
  • Introduce a brief moment of reflection for Ben after the call ends, allowing him to express his thoughts on the absurdity of selling securities from a pub, which could serve as a smoother transition to the next scene.
  • Expand on Jamie's reaction to Ben's affection for them. This could involve a brief exchange that reveals more about their relationship and adds emotional weight to the moment.
  • Consider incorporating visual elements that emphasize the contrast between the pub's cozy, traditional atmosphere and the high-stakes financial world Ben is trying to navigate, such as close-ups of Ben's anxious expressions or the starkness of his Bloomberg terminal against the pub's rustic decor.



Scene 55 -  The Tipping Point
137 INT. AUDITORIUM - DEUTSCHE BANK HQ - DAY 137

Dark. Elegant. A well-heeled crowd of 200 INVESTORS.

March 14, 2008

JARED VENNETT (V.O.)
As the housing markets and banks
continued to hemorrhage only one of
the big shorts refused to sell:
Mark Baum. So it was beyond perfect
when he was asked to speak at a
conference opposite Bruce Miller, a
famous bullish investor. After he
and Mark had their debate, Alan
Greenspan, one of the architects of
the whole crisis was scheduled to
speak. Everyone in Mark’s office
showed up and even invited
friends.... This was Ali versus
Foreman of the financial world...
The realist versus the fools. If it
seems almost too perfect, trust me,
this happened. And it was
beautiful.

A podium waits for Greenspan. Beside it are 3 chairs with THE
HOST, BRUCE MILLER, ruddy and confident and a sloppily-
dressed Mark Baum.

Vinny's in the front row.

BRUCE MILLER (THE BULL)
As some of you may know, Bear
Stearns just received a loan from
JP Morgan. We'll see how the market
reacts, but I think that lays to
rest concerns about the bank's
health.

THE HOST
I take it you have no plans to sell
your 200 million in Bear stock?

BRUCE MILLER
When we're done here, I'll probably
buy more.

THE HOST
For the opposing view, Mr. Baum.

MARK
I gotta stand for this.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 114A.


Wholly uninvited, Mark takes his mic to the podium.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 115.


MARK (CONT'D)
Okay, hi, so my firm's thesis is
simple: Wall Street took a good
idea, Lewis Ranieri’s Mortgage Bond
and turned it into an atomic bomb
of fraud and stupidity that is on
it’s way to decimating the world
economy.

BRUCE MILLER
How do you really feel?

The crowd laughs.

MARK
I’m glad you still have a sense of
humor. I wouldn’t if I were you.
(back to the crowd)
Now, anyone who knows me knows I
have no problem telling someone
they’re wrong. Hell, it’s my
passion.
(beat)
Well for the first time in my life,
it’s not so enjoyable.

Arriving late, Porter slips in the last row behind Danny.

PORTER
(whispers)
Bear Stearns issued a press release
denying rumors of liquidity
problems.

DANNY
(whispers)
They said they had liquidity?! That
always means they don’t.

MARK
We’re living in an era of fraud in
America. Not just in banking. But
in government, education, food,
religion, journalism, prisons,
baseball... Somehow, American
values became fuck it, let’s grab
what we can for now and the hell
with tomorrow.

Danny gets a quote, curses, types, Here we go! Bear at 47!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 116.


MARK (CONT’D)
And what bothers me isn’t that
fraud is “not nice” or “mean.” It’s
that for fifteen thousand years
fraud and short sighted thinking
has never, ever worked. Not once.
How the hell did we all forget
that?

Vinny gets a text...Bear at 35 last!

MARK (CONT’D)
I thought we were all better than
this... I really did. And the fact
that we’re not doesn’t make me feel
superior and right... It makes me
feel sad...

In the back, a man hurries out holding on his cell phone.

MARK (CONT'D)
And as fun as it is seeing pompous
dumb Wall Streeters be wildly
wrong,
(turns to the Bull)
and you are wrong sir.
(back to his wrap up)
I just know that at the end of the
day regular people are going to pay
for all of this. Because they
always, always do.

Danny's just typed Bear at 29 last!!! as he hears this.

MARK (CONT'D)
That's my two cents. Thank you.

Mark pats Bruce Miller on the back as he takes his seat.

THE HOST
Does our bull have a response?

BRUCE MILLER
Only that in the history of Wall
Street, no investment bank has ever
failed except when caught in
criminal activities. So I stand by
my Bear Stearns optimism.

A YOUNG BANKER stands, unwilling to wait for the Q & A.

YOUNG BANKER
Mr. Miller! Sorry. Quick Question.
(re: his Blackberry)
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 117.

YOUNG BANKER (CONT'D)
From the time you guys started
talking, Bear Stearns stock has
fallen more than 38 percent. Would
you buy more now?

BRUCE MILLER
(unsure)
Sure. Yeah. I'd buy more. Why not?

Awkward silence.

Mark whispers into his mic...

MARK
Boom.

Mark watches the whole room scramble for the aisles.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a tense debate at a Deutsche Bank conference, Mark Baum passionately critiques the financial system, arguing that Wall Street's greed has led to widespread fraud. As Bear Stearns' stock crashes, the audience's anxiety grows, contrasting with Bruce Miller's bullish optimism. A young banker challenges Miller's confidence, highlighting the shifting sentiment in the room. The scene culminates in chaos as Mark sardonicly declares 'Boom,' signaling the impending financial crisis.
Strengths
  • High-stakes public debate format
  • Real-time market collapse as dramatic device
  • Mark's moral speech with emotional depth
  • Memorable 'Boom' beat
  • Effective use of supporting cast for tension
Weaknesses
  • Bruce Miller is a straw man, making the debate one-sided
  • V.O. framing is a bit on-the-nose
  • Scene is more confirmation than turning point

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Mark's moral victory and the market's collapse, and it does so with energy and a memorable 'Boom' beat. The main limitation is that the debate is too one-sided, making the outcome feel predetermined; giving Bruce a stronger counterargument would raise the stakes and make Mark's triumph more earned.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is a public debate between a realist and a bull, framed as 'Ali versus Foreman of the financial world.' It's a strong, high-stakes set piece that dramatizes the ideological clash at the heart of the film. The V.O. sets it up as a 'beautiful' event, and the scene delivers on that promise by showing Mark's moral outrage against Bruce's blind optimism, with the market collapsing in real-time as a visual proof of Mark's thesis.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the financial crisis timeline (March 14, 2008) and shows the market's collapse in real-time as Bear Stearns stock falls from 47 to 29 during the debate. This is a clever integration of plot and spectacle. The scene also sets up the aftermath—Mark's refusal to sell and the impending bailout—by showing his moral stance. The plot is functional and serves the larger narrative, though it doesn't introduce new complications beyond the expected market crash.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a live debate as a microcosm of the financial crisis, with the market falling in real-time as a dramatic device. The 'Boom' line and the audience scrambling for the aisles are fresh, memorable beats. However, the overall structure—a protagonist delivering a moralizing speech while the world crumbles—is familiar, and the V.O. framing is a bit on-the-nose.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Mark Baum is fully in his element: passionate, confrontational, and morally righteous. His speech reveals his depth—he's not just angry but sad ('It makes me feel sad'). Bruce Miller is a one-note bull, but that's his function. The supporting cast (Vinny, Danny, Porter) are used effectively to show the market's collapse. The characters are well-drawn and serve the scene's purpose.

Character Changes: 6

Mark doesn't change in this scene; he reaffirms his existing worldview. However, the scene does create movement through pressure and consequence: his speech is validated by the market's collapse, but he also expresses sadness, showing a crack in his righteous anger. The scene is more about confirming his stance than evolving it, which is appropriate for this point in the story.

Internal Goal: 7

Mark's internal goal is to expose the fraud and feel morally justified, but the scene complicates it by showing his sadness—he doesn't enjoy being right. This is a strong internal beat. The scene doesn't fully explore his internal conflict, but it's present and effective.

External Goal: 7

Mark's external goal is to win the debate and convince the audience of the impending crisis. He achieves this, as evidenced by the market's collapse and the audience's scramble. The goal is clear and the outcome is satisfying, though it's a bit too easy—Bruce is a straw man.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The scene delivers a clear ideological and dramatic conflict: Mark Baum, the realist short-seller, versus Bruce Miller, the bullish investor, in a public debate. The conflict escalates as Bear Stearns stock plummets in real-time, undercutting Miller's optimism. The whispers from Porter and Danny about the stock price create a ticking clock that intensifies the verbal sparring. The conflict is both external (Mark vs. Bruce) and internal (Mark's sadness about being right).

Opposition: 7

Bruce Miller serves as a functional opposition — he's confident, dismissive, and represents the bullish consensus. However, he's somewhat one-dimensional; his lines are mostly variations of 'I'd buy more.' The real opposition is the market itself, which is crashing in real-time, making Miller's stubbornness almost comical. The opposition works because it's embodied in a person, but it could be stronger if Miller had a more compelling argument or a personal stake.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high and clearly articulated: Mark's speech is about the potential collapse of the world economy and the suffering of regular people. The real-time stock crash of Bear Stearns (from 47 to 29) provides immediate, tangible stakes. The scene also carries personal stakes for Mark — his sadness about being right, and the moral weight of profiting from disaster. The stakes are both macro (global economy) and micro (Mark's emotional state).

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by confirming the market's collapse (Bear Stearns falling 38%) and reinforcing Mark's refusal to sell, which is a key character beat. It also sets up the next phase—the bailout and Mark's eventual sell—by showing his moral high ground. However, the scene is more of a culmination than a turning point; it doesn't introduce new information or change the trajectory significantly.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene is somewhat predictable in its overall arc — the bull is wrong, the bear is right, and the market crashes. However, the unpredictability comes from the specific beats: the Young Banker's interruption, the awkward silence after Miller's 'Sure. Yeah. I'd buy more. Why not?', and Mark's whispered 'Boom.' The real-time stock crash adds a sense of urgency and unpredictability, as the audience doesn't know exactly when the bottom will fall out.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: realism vs. blind optimism, fraud vs. integrity, short-term greed vs. long-term consequences. Mark's speech articulates this clearly ('fraud and short sighted thinking has never, ever worked'). Bruce's response—'no investment bank has ever failed except when caught in criminal activities'—is a direct counterpoint. The conflict is central and well-executed.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene has strong emotional impact, particularly in Mark's speech where he expresses sadness rather than triumph: 'It makes me feel sad...' and 'regular people are going to pay for all of this. Because they always, always do.' This adds a layer of moral weight and melancholy to what could be a triumphant moment. The final image of the room scrambling for the aisles is both satisfying and unsettling, as Mark's victory is hollow.

Dialogue: 8

The dialogue is sharp, witty, and thematically rich. Mark's lines are memorable: 'Wall Street took a good idea... and turned it into an atomic bomb of fraud and stupidity' and 'Boom.' The banter between Porter and Danny adds a layer of dark humor and urgency. Bruce Miller's dialogue is appropriately bullish but a bit repetitive. The dialogue serves the scene's purpose of delivering a satisfying verbal victory while also conveying the moral weight of the crisis.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging due to the combination of a public debate, real-time stock crash, and witty dialogue. The audience is invested in Mark's victory and the inevitable collapse of the bull's argument. The interruptions from Porter and Danny with stock updates create a sense of immediacy and keep the reader on edge. The final 'Boom' and the scramble for the aisles provide a satisfying climax.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is well-managed: the scene starts with a setup, moves into Mark's speech, intercuts with stock updates, and builds to a climax with the Young Banker's question and Mark's 'Boom.' The interruptions from Porter and Danny provide a rhythmic counterpoint to the speech, accelerating the tension. The scene doesn't drag, and the final beat is quick and impactful.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and action lines are concise. The use of parentheticals and ellipses is appropriate. The only minor issue is the repeated 'BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015' page markers, which are likely production notes and not part of the script itself.

Structure: 8

The scene has a clear structure: setup (the debate introduction), rising action (Mark's speech and stock updates), climax (the Young Banker's question and Mark's 'Boom'), and resolution (the room scrambling). The structure effectively serves the scene's purpose of delivering a satisfying victory for Mark while also advancing the narrative of the financial crisis. The use of the V.O. from Jared Vennett provides context and sets the stage.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the tension and stakes of the financial crisis, with Mark Baum's passionate speech serving as a powerful counterpoint to Bruce Miller's bullish optimism. However, the dialogue could benefit from more varied pacing to enhance the emotional impact. Mark's speech is compelling, but it risks feeling overly didactic at times. Balancing the exposition with more personal anecdotes or emotional stakes could deepen the audience's connection to the characters and the gravity of the situation.
  • The use of humor, particularly in Mark's interactions with Bruce, adds levity to an otherwise serious topic. However, the humor could be sharpened to ensure it lands effectively without undermining the seriousness of the message. For instance, Mark's quips could be more pointed or sarcastic to emphasize his frustration with the financial system.
  • The scene's structure is solid, with a clear buildup to Mark's speech and the subsequent chaos. However, the transition from Mark's speech to the audience's reaction could be more dynamic. Instead of simply stating that the room erupts into chaos, consider showing specific reactions from the audience members to create a more vivid picture of the panic and urgency.
  • The visual elements are well-described, but they could be enhanced by incorporating more sensory details. For example, describing the atmosphere in the auditorium—such as the tension in the air, the murmurs of the crowd, or the expressions on the investors' faces—could heighten the emotional stakes and immerse the audience further into the scene.
  • The pacing of the scene is generally effective, but the climax could be more pronounced. The moment when Mark delivers his final line, 'Boom,' is impactful, but it could be preceded by a more dramatic buildup. Consider adding a moment of silence or a pause before Mark's line to amplify its effect and allow the audience to fully absorb the weight of the situation.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate more personal stakes or anecdotes in Mark's speech to create a deeper emotional connection with the audience.
  • Sharpen the humor in Mark's dialogue to ensure it effectively highlights his frustration without detracting from the seriousness of the topic.
  • Enhance the transition from Mark's speech to the audience's reaction by showing specific reactions from audience members to create a more vivid picture of the chaos.
  • Add sensory details to the visual description of the auditorium to immerse the audience in the atmosphere and heighten the emotional stakes.
  • Consider adding a dramatic pause or moment of silence before Mark's final line to amplify its impact and allow the audience to fully absorb the gravity of the situation.



Scene 56 -  Crisis Unfolds
138 INT. BACK HALLWAY TO AUDITORIUM - DAY 138

A PR PERSON leads ALAN GREENSPAN (never fully seen) and his
ENTOURAGE toward an auditorium door.

PR PERSON
This way Mr. Greenspan. We are so
honored to have you here today...


139 INT. AUDITORIUM - DAY 139

The PR Person leads Greenspan and entourage in up front.
THERE ARE ONLY SIX AUDIENCE MEMBERS in the vast hall.

PR PERSON
What the hell?

CUT TO:


140 EXT. TIMES SQUARE - PRE-DAWN 140

Empty. The SCROLL is dead.

Suddenly, it flickers and kicks to life as if re-booted.

The first message says it all...

Lehman bankruptcy leaves country in turmoil.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 118.


141 EXT. PLAZA - LEHMAN BROTHERS HQ - DAY 141

A beautiful day. Charlie stands on a bench watching LEHMAN
EMPLOYEES with effects boxes exit through a PRESS gauntlet.

September 15, 2008

Jamie ends a call below him.

JAMIE
That was Ben . The Dow has dropped
1800 points in the last three days.
He thinks the price of gold could
go higher than the Dow. Up is now
officially down.

Charlie is still watching the chaos at Lehman.

CHARLIE
I want to see inside.

JAMIE
How?


142 EXT. WEST 49TH STREET - DAY 142

His box already in a taxi, a LEHMAN GUY looks from Jamie and
Charlie’s expectant faces to the building. Fuck it.

The Guy takes off his ID tag and hands it over.

CHARLIE
Which floor's fixed income?


143 INT. FRONTPOINT OFFICE - LATER THAT DAY 143

Vinny is on the phone. Danny and Porter work quietly if
feverishly at their desks that are covered in screens.

VINNY
Mark! Answer your phone! We have to
sell! This whole thing’s blowing
up!

DANNY
Prices are moving... I can't get a
fix!

Danny's panicked.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 119.


DANNY (CONT'D)
We have like 70 positions...I
can't...I don't know what's
happening to anything!
Morgan's lost a third of it's
value.

Vinny and Porter exchange a worried glance.

VINNY
Is it a run?

DANNY
I don't know.

VINNY
Danny, is there a run on Morgan
Stanley?!

DANNY
I don't know!

Danny squints at his screens; something's wrong with his
vision. He's soaking wet. Looks down at his chest.

DANNY (CONT'D)
I think I'm having a heart attack.

PORTER
No, you're not.

He's extremely pale but doesn't walk from the desk, tries to
regulate his breathing as Porter and Vinny watch.

PORTER (CONT’D)
You're not having a heart attack.
(no response)
You're not having a heart attack.
(no response)
You're not having a heart attack.

Danny looks as if he can't hear.

PORTER (CONT'D)
All right, maybe you are.

Vinny picks up the phone to call 911.

VINNY
Hello, we need an ambulance, now!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 120.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary In a tense scene, Alan Greenspan arrives at an auditorium expecting a large audience but finds only six attendees, highlighting the disconnect amid a national financial crisis. Meanwhile, chaos erupts outside Lehman Brothers HQ as employees flee with their belongings following the company's bankruptcy. Charlie, eager to witness the turmoil firsthand, receives an ID tag from a distressed Lehman employee. The scene shifts to the Frontpoint office, where Vinny frantically manages the fallout while Danny, overwhelmed by the situation, fears he is having a heart attack. As tension escalates, Porter calls for an ambulance, underscoring the urgency of the crisis.
Strengths
  • Sharp satirical beat with Greenspan's empty auditorium
  • Effective intercutting of public and private chaos
  • Strong character reactions under pressure
  • Memorable dialogue and physical detail (ID tag, heart attack)
Weaknesses
  • Lack of character change or deeper thematic engagement
  • Montage structure may fragment emotional focus

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene effectively captures the chaos of the financial collapse through intercutting and strong character reactions, landing its primary job of escalating the crisis. The main limitation is the lack of a deeper character or thematic beat to elevate it beyond a well-executed montage.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is the collapse of the financial system as experienced by the characters. It works by intercutting the public spectacle (Lehman, Times Square) with the private chaos at Frontpoint. The Greenspan moment is a sharp satirical beat—the empty auditorium undercuts the authority figure. The concept is strong because it shows the 'big picture' through specific, human moments.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the crisis timeline: Lehman bankruptcy, Dow drop, Morgan Stanley's collapse, and the team's urgent need to sell. The scene is a turning point—the market is crashing and the characters are reacting. The plot is functional and moves efficiently, though the multiple locations (Greenspan, Times Square, Lehman, Frontpoint) create a montage feel that could fragment focus.

Originality: 6

The scene is not highly original in its structure—it uses the classic 'disaster montage' with intercutting. However, the specific details (Greenspan's empty auditorium, the Lehman employee handing over his ID, Danny's heart attack) are fresh and memorable. The originality is in the execution, not the concept.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-drawn in this scene: Vinny is the urgent pragmatist, Danny is the overwhelmed analyst, Porter is the calm counterweight, and Charlie is the curious outsider. The dialogue is sharp and characterful—'I think I'm having a heart attack' and Porter's repeated 'You're not having a heart attack' are effective. The scene shows them under pressure, which reveals their traits.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows characters under extreme pressure, but there is little character change—they react in ways consistent with their established traits. Danny's potential heart attack is a physical manifestation of the stress, but it doesn't lead to a change in behavior or perspective. The scene is more about the situation than character development.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene is primarily external—the characters are reacting to the crisis. There is little exploration of internal goals; the focus is on survival and action. This is appropriate for the genre and the scene's function, so it's not a weakness, but it means the dimension is not heavily engaged.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: the team needs to sell their positions before the market collapses further. Vinny's repeated calls to Mark—'We have to sell!'—drive the goal. The scene escalates the urgency, and the goal is concrete and high-stakes. The external goal is the engine of the scene.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The scene has strong external conflict: the market is collapsing, Vinny is desperately trying to reach Mark, Danny is panicking about positions, and the heart attack scare creates a visceral crisis. The conflict is mostly external (market vs. characters) and internal (Danny's physical/mental breakdown). What's working: the urgency is palpable, and the dialogue conveys panic. What's costing: the conflict is somewhat one-note (everyone is panicking) and lacks a clear opposing force within the scene—the 'opposition' is the market, not a character. The Greenspan cold open is a nice ironic contrast but doesn't create direct conflict.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is the financial system itself—impersonal and abstract. The scene shows the market crashing, but there's no human antagonist or clear opposing will. Vinny, Danny, and Porter are all on the same side, so the conflict is internal to the team. The Greenspan cold open is ironic but doesn't provide opposition. What's costing: the lack of a clear opposing force makes the scene feel like a natural disaster rather than a dramatic confrontation.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high and clear: the market is collapsing, Morgan Stanley has lost a third of its value, and the team's positions are in chaos. The heart attack scare raises the stakes to life-and-death, making the financial crisis visceral. What's working: the combination of financial and physical stakes creates a double layer of urgency. What's costing: the stakes are mostly external; we don't feel the personal cost to each character beyond the immediate panic.

Story Forward: 8

The scene is a major story beat: the crisis hits, and the characters are forced to react. It moves the story forward by showing the collapse's immediate impact on the Frontpoint team and setting up the need to sell. The scene also advances Charlie and Jamie's arc by getting them inside Lehman, a symbolic moment of witnessing the fall.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene has some unpredictability: the heart attack is a surprise, and the Greenspan cold open is an ironic twist. However, the overall trajectory is predictable—the market is crashing, and the team is panicking. The audience knows the historical outcome, so the unpredictability is limited to character reactions. What's working: the heart attack is a genuine shock. What's costing: the scene follows a familiar pattern of crisis.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene touches on the theme of systemic collapse versus individual survival, but it doesn't engage a deep philosophical conflict. The characters are too busy reacting to reflect. The Greenspan beat hints at the failure of authority, but it's not developed. This is acceptable for the scene's function, but the dimension is not a focus.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene has strong emotional impact through Danny's heart attack—it's a visceral, human moment amid the financial chaos. The repetition of 'You're not having a heart attack' is effective and haunting. What's working: the physical crisis creates empathy and tension. What's costing: the emotional impact is somewhat isolated to Danny; the other characters' emotions are mostly panic, not deeper feeling.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is functional and effective: it conveys panic, urgency, and confusion. Lines like 'Up is now officially down' and 'I think I'm having a heart attack' are memorable. What's working: the dialogue is natural and character-specific. What's costing: some lines are expository ('Morgan's lost a third of its value') and the panic can feel repetitive.

Engagement: 8

The scene is highly engaging: the market crash, the heart attack, and the frantic dialogue keep the reader hooked. The cold open with Greenspan is intriguing. What's working: the combination of external crisis and physical danger creates a compelling read. What's costing: the scene is short and might benefit from a bit more texture to sustain engagement.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is fast and urgent, matching the crisis. The cuts between locations (Greenspan, Times Square, Lehman, Frontpoint) create a sense of global collapse. The heart attack beat provides a sudden spike in tension. What's working: the scene moves quickly without feeling rushed. What's costing: the transition from the Lehman ID tag to the Frontpoint office is abrupt, but that's likely intentional.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is clean and professional: proper scene headings, character names in caps, and clear action lines. The use of 'CUT TO:' and 'CONT'D' is standard. What's working: the formatting is easy to read and follows industry norms. What's costing: nothing significant.

Structure: 7

The scene is structured as a series of escalating crises: Greenspan's empty auditorium, the Times Square scroll, Lehman's collapse, and the Frontpoint panic. The structure is effective in showing the systemic collapse. What's working: the cold open and the intercutting create a sense of inevitability. What's costing: the scene lacks a clear turning point or a decision; it's mostly reaction.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaos and urgency of the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of the auditorium and the Lehman Brothers HQ. However, the transition between these locations could be smoother to maintain narrative flow.
  • The dialogue is functional but lacks emotional depth. While the panic and urgency are conveyed, the characters' internal struggles and fears could be more vividly expressed to create a stronger connection with the audience.
  • Danny's panic attack is a significant moment, but it feels somewhat abrupt. More buildup to his physical distress could enhance the tension and make the audience more invested in his well-being.
  • The use of visual elements, such as the empty auditorium and the chaos outside Lehman Brothers, is effective in illustrating the stark contrast between expectation and reality. However, the scene could benefit from more descriptive language to paint a clearer picture of the characters' surroundings and emotional states.
  • The pacing of the scene is uneven. The initial buildup with Greenspan's arrival is quickly overshadowed by the frantic energy of the Lehman scene. A more balanced pacing could help maintain tension throughout.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie before they receive the ID tag, allowing them to express their thoughts on the gravity of the situation. This could deepen their characterization and heighten the stakes.
  • Expand on Danny's physical symptoms leading up to his declaration of a heart attack. This could involve him noticing other signs of stress or panic, making his eventual breakdown feel more earned.
  • Incorporate more sensory details to enhance the atmosphere. Describe the sounds, smells, and sights in the office and outside Lehman Brothers to immerse the audience in the chaos.
  • Introduce a moment of levity or dark humor amidst the tension to provide contrast and make the characters more relatable. This could be a quip from Vinny or Porter that highlights the absurdity of the situation.
  • Ensure that the transitions between scenes are clear and purposeful. Consider using a visual or auditory cue to signal the shift from the auditorium to the chaos outside Lehman Brothers, helping the audience follow the narrative more easily.



Scene 57 -  Aftermath of Collapse
144 INT. LEHMAN ELEVATOR BANKS - DAY 144

A DIMINUTIVE EXEC is in the flow of departing Employees.

DIMINUTIVE EXEC
Go straight to your transportation!
Do not talk to the press! Go
straight to your transportation! Do
not talk to the press!

Jamie holds up the pass for a Guard, who hurriedly waves he
and Charlie through the turnstile, like two diplomats
slipping back in the embassy as Saigon falls.


145 INT. TRADING FLOOR - LEHMAN BROTHERS - DAY 145

Abandoned. A few EMPLOYEES pack. Loose paper's everywhere.

Charlie and Jamie walk through the destruction: plundered
desks; emptied picture frames; sad tchotkes.

On one desk, someone's made a pyramid of Red Bull cans.

On one wall, someone's painted a huge...LEH: 0.00.

CHARLIE
This isn't how I pictured it.

JAMIE
What'd you think we'd find?

Charlie considers this question a few seconds.

CHARLIE
The grown-ups.


146 EXT. ST. PATRICK'S CATHEDRAL - DAY 146

A BUSINESS CROWD passes.

On the church steps, Danny is now okay. He, Vinny and Porter
watch the crowd, rushing past, oblivious.

VINNY
You okay?

DANNY
Yeah... I think so. It’s
embarrassing. I really thought I
was having a heart attack.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 121.


PORTER
Let’s go to dinner tonight. I hear
there’s a great new Cuban joint in
the lower east side.

DANNY
Really? I’d like that.

Vinny paces. His Blackberry RINGS.

VINNY
Mark, finally!
(answering)
Hey, it's a bloodbath up here.


147 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - SAME TIME 147

Mark sits at a table with his laptop and a coffee, shell
shocked staring off into the building around him.

Vinny's on Mark’s cell phone speaker.

VINNY (O.S.)
Word's out. Morgan's stock has lost
half its value. Down to 23.10.
Clients are wanting to talk to you
about pulling their money.
(then)
It's now or never. We gotta sell
Mark.
(silence)
Hello?
(nothing)
Mark?!

MARK
Yeah.

CLOSE on MARK. He's staring at nothing.

VINNY (O.S.)
At least tell me what you're
thinking.

FADE TO BLACK:

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.)
I met my wife on Match.com. My
profile said, quote, I am a medical
student with only one eye, an
awkward social manner, and $145,000
in student loans, end quote.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 122.

MICHAEL BURRY (V.O.) (CONT'D)
She wrote back: you're just what
I've been looking for. She meant
honest. So, let me be honest...


148 INT. SCION OFFICE - DAY 148

Bare feet on corporate carpet.

MIKE (V.O.)
...making money is not like I
thought it would be.

Mike's at the Assistant's Desk sorting through a stack of his
mail. He's also listening to the VOICE MAIL on the phone's
speaker, erasing most messages after they start.

VOICE MAIL MESSAGE
Oh, Mike, this is Kerry Mann down
at Camelot Capital. Listen, we see
you're jumping back in the equities
market in a big way. In this
environment, we're not sure that's
a wise--

He hits ERASE. And keeps sorting.

MIKE (V.O.)
This business kills the part of
life that is essential: the part
that has nothing to do with
business.
Genres: ["Drama","Finance"]

Summary In a chaotic scene at Lehman Brothers, a diminutive executive urges departing employees to avoid the press as Jamie and Charlie navigate the disarray of the abandoned trading floor. Charlie expresses disappointment at the state of the office, while outside St. Patrick's Cathedral, Danny discusses his health scare with Vinny and Porter, who receives urgent news from Mark about the financial crisis. The scene concludes with Mike reflecting on the emotional toll of the business as he sorts through his mail and listens to a warning voicemail.
Strengths
  • Evocative imagery of the abandoned trading floor
  • Thematic resonance of the 'grown-ups' line
  • Mark's powerful silence
  • Mike's voiceover adds a philosophical layer
Weaknesses
  • Diffuse structure across multiple locations
  • Mark's decision is ambiguous, reducing plot momentum
  • Mike's beat feels disconnected from the main action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to show the emotional and moral aftermath of the Lehman collapse, and it lands that with evocative imagery and a strong thematic line. The main limitation is the diffuse structure—multiple locations and a passive Mark—which dilutes the forward momentum and the clarity of the characters' decisions.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is strong: the collapse of Lehman Brothers as a visceral, almost surreal aftermath, contrasted with the personal aftermath for the characters. The image of Jamie and Charlie walking through the abandoned trading floor, the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti, and the 'grown-ups' line are evocative and thematically resonant. The concept of showing the crash through the eyes of the outsiders who predicted it is well-executed here.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by showing the immediate aftermath of Lehman's collapse and the pressure on Mark to sell. However, the plot movement is somewhat diffuse—it cuts between three locations (Lehman, St. Patrick's, Mark's roof) and then to Mike's office, which feels like a montage of reactions rather than a single, focused plot beat. The phone call with Vinny is the strongest plot driver, but it's undercut by Mark's silence and the fade to black.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh angle on the financial crisis by focusing on the physical aftermath—the abandoned trading floor, the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti—rather than just the numbers. The 'grown-ups' line is a memorable, original way to express the disillusionment. The juxtaposition of the cathedral steps with the chaos is also a fresh visual metaphor.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The characters are well-drawn in this scene. Charlie and Jamie's exchange about 'the grown-ups' reveals their disillusionment and their outsider perspective. Mark's shell-shocked silence is powerful and consistent with his arc. Mike's detachment, shown through his mail-sorting and voiceover, is a strong character beat. The minor characters (Diminutive Exec, Vinny, Danny, Porter) are functional and add texture.

Character Changes: 6

The scene shows characters under extreme pressure, but the change is mostly internal and understated. Mark's paralysis is a form of regression—he's frozen, unable to act—which is a meaningful movement from his earlier assertiveness. Charlie and Jamie's disillusionment is a shift from their earlier optimism. Mike's detachment is a continuation of his arc, but it doesn't show a new facet. The scene could push these changes further to make them more consequential.

Internal Goal: 6

The scene touches on internal goals: Mark's need to maintain his moral high ground (implied by his paralysis), Charlie and Jamie's search for meaning ('the grown-ups'), and Mike's desire for honesty (his voiceover). However, these internal goals are not clearly dramatized—they're more implied than active. The scene could strengthen the internal stakes by making the characters' inner conflicts more explicit.

External Goal: 6

The external goals are present but not sharply defined. Mark's external goal is to decide whether to sell his swaps—Vinny pushes for it, but Mark's response is ambiguous. Charlie and Jamie's goal is to witness the collapse, which they achieve. Mike's goal is to sort his mail and ignore the world, which is passive. The scene could sharpen the external goals to create more tension.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene has internal conflict (Mark's paralysis vs. Vinny's urgency) and external conflict (the chaos of Lehman's collapse, the pressure to sell). However, the conflict is muted—Mark's 'Yeah' and silence are passive, and the phone call lacks a direct clash. The scene's conflict is more atmospheric than active.

Opposition: 5

Vinny serves as the opposition, pushing Mark to sell, but he's not a strong antagonist—he's on Mark's side. The real opposition is the market collapse itself, which is impersonal. The scene lacks a character who actively works against Mark's interests.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear and high: Morgan's stock has lost half its value, clients are pulling money, and the decision to sell or hold could mean billions. The scene also carries emotional stakes—Mark's moral high ground vs. financial survival. The stakes are well-established through Vinny's urgent dialogue.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by showing the crisis reaching its peak and forcing characters to react. Mark's phone call with Vinny is the key forward beat—it sets up the decision to sell. However, the scene spends a lot of time on atmosphere and character reflection (Charlie and Jamie's walk, Mike's mail) that, while thematically rich, doesn't advance the plot as efficiently as it could. The story momentum is present but diluted.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is largely predictable: we know the market is crashing, and Mark's hesitation is expected. The only mild surprise is the cut to Burry's voiceover and his mundane mail-sorting, which feels tonally jarring but not unpredictable in a meaningful way.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene engages a strong philosophical conflict: the emptiness of the financial system versus the human cost. Charlie's 'the grown-ups' line critiques the idea that institutions are run by responsible adults. Mike's voiceover about the business killing 'the part of life that is essential' is a direct philosophical statement. The scene contrasts the chaos of Lehman with the calm of St. Patrick's, suggesting a moral void.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional weight—Mark's shell-shock, the 'grown-ups' line, and Burry's voiceover about the business killing the essential part of life. However, the emotion is undercut by the fragmented structure and the abrupt cut to Burry's mundane mail-sorting, which dilutes the impact.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and naturalistic. The Diminutive Exec's repeated line is effective. Charlie's 'The grown-ups' is a strong, thematic line. However, the phone call between Vinny and Mark is one-sided and lacks the sharpness of the film's best dialogue. Burry's voiceover is poignant but feels disconnected.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging in its atmosphere—the Lehman collapse, the 'grown-ups' line, the tension of the phone call. However, the fragmented structure and the abrupt cut to Burry's mail-sorting reduce momentum. The reader is interested but not fully gripped.

Pacing: 5

The pacing is uneven. The Lehman floor and St. Patrick's scenes move quickly, but the phone call with Mark is slow and static. The cut to Burry's mail-sorting feels like a pause that doesn't build tension. The scene's rhythm is more contemplative than urgent, which may not match the crisis context.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is professional and clear. Scene headings are standard, action lines are concise, and dialogue is properly attributed. The use of (O.S.) and (V.O.) is correct. The only minor issue is the 'BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015' page number, which is a production artifact, not a formatting error.

Structure: 5

The scene is structured as a series of vignettes: Lehman floor, St. Patrick's, Mark's roof, Burry's office. The transitions are abrupt, and the Burry section feels tacked on. The scene lacks a clear dramatic arc—it starts with chaos, moves to a phone call, then cuts to a reflective voiceover.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the chaos and emotional weight of the financial crisis, particularly through the contrasting settings of the abandoned Lehman trading floor and the frantic conversations outside. However, the transition between these locations could be smoother to enhance the flow of the narrative.
  • The dialogue between Charlie and Jamie is brief but impactful, showcasing their disillusionment. However, it could benefit from more depth to further explore their emotional states and expectations. Adding a line or two that reflects their personal stakes in the crisis could heighten the tension.
  • The visual imagery of the abandoned trading floor is strong, particularly the details like the pyramid of Red Bull cans and the 'LEH: 0.00' graffiti. These elements effectively symbolize the collapse of the institution. However, the scene could include more sensory details (sounds, smells) to immerse the audience further in the environment.
  • The pacing of the scene feels slightly rushed, especially as it transitions from the elevator banks to the trading floor. A moment of stillness or reflection could allow the audience to absorb the gravity of the situation before moving on to the next location.
  • The emotional tone shifts between the chaos of the outside world and the introspection of Mark on the roof garden. While this contrast is interesting, it may benefit from a clearer thematic connection between the two settings to reinforce the overarching narrative of the financial collapse.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief moment of reflection for Charlie and Jamie as they walk through the trading floor, allowing them to express their feelings about the situation more explicitly. This could deepen their character development and enhance audience connection.
  • Incorporate more sensory details in the descriptions of the settings, such as the sounds of chaos outside or the eerie silence of the trading floor, to create a more immersive experience for the audience.
  • Smooth out the transitions between locations by including a line or two that connects the emotional weight of the trading floor with Mark's introspection on the roof garden, reinforcing the theme of disillusionment and loss.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a moment of tension or conflict between Charlie and Jamie as they navigate the chaos, which could heighten the stakes and showcase their differing perspectives on the crisis.
  • Consider extending the voicemail message that Mike Burry receives to provide more context about the concerns surrounding his investment decisions, which could add depth to his character and the overall narrative.



Scene 58 -  The Cost of Opportunity
149 INT. MINI-MART - DAY 149

Burry’s FORMER ASSISTANT is stocking Red Bulls in a
convenience store.


A150 EXT. UPSCALE MIAMI NEIGHBORHOOD - DAY A150

The neighborhood Baum toured with the real estate agent is
now covered with foreclosure signs.


150 INT. SEMINAR ROOM - CORPORATE HOTEL - DAY 150

With two dozen others, Marlene and the Younger Agent are
taking a seminar, “You Can Be a Real Estate Millionaire”.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 122A.


SEMINAR LEADER #2
(again)
The housing crisis represents the
greatest financial opportunity of
your lifetime!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 123.


151 EXT. CONVENIENCE STORE - DAY 151

The Man with the Tattooed Head comes out of the store and
hurries to his CAR, carrying food. When he gets in, we see
his child, wife and their stuff. They now live in the car.

MIKE (V.O.)
For the past two years my insides
have felt like they’re eating
themselves. All the people I
respected won’t talk to me anymore
except through lawyers...


152 INT. BASKETBALL ARENA - MIAMI UNIVERSITY - DAY 152

A large JOB FAIR.

Maroon waits in a long line for his turn with an ADVISOR, one
of many in a row of folding tables. He looks over to see his
friend, Black, in another line. Nods. Hey. Hey.

MIKE (V.O.)
People want an authority to tell
them how to value things. But they
chose this authority not based on
facts or results. They chose it
because it seems authoritative and
familiar. And I am not and never
have been... “familiar.”


153 INT. CAB - DAY 153

The West African Cab Driver that drove Mark looks at his
401K. It says -43,540 dollars. Leaving only 46k.


154 INT. MIKE'S OFFICE - NIGHT 154

Mike types the email we've been hearing in VO throughout.

MIKE (V.O.)
So, I've come to the sullen
realization that I must close down
the fund.


155 INT. SCION OFFICE - NIGHT 155

It's the night Mike erased the WHITE BOARD in the empty
office.

This time, we watch him write his fund's growth...+489%.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 124.


MIKE (V.O.)
I am writing this to inform you
that earlier today I sold off all
positions for Scion Fund.

He circles it. Then walks out.


156 INT. OFFICE - DEUTSCHE BANK - DAY 156

Inscrutable, Jared Vennett considers a BONUS LETTER on his
desk. He talks to camera.

JARED
(to camera)
I can’t really say it to anyone
else, but I’ll say it to you: I was
right. I took a rash of shit for
the past two years but I was right.

His bonus for 2008 is $47,000,000.

JARED (CONT’D)
Hey I never said I was the hero of
this story.

He kisses the check.

JARED (CONT’D)
I can feel you judging me...
Remember, I made this bank 20
billion. My two bosses lost 30
billion and still got fifty million
in bonuses. You didn’t see that on
your news did you?
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary In a poignant scene, the fallout of the housing crisis is depicted through various characters and settings. Burry's former assistant stocks shelves in a mini-mart, while Marlene and the Younger Agent attend a seminar promoting real estate opportunities amidst the crisis. A man with a tattooed head struggles with his family's living situation, now residing in their car. Mike reflects on his deteriorating relationships and the nature of authority in finance through voiceover. Maroon searches for new opportunities at a job fair, and Jared Vennett at Deutsche Bank contemplates the moral implications of his controversial success. The scene captures the somber realities of the financial crisis and its impact on individuals.
Strengths
  • Powerful ironic contrast between seminar and foreclosure signs
  • Vennett's direct-to-camera monologue adds a sharp, meta edge
  • Burry's voiceover ties the montage together thematically
  • Efficiently resolves multiple character arcs
Weaknesses
  • Montage format lacks dramatic tension
  • Character moments are brief, limiting emotional depth
  • Some vignettes feel like a checklist rather than a cohesive statement

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to land the aftermath of the crisis with irony and moral weight, and it does that effectively through a montage of contrasting images and Vennett's cynical monologue. The main limitation is that the montage format sacrifices dramatic tension and character depth, so it feels more like a summary than a scene with a pulse.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is a montage of aftermath, showing the human and systemic cost of the financial crisis through a series of vignettes. It works because it ties together multiple character threads (Burry, the brokers, the cab driver, Vennett) and lands the irony of the 'real estate millionaire' seminar against the foreclosure signs. The concept is strong but slightly diffuse—it covers a lot of ground quickly, which risks feeling like a checklist rather than a cohesive statement.

Plot: 6

The plot here is a montage of consequences, not a forward-moving narrative. It functions as a denouement, showing the fallout of the crisis. It works because it resolves several character arcs (Burry closes the fund, Vennett gets his bonus, the brokers face job fairs). However, it lacks a central dramatic question or tension—it's more of a summary than a scene with a plot engine.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of a montage to show the aftermath from multiple perspectives, including the minor characters (the brokers, the cab driver). The Vennett-to-camera monologue is a fresh, meta touch that breaks the fourth wall and adds a cynical layer. The 'real estate millionaire' seminar is a sharp, ironic image. It's not groundbreaking, but it's distinctive in its structure and tone.


Character Development

Characters: 7

The scene gives us a final glimpse of several characters: Burry's isolation and resolve, the brokers' fall from grace, the cab driver's personal loss, and Vennett's cynical self-awareness. Each is distinct and consistent with their established voice. The tattooed man's silent presence is powerful. The characters are well-served, though the montage limits depth—we see them in single moments rather than in interaction.

Character Changes: 6

There is movement here: Burry moves from holding on to closing the fund, a significant decision. Vennett moves from being a salesman to a self-aware profiteer. The brokers move from success to job fairs. However, the changes are mostly external and shown as outcomes rather than dramatized internal shifts. The scene doesn't show a moment of decision or realization—it shows the result.

Internal Goal: 5

The scene touches on internal goals through Burry's voiceover about authority and familiarity, and Vennett's need for validation. But these are stated rather than dramatized. The montage format doesn't allow for a sustained internal goal pursuit. It's present but not central.

External Goal: 5

There is no clear external goal in this scene—it's a montage of outcomes. Burry's goal to close the fund is an action, but it's not presented as a goal with obstacles. The scene is more about showing the results of past goals. This is appropriate for a denouement, but it means the dimension is light.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The scene is a montage of aftermath, so direct conflict is minimal. The closest to conflict is Jared's defensive monologue to camera, where he anticipates judgment ('I can feel you judging me...') and contrasts his bonus with his bosses' losses. Mike's VO is internal, not interpersonal. The scene's job is more thematic summation than dramatic confrontation, so the moderate conflict is appropriate.

Opposition: 4

Opposition is mostly implied rather than dramatized. The seminar leader's line 'The housing crisis represents the greatest financial opportunity of your lifetime!' is a clear opposing force to the reality of the tattooed man living in his car. Mike's VO about people choosing 'authority' over facts is a philosophical opposition, but it's not embodied in a character. Jared's bosses are mentioned but not present. The scene lacks a tangible antagonist, which is fine for a montage but limits dramatic friction.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high but mostly retrospective. Mike's VO reveals the personal cost: 'All the people I respected won’t talk to me anymore except through lawyers...' and the decision to close the fund. The tattooed man's family living in a car is a visceral, human stake. The cab driver's 401K at -43,540 dollars shows financial devastation. Jared's bonus and his bosses' losses highlight institutional stakes. The scene effectively conveys the human and systemic consequences.

Story Forward: 6

This scene moves the story forward by showing the consequences of the crisis and setting up the final act's resolution. Burry's decision to close the fund is a major plot point, and Vennett's bonus reveals the moral of the story. However, the montage format means it's more of a summary than a scene with a forward push—it's a series of 'and then' beats rather than a 'therefore' chain.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is a montage of expected consequences—foreclosures, job fairs, a crashed 401K. The most unpredictable element is Jared's direct-to-camera monologue, which breaks the fourth wall and offers a cynical, self-aware take. His line 'I can feel you judging me...' is a surprising moment of meta-commentary. However, the overall structure is predictable for a film about the financial crisis.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene is rich with philosophical conflict: the seminar's promise of wealth versus the foreclosure signs, Burry's critique of authority versus the public's need for it, and Vennett's justification of his bonus versus the moral weight of the crisis. The conflict is mostly implicit, but it's the scene's strongest dimension. It works because it doesn't preach—it shows the irony.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene is emotionally potent. The tattooed man's family living in a car is a stark, heartbreaking image. Mike's VO about his insides 'eating themselves' and the loss of respect is poignant. The cab driver's 401K loss is a relatable gut-punch. Jared's monologue adds a layer of cynical, almost tragicomic emotion. The montage effectively lands the human cost of the crisis.

Dialogue: 6

Dialogue is sparse but effective. The seminar leader's line is a clear, ironic statement. Mike's VO is introspective and thematically rich. Jared's monologue is the most distinctive, with a sharp, self-aware voice: 'Hey I never said I was the hero of this story.' The dialogue serves the montage well, though there's no back-and-forth exchange.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to its rapid montage and the emotional weight of the images. The juxtaposition of the seminar's false promise with the reality of the car is compelling. Jared's direct address to camera is a hook that keeps the audience engaged. The VO provides a continuous thread that ties the disparate images together.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk and effective for a montage. The cuts between locations are quick, mirroring the chaos of the aftermath. The VO provides a steady rhythm. The scene builds to Mike writing the email and then to Jared's monologue, which provides a slower, more reflective ending. The pacing serves the scene's purpose well.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings are clear, and the use of A150 for a new location is a minor but acceptable deviation. The VO is properly attributed to MIKE (V.O.) and JARED (to camera). The script is easy to follow.

Structure: 7

The scene is structured as a montage with a clear arc: from the mundane (mini-mart) to the devastating (car) to the personal (Mike's email) to the cynical (Jared's bonus). The VO provides a thematic spine. The structure effectively summarizes the aftermath and sets up the final scenes.


Critique
  • The scene effectively juxtaposes the stark realities of the housing crisis with the misguided optimism of the seminar attendees, highlighting the disconnect between the financial elite and the everyday struggles of people affected by the crisis. However, the transitions between locations feel somewhat abrupt, which can disrupt the flow of the narrative. A smoother transition could enhance the coherence of the scene.
  • Mike's voiceover provides a poignant reflection on the emotional toll of the financial crisis, but it could benefit from more specific examples or anecdotes that illustrate his feelings of isolation and despair. This would deepen the audience's connection to his character and the broader implications of the crisis.
  • The use of visual elements, such as the tattooed man living in his car and the seminar attendees, effectively conveys the contrasting experiences of different characters. However, the scene could further explore the emotional weight of these visuals by incorporating more character reactions or interactions that emphasize the gravity of their situations.
  • Jared's monologue at Deutsche Bank serves as a powerful commentary on the moral ambiguity of the financial industry, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding scenes. Integrating his perspective more seamlessly into the narrative could enhance the thematic cohesion of the screenplay.
  • The pacing of the scene is uneven, with some moments feeling rushed while others linger too long. A more balanced pacing would allow the audience to absorb the emotional weight of the characters' experiences and the broader implications of the financial crisis.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding transitional phrases or visual cues that connect the different locations more fluidly, helping the audience follow the narrative without feeling disoriented.
  • Incorporate specific anecdotes or examples in Mike's voiceover that illustrate his feelings of isolation and despair, making his emotional journey more relatable to the audience.
  • Enhance the emotional impact of the visuals by including character reactions or interactions that highlight the gravity of their situations, allowing the audience to empathize with their struggles.
  • Integrate Jared's monologue more seamlessly into the narrative by providing context or foreshadowing his perspective earlier in the scene, creating a stronger thematic connection.
  • Adjust the pacing of the scene to ensure a more balanced rhythm, allowing the audience to fully absorb the emotional weight of the characters' experiences and the implications of the financial crisis.



Scene 59 -  Disillusion on the Roof
157 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - DAY 157

Mark as before, quiet, talking to Vinny via cell phone.

MUSIC: A piano piece like THE TWINS by MAX RICHTER fades in
slowly

VINNY (O.S.)
Mark!? At least tell me what you're
thinking.

MARK
Paulson and Bernanke just left the
White House. There's going to be a
bailout.

Mark’s voice is full of masked emotion, quiet, resigned.
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 124A.


VINNY (O.S.)
You're serious?!
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 125.


MARK
Yeah... The whole time we were
wondering how the big banks could
be so stupid... They didn’t care.
They knew the tax payers had to
bail em out.

VINNY (V.O.)
Those fuckers.
(and then)
At least we’ll see some of them go
to jail. And they’re going to have
to break up the banks.

MARK
I don’t know Vinny. I bet in a few
years we’ll be doing what people
always do when the economy goes
south: blaming immigrants and poor
people.

JARED (V.O.)
But Mark was wrong. In the years
that followed 100’s of bankers and
rating’s agency executives went to
jail. The SEC was completely
overhauled.


158 MONTAGE OF REFORM IMAGERY: 1. HEARINGS AT CONGRESS. 2. THE158
DODD/FRANK BANKING REFORM BEING SIGNED, 3. BANKERS BEING PERP
WALKED IN HANDCUFFS.

JARED (V.O.)
And Congress had no choice but to
break up the big banks and regulate
the mortgage and derivatives
industries.
(Beat)
Just kidding.


159 SMASH TO: VT. OF 1) PEOPLE SCREAMING AT IMMIGRANT CHILDREN159
ON
THE BORDER. 2) GOVERNORS AND TALK SHOW HOSTS BLAMING TEACHERS
3)CONGRESS VOTING DOWN SERIOUS BANKING REFORM.

JARED (V.O.)
The banks took the money the
American people gave them and used
it to lobby the Congress to kill
big reform. And then America blamed
immigrants and poor people. And
this time... even teachers.
(MORE)
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 126.

JARED (V.O.) (CONT'D)
And when all was said and done,
only one single banker went to
jail.

PICTURE OF THE ONE BANKER WHO WENT TO JAIL.

JARED (V.O.)
This poor schmuck. Kareem
Serageldin from Credit Suisse. He
hid a few billion in mortgage bond
losses. Something most of the big
banks do on a good day. I’m sure it
didn’t hurt that he was of Egyptian
decent...
Genres: ["Drama","Satire"]

Summary On the roof garden of an Upper East Side apartment, Mark speaks with Vinny about the impending bailout, expressing skepticism about its effectiveness and the tendency of society to blame immigrants and the poor for economic issues. Vinny reacts with anger, while Jared's voiceover highlights the lack of accountability in the financial system, noting that only one banker faced consequences. The scene contrasts the serene setting with the heavy conversation, ending with a stark reminder of the failure to hold the powerful accountable.
Strengths
  • Sharp ironic voiceover
  • Powerful montage of blame
  • Thematic resonance
  • Mark's resigned performance
Weaknesses
  • Lacks forward momentum
  • Mark's internal goal is passive
  • Transition to montage feels abrupt

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene lands its primary job of delivering the film's cynical thesis with a sharp, ironic voiceover and a powerful montage. The main limitation is that it's a denouement, so it lacks the forward momentum and character dynamism of earlier scenes; lifting it would require giving Mark a more active internal or external goal within the reflection.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The scene's concept is strong: it subverts the expected narrative of reform and justice after a financial crisis, revealing the cynical reality of blame and lobbying. The use of Jared's voiceover to first promise reform and then undercut it with 'Just kidding' is a powerful, ironic beat that lands the film's thesis. The montage of reform imagery followed by the smash cut to immigrant children and teachers being blamed is conceptually sharp and thematically resonant.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the film's denouement: Mark learns of the bailout, and the voiceover delivers the historical aftermath. The scene functions as a coda, tying up the thematic threads rather than advancing a new conflict. The plot is efficient, but the transition from Mark's personal resignation to the broad historical montage is a slight tonal shift that could feel abrupt.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its willingness to break the fourth wall and directly address the audience with a cynical, almost comedic take on the failure of reform. The 'Just kidding' beat is a fresh, unexpected turn that subverts the audience's expectations. The specific detail of 'only one single banker went to jail' and the mention of Kareem Serageldin's ethnicity adds a layer of pointed social commentary that feels distinctive.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is shown in a state of resigned acceptance, his voice 'full of masked emotion, quiet, resigned.' This is a consistent evolution of his character from anger to a weary understanding. Vinny's response, 'Those fuckers,' is in character, but the scene is more about Mark's internal state than a dynamic interaction. Jared's voiceover is a distinct, sardonic presence that serves as the film's conscience.

Character Changes: 6

Mark's character movement here is a form of meaningful stasis: he has moved from anger to resignation, but he doesn't change his worldview. He predicts the blame will fall on immigrants and the poor, which is a deepening of his cynical perspective rather than a transformation. The scene doesn't show a new pressure or revelation for Mark; it confirms his existing beliefs. This is appropriate for a denouement, but it's not a scene of character growth.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal in this scene is to process the reality of the bailout and find a way to articulate his disillusionment. He achieves this through his dialogue with Vinny, but the goal is more about expression than action. The scene is introspective, but the internal goal is not strongly dramatized; it's more of a reflective moment.

External Goal: 4

There is no clear external goal in this scene. Mark is not trying to achieve anything; he is simply informing Vinny of the bailout and sharing his thoughts. The scene is a conversation, not a pursuit. This is appropriate for a denouement, but it means the external goal dimension is weak by design.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has a quiet, internal conflict: Mark's resigned acceptance of the bailout versus Vinny's hope for justice. The conflict is more philosophical than dramatic—Mark's cynicism clashes with Vinny's optimism. It works for the scene's purpose, but it's not a high-stakes confrontation.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is abstract—the banks, the system, the politicians—not a present character. Vinny serves as a mild counterpoint, but he's quickly convinced. The real opposition is the montage of reform imagery that is undercut by the 'Just kidding' reveal, which is effective but not a character-driven opposition.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are societal and thematic—the fate of the economy, the failure of justice, the blame of immigrants and the poor. For Mark, the stake is his moral high ground, which he's about to lose by selling. The scene sets up the final sell decision, so the stakes are clear and weighty.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by delivering the film's final thematic statement and historical coda. It doesn't advance a new plot point but rather concludes the narrative's argument. The scene is a denouement, so its forward momentum is thematic rather than plot-driven. It works for the genre, but it's not a scene that propels the story in a new direction.

Unpredictability: 8

The scene subverts expectations with the 'Just kidding' reveal, which is a strong unpredictable beat. The audience expects reform, but the montage is undercut, delivering a cynical punch. This is a highlight of the scene.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene is built on a philosophical conflict: the ideal of justice and reform versus the cynical reality of power and blame. Mark articulates this conflict when he predicts the blame will fall on immigrants and the poor, and Jared's voiceover confirms it with the montage of blame. The 'Just kidding' beat is a direct engagement with this conflict, mocking the audience's hope for reform. This is the scene's core strength.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene carries a heavy emotional weight—Mark's quiet resignation, the piano music, the montage of blame. The 'Just kidding' is darkly humorous but also devastating. The emotional impact is strong, though it relies on the audience's prior investment in the characters.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is functional and serves the theme. Mark's line about blaming immigrants and poor people is sharp and memorable. Vinny's 'Those fuckers' is in character. The dialogue is not flashy but effective.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because it delivers a thematic payoff and a surprising twist. The montage of reform imagery followed by the 'Just kidding' keeps the reader hooked. The emotional weight of Mark's resignation also holds attention.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is deliberate and slow, matching the resigned tone. The montage provides a quick burst of energy before the 'Just kidding' lands. The scene moves efficiently from conversation to montage to final image.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional. Scene headings, character cues, and montage descriptions are clear. The use of 'O.S.' and 'V.O.' is correct. Minor issue: 'decent' should be 'descent' in the final line.

Structure: 8

The scene is well-structured: it sets up Mark's resignation, introduces Vinny's hope, then undercuts it with the montage and 'Just kidding.' The structure serves the thematic point and delivers a strong punchline.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the emotional weight of the financial crisis and the disillusionment of the characters, particularly Mark. His resigned tone and the dialogue with Vinny convey a sense of helplessness in the face of systemic corruption, which resonates with the audience. However, the emotional impact could be heightened by incorporating more visual elements that reflect Mark's internal struggle, such as close-ups of his facial expressions or the surrounding environment that mirrors his feelings.
  • The use of voiceover from Jared adds a layer of commentary that contrasts with Mark's perspective, but it risks undermining the emotional gravity of the scene. The humor in Jared's voiceover, particularly the 'just kidding' line, may detract from the seriousness of the subject matter. This tonal shift could confuse the audience about the intended emotional response, as it oscillates between somber reflection and dark humor.
  • The montage of reform imagery following Mark's conversation is a strong visual choice, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the preceding dialogue. The transition from Mark's personal lament to a broader commentary on systemic failures could be smoother. The montage could benefit from a more gradual build-up, perhaps by interspersing Mark's dialogue with visuals that illustrate the consequences of the bailout and the public's reaction.
  • The final lines about the single banker going to jail serve as a powerful indictment of the system, but the preceding commentary about blaming immigrants and poor people could be more nuanced. While it highlights a critical issue, it risks oversimplifying the complexities of societal blame during economic crises. A more layered approach could enhance the scene's depth and provoke thoughtful reflection from the audience.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more visual storytelling elements to enhance the emotional resonance of Mark's character. Close-ups or shots of the rooftop garden could symbolize his isolation and despair amidst the chaos below.
  • Reevaluate the tone of Jared's voiceover. If the intention is to maintain a serious critique of the financial system, consider toning down the humor to preserve the gravity of the situation.
  • Smooth the transition between Mark's dialogue and the montage by incorporating visuals that reflect his emotional state or the immediate aftermath of the bailout, creating a more cohesive narrative flow.
  • Explore a more nuanced portrayal of societal blame in the aftermath of the crisis. This could involve showing reactions from various societal groups or individuals, allowing for a more complex discussion of accountability and responsibility.



Scene 60 -  The Weight of Profit
160 EXT. UPPER EAST SIDE APARTMENT ROOF GARDEN - CONTINUOUS 160

Mark silently looks off into the distance, still on the phone
with Vinny.

VINNY (V.O.)
Mark?
(beat)
Can we sell now? The fund’ll make
almost a billion dollars... You’ll
clear 200 mill Mark.

MARK
You know once we sell we’re just
like all the rest...

VINNY (V.O.)
No we’re not Mark... We didn’t prey
on people’s dreams of owning a
home... They did. And now we can
kick em in the teeth.

MARK
A billion dollars...

VINNY
That’s right. But we’ve got to sell
or it could be zero. It’s now or
never. It really is.

Long beat.

MARK
Okay... Sell it all.

The Big Short
BUFF REVISED, MAY 11, 2015 127.


MUSIC: ORCHESTRAL THEME.

And then over black...

“When the dust settled from the collapse 5 trillion dollars
in pension money, real estate value, 401k, savings, and bonds
had disappeared. 8 million people lost their jobs, six
million lost their homes. And that was just in the USA.”

“Charlie Geller and Jamie Shipley attempted to sue the
ratings agencies but were laughed out of all law offices.
Jamie still runs Brownfield with Ben Rickert but Charlie left
New York to live in Charlotte and start a family. He did not
go on Lithium.”

“Cynthia says Mark Baum actually became gracious after the
collapse and never said “I told you so” to anyone. But he did
give large sums of his money to a charity that helps people
escape from cults. Danny, Vinny and Porter all still run a
fund together and are as terrified as ever.”

“Michael Burry contacted the government several times to see
if anyone wanted to interview him to find out how he knew the
system would collapse years before anyone else. No one ever
returned his calls. But he was audited four times and
questioned by the FBI. The small investing he still does is
all focused on one commodity: water.”

After a beat...

“In 2015 several large banks began selling billions in
something called a “bespoke tranche opportunity.” Which
according to the Wall Street Journal is just another name for
a CDO.”

END.
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary On the roof garden of an Upper East Side apartment, Mark grapples with a moral dilemma during a tense phone call with Vinny about selling their investment fund. Despite his initial reservations about losing their ethical standing, Mark ultimately succumbs to Vinny's pressure and agrees to sell, motivated by the prospect of nearly a billion dollars in profit. The scene concludes with text overlays that reveal the devastating aftermath of the financial collapse, highlighting the significant losses faced by various characters.
Strengths
  • Clear philosophical conflict
  • Effective resolution of Mark's arc
  • Strong dialogue that captures the moral dilemma
  • Sets up the epilogue effectively
Weaknesses
  • Scene is brief, limiting emotional depth
  • Internal conflict could be more dramatized
  • Decision feels slightly rushed

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7

The scene's primary job is to resolve Mark's moral arc, and it does so effectively, landing the philosophical conflict and providing a clear decision. The main limitation is its brevity—the internal conflict could be more dramatized, and the decision feels a bit rushed. Adding a beat of hesitation or a visual cue would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The scene's concept is the moral climax of the film: Mark Baum, the film's conscience, must decide whether to cash in on the collapse he predicted, knowing it will make him complicit in the system he despises. The concept is strong because it forces the character to confront the very thing he's been fighting against. The dialogue captures this tension well, especially Mark's line 'You know once we sell we’re just like all the rest...' and Vinny's counterpoint 'We didn’t prey on people’s dreams of owning a home... They did.' The concept is working, but the scene is brief and could deepen the moral weight.

Plot: 7

This scene is the final plot beat for Mark's storyline: the decision to sell. It resolves the external plot (the bet) and sets up the epilogue. The plot is functional—it's a clear decision point with stakes ('It’s now or never'). The scene works because it's the culmination of the entire film's setup, but it's a simple two-person phone call, so the plot movement is minimal. The epilogue text that follows provides the resolution for all characters, which is effective.

Originality: 6

The scene is a fairly standard 'moral decision' beat—a character must choose between profit and principle. It's not particularly original in structure, but the context (the financial crisis) and the character's specific moral code give it some freshness. The line 'kick em in the teeth' is a sharp, original way to phrase the cynical side of the trade. The originality is adequate for the genre, but it doesn't break new ground.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Mark is consistent with his established character: morally conflicted, cynical, but ultimately pragmatic. Vinny is the voice of reason, pushing Mark to see the difference between their actions and the banks'. The characters are well-drawn, but the scene is short, so there's limited room for depth. The dialogue reveals their relationship—Vinny is the one who can talk Mark into something he's uncomfortable with.

Character Changes: 6

Mark's change here is a regression: he decides to sell, becoming 'like all the rest' as he feared. This is a meaningful movement—he's compromising his principles for profit. However, the scene doesn't show a dramatic shift; it's a quiet acceptance. The change is present but understated, which fits the film's tone but could be more impactful.

Internal Goal: 6

Mark's internal goal is to maintain his moral integrity—he doesn't want to be 'like all the rest.' The scene shows him wrestling with this, but the internal goal is somewhat implicit. The dialogue touches on it, but the scene is too brief to fully explore the internal conflict. The internal goal is present but not deeply dramatized.

External Goal: 8

The external goal is clear: Mark must decide whether to sell the fund. Vinny presents the stakes ('It’s now or never'), and Mark agrees. The external goal is achieved, and the scene is functional. The goal is simple but effective, and the decision is the climax of the plot.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The scene has an internal conflict for Mark: he must decide whether to sell his swaps, which would make him 'just like all the rest,' or hold and risk losing everything. Vinny provides external pressure with the urgency of 'now or never.' The conflict is present but understated—Mark's hesitation is brief and his decision comes quickly, so the tension doesn't fully land. The line 'You know once we sell we’re just like all the rest...' sets up a moral dilemma, but the resolution feels almost too easy.

Opposition: 5

Vinny serves as the opposing force, pushing Mark to sell, but he is not a true antagonist—he's an ally with a different perspective. The opposition is internal (Mark's moral qualms) rather than external, which is appropriate for a character-driven drama, but the scene lacks a tangible external pressure beyond Vinny's words. The line 'It’s now or never' creates urgency, but the source of that urgency (the market) is abstract.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clearly established: nearly a billion dollars for the fund, 200 million for Mark personally, and the risk of losing it all ('it could be zero'). The moral stakes are also present—Mark's fear of becoming 'just like all the rest.' The scene effectively communicates both financial and ethical stakes, which is crucial for the film's themes.

Story Forward: 7

This scene moves the story forward by resolving Mark's arc—he sells, which is the final action of the plot. It also sets up the epilogue that follows, which provides closure for all characters. The scene is a necessary beat, but it's a quiet resolution rather than a dramatic escalation. The forward movement is clear but not dynamic.

Unpredictability: 4

The scene is predictable: Mark has been building toward this decision, and the audience expects him to sell. The only slight surprise is the moral hesitation, but it's resolved quickly. The text overlays at the end provide some unpredictability in the epilogue, but within the scene itself, there's little that surprises.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The philosophical conflict is the heart of the scene: is it moral to profit from others' misery? Mark's line 'You know once we sell we’re just like all the rest...' and Vinny's rebuttal 'We didn’t prey on people’s dreams... They did' frame the debate. The conflict is clear and meaningful, and it's the film's central theme. The scene engages this conflict directly, making it a strong philosophical beat.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional weight—Mark's moral conflict is touching, and the epilogue's text overlays are poignant. However, the emotion is somewhat muted because the dialogue is functional and the decision is made quickly. The line 'You know once we sell we’re just like all the rest...' is emotionally resonant, but the scene doesn't dwell on it long enough to let the audience feel the weight.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and serves the scene's purpose, but it's not particularly distinctive. Vinny's line 'We didn’t prey on people’s dreams of owning a home... They did. And now we can kick em in the teeth' is sharp and memorable, but Mark's responses are brief and lack the same punch. The dialogue is clear but could be more layered.

Engagement: 6

The scene is engaging because it's a climactic decision point, but the engagement is limited by the lack of visual action and the quick resolution. The epilogue text overlays are engaging and provide a satisfying conclusion, but the scene itself could hold the audience's attention more with added tension.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is appropriate for a climactic scene: it's short, with a quick exchange that leads to a decision. The 'Long beat' before Mark's 'Okay' provides a moment of tension. The epilogue text overlays are paced well, providing a reflective ending. The scene doesn't drag, but it could benefit from a slightly longer pause to let the decision sink in.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clean and professional. The scene heading is clear, dialogue is properly attributed, and the text overlays are formatted as expected. There are no formatting issues that detract from readability.

Structure: 7

The scene is well-structured: it presents a clear conflict, builds to a decision, and then transitions to an epilogue that provides closure. The structure serves the film's overall arc, with Mark's decision being the final act of his character journey. The epilogue text overlays are an effective way to wrap up multiple storylines.


Critique
  • The scene effectively captures the moral dilemma faced by Mark as he contemplates selling the fund. The dialogue between Mark and Vinny highlights the tension between financial gain and ethical considerations, which is central to the narrative. However, the emotional weight of Mark's decision could be enhanced by incorporating more internal conflict or visual cues that reflect his turmoil.
  • The use of a phone conversation allows for a sense of immediacy and urgency, but it also limits the visual storytelling. Consider adding visual elements that show Mark's surroundings or his emotional state, such as close-ups of his facial expressions or the environment around him, to deepen the audience's connection to his internal struggle.
  • The transition to the text overlays summarizing the aftermath of the financial collapse is impactful, but it may feel abrupt to some viewers. A smoother transition or a brief moment of reflection from Mark before the text appears could help maintain the emotional flow of the scene.
  • The orchestral music cue is a strong choice, but it could be more effectively integrated with the dialogue. The music should complement the emotional tone of the conversation rather than overshadow it. Consider using the music to build tension during the conversation and then swell as the text overlays appear, enhancing the gravity of the situation.
  • The final text overlays provide important context and closure, but they could benefit from a more personal touch. Instead of just stating facts, consider including brief anecdotes or quotes from the characters that reflect their emotional journeys post-collapse, making the impact of the crisis feel more personal and relatable.
Suggestions
  • Incorporate visual elements that reflect Mark's emotional state, such as close-ups of his face or shots of the city skyline, to enhance the audience's connection to his internal conflict.
  • Consider adding a moment of silence or reflection from Mark before the text overlays appear, allowing the audience to absorb the weight of his decision.
  • Adjust the orchestral music to build tension during the conversation and swell as the text overlays appear, ensuring it complements the emotional tone of the scene.
  • Include brief anecdotes or quotes from the characters in the text overlays to provide a more personal touch and deepen the emotional impact of the aftermath.
  • Explore the possibility of adding a visual metaphor or symbol that represents the moral conflict Mark faces, such as a contrasting image of wealth and poverty, to visually reinforce the themes of the scene.